The default value of 0x800000 (8 MB) is somewhat limiting for us, as our
compressed kernel may grow up to around 4 MB. By choosing the commonly
used value of 0x2000000 (32 MB), we are definitely on the safe side.
This rather large amount should be fine, as we have 128 MB of RAM.
Signed-off-by: Ezra Buehler <ezra.buehler@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com> says:
This is a huge series which promoted MIPS/Boston target into a
usable state, with fixes to drivers and general framework issues
I found in this process.
I also converted the target to OF_UPSTREAM.
This target is covered by QEMU, to test on QEMU:
```
make boston64r6el_defconfig
make
qemu-system-mips64el -M boston -cpu I6500 -bios ./u-boot.bin -nographic
```
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240517-boston-v3-0-1ea7d23f4a1d@flygoat.com
Paul had left MIPS a couple of years ago, his email address is
no longer valid.
Replace it with his kenrel.org email, which has been used in
kernel and QEMU, in case we still want to reach him.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
In upstream devicetree, clk_boston is a child of syscon node
and there is no "regmap" property for clk_boston node.
Try to check parent device first to look for syscon.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Provide default environment variables on image loading address
to make the board useful.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
This is a PC-like platform board.
Enable drivers for most on-board devices to make it useful.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Remove hard dependencies to arch headers, get clock from clk
subsystem if arch clock function is not available, align
compatible strings with devicetree binding.
No functional change on existing platforms, just get it build
on other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Ensure that we are using correct physical/virtual address for
DMA buffer write and hardware register settings.
The convention is: in ahci_ioports all pointers are virtual,
that will be converted to physical address when writing to
hardware registers or into sg/cmd_tbl.
Also fixed 64bit physical address support for dwc_ahsata, ensure
higher bits are written into registers/sg properly.
Use memalign for allocating aligned buffer in dwc_ahsata so we
don't have to do our own alignment in driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
For MIPS we are always looking gd->dram in virtual address so
PCI_MAP_SYSTEM_MEMORY should always be enabled.
If in future we ever want to make it physical we have to set
ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Boston has a very limited memory range for PCI controllers, where
1MB can't easily fit into it.
Make alignment boundary of PCI memory resource allocation a Kconfig
option and default to 0x10000 for boston.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Probe size of ecam from devicetree properly and cap accessible
bus number accorading to ecam region size to ensure we don't go
beyond hardware address space.
Also disable all interrupts to ensure errors are handled silently.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> says:
There is a bug in the print_guid() unit test in test/common/print.c when
PARTITION_TYPE_GUID is not enabled but either CMD_EFIDEBUG or EFI are.
The first patch fixes the issue and the second one enables UNIT_TEST in
the qemu_arm64 defconfig so that the unit tests are run in CI (this
platform has CMD_EFIDEBUG so the bug applies).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250416074839.1267396-1-jerome.forissier@linaro.org
The name defined for PARTITION_SYSTEM_GUID in list_guid[] depends on
configuration options. It is "system" if CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID is
enabled or "System Partition" if CONFIG_CMD_EFIDEBUG or CONFIG_EFI are
enabled. In addition, the unit test in test/common/print.c is incorrect
because it expects only "system" (or a hex GUID).
Make things more consistent by using a clear and unique name: "EFI
System Partition" whatever the configuration, and update the unit test
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add the follow board to VIRT which otherwise would be unmaintained:
* qemu-riscv64_smode_acpi_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add the following boards to VIRT which otherwise would be unmaintained.
* qemu_arm64_acpi_defconfig
* qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The qemu* "generic" targets (i.e. not those emulating a particular
board) are typically used for testing as many features as possible,
especially in CI so it makes sense to have UNIT_TEST enabled for
all of the defconfigs for these targets.
Not enabling UNIT_TEST in qemu-x86_defconfig due to:
LD u-boot
ld.bfd: section .rel.dyn VMA wraps around address space
ld.bfd: section .start16 LMA [fffff800,fffff86f] overlaps section .rel.dyn LMA [ffffb77c,0002ac93]
make: *** [Makefile:1824: u-boot] Error 1
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Some test commands (such as "false", or the empty string) need
CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER=y. Fix test/cmd/command.c.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
i2c updates for v2025.07-rc1
- omap24xx_i2c: Enable Repeated Start functionality
add Repeated Start functionality for the DM_I2C xfer
API (omap_i2c_xfer()
from Aniket Limaye
- mediatek i2c driver
fixes from Martin
- add end marker for struct udevice_id mtk_i2c_ids
- remove duplicate entry in mt_i2c_regs_v1
This pull request contains updates for the SoCFPGA platform, targeting
the 2025.07 release cycle. Highlights include enhancements to Agilex5
support, improvements in DDR error handling, and bridge reset handling
for SoC64 devices.
Key updates:
Agilex5 platform enhancements:
* New MMU region mappings and memory layout updates using
LMB_ARCH_MEM_MAP.
* Fixes for bloblist configuration, kernel FIT image generation, and
VAB flow enablement.
* GPIO pin control added for SDIO selection.
* Marvell PHY driver enabled in defconfig.
Agilex5 / SoC64 DDR subsystem:
* Added ECC debug improvements for IOSSM.
* Introduced LPDDR inline ECC support.
* Resolved size calculation overflow in memory driver.
SoC64 improvements:
* Enhanced mailbox communication with the SDM to reflect various
boot stage transitions.
* Implemented F2S bridge reset support and updated related reset
manager registers.
* Expanded SoC64 CPU info reporting.
General maintenance:
* Additional peripherals released from reset for Arria10.
* Cleanup of legacy or incorrect Kconfig implications.
This patch set has been tested on Agilex 5 devkit.
Passing all pipeline tests at:
https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-socfpga/-/pipelines/25867
Add a Kconfig option to disable sending Stop conditions between multiple
i2c_msgs within a single xfer. Enable this config by default for ARCH_K3
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Repeated Start Condition (Sr) can be used to transfer multiple i2c msgs
without sending a Stop condition (P). So far, the driver default was to
always send a Stop condition after every i2c msg.
Add support for a config option (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX_REPEATED_START)
to disable sending the Stop condition by default. If this config is
enabled, Stop condition will be sent only if explicitly requested in the
msg flags OR if it is the last msg in the transfer.
Consequently, handle the Repeated Start condition (Sr) in the next msg
by not calling the wait_for_bb() check since it will simply timeout in
the absence of a stop condition (BB will be 1 until Stop is programmed)
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove __omap24_i2c_read/write() usage from omap_i2c_xfer() in favour of
the more flexible __omap24_i2c_xfer_msg().
Consequently, these are also no longer needed when DM_I2C is enabled.
New function __omap24_i2c_xfer_msg() will take care of individual read
OR write transfers with a target device. It goes through below sequence:
- Program the provided Target Chip address (OMAP_I2C_SA_REG)
- Program the provided Data len (OMAP_I2C_CNT_REG)
- Program the provided Control register flags (OMAP_I2C_CON_REG)
- Read from or Write to the provided Data buffer (OMAP_I2C_DATA_REG)
For a detailed programming guide, refer to the TRM[0] (12.1.3.4 I2C
Programming Guide).
This patch by itself should be a transparent change. However this is
needed for implementing a proper Repeated Start (Sr) functionality for
i2c_msgs.
Previous implementation for omap_i2c_xfer called __omap24_i2c_read/write
functions, with hardcoded addr=0 and alen=0 for each i2c_msg. Each of
these calls would program the registers always with a Stop bit set, not
allowing for a repeated start between i2c_msgs in the same xfer().
[0]: https://www.ti.com/lit/zip/spruj28 (TRM)
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove unused piece of code under CONFIG_I2C_REPEATED_START which does
not have any Kconfig entry at all.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In-line ECC support was added for LPDDR by reserving the last one-eighth
of the memory space for ECC data. Full memory initialization using the
BIST MEM INIT mailbox command, based on address and size, is required to
correctly generate ECC data and enable proper ECC logic verification.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Cache allocation for dirty writes in the CCU system cache was disabled
for performance optimization.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
LMB_ARCH_MEM_MAP is enabled, and lmb_arch_add_memory() is introduced to
correctly handle memory reservations for the second and third DDR
memory banks.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
As of 2025, Altera is now a standalone company prior to
being a subsidiary of Intel Corporation.
Update CPU info printout naming from Intel to Altera.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Use GPIO hogging method in device tree to set SDIO_SEL pin (portb3)
direction as output with value 0 after power-on reset.
This is to ensure stable 0V voltage reading from SDIO_SEL GPIO pin
after board init.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
CONFIG_BLOBLIST_FIXED and CONFIG_BLOBLIST_ADDR options were
unintentionally removed during recent external updates to the defconfig.
This patch restores the missing entries to ensure proper board
functionality. No new features are introduced.
Fixes: d6a53f523a ("spl: Add an SPL_HAVE_INIT_STACK option")
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
The use of both "imply SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION" and
"imply SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION_TYPE" here is wrong as
those are both part of the same choice statement. Furthermore you cannot
select/imply something from a choice statement, it must be a "default ...
if ..." construct within the choice statement in question.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Vendor Authorized Boot flow configurations are enabled for boards
based on Agilex5 SoCFPGA. Also, required changes are made to the
SoCFPGA make file for building and linking relevant secure source
code files.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Load and entry addresses are corrected for Agilex5 SoCFPGA board
which would enable to generate the kernel itb file with the right
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Send out "HPS_STAGE_NOTIFY" mailbox command to the
Secure Device Manager (SDM) in SPL to inform SDM on
FSBL execution.
This is necessary for the SDM to recognize that the
FSBL stage has begun its execution and should be
made as early as possible in the FSBL process.
Therefore, the mailbox will initialize and send out
the notification right after the completion of timer
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Rao <mahesh.rao@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Enable reset support for FPGA2SDRAM bridge for Stratix10, as well as
FPGA2SoC and SoC2FPGA bridges for all SoC64 families.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Add reset manager registers in preparation for F2S bridge reset
support as well as the mask support to enable/disable the bridges.
Mask value:
BIT0: soc2fpga
BIT1: lwhps2fpga
BIT2: fpga2soc
These bridges are available only in Stratix10:
BIT3: f2sdram0
BIT4: f2sdram1
BIT5: f2sdram2
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Introducing a new mailbox command "HPS_STAGE_NOTIFY" to notify Secure
Device Manager (SDM) on the stage of HPS code execution.
Generally, there are three main code execution stages: First Stage Boot
Loader (FSBL) which is U-Boot SPL, Second Stage Boot Loader (SSBL) which
is U-Boot, and the Operating System (OS) which is Linux.
This enables the user to query the SDM for HPS error details.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Current implementation releases most peripherals out of reset for
gen5, but A10 has more peripherals than gen5, hence this patch is
required to release the rest of peripherals to support old kernels.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Data structure, dramaddrw, is defined as u32. Compiler performs
32-bit arithmetic and logic operations on this data structure. Fix
is provided to avoid integer overflow while performing shifting
operations greater than 32-bit.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Ravulapalli <nareshkumar.ravulapalli@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
* Use calloc() to allocate token_list. This avoids an illegal free if
sqfs_tokenize() fails.
* Do not iterate over token_list if it has not been allocated.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510453: Null pointer dereferences (FORWARD_NULL)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Implement exfat_fs_rename() to rename or move files. This is used
by the 'mv' generic FS interface command. The rename implementation
for other filesystems was added recently and was not part of exfat
porting layer due to merge issue, which made 'mv' command crash,
fix this by adding the missing implementation.
Fixes: b86a651b64 ("fs: exfat: Add U-Boot porting layer")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add test for the 'test -e' command to check for existence of files.
This exercises struct fstype_info .exists callback.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The exfat_fs_exists() should return 0 in case the path does not exist,
and 1 in case the path does exist. Fix the inverted return value. This
fixes 'test -e' command with exfat.
Fixes: b86a651b64 ("fs: exfat: Add U-Boot porting layer")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The exfat_fs_readdir() depends on state created in exfat_fs_opendir(),
but that state may be disrupted by fs_close() called by the FS layer
in fs_opendir(), because exfat porting layer unmounts the filesystem
in ->close() callback.
To avoid this disruption, avoid creating state in exfat_fs_opendir(),
cache only the directory name to list there, and rework exfat_fs_readdir()
to work in a similar way to exfat_fs_ls(). That is, make exfat_fs_readdir()
open the directory, look up specific entry, extract its properties to be
reported to FS layer, and close the directory. This is slow, but avoids
the disruption. The slowness does not affect regular 'ls' command, which
uses exfat_fs_ls() fast path.
Fixes: b86a651b64 ("fs: exfat: Add U-Boot porting layer")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Write into a bogus file, like '/.', triggers an "impossible"
print from the exfat core code. That should not be printed
in U-Boot, because U-Boot prints its own error message sooner.
Inhibit this error message.
The following command triggers the bogus print:
"
=> save host 0:0 1000008 /. 0x10
"
Fixes: b86a651b64 ("fs: exfat: Add U-Boot porting layer")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Make sure the node is never dirty before being released, flush
the node first using exfat_flush_node() and only then release
the node using exfat_put_node(). This now matches the behavior
of exfat_fs_write() too.
Fixes: b86a651b64 ("fs: exfat: Add U-Boot porting layer")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This was applied prematurely by me as I missed the feedback provided at
the time.
This reverts commit c9c8df2c37.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Updates for RPi for 2025.07:
- copy over uart clock-frequency in DT
- always set fdt_addr with firmware-provided FDT address
- Set bootm_size to 512MB
- Drop fdt_high and initrd_high
- Update environment to support booti and large initrd
MIPS_RELOCATION_TABLE_SIZE=0x8000 is too small to enable UNIT_TEST.
Increase it by 50 % (16 KiB).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since commit f98cd471f0 ("clk: clk-composite: Resolve parent clock by
name") the StarFive VisionFive 2 board fails to boot.
Before that patch the SPL debug UART showed warnings like:
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of perh_root)
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of qspi_ref_src)
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of usb_125m)
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of gmac_src)
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of gmac1_gtxclk)
clk_register: failed to get pll0_out device (parent of gmac0_gtxclk)
The &pllclk clock needs to be enabled early.
Fixes: f98cd471f0 ("clk: clk-composite: Resolve parent clock by name")
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Use only a single -machine parameter.
Describe that the same invocation of qemu-system-<arch> has to be
used for dumping the device-tree as will be used when executing U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The EFI selftest should match executing a real EFI binary
as closely as possible.
Use do_bootefi_exec() to enter the EFI selftest.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To avoid the problem fixed in commit 57a95d522ca8 ("doc: release_cycle:
fix next release version") moving forward, make use of the variable
substitution feature of rST. This adds a next_ver variable and
references it in all of the places where I had been listing the version
being worked on.
Suggested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
As the system table already has pointers to the Simple Text Input and
Output Protocols we can directly use these instead of calling
OpenProtocol.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The PIT timer needs to be available early in the SPL phase,
otherwise SPL fails to boot and only prints:
Could not initialize timer (err -96)
Fix this problem by passing 'bootph-all' to the sama5d2 PIT node.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Rather than maintaining custom hush scripting to boot the SDK, migrate
to a 'standard boot' method which simplifies maintenance and enables
multiple distributions to use this evaluation module.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
CU_CLKOUT0 can be driven by two input clocks: a 25 MHz and a 50 MHz source.
Currently, the 25 MHz option is not selectable due to an incorrect mux
configuration where the 50 MHz clock is duplicated in the parent list.
This patch fixes the mux setup, allowing proper selection of the 25 MHz
clock source for MCU_CLKOUT0.
Similar configuration is already correctly implemented in AM62 clock
data for 'hsdiv4_16fft_main_2_hsdivout1_clk10', where MCU_CLKOUT0
parent switching behaves as expected.
Link: http://downloads.ti.com/tisci/esd/latest/5_soc_doc/am62px/clocks.html#clocks-for-board0-device
Signed-off-by: Parth Pancholi <parth.pancholi@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This is continuation of the initial patchset for airoha
support.
Some are trivial fix for spi.
A new concept to setup SPI from detected NAND.
Sadly DTS node still need to be merged upstream so we
are currently adding them to u-boot dtsi and it's planned
to be dropped once they are accepted in upstream kernel.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407200208.25594-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
Add Airoha SPI NAND driver to permit usage of attached SNAND on the
Airoha AN7581 SoC. While SPI controller supports DMA transation, due to
U-Boot limitation we currently limit it to single command in Manual
mode.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Call SPI setup_for_spinand() if supported and defined to configure the
SPI slave for the attached NAND. This is needed to configure the SPI
with the NAND page size and spare size for correct configuration of the
device.
Call it as soon as the NAND is detected to correctly handle SPI
controller with select_op_variant detection.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
A common device attached to SPI are SPI NAND and some device might
require to have info on the attached NAND to know the flash page size
and spare size.
To support this, introduce setup_for_spinand() that pass the attached
spinand info from manufacturer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[trini: Switch to forward declaration of struct spinand_info]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drop unneeded spi.h header include from spinand.h, nothing included by
spi.h is actually used in this header and .c should correctly included
spi.h if actually needed.
Replace spi.h with linux/bitops.h as this is what is actually required
for spinand.h
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Port Linux kernel regmap_set/clear_bits shorthands to set and clear bits
in a regmap. These are handy if only specific bits needs to be applied
or cleared and makes it easier to port regmap based driver from kernel
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Enable Mediatek MMC driver in Airoha AN7581 EVB defconfig to add support
for it in default images.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add eMMC nodes with the fixed regulator and fixed clock. It's also
needed to assign the clock and set it to 200MHz as it's set to 150Mhz by
default.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Airoha new SoC implement the same Mediatek driver for MMC. Permit to
also build for Airoha arch.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add airoha Ethernet driver for Airoha AN7581 SoC. This is a majorly
rewritten and simplified version of the Linux airoha_eth.c driver.
It's has been modified to support a single RX/TX ring to reflect U-Boot
implementation with recv and send API.
The struct and the define are kept as similar as possible to upstream
one to not diverge too much.
The AN7581 SoC include an Ethernet Switch based on the Mediatek MT753x
but doesn't require any modification aside from setting the CPU port and
applying the Flood configuration hence it can be handled entirely in the
Ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add the driver for the Airoha EN8811H 2.5 Gigabit PHY. The PHY supports
100/1000/2500 Mbps with auto negotiation only.
The driver uses two firmware files, for which updated versions are added to
linux-firmware already.
Based on the Linux upstream 8811 driver code(air_en8811h.c),
I have modified the relevant process to align with the U-Boot boot sequence.
and have validated this on Banana Pi BPI-R3 Mini.
The MD32 FW is currently stored in eMMC partition 1 on Banana Pi BPI-R3 Mini,
and it is loaded from there.
Signed-off-by: Lucien.Jheng <lucienzx159@gmail.com>
Line 171 in README is describing that before relocation no code
should use global variable because global variables are placed
to BSS section which is initialized to 0 after relocation.
In the case of ZynqMP, where DTB reselection is enabled, the EEPROM
is read again after relocation. This prevents the issue from being
observed. However, in Versal Gen 2, where DTB reselection is also
enabled, the EEPROM is not read after relocation because it is not
yet wired in board_init(). This leads to a situation where the code
accesses an incorrect memory location, because none is really
checking the board_info is valid or not. To fix, move the board_info
into the data section and also check whether it is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250409162553.588285-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
HBM stands for high bandwidth memory and is a type of memory interface used
in 3D-stacked DRAM (dynamic random access memory) in some AMD GPUs (aka
graphics cards), as well as the server, high-performance computing (HPC)
and networking and client space. High Bandwidth Memory(HBM) has total 16
channels, one channel is divided into two pseudo channels which makes its
32 banks each with some amount of memory.
And then we have DDR_LOW PS low, DDR_HIGH0 PS high, DDR_HIGH1 PS very high
and pretty much there should be also place for PL DDR. So maximum number of
memory banks will be 36, updating the CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS to 36.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250410092528.3713904-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The mini u-boot is getting exception because of an initial
stack pointer address is used at near the top of memory,
and while executing u-boot is assigned pre-malloc and
global_data memory after initial stack pointer and updated
the stack pointer. Serial driver is used pre-malloc area
for serial operations before relocation. But pre-malloc area
is cleared while doing BSS at relocation time. The u-boot is
called board_init() function and doing printf, relocation serial
driver is not initialized yet, so it is using before relocation
serial operations but it is cleared by BSS and got the exception.
To fix, change an initial stack pointer address from near the
top of memory to near the relocation memory.
Fixes: 685874939a ("configs: versal: update initial stack pointer")
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407134544.3951763-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add support for loading the secure & non-secure pdi images and PL
bitstream on the Versal Gen2 platform. The FPGA driver is enabled
to load the bitstream in PDI format on the AMD Versal Gen2 device.
PDI is the new programmable device image format for Versal Gen2,
and the bitstream for the Versal Gen2 platform is generated exclusively
in this format.
With the enhanced SMC format in TF-A ensuring transparent payload
forwarding for Versal Gen2, the u-boot driver must now handle the
word swapping of PDI address that was previously done in TF-A for
this API. The source code for the Versal2 loadpdi command and the
CONFIG_CMD_VERSAL2 configuration has been removed. It now utilizes
the fpga load <dev> <address> <length> command to load secure &
non-secure pdi images.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250327105200.1262615-3-prasad.kummari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add support for loading the secure & non-secure pdi images and
PL bitstream on the Versal NET platform. The FPGA driver is enabled
to load the bitstream in PDI format on the AMD Versal NET device.
PDI is the new programmable device image format for Versal NET,
and the bitstream for the Versal NET platform is generated exclusively
in this format.
The source code for the versalnet loadpdi command and the
CONFIG_CMD_VERSAL_NET configuration has been removed. It now utilizes
the fpga load <dev> <address> <length> command to load secure &
non-secure pdi images.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250327105200.1262615-2-prasad.kummari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Introducing additional flag to check whether an FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Generally, flag variable is used to enable or disable certain features,
specify additional parameters (such as error handling), or modify how
the function operates.
Hence, in this function flags is an integer that can be used to pass
configuration options to the fpga_load function. Here, it's
initialized to 0, meaning no special options are enabled, but it could
modify the flags to influence the function's behavior.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Hazim Izzat Zamri <muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@altera.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250314021953.18379-3-muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@altera.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Enabling the capability to automatically perform FPGA configuration
when booting Linux FIT image via bootm command. The FPGA
configuration bitstream shall be packed within the FIT image.
The FPGA data (full or partial) is checked by the SDM hardware,
for Intel SDM Mailbox based devices. Hence always return full
bitstream.
Second function is to enable the HPS to FPGA bridges when FPGA load
is completed successfully. This is to ensure the FPGA is accessible
by the HPS.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Hazim Izzat Zamri <muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@altera.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250314021953.18379-2-muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@altera.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The set_dfu_alt_info() function calls the ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER()
macro to declare a `buf' variable pointer into an array allocated on the
stack. It then calls the memset() function to clear the useable portion
of the array using the idiomatic expression `sizeof(buf)'.
While this would indeed work fine for an array, in the present case we
end up clearing only the size of a pointer.
Fix this by specifying the explicit size `DFU_ALT_BUF_LEN' instead.
Fixes: b86f43de0b ("xilinx: zynqmp: Add support for runtime dfu_alt_info setup")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407170529.893307-6-vincent.stehle@arm.com
The set_dfu_alt_info() function calls the ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER()
macro to declare a `buf' variable pointer into an array allocated on the
stack. It then calls the memset() function to clear the useable portion
of the array using the idiomatic expression `sizeof(buf)'.
While this would indeed work fine for an array, in the present case we
end up clearing only the size of a pointer.
Fix this by specifying the explicit size `DFU_ALT_BUF_LEN' instead.
Fixes: c67fecd212 ("ARM: zynq: Enable capsule update for qspi and mmc")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407170529.893307-5-vincent.stehle@arm.com
The set_dfu_alt_info() function calls the ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER()
macro to declare a `buf' variable pointer into an array allocated on the
stack. It then calls the memset() function to clear the useable portion
of the array using the idiomatic expression `sizeof(buf)'.
While this would indeed work fine for an array, in the present case we
end up clearing only the size of a pointer.
Fix this by specifying the explicit size `DFU_ALT_BUF_LEN' instead.
Fixes: 064c8978b4 ("arm64: versal: Enable capsule update (SD)")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407170529.893307-4-vincent.stehle@arm.com
Added extended support for retrieving the PMC muti boot mode
register via the firmware interface, which is preferred when
U-Boot runs in EL2 and cannot directly access PMC registers
via raw reads. Ideally, all secure registers should be accessed
via xilinx_pm_request(). Introduced the secure
zynqmp_pm_get_pmc_multi_boot_reg() call, which uses
xilinx_pm_request() to read the PMC multi boot mode register.
BootROM increments the MultiBoot register (PMC_MULTI_BOOT) read
address offset by 32 KB and retries. For SD and eMMC boot modes,
it can search up to 8191 FAT files for the identification string.
A 13-bit mask (0x1FFF) is applied to PMC_MULTI_BOOT_MASK to obtain
the correct values in BootROM.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250305134845.3182193-1-prasad.kummari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Added extended support for retrieving the boot mode register
via the firmware interface, which is preferred when U-Boot
runs in EL2 and cannot directly access CRP registers via raw
reads. Ideally, all secure registers should be accessed via
xilinx_pm_request(). Introduced the secure zynqmp_pm_get_bootmode_reg()
call, which uses xilinx_pm_request() to read the boot mode register.
When CONFIG_ZYNQMP_FIRMWARE is enabled, the secure
zynqmp_pm_get_bootmode_reg() call is used; otherwise,
direct raw reads are performed in the case of mini U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250219115301.3661036-1-prasad.kummari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Turn anonymous enum TCM_LOCK/TCM_SPLIT into enum tcm_mode {}, set
TCM_LOCK as 0 and TCM_SPLIT as 1 to match LOCK and SPLIT macros in
mach-zynqmp/mp.c, and unify all the functions and their parameters
on this one single enum tcm_mode {} instead of a mix of bool and u8.
No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250206213039.42756-1-marex@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Raspberry firmware prepares the FDT blob in memory at an address
that depends on both the memory size and the blob size [1].
After commit ade243a211 ("rpi: passthrough of the firmware provided FDT
blob") this FDT is passed to kernel through fdt_addr environment variable,
handled in set_fdt_addr() function in board file.
When u-boot environment is persistently saved, if a change happens
in loaded FDT (e.g. for a new overlay applied), firmware produces a FDT
address different from the saved one, but u-boot still use the saved
one because set_fdt_addr() function does not overwrite the fdt_addr
variable. So, for example, if there is a script that uses fdt commands for
e.g. manipulate the bootargs, boot hangs with error
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
Removing the fdt_addr variable in saved environment allows to boot.
With this patch set_fdt_addr() function always overwrite fdt_addr value.
[1] https://www.raspberrypi.org/forums//viewtopic.php?f=107&t=134018
Signed-off-by: Mauro Salvini <m.salvini@koansoftware.com>
Cc: Cédric Schieli <cschieli@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
rpi5 firmware sets uart_clk clock-frequency in
the firmware and patches it to the DT, copy it
over when loading a new DT.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Leite <brule@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
As the code is today, we get a warning about "select" statements on
"choice" options not doing anything. However, it also works as intended
because SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_SECTOR is the default option
within that choice statement. To guard against future regressions, make
the choice statement in common/spl/Kconfig have an explicit default if
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This device uses the SCSI subsystem to interface with SATA devices.
Trying to use the sata command results in an unhandled exception.
This has the side effect of also causing bootflow scan to raise
an unhandled exception when it attempts to probe the SATA
subsystem. Disabling the sata command fixes this issue and does
not remove support for any boot devices.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Schneider <ben@bens.haus>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This file was using IS_ENABLED() to test for CONFIG flags but omitted
the CONFIG_ prefix and so did not work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Testing has shown that loading large initramfs causes data corruption
where the kernel image had been loaded to.
Debian 12 installation using a 17M initramfs boots fine, but the final
system with an initramfs of 27M obscurely fails to boot with bootz
reporting "Bad magic!".
Inspecting kernel_addr_r after this failed boot attempt does show
garbage in place of the expected zimage header.
The problem seems to occur on armada 388 only when sdhci sdma is enabled
in defconfig. Other armada boards such as turris omnia did not enable
the option.
Remove sdhci sdma from defconfig for now as a workaround.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enabling ODT is required to suppress reflection of the data signal on
DDR write operation. SolidRun Armada 388 SoM only connects M_ODT[0] even
when both chip-select are used.
Enable ODT[0] for both chip-select during write only.
See also commit d09f199097 ("board: solidrun: clearfog: enable ddr odt0
on write for both chip-select") where this was added to SolidRun
Clearfog board which is using the same System on Module but unlike
Helios-4 without ECC memory.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
J722S has hw rng, which can be used by OPTEE.
So remove option to use SW TRNG by OPTEE.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
With the switch to using GCC 14.2.0 in commit 001bac5f16 ("Dockerfile:
Update to gcc-14.2.0 and clang-18") in CI, we should make buildman match
this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, phytec_get_product_name() function only takes care of PCM
SoM type, however in case of PCL, KSM or KSP SoM type it will return
error:
phytec_get_product_name: Invalid SOM type
Add support for other SoM types as defined in phytec_som_type_str enum
(see phytec_som_detection.h) to get rid of the error.
While at it, also simplify switch case statements by grouping them
together. This makes it more concise and readable.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Add a check for CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE in reserve_uboot to skip the
relocation of the U-Boot image.
CONFIG_SKIP_RELOCATE skips relocation of U-Boot to the end of RAM
allowing for systems that have extremely limited RAM to run U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Much like what was fixed on the AM62x and AM62Px platforms[0]. The
CU_CLKOUT0 has two (25mhz and 50mhz) mux options however the clock
structure incorrectly duplicated the first 50mhz option twice. Fix this
for the AM62A platforms so the 25mhz option is selectable.
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250408161211.3165588-1-parth105105@gmail.com/
Reported-by: Parth Pancholi <parth.pancholi@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
On the AM3359 ICE we have two modes of operation CPSW mode or PRU-ICSS
mode.
For PRU-ICSS mode, connect Pin2 and Pin3 of J18 and J19 and for CPSW mode,
connect Pin1 and Pin2 of J18 and J19.
This patch adds support for PRUSS mode boot strapping from uboot.
Co-developed-by: Basharath Hussain Khaja <basharath@couthit.com>
Signed-off-by: Basharath Hussain Khaja <basharath@couthit.com>
Signed-off-by: Parvathi Pudi <parvathi@couthit.com>
A small fix for the cr50 which is a TPM but doesn't support all
the TPM functionality. Since it deviates from our normal TIS compliant
TPMs it can't be started twice since running the selftests twice hangs.
When FIT image with multiple dtbs are involved for R5 boot process,
R5 SPL starts off with the first instance of dtb to probe the
eeprom, then once we have identified the type of board, invocation
of setup_multi_dtb_fit will replace the gd->fdt_blob with the proper
board dtb match. However, when we do this, two things happen:
a) Prior to the invocation of setup_multi_dtb_fit, as part of the eeprom
discovery process, i2c controller device is already probed and marked
as exclusive with the match of the very first tisci match (from the
original boot dtb). This list is stored in the info->dev_list of the
first probe.
b) When the second dtb is loaded, tisci is probed again (since this is a
new node) and the new info->dev_list is empty.
At this stage, the exclusive devices such as i2c instances used to
probe the board information is left in the old info->dev_list that is
no longer used actively by the system using the replaced dtb.
As a result of this, the cleanup we intend to do with
ti_sci_cmd_release_exclusive_devices is no longer complete and
leaves the instances such as i2c for eeprom marked used as we scan just
the new info->dev_list.
This creates a problem when Device Manager(DM) firmware starts up later
on in the boot process and identifies that this instance of i2c is
already marked active, so it assumes this can no longer be controlled
by software and is marked internally as reserved and HLOS can no
longer control these instances. This defeated the purpose of
ti_sci_cmd_release_exclusive_devices.
NOTE: This scheme works just fine if the FIT has just a single dtb as
the info->dev_list is upto date.
To fix this, let us make ti_sci_cmd_release_exclusive_devices scan the
all registrations of tisci instances and cleanup all exclusive devices
that have ever been registered.
As part of this, change the prototype of release_exclusive_devices to
drop the handle since that has no further meaning now.
Though this issue was identified on AM64-sk, this can be present in
other builds which use multi-fit-dtb for R5 SPL startup.
Fixes: 9566b777ae ("firmware: ti_sci: Add a command for releasing all exclusive devices")
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
iomux_match_device() returns -ENOENT instead of the end index, which means
console_stop() is never called at the moment for unused consoles.
This prevents e.g. f_acm from releasing the USB gadget interface when
removing it from stdio/stderr/stdin.
Fixes: b672c1619b ("IOMUX: Split out iomux_match_device() helper")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan.gerhold@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
The tpm_auto_start() function is used in tests and assumes that it can
open the TPM even if it is already open and a locality claimed. The cr50
driver does not use the common TPM2 TIS code so lacks a check for the
is_open field of struct tpm_chip and in fact it doesn't use that struct.
Add an equivalent check to cr50_i2c_open().
This fixes all init sequences on that TPM -- e.g 'tpm init && tpm init'
or 'tpm autostart && tpm init' used to hang
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> says:
This series replaces the dynamic initcalls (with function pointers) with
static calls, and gets rid of initcall_run_list(), init_sequence_f,
init_sequence_f_r and init_sequence_r. This makes the code simpler and the
binary slighlty smaller: -2281 bytes/-0.21 % with LTO enabled and -510
bytes/-0.05 % with LTO disabled (xilinx_zynqmp_kria_defconfig).
Execution time doesn't seem to change noticeably. There is no impact on
the SPL.
The inline assembly fixes, although they look unrelated, are triggered
on some platforms with LTO enabled. For example: kirkwood_defconfig.
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-net/-/pipelines/25514
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250404135038.2134570-1-jerome.forissier@linaro.org
Change board_init_f(), board_init_f_r() and board_init_r() to make
static calls instead of iterating over the init_sequence_f,
init_sequence_f_r and init_sequence_r arrays, respectively. This makes
the code a simpler (and even more so when initcall_run_list() is
later removed) and it reduces the binary size as well. Tested with
xilinx_zynqmp_kria_defconfig; bloat-o-meter results:
- With LTO
add/remove: 106/196 grow/shrink: 10/28 up/down: 31548/-33829 (-2281)
Total: Before=1070471, After=1068190, chg -0.21%
- Without LTO
add/remove: 0/54 grow/shrink: 3/0 up/down: 2322/-2832 (-510)
Total: Before=1121723, After=1121213, chg -0.05%
Execution time does not change in a noticeable way.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
The mcr and msr instructions are available in Thumb mode only if
Thumb2 is supported. Therefore, if __thumb2__ is not set, make
sure we switch to ARM mode by inserting a .arm directive in the
inline assembly.
Fixes LTO link errors with kirkwood platforms, triggered by a later
commit:
tools/buildman/buildman -o /tmp/build -eP sheevaplug
[...]
{standard input}:24085: Error: selected processor does not support `mrc p15,0,r3,c1,c0,0' in Thumb mode
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Tom reports that generating the ESL file we need for authenticated
capsule updates fails to work on azure which expects a RO git tree.
Move it to $(objtree)
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
UART-A can be exposed through uSD, this was tested on Transformer T20
but should work on all Ventana-based boards.
TX is exported on SDD pingroup corresponding to uSD CLK pin
RX is exported on SDB which is CMD pin in uSD slot
Signed-off-by: Artur Kowalski <arturkow2000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Tegra Note 7 is a mini tablet computer and the second Tegra 4
based mobile device designed by Nvidia that runs the Android operating
system. The Tegra Note has a 7" IPS display with 1280 x 800 (217 ppi)
resolution. The 1 GB of RAM and 16 GB of internal memory can be
supplemented with a microSDXC card giving up to 64 GB of additional
storage.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The ASUS Transformer Pad TF701T is an Android tablet computer made by
ASUS, successor to the ASUS Transformer Pad Infinity. The tablet includes
a Tegra 4 T114 processor clocked at 1.9 GHz, and an upgraded 2560×1600
pixel resolution screen, increasing the pixel density to 300 PPI and
a mobile dock. Transformers (t114) board derives from Nvidia Macallan
development board.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The clock initialization routine sets the DISP* clock parent to PLLC,
resulting in DC failure in the case when PLLD was previously configured.
This issue disrupts chainloading and to prevent failures caused by DISP*
clock parent conflicts, clock initialization should not modify DISP*. The
DC driver handles DISP* configuration.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Most device headers contain SoC specific part and common Tegra post part.
Add a generic header which can be used by any Tegra device of one of the
supported SoC generations (T20, T30, T114, T124 or T210) without need in
device specific configuration.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Link CFG_SYS_NS16550_COM1 value to chosen CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UART Tegra
wide. Remove all CFG_SYS_NS16550_COM1 from device headers.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Applies same logic to general Tegra pincontrol driver as is done to Tegra20
by commit:
a35bf832d7 ("pinctrl: tegra20: detect unknown/invalid pin/func
configurations")
Suggested-by: Artur Kowalski <arturkow2000@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tegra20 driver doesn't know about some pin configurations and even about
some pins. In case when pin configuration is unknown the pin would be
muxed to whatever is under function 0, in case when pin itself is
unknown, it could cause out-of-bounds array access in pinmux_set_func
and pinmux_set_pullupdown.
Signed-off-by: Artur Kowalski <arturkow2000@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Motorola Atrix 4G (MB860) and Droid X2 (MB870) both featured a
dual-core NVIDIA Tegra 2 AP20H processor clocked at 1GHz, coupled with 1GB
of DDR2 RAM. Storage consisted of 16GB of internal flash memory, expandable
via microSD. The display was a 4.0-inch TFT LCD with a resolution of
960x540 pixels (qHD). The devices originally ran on Android up to 2.3
(Gingerbread).
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The LM3532 is a 500-kHz fixed frequency asynchronous boost converter which
provides the power for 3 high-voltage, low-side current sinks. The device
is programmable over an I2C-compatible interface and has independent
current control for all three channels.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add support for the LCD panel module used in Motorola Atrix 4G or Droid X2.
Exact panel vendor and model are unknown. The panel has a 540x960 (qHD)
resolution and uses 24 bit RGB per pixel.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
CPCAP has a dedicated interrupt for power button. Implement this to have
more input control over the devices.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The CPCAP is a Motorola/ST-Ericsson creation, a multifunctional IC whose
main purpose was power control. It was used in a wide variety of Motorola
products, both Tegra and OMAP based. The most notable devices using this
PMIC are the Motorola Droid 4, Atrix 4G, and Droid X2.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Place Tegra124 SOR and eDP implenetation into common Tegra driver folder
until it is integrated into existing setup.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Since this set of drivers suports four Tegra SoC generations, lets name it
just 'tegra'.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
GPIO reset and power-off functionality depends on device tree data, which
is often absent in SPL or TPL. To address this, incorporate PHASE_ into the
config option and add Kconfig option or each phase.
Adjust SYSRESET_GPIO and POWEROFF_GPIO uses to address possible
regressions.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Historically, PLLD2 mirrored PLLD's layout on Tegra30 and 114. However,
with the introduction of Tegra124, this changed. This layout alteration was
not considered, and it now requires a corrective action to prevent future
complications.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
PLLD and PLLD2 clocks possess a unique enable bit within their
miscellaneous register. Take this into account when using clock_set_rate
function.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add missing configuration of chip select polarity. Default polarity is LOW,
which satisfies most cases but some devices require HIGH polarity and will
not work.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Binman includes a good set of tests covering all of its functionality.
This includes a code-coverage test.
However to date the code-coverage test has not been checked
automatically by CI, relying on people to run 'binman test -T'
themselves.
Plug the gap to avoid bugs creeping in future.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Newer lz4 util is not happy with any padding at end of file,
it would abort with error message like:
Stream followed by undecodable data at position 43.
Workaround by skipping testCompUtilPadding test case and manually
strip padding in testCompressSectionSize test case.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
The CheckAddHashValue() function is always called before this one, so
the algorithm check is never used. Replace it with an assert to avoid a
coverage error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Newer versions of the python3-coverage tool require a directory
separator before and after the directory name. Add this so that system
package are not included in the coverage report.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
This series switches to always using $(PHASE_) in Makefiles when
building rather than $(PHASE_) or $(XPL_). It also starts on documenting
this part of the build, but as a follow-up we need to rename
doc/develop/spl.rst and expand on explaining things a bit.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250401225851.1125678-1-trini@konsulko.com
Expand the conditional compilation section to explain when to use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED rather than IS_ENABLED and provide an example. Next,
note what the PHASE_ macro is supposed to be used for as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to make a start on explaining how and when to use certain
macros, we need to document their usage somewhere. As a first step, take
section 21 of the v6.13 Linux Kernel coding-style document on
conditional compilation, verbatim, and add it to our documentation.
Further rewording to be clearer about U-Boot will be done next.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is confusing to have both "$(PHASE_)" and "$(XPL_)" be used in our
Makefiles as part of the macros to determine when to do something in our
Makefiles based on what phase of the build we are in. For consistency,
bring this down to a single macro and use "$(PHASE_)" only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When the `optee hello' subcommand is called, the do_optee_hello_world_ta()
function passes a NULL pointer to the strcmp() function while verifying its
input argument, which results in the following crash:
=> optee hello
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000010, far 0x0
Fix this by verifying the number of input arguments instead.
Fixes: e3cf80fbe0 ("cmd: Add support for optee commands")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Cc: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
The number of memory banks in QEMU is not bounded by 1.
In this example we have two banks:
qemu-system-aarch64 \
-machine virt \
-nographic \
-cpu cortex-a72 \
-m 8G \
-smp 8,sockets=2,cores=4,threads=1 \
-object memory-backend-ram,id=mem0,size=4G \
-numa node,cpus=0-3,memdev=mem0 \
-object memory-backend-ram,id=mem1,size=4G \
-numa node,cpus=4-7,memdev=mem1 \
-bios u-boot.bin
Use the default value defined in /Kconfig as 4.
Suggested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Suggested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The AM62x uses the DA8XX (DaVinci) GPIO controller. Enable
CONFIG_DA8XX_GPIO to support GPIO access from the Cortex-A53.
Also enable the 'gpio' command to allow users to interact
with GPIOs from the U-Boot shell.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
This enables the 'rproc' command, allowing users to
start, stop, and manage co-processors as well as load firmware
images.
Useful for systems with auxiliary cores, such as the M4 core
in the AM62x soc.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
This enables the 'rproc' command, allowing users to
start, stop, and manage co-processors as well as load firmware
images.
Useful for systems with auxiliary cores, such as M4 or R5 cores
in the AM64x soc.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The CI image does not ship with all tools required for the binman tests.
Have binman build the missing tools.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Qualcomm changes for v2025.07:
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-snapdragon/-/pipelines/25653
There's been a surprising amount of activity lately on the Qualcomm
side with the two oldest boards getting some fresh attention and a lot
of cleanup and polish going on across the board.
* SDM660 gets USB phy fixes and a pinctrl driver
* The recently added SA8775P/QCS9100 SoC gets a pinctrl driver
* The Qualcomm pinctrl driver now handles reserved pins correctly,
fixing crashes on some boards when running "gpio status -a"
* OF_UPSTREAM_BUILD_VENDOR is enabled in qcom_defconfig
* SDM845 and SC7280 get missing clocks added (since we're now stricter
about those). This gets USB working more reliably in more cases.
* DM_USB_GADGET is enabled for all boards using DWC3 and fasbtoot is
enabled too
* A bug in the livetree fixup code is fixed (making USB work on a lot
more platforms)
* Button label lookup is made case insensitive* bootretry becomes more dynamic, allowing it to be hijacked to make a
"persistent" boot menu that allows dropping to U-Boot shell later on
* A new qcom-phone.config fragment is added along with a phone-specific
default environment and phone-specific debugging/bringup docs. These
make U-Boot more usable on devices without a serial port or keyboard.
* The db820c gets fixed up and updated documentation
* The db410c also gets some love and modernisation as well as a new
reviewer.
* A new driver is added for the USB VBUS regulator found on various
Qualcomm PMICs
* The Qualcomm SPMI driver gets some fixes and cleanup for SPMI v5 and
v7 support.
Pull request efi-2025-07-rc1
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/25648
Documentation:
* Update authenticated capsules documentation
UEFI:
* Add support for loading FIT images including initrd
- efi_loader: efi_load_initrd: provide a memory mapped initrd
- efi_loader: binary_run: register an initrd
- bootm: add support for initrd in do_bootm_efi
* efi_selftest: remove un-needed NULL checks
* efi: Fix efiboot for payloads loaded from memory
* Print extra information from the bootmgr
* Move public cert for capsules to .rodata
* Set EFI capsule dfu_alt_info env explicitly
* Make FDT extra space configurable
* Install the ACPI table from the bloblist
* Handle GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC
* Handle malloc() errors
Others:
* acpi: select CONFIG_BLOBLIST
* smbios: select CONFIG_BLOBLIST
* xilinx: dfu: Fill directly update_info.dfu_string
* cmd: fwu: Dump custom fields from mdata structure
* board: remove capsule update support in set_dfu_alt_info()
local-bd-address in the device tree needs to be formatted with the least
significant byte first (i.e. little endian). We're not doing this when
adding it to the DT, which means the MAC address ends up being reversed in
Linux. Fix this by reversing the array before setting it in the DT.
We're also flipping the wrong bit when generating the BD address. Before
reversing the array, the least significant bit is in the last byte.
Fixes: ff06dc2403 ("db410: alter WLAN/BT MAC address fixup")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan.gerhold@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by:
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407-db410c-fixes-v1-3-524aefbc8bb4@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The workaround for the "PSCI bug" on DragonBoard 410c implemented in
arch/arm/mach-snapdragon/include/mach/boot0.h clobbers the x0 register
by storing the CurrentEL in there. When running in EL1, the mode switch
sequence implemented there later clears the register again, but this is
skipped when U-Boot is booted in EL2.
This causes crashes in the mach-snapdragon board_fdt_blob_setup() later,
because the invalid address stored in x0 gets dereferenced to check if it
points to a valid DTB.
We can't rely on having a valid values in the CPU registers for the first
stage bootloader configuration on DB410c, and nothing would place a DTB
there anyway. Skip selecting the SAVE_PREV_BL_FDT_ADDR option for the boot0
hook case to avoid crashing with the clobbered register value.
Fixes: 059d526af3 ("mach-snapdragon: generalise board support")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan.gerhold@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by:
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250407-db410c-fixes-v1-1-524aefbc8bb4@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
To enable more complex sequencing of the bootmenu, autoboot, and
bootretry, handle changes to the bootretry variable between tries. This
makes it possible to turn bootretry off (e.g. to drop to a shell) and
then back on again.
This makes it possible to have a persistent bootmenu (the only way to
navigate U-Boot on devices like smartphones which lack a physical
keyboard) by having bootcmd be defined to launch the bootmenu. This
allows for menu options like enabling USB mass storage gadget to return
back to the boot menu once the gadget is shut down.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Danila Tikhonov <danila@jiaxyga.com> # google-sunfish
Tested-by: Jens Reidel <adrian@mainlining.org> # xiaomi-davinci
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250331-qcom-phones-v4-3-f52e57d3b8c6@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add a common RAUC boot logic environment and make use of it in the
i.MX93 environment. The RAUC boot logic is deactivated by default and
can be activated by setting "doraucboot" to "1".
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwan <m.schwan@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Move the default bootcmd from the defconfig to the board environment in
preparation for RAUC support. No change in functionality.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Add support for disabling external environment import (bootenv.txt) by
setting the ${no_bootenv} environment variable.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Add prepare_mcore script to environment to be able to notify Linux about
the state of M33 core via the kernel cmdline by appending to ${optargs}.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Move the load addresses for FDTs and bootenv.txt to create space for
loading OS image. Otherwise, parts of the image might get corrupted.
and the following boot error will be present:
ERROR: FDT image overlaps OS image (OS=80400000..832a0000)
Moreover, this commit also syncs addresses with downstream PHYTEC
u-boot for i.MX93 in preparation for FIT image support in the future.
Signed-off-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
Because we've already returned early in the event 'handle' is NULL we
don't need these extra not NULL checks. Remove them
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since commit 53d5a22163 ("emulation: Use bloblist to hold tables")
`make qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig acpi.config && make` fails with
drivers/misc/qfw_smbios.c:93:(.text.qfw_evt_write_smbios_tables+0xe):
undefined reference to `bloblist_add'
Build with bloblist support.
Fixes: 53d5a22163 ("emulation: Use bloblist to hold tables")
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Since commit 53d5a22163 ("emulation: Use bloblist to hold tables")
`make qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig acpi.config && make` fails with
qfw_acpi.c:146:(.text.evt_write_acpi_tables+0xc):
undefined reference to `bloblist_add'
Build with bloblist support.
Fixes: 53d5a22163 ("emulation: Use bloblist to hold tables")
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
i.MX95 System Manager uses interrupt driven communication which requires
the caller to set Bit[0] of channel flags to 1. When transmission
completes and the previous general purpose interrupt has been processed
by the other core, i.MX95 System Manager will set General Purpose
Interrupt Control Register (GCR). U-Boot polls General-purpose Status
(GSR) to check if the operation is finished.
Signed-off-by: Viorel Suman <viorel.suman@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
If CONFIG_VIDEO_IPUV3 is enabled without also having CONFIG_IMX_HDMI
enabled, the build fails for the Apalis iMX6 board.
Fixes: 592f4aed6d ("arm: imx: initial support for apalis imx6")
Signed-off-by: Rafael Beims <rafael.beims@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we moved out the capsule signature from the DTB, remove the
relevant documentation.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
commit ddf67daac3 ("efi_capsule: Move signature from DTB to .rodata")
was reverted in
commit 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move signature from DTB to .rodata"")
because that's what U-Boot was usually doing -- using the DT to store
configuration and data. Some of the discussions can be found here [0].
(Ab)using the device tree to store random data isn't ideal though.
On top of that with new features introduced over the years, keeping
the certificates in the DT has proven to be problematic.
One of the reasons is that platforms might send U-Boot a DTB
from the previous stage loader using a transfer list which won't contain
the signatures since other loaders are not aware of internal
U-Boot ABIs. On top of that QEMU creates the DTB on the fly, so adding
the capsule certificate there does not work and requires users to dump
it and re-create it injecting the public keys.
Now that we have proper memory permissions for arm64, move the certificate
to .rodata and read it from there.
[0] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/CAPnjgZ2uM=n8Qo-a=DUkx5VW5Bzp5Xy8=Wgmrw8ESqUBK00YJQ@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com> # on TI sk-am62p-lp
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-A311D-CC
Tested-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Instead of just printing the label, add information for the Device
path as well so it's easier to see if we are booting from disk, network
etc
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If the EFI runtime services pointers are relocated even though
relocation is skipped, it corrupts some other data resulting in some
unexpected behaviour.
In this specific case, it overwrote some page table entries resulting in
the device memory address range's mappings getting removed. Eventually,
after the completion of efi_runtime_relocate(), when a driver tries to
access its device's registers it crashes since the mappings are absent.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Calling bootefi on an address that was loaded from memory (e.g., cramfs
or SPI flash via "sf read", etc.), currently results in the EFI binary
not being able to access the EFI image device path.
For example, iPXE would fail with an error "EFI could not get loaded
image's device path: Error 0x7f39e082 (https://ipxe.org/7f39e082)".
This is due to an incomplete special-case in efi_binary_run, where a new
device path was created but not used in all required places.
Fix the in-memory special case, set the "bootefi_device_path" to the
generated "file_path".
iPXE will now boot, and report the device path as
"/MemoryMapped(0x0,0xSTART,0xLEN)"
Signed-off-by: Christian Kohlschütter <christian@kohlschutter.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The commit cb9ae40a16 ("tools: mkfwumdata: add logic to append vendor
data to the FWU metadata") added support for adding vendor data to mdata
structure but it is not visible anywhere that's why extend fwu command to
dump it.
Tested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Pass a pointer to a memory mapped initrd and its size to
efi_binary_run. The EFI stack will register an EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL
for the next boot stage to access this initrd.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot can pass an initrd to subsequent boot stages via the
EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL. The current implementation only supports
this functionality via the efi boot manager: the initrd is taken
from the load options of the BootCurrent variable. This commit adds
support for registering a memory mapped initrd, e.g. loaded from a
FIT image. For now this new method takes precedence over loading the
initrd from the BootCurrent variable (if both are present) because
the BootCurrent variable is not cleared on exiting the boot manager.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot currently reserves only 0x3000 bytes when copying the FDT
in copy_fdt(), which may not be sufficient if additional nodes
(such as FMAN firmware) are added later.
This patch uses the exisitng SYS_FDT_PAD to reserve space for FDT fixup
instead of hardcoded value.
This change prevents potential corruption when resizing FDT after
EFI boot, especially when firmware like FMAN requires additional
space.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Nesteruk <gnesteruk@sii.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pawel Kochanowski <pkochanowski@sii.pl>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When BLOBLIST_TABLES is used, the ACPI tables are not currently added to
the list of EFI tables. While we don't want to create a new memory
region, we do want to tell EFI about the tables.
Fix this by covering this case. At some point the non-bloblist code can
likely be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 3da59ee9579 ("efi_loader: Avoid mapping the ACPI tables twice")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Now that capsule update sets the dfu_alt_info environment variable
explicitly, there is no need to support it in the set_dfu_alt_info()
function. Decouple SET_DFU_ALT_INFO from EFI_CAPSULE_FIRMWARE_FIT and
EFI_CAPSULE_FIRMWARE_RAW. For many boards, this was the only use of
set_dfu_alt_info() so remove the function entirely.
Fixes: a9e6f01a94 ("efi: Define set_dfu_alt_info() for boards with UEFI capsule update enabled")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # for board/libre-computer/*
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de> # for
The current implementation of EFI capsule update uses set_dfu_alt_info() to
set the dfu_alt_info environment variable with the settings it requires.
However, set_dfu_alt_info() is doing this for all DFU operations, even
those unrelated to capsule update.
Thus other uses of DFU, such as DFU boot which sets its own value for the
dfu_alt_info environment variable, will have that setting overwritten with
the capsule update setting. Similarly, any user defined value for the
dfu_alt_info environment variable would get overwritten when any DFU
operation was performed, including simply performing a "dfu 0 list"
command.
The solution is stop using the set_dfu_alt_info() mechanism to set the
dfu_alt_info environment variable and instead explicitly set it to the
capsule update's setting just before performing the capsule update's DFU
operation, and then restore the environment variable back to its original
value.
This patch implements the explicit setting and restoring of the
dfu_alt_info environment variable as part of the EFI capsule update
operation.
The fix is fully implemented in a subsequent patch that removes the capsule
update dfu_alt_info support in set_dfu_alt_info().
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Directly fill update_info.dfu_string to prepare platforms to switch
from using dfu_alt_info variable to dfu_string which contains description
for capsule update when switch is done.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Current mmc bootpart-resize command only support Samsung eMMC BOOT/RPMB
hardware partition resizing. Add Sandisk and Micron eMMC BOOT/RPMB hardware
partition resizing support. The commands and parameters for resizing
partitions are different for each manufacturer. Select the corresponding
function according to CID.
Signed-off-by: Luke Wang <ziniu.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Each MMC device has a child which ihs a block device. At present we call
mmc_deinit() when the block device is removed.
But the MMC struct (i.e. struct mmc) is attached to the MMC's device,
not its child.
So at present, when an MMC device is removed, mmc_deinit() is called
twice, once for the MMC device and once for its block device. This
results in a double call to cyclic_unregister().
Fix this by adding a 'remove' method to the uclass and calling
mmc_deinit() from there.
Also drop the call to device_probe() within the block-device's probe()
method. The device is already in the process of being probed, so this
call does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: c822c1a50b ("mmc: call device_probe() after scanning")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When MMC_SDHCI_SDMA=y or MMC_SDHCI_ADMA=y and PIO mode is used
dma_unmap_single() is called on an unmapped address, 0x0. This may
result in a Synchronous Abort:
## Checking hash(es) for Image atf-1 ... sha256+ OK
CMD_SEND:16
ARG 0x00000200
MMC_RSP_R1,5,6,7 0x00000900
CMD_SEND:18
ARG 0x00004005
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000147
elr: 00000000400015bc lr : 0000000040012b4c
x 0: 0000000000008000 x 1: 0000000000092600
x 2: 0000000000000040 x 3: 000000000000003f
x 4: 0000000000000030 x 5: 0000000000000001
x 6: 0000000000000001 x 7: 0000000000000000
x 8: 000000000000000a x 9: 0000000000000090
x10: 0000000043dffc68 x11: 0000000043c00440
x12: 0000000043c00440 x13: ffffffffbfe00000
x14: 000000000000031c x15: 0000000240000000
x16: 000000004001145c x17: 0000000000000032
x18: 0000000043dffef0 x19: 0000000043c00000
x20: 0000000043dffbc8 x21: 0000000000000000
x22: 00000000000f3d95 x23: 0000000000000002
x24: 0000000000000493 x25: 0000000000092600
x26: 0000000000000001 x27: 0000000000000001
x28: 0000000000000008 x29: 0000000043dffab0
Code: d2800082 9ac32042 d1000443 8a230000 (d5087620)
Resetting CPU ...
resetting ...
Fix this by only dma_unmap_single() when DMA mode is used and
sdhci_prepare_dma() has been called to map host->start_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Per JESD84-B51 6.6.9 Erase:
The host can erase a contiguous range of Erase Groups. Starting the erase
process is a three steps sequence. First the host defines the start address
of the range using the ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD35) command, next it defines
the last address of the range using the ERASE_GROUP_END (CMD36) command and
finally it starts the erase process by issuing the ERASE (CMD38) command
with argument bits set to zero. See Table 11 for the arguments supported by
CMD38. The address field in the erase commands is an Erase Group address,
in byte units for densities up to 2GB, and in sector units for densities
greater than 2GB. The Device will ignore all LSB's below the Erase Group
size, effectively rounding the address down to the Erase Group boundary.
So choose 2GB bytes as check condition.
If the erase size is larger that 2GB, use 2GB to avoid breaking non high
capacity cards. If erase size is less than 2GB and larger than a grp, use
'grpcnt * mmc->erase_grp_size' to cover all the sectors, else use
the number of sectors.
With test erasing 20GB eMMC
board: Evk_8ulp Evk_8mm Evk_8mn Evk_8mp Mek_8qxpc0 Mek_8qm
kingston sandisk
before: 37.683s 112.738s 129.365s 28.238s 112.605s 500.470s 490.708s
after: 0.093s 0.111s 0.951s 0.080s 0.121s 6.960s 6.915s
Tested-by: Faqiang Zhu <faqiang.zhu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In case mmc_complete_init() returns error, exit from mmc_init()
without possibly calling cyclic_register(), which at that point
would be undesired.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Simplify 90cc07fd78 ("mmc: Poll CD in case cyclic framework is enabled")
according to suggestions by Rasmus. The struct cyclic_info is zero-size in
case CONFIG_CYCLIC is not enabled and does not add any size to struct mmc,
so it can unconditionally be part of that structure. This allows clean up
of all the other conditionals in mmc.c which can now be unconditionally
present, as they also add no extra space.
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The option MMC_SDHCI_ADMA_FORCE_32BIT is only tested or used when
MMC_SDHCI_ADMA or SPL_MMC_SDHCI_ADMA is enabled. And for
MMC_SDHCI_ADMA_64BIT the same is true except we also require
MMC_SDHCI_ADMA_FORCE_32BIT to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
UFS devices uses the block and scsi frameworks. Enable UFS erase
support by adding erase support to SCSI.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Allow invoking fit_check_sig without the key parameter, allowing to
validate only checksums and hashes for unsigned images.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Skip signature verification in case no public key was given in order to
allow using fit_check_sign also to validate uImage.FIT images without
signatures. Guarded by USE_HOSTCC macro the behavior on target is
unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
As current design, only Manager CPU called armv8_setup_psci() before
jump to next stage(such as Linux Kernel), Subordinate CPUs also need
setup psci vector to handle trap request which comes from higher EL
level.
Signed-off-by: Xu Zhang <423756212@qq.com>
[trini: Guard with !CONFIG_XPL_BUILD check]
Add support for the LCD interfaces (LCDIF1/2). When probed, these
interfaces request numerous clocks and power domains, attach the bridge
and look for a panel in order to retrieve its capabilities and
properties.
There is a similar existing driver in the upper folder for other i.MX
targets, I discovered this driver a bit late. It is not targeting the
i.MX8MP and I have no idea how different can the LCDIF be on this SoC,
but I did not manage to get it work, especially because it is not fully
compliant with the device-model, especially on the clocks/power
management side which is all ad-hoc. This is normal though, it was
contributed more than ten years ago.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Add support for the LVDS Display Bridge (LDB) found on i.MX8MP.
When attached, the bridge driver looks for panels connected to one of
its two outputs and adapts its own configuration to use them. There is
currently no support for merged/split displays.
Note regarding the clock configuration:
The LDB output clock should be absolutely identical to the LCDIF output
clock so both blocks can talk to each other synchronously. However, the
LDB clock has an internal divisor of 7 (respectively 3.5 in dual
configuration) which means the LDB input clock must be explicitly set
once we know the configuration.
This driver was tested on i.MX8MP using a single panel connected to the
LVDS2 interface.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The IPUv3 is one IP part of the imx world, there are others, and
selecting the whole imx/ folder based on such a specific Kconfig symbol
is sub-optimal. Let's always enter the imx/ folder, and then selectively
compile parts of the folder based on the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Add support for the i.MX8 MEDIAMIX domain which is driving the power
over the whole display/rendering pipeline.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
These are all the clocks needed to get an LCD panel working, going
through one of the LCDIF and the LDB. The media AXI and APB clocks are
also described.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reparenting a clock C with a new parent P means that C will only
continue clocking if P is already clocking when the mux is updated. In
case the parent is currently disabled, failures (stalls) are likely to
happen.
This is exactly what happens on i.MX8 when enabling the video
pipeline. We tell LCDIF clocks to use the VIDEO PLL as input, while the
VIDEO PLL is currently off. This all happens as part of the
assigned-clocks handling procedure, where the reparenting happens before
the enable() calls. Enabling the parents as part of the reparenting
procedure seems sane and also matches the logic applied in other parts
of the CCM.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
It is very surprising that such an uclass, specifically designed to
handle resources that may be shared by different devices, is not keeping
the count of the number of times a power domain has been
enabled/disabled to avoid shutting it down unexpectedly or disabling it
several times.
Doing this causes troubles on eg. i.MX8MP because disabling power
domains can be done in recursive loops were the same power domain
disabled up to 4 times in a row. PGCs seem to have tight FSM internal
timings to respect and it is easy to produce a race condition that puts
the power domains in an unstable state, leading to ADB400 errors and
later crashes in Linux.
CI tests using power domains are slightly updated to make sure the count
of on/off calls is even and the results match what we *now* expect.
As we do not want to break existing users while stile getting
interesting error codes, the implementation is split between:
- a low-level helper reporting error codes if the requested transition
could not be operated,
- a higher-level helper ignoring the "non error" codes, like EALREADY and
EBUSY.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
This is a new DM core helper. There is now a graph endpoint
representation in the sandbox test DTS, so we can just use it to verify
the helper proper behavior.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
There are already several helpers to find a udevice based on its
position in a device tree, like getting a child or a node pointed by a
phandle, but there was no support for graph endpoints, which are very
common in display pipelines.
Add a new helper, named uclass_get_device_by_endpoint() which enters the
child graph reprensentation, looks for a specific port, then follows the
remote endpoint, and finally retrieves the first parent of the given
uclass_id.
This is a very handy and straightforward way to get a bridge or a panel
handle.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
`.priv_data_size` does not exist. I believe the actual structure member
was supposed to be `.priv_auto`.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Naming between the parameter list, the prototype and the main comment do
not match. Fix the comment which seems the be the one that is incorrect.
Fixes: 9057077cf4 ("core: ofnode: add of_graph parsing helpers")
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
In console_setfile(), there is some #ifdef'ed code, updating monitor
functions for a U-Boot proper build. This is called inside a switch/case
statement, but the closing "break;" is inside the #ifdef section.
This doesn't look right: we should not fall through to the error case
for an SPL/TPL build.
Move the "break" to be always effective, solving a compiler warning about
an untagged implicit fallthrough.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This data was generated using the ksswtool-autogen project with the
followig commit:
eed7492 ("soc: am62ax: Add cpsw_3guss_main_0 id to the dev list")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Morrisson <nmorrisson@phytec.com>
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Don't initialize Ethernet2 in SPL. We cannot boot from that source anyways
and it throws an error during boot.
This will remove following error message during network boot:
Error: ethernet@8000000port@2 No valid MAC address found.ethernet@8000000port@1
Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete....... done
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add support for ethernet boot in the A53 SPL. Increase the SPL Size
limit and update SPL_STACK_R_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Provide a defconfig for booting the phycore-am62x via Ethernet.
We need a separate defconfig because the AM62x has not enough internal
SRAM to support all boot sources.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add bootph-all tag to phy_gmii_sel node. This is needed for booting via
Ethernet. While at it, drop main_pktdma reg redefinitions which are already
provided by the top-level SoC device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org> says:
SCSI devices like UFS may maintain their own cache to speed up writes,
however this is lost on board reset (and may be lost on device removal
or reset by OS drivers).
Currently this can be worked around by "waiting for a while" after
writing data to disk, but of course this is not an acceptable solution.
Ideally U-Boot would have a mechanism to flush caches during board
reset, but until that logic is hooked up let's be sure that all writes
are actually propagated to the storage device so that we don't lose data
on board reset.
The same logic was already implemented just for the AHCI backend, this
duplicated logic has been removed and support for the SYNC_CACHE command
is added to AHCI.
This is particularly noticeable during capsule updates, since the update
file is deleted and the board is reset immediately afterwards which
resulted in the same capsule update being applied over and over again.
This specifically fixes Qualcomm SDM845 devices with UFS 2.1, but likely
all UFS devices that use a cache.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250326-scsi-sync-on-write-v2-0-12ab05bd464b@linaro.org
The SCSI layer now issues a SYNC_CACHE command after every write to
ensure there is no data loss due to a board reset after write.
Implement support for this command and remove the same logic from the
ATA write path to be consistent with other SCSI backends.
Ranges are not supported and the whole cache will be flushed in all
cases.
This was done per iteration in ata_scsiop_read_write(), but it's not
clear why this was the case, calling it once for the entire write ought
to achieve the same result.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
We don't have a mechanism to safely shutdown block devices prior to a
baord reset or driver removal. Prevent data loss by synchronizing the
SCSI cache after every write.
In particular this solves the issue of capsule updates looping on some
devices because the board resets immediately after deleting the capsule
file and this write wouldn't be flushed in time.
This may impact NAND wear, but should be negligible given the usecases
for disk write in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
This clears the 6th byte of cmd twice rather than setting the 9th byte
to 0. Fix it.
The only other command that sets the 9th byte is the 64-bit read, so
this likely never caused issues in practise.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Since introduction of OF_UPSTREAM flag, U-Boot's dtc must be able
to compile Kernel's device tree.
Since kernel commit 7de129f5389b ("ARM: dts: stm32: stm32mp151a-prtt1l:
Fix QSPI configuration"), label relative path references has been
introduced. These label relative path references is not supported
by current U-Boot dtc version 1.5.0: (see mailing list discussion [1]).
In order to support such label relative patch references
adds following commit from upstream DTC tree:
commit 651410e54cb9 ("util: introduce xstrndup helper")
commit ec7986e682cf ("dtc: introduce label relative path references")
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250115144428.GZ3476@bill-the-cat/T/
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The symbol "ENV_IS_EMBEDDED" is an environment internal define and not a
real CONFIG symbol. The IS_ENABLED() macro is still valid to use here,
so update the check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The cflags and ldflags of preload_check_sign depend on the openssl
package thus pkg-config is needed to get the location where openssl
is installed.
This fix a potential build failure when openssl is not from the
distro and installed in a varied place.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
When using non-trivial values for parameters for this test it
will cause a spurious failure as the test passes a decimal value
to the mtest command which will interpret it as hexadecimal and
result in failure as below.
test/py/tests/test_memtest.py:66: in test_memtest_ddr
assert expected_response in response
E AssertionError: assert 'Tested 16 iteration(s) with 0 errors.' in 'Refusing to do empty test\r\nmtest - simple RAM read/write test\r\n\r\nUsage:\r\nmtest [start [end [pattern [iterations]]]]'
----------------------------- Captured stdout call -----------------------------
U-Boot> mtest 134217728 0x8001000 90 0x10
Refusing to do empty test
mtest - simple RAM read/write test
Usage:
mtest [start [end [pattern [iterations]]]]
The fix is to ensure that all the parameters to the mtest command are
passed as hexadecimal values.
Fixes: 22efc1cf27 ("test/py: memtest: Add tests for mtest command")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
If a series is sent without a cover letter, there is no indication of
the base commit. Add support for this, since single patches of small
series may not always have a cover letter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to know which commit patches are based on, even if that
commit might not be available to readers. Add a tag for this in the
cover letter.
Also add the local-branch name since that may be useful to the writer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We had previously gotten this package through a chain of dependencies
with guestfs-tools. Now that we no longer install that package, install
fdisk (for sfdisk) directly.
Fixes: eb1b90ec57 ("Dockerfile: Update to drop virt-make-fs packages")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are some reference platforms from Arm which are not found in QEMU
but instead in the FVP tool. As we can make use of this in CI later on,
download and extract it in our Dockerfile today.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Outside of changing versions here the other visible change is that we
tell grub that riscv64 does not have "large model" support. Without this
change the resulting mkimage is non-functional. This is known upstream
already.
Link: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?65909
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
u-boot-dfu-20250410
CI:
- https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/25615
Usb gadget:
- Add SAM9X60 support to atmel driver
- Fix memory leaks in f_mass_storage gadget driver
- Fix comment typo in dwc3 gadget driver
Fastboot:
- Lift restrictions on !NET_LWIP for USB
Android:
- Fix possible NULL ptr when AVB is out of memory
Recent addition of support for SDM660 inadvertently broke USB PHY power
on sequence on RB1/RB2 and others with following error:
starting USB...
Bus usb@4e00000: QUSB2PHY pll lock failed: status reg = 0
qcom-qusb2-phy phy@1613000: PHY: Failed to power on phy@1613000: -16.
Can't power on PHY0
probe failed, error -16
No USB controllers found
The root cause was the addition of flag se_clk_scheme_default which was
configured correctly for SDM660 but incorrect for all other supported
SoC. Fix that by properly assignment as per upstream Linux driver.
Fixes: 475497dc3c15 ("phy: Add SDM660 support to Qualcomm QUSB2 phy")
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by:
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250410080027.208674-3-sumit.garg@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Currently the msm_sdhci doesn't yet support DLL configurations which are
required to enable bus speeds greater that 100MHz. So disable HS200 mode
support as of now as it requires bus speeds of 200MHz.
This should fix eMMC issues reported on RB1/RB2 although it should fix
issues for all Qcom platforms but it's not seen there as mostly SD cards
available don't support HS200 mode. The SD cards usually works in high
speed mode whose performance remains unaffected by this change. It only
affects RB1/RB2 as eMMC flash on these support HS200 mode but the U-Boot
driver currently is incapable of supporting that.
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@oss.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250410080027.208674-2-sumit.garg@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
On v5 & v7 controllers, multiple mapping for different
Execution Environment exists, if the mapping owner is for
a different Execution Environment we can only read and
not write any data.
To allow us to find a Write mapping for our Execution
Environment, we can overwritte a mapping if we encounter
a new one which we own.
Implement this logic, the result is the same mapping
table as in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Tested-by: caleb.connolly@linaro.org # sdm845
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250328-topic-sm8x50-spmi-fix-v1-4-a7548d3aef0d@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Enable fastboot support over USB, using MMC as the backend. This will be
the internal eMMC on devices that have it, or the sdcard slot on devices
with UFS (if available).
We don't use a fixed address for the fastboot buffer because it's
allocated at runtime per-board. Entering fastboot mode should be done by
executing "run fastboot" or manually running:
fastboot -l $fastboot_addr_r usb 0
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250324-sdm845-fixes-fastboot-v1-4-d177a10f336d@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
In fsg_common_init, we allocate some buffers via memalign().
However, these buffers are never freed.
Because of that, we cannot call => ums command multiple times on boards
with low memory (CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN=0x81000):
=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0x3a3e000
|crq->brequest:0x0
CTRL+C - Operation aborted
=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0x3a3e000
failed to start <NULL>: -12
g_dnl_register: failed!, error: -12
g_dnl_register failed
Make sure the fsg buffers are freed when the gadget is unbound by
calling fsg_common_release() in fsg_unbind().
Reported-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com> # on SAM9X60
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250328-ums-gadget-leak-v1-4-3b677db99bde@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Fastboot works either over TCP, UDP or USB. The latter doesn't have
anything to do with networking, thus should work just fine with
regardless which network stack is selected. In practice, header symbols
are used inside common code paths. Add some ifdeffery to guard against
that.
This will make fastboot over USB work with the new LWIP stack.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250312073655.2281377-1-mwalle@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Currently, this platform is failing in CI due to seemingly platform
specific reasons. For now, remove it from CI until the maintainers have
a chance to look in to it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com> says:
C's implicit fallthrough behaviour in switch/case statements can lead to
subtle bugs. Quite some while ago many compilers introduced warnings in
those cases, requiring intentional fallthrough's to be annotated.
So far we were not enabling that compiler option, so many ambiguities
and some bugs in the code went unnoticed.
This series adds the required annotations in code paths that the first
stage of the U-Boot CI covers. There is a large number of cases left
in the libbz2 code. The usage of switch/case is borderline insane there,
labels are hidden in macros, and there are no breaks, but just goto's.
Upstream still uses very similar code, without any annotations. I still
am not 100% sure those are meant to fall through or not, and plan to do
further investigations, but didn't want to hold the rest of the patches
back. You can see for yourself by applying patch 18/18 and building for
sandbox64, for instance.
Because of this we cannot quite enable the warning in the Makefile yet,
but those fixes are worth regardless, and be it to increase readability.
Please note that those patches do not fix anything, really, they just add
those fallthrough annotations, so the series is not really critical.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250327153313.2105227-1-andre.przywara@arm.com
The argument parsing in the SPL configuration command uses an implicit
switch/case fallthrough when dealing with a different number of
arguments.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the respective labels
in the bootm code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The argument parsing code in the pmic command uses an implicit switch/case
fallthrough to handle the common part of having one or two arguments.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the second branch in
the parsing code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The raw NAND flash code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough to
share code when dealing with different ECC modes, and also when handling
some read command.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the respective labels
in the NAND code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
This copies the fallthrough annotations that the original kernel code
gained, before this function got refactored there.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimrachi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The SPI NOR code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough when checking
different vendors to determine how to deal with extended addressig modes.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before some label in the
4-byte addressing mode code, to avoid a warning when GCC's
-Wimplicit-fallthrough warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The MMC boot mode selection for the TI AM62P series of SoCs uses an
implicit switch/case fallthrough for falling back to some default
boot mode.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the default branch in
the code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough warning
option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The UBI code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough when handling two
related cases of bad header errors. Also there is a switch/case for unit
prefix handling (G/M/K), which accumulates multiplications.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the respective labels
in both cases, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The E1000 driver uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough for sharing
some code supporting different PHYs.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the two labels in
e1000_set_phy_type(), to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The generic DM video code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough to
provide fallback code paths when certain colour depths are not enabled.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro to the video_fill() function
to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough warning option is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The USB XHCI code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough to share code
for handling full speed and low speed transfers.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the second label in
the XHCI code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The USB OCHI code uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough after checking
for valid descriptor IDs.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the default branch in
the OHCI code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner sun8i EMAC driver uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough
when setting up the MAC/PHY communication protocol, to handle the case
when RMII is requested, but would not be supported by the hardware.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the default branch in
sun8i_emac_set_syscon(), to avoid a warning when GCC's
-Wimplicit-fallthrough warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The fastboot command handling uses an implicit switch/case fallthrough
when receiving the OEM_CONSOLE command, but when this command is not
enabled in Kconfig, to report this command as unknown.
Add our "fallthrough;" statement-like macro before the default branch in
the fastboot code, to avoid a warning when GCC's -Wimplicit-fallthrough
warning option is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
In some cases in the generic code, we were already using switch/case
fallthrough annotations comments, though in a way which might not be
understood by most compilers.
Replace two non-standard /* no break */ comments with our fallthrough;
statement-like macro, to make this visible to the compiler.
Also use this macro in place of an /* Fall through */ comment, to be
more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Even though we seem to catch POWEROFF and EFSCLEAR commands in the THOR
protocol request handling, we ultimately do not seem to handle them
(apart from sending a response), so those commands still print an error
message.
Annotate the switch/case fallthrough in this case, to make this clear to
the compiler.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The inflate state machine in zlib uses switch/case fall-through's
extensively, as it sometimes advances the state, and lets the
conveniently placed next case statement handle the new state already.
The pattern here is:
state->mode = LEN;
case LEN:
Annotate those occasions with the "fallthrough;" macro, to let compilers
know this is fine when using -Wimplicit-fallthrough.
This mimics the upstream commit 76f70abbc73f:
Author: Mark Adler <madler@alumni.caltech.edu>
Date: Sun Mar 27 00:12:38 2022 -0700
Subject: Add fallthrough comments for gcc.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Link: https://github.com/madler/zlib/commit/76f70abbc73f
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Depending on the various MMC boot configurations, we might end up with
trying filesystem mode when a raw image boot failed. This fall-through
in the switch/case statement is explained in a comment, but this is not
visible to the compiler, which still will complain.
Add the proper compiler-visible annotation, to allow enabling the
compiler check in the future.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com> says:
This short series is an ongoing effort to make RAM utilization clearer for
easier debugging and understanding of code. Intention is for users to quickly
be able to identify the CONFIGs needed to modify for their RAM usecase.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319140327.301266-1-n-francis@ti.com
In the case of a memory allocation error, the ahci_port_start() function
tries to free the `pp' pointer.
This pointer was not dynamically allocated but does in fact point to an
element of the port[] array member of the struct ahci_uc_priv.
Remove the erroneous call to free() to fix this.
Fixes: 4782ac80b0 ("Add AHCI support to u-boot")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Jason Jin <jason.jin@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The ACPI IORT and ACPI MADT needs to use the same IDs when referencing
GIC ITS. The GIC-v3 ITS driver uses dev_seq(dev) to generate a unique ID
for the MADT, but qemu sbsa-ref hardcodes it.
Currently it's not the same ID, breaking interrupt routing on the OS.
Don't assume it's 0 and fetch it from the device instead.
TEST: Fixes non working IRQs in QEMU sbsa-ref.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
If tiny printf is used with 0x%08X (upper case X) the output is
always 0x00000000. It could be confusing if upper case instead
of lower case is used intentionally or accidentally because the
actual value is not output. To avoid this confusion, treat output
of %X as %x. As a compromise for tiny printf, the hex value is
then output correctly, but in lower case. This is done to keep it
tiny printf small.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The message "DRAM: 2 GiB (effective 32 GiB)" can be a little confusing,
modify the message s/effective/total to make it more evident.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Now that we do not need nor want people to use virt-make-fs for
filesystem tests, remove the related packages from the installation
list.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we have no users of "virt-make-fs" nor users of "sudo" for
creating disk images update the documentation. We remove packages that
are no longer required (and related text) as well as be firm in our
wording around not using "sudo".
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
FIXME: Reword more
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
The main change here is that our mount point directory has changed from
"test_efi_capsule" to "scratch" and so we need to update other functions
too. As the disk image that we get created doesn't have a GPT, invoke
sgdisk to do a conversion first.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
As this test already had a number of internal functions, add a
prepare_image function to do this part of the test.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While we can be passed an image size to use, we always called qemu-img
with 20M as the size. Fix this by using the size parameter.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The generic function in test_ut.py to create a disk image with partition
table can be useful outside of test_ut.py so move it to be available
more clearly.
To make this a bit more easily used library function, make use of
check_call directly rather than calling things though u_boot_utils. In
turn, to more easily handle stdin here, use the shell "printf" utility
to pass sfdisk the specification to create as we do not have an actual
file descriptor to use here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The problem with using "virt-make-fs" to make a filesystem image is that
it is extremely slow. Switch to using the fs_helper functions we have
instead from the filesystem tests as these can add files to images and
are significantly faster and still do not require root access.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The release commit for version v2025.04 forgot to update the next
version (i. e. v2025.07) in the section where information about the
merge window is provided.
Fixes: 34820924ed ("Prepare v2025.04")
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Note that this undoes the changes of commit cf6d4535cc ("x86:
emulation: Disable bloblist for now") as that was intended only for the
release due to time.
On Ubuntu 25.04 installing the dependency pyyaml 6.0 fails with
License classifiers are deprecated
Update PyYAML to the current release.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
A recent change tried to speed up EFI booting by not calling dhcp_run
from eth_bootdev_hunt() every time. PXE so far relied on that dhcp_run
call to get an IP address.
Fix that by adding a dhcp_run call to the pxe bootflow, with autoload
disabled to only get the ip address and nothing else.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fixes: 1f68057e03 ("net: eth_bootdev_hunt() should not run DHCP")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
S/MIME Capabilities (OID: 1.2.840.113549.1.9.15) attributes are
expected to be algorithms but neither data nor MS Inderect Data,
thus the checker for data type is incorrect.
This patch fixes a capsule authentication failure with PKCS#7
message that contains S/MIME capabilities, which formed by the EDK2
GenerateCapsule tool.
S/MIME Capabilities are not common attributes in an EFI capsule,
thus this failure cannot be reproduced with the capsules generated
via mkeficapsule.
Fixes: 7de0d155cc ("mbedtls: add PKCS7 parser porting layer")
Reported-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Include spl.h to avoid definition errors in custom builds.
Fixes: commit bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Currently in j721e_init.c we check which firewalls to remove using
the board configuration (e.g CONFIG_TARGET_J721E_R5_EVM). We do this
as J721e and J7200 have different IP and firewalls but use the same
SoC definition (SOC_K3_J721E) even though they are different SoCs.
The idea was they would be similar enough that they both could use
the same SoC config to help with common code sharing. Board checks
would then be used differentiate.
This has grown far too messy to maintain any more, especially now
that there is more than one board using J721e (EVM, SK, Beagle AI64).
As differentiation is done based on board, every one of these boards
would have to have checks added for them. Instead let's split J7200
support out from J721e like how normal new SoC support is done.
This patch touches several subsystems and could not be split much better
as when we add SOC_K3_J7200 we want to make use of it in all spots that
once used the combined SOC_K3_J721E so we can turn off SOC_K3_J721E when
building for J7200 boards.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The file k3-am62a7.dtsi is part of upstream DT and should
have been removed when migrating to OF_UPSTREAM but must
have been missed. Do this here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
MUX_MMIO is required in SPL stage in order to boot hyperflash
successfully. Add configs to enable MUX_MMIO in SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
MUX_MMIO is required in SPL stage in order to boot hyperflash
successfully. Add configs to enable MUX_MMIO in SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com> says:
Introduces a new configuration option X86_RUN_64BIT_NO_SPL to allow
building U-Boot as a 64-bit binary without using the SPL (Secondary
Program Loader). The motivation is to simplify the boot process for
specific x86-based platforms that do not require SPL, such as those
booting directly from a 64-bit coreboot firmware.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/87bjtyutkp.fsf@jcompost-mobl.amr.corp.intel.com
Create a new defconfig file called `coreboot64-no-spl_defconfig`,
tailored specifically for 64-bit X86 architecture systems that operate
without the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). This configuration takes its
inspiration from `coreboot64_defconfig`..
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change aligns the preprocessor directive with the standard
configuration flag used for detecting 64-bit x86 architecture.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct the preprocessor directive used to check for 64-bit kernel
support in the `zboot_go` function. The code previously checked for
`CONFIG_X86_RUN_64BIT`, which is not the correct configuration option
for determining if the kernel should run in 64-bit mode. The correct
option is `CONFIG_X86_64`.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As both CONFIG_X86_RUN_64BIT and X86_RUN_64BIT_NO_SPL cases run U-Boot
in 64-bit mode with the CPU fully initialized already.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit introduces a new configuration option X86_RUN_64BIT_NO_SPL
to allow building U-Boot as a 64-bit binary without using the SPL
(Secondary Program Loader). The motivation is to simplify the boot
process for certain x86-based platforms that do not require SPL, such as
those booting directly from a 64-bit coreboot firmware.
This update revises the `X86_RUN_64BIT` configuration to more accurately
describe its role as "32-bit SPL followed by 64-bit U-Boot." It
clarifies the sequence of operations during the boot process, where the
system transitions from a 32-bit SPL (Secondary Program Loader) to the
main 64-bit U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Compostella <jeremy.compostella@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Harsha Vardhan V M <h-vm@ti.com> says:
This patch series introduces the fuse writebuff sub-system command and
makes improvements to the existing fuse implementation by removing the
custom string functions. The patches are required to be applied in
sequence.
The series consists of the following changes:
Patch 1 removes custom string functions and replaces them with standard
string functions.
Patch 2 introduces fuse.rst documentation for fuse commands.
Patch 3 introduces the fuse writebuff sub-system command, allowing to
write a structured buffer in memory to fuses, and implementing the
necessary function calls.
Patch 4 enables the fuse sub-system in the K3 platform.
Patch 5 updates the fuse.rst documentation to include details about the
new fuse writebuff command.
These changes aim to improve the fuse sub-system by the removal of
custom string functions and the addition of the fuse writebuff
command improves fuse programming workflows by allowing to write a
structured buffer in memory to efuses.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319084714.335777-1-h-vm@ti.com
Add K3_FUSE config option to add and enable fuse sub-system
implementation function calls.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Vardhan V M <h-vm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add CMD_FUSE_WRITEBUFF config option to add and enable fuse writebuff
sub-system command. Add fuse_writebuff function to be invoked on
writebuff command.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Vardhan V M <h-vm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add documentation for the 'fuse' sub-system commands in
doc/usage/cmd/fuse.rst file.
Remove doc/README.fuse file.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Vardhan V M <h-vm@ti.com>
Remove custom string functions and replace them with normal string
functions. Remove the custom strtou32 and replace it with
simple_strtoul.
Signed-off-by: Harsha Vardhan V M <h-vm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We currently set both and print both PXN and UXN bits when removing
execution for pages. This happens even in the existing per platform
definitions of 'struct mm_region'.
That's not entirely correct though. For stage-1 translations, if a
platform runs on a translation regime with a single privilege level or the
the translation regime supports two privilege levels and we are not
in EL1&0 with HCR_EL2.{NV, NV1} = {1, 1} only BIT54 (XN) is needed
and BIT53(PXN) is reserved 0.
Currently we support Non-Secure EL2, Non-secure EL2&0 and Non-secure
EL1&0.
We already have get_effective_el() which returns 1 if we are
- Running in EL1 so we assume an EL1 translation regime but without
checking HCR_EL2.{NV, NV1} != {1,1}
- Running in EL2 with HCR_EL2.E2H = 1
The only problem with the above is that if we are in EL1&0 and
HCR_EL2.{NV1, NV} == {1, 1}, then
- Bit[54] holds the PXN instead of the UXN
- The Effective value of UXN is 0
- Bit[53] is RES0
So let's re-use that function and set PXN only when we are in
and EL[2|1]&0 translation regime.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
The membuff implementation curently has no tests. It also assumes that
head and tail can never correspond unless the buffer is empty.
This series provides a compile-time flag to support a 'full' flag. It
also adds some tests of the main routines.
The data structure is also renamed to membuf which fits better with
U-Boot.
There may be some cases in the code which could be optimised a little,
but the implementation is functional.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250318152059.1464369-1-sjg@chromium.org
Show the start in end in the comment. Comment a missing variable in
membuf_readline() and fix its line length.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the C and header files to use the membuf basename, to match the
functions.
Add a MAINTAINERS entry while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The double 'f' is not necessary and is a bit annoying as elsewhere in
U-Boot we use 'buf'. Rename all the functions before it is used more
widely.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
U-Boot can start and boot an OS in both qemu-x86 and qemu-x86_64 but it
is not perfect.
With both builds, executing the VESA ROM causes an intermittent hang, at
least on some AMD CPUs.
With qemu-x86_64 kvm cannot be used since the move to long mode (64-bit)
is done in a way that works on real hardware but not with QEMU. This
means that performance is 4-5x slower than it could be, at least on my
CPU.
We can work around the first problem by using Bochs, which is anyway a
better choice than VESA for QEMU. The second can be addressed by using
the same descriptor across the jump to long mode.
With an MTRR fix this allows booting into Ubuntu on qemu-x86_64
In v3 some e820 patches are included to make booting reliable and avoid
ACPI tables being dropped. Also, several MTTR problems are addressed, to
support memory sizes above 4GB reliably.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250315142643.2600605-1-sjg@chromium.org/
Now that U-Boot can boot this quickly, using kvm, add a test that the
installer starts up correctly.
Use the qemu-x86_64 board in the SJG lab.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the ACPI tables come from an earlier bootloader it is helpful to
see whether the checksums are correct or not. Add a -c flag to the
'acpi list' command to support that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Free the memory used in tests to avoid a leak. Also unmap the addresses
for sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This table lacks a correct checksum at present, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The values in the FADT are pointers so should not go through sandbox's
normal addr<->pointer mapping. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a condition for sandbox, to match that of x86, to avoid the warning
"FADT not ACPI-hardware-reduced-compliant".
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the string to take account of UARTs which are connected on I/O
ports, as on x86.
Fix a typo in an error message in the same command, while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If only a single label is provided in the list, bootdev_next_label()
does not operate correctly and reads beyond the end of the pointer list.
Fix this by adding a new check. Also add a note to convert this array
to an alist
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Any 'bootable' flag in a DOS partition causes boostd to only scan
bootable partitions for that media. This can mean that extlinux.conf
files on the root disk are missed.
Put this logic behind a flag and update the documentation.
For now, the flag is enabled, to preserve the existing behaviour of
bootstd which is to ignore non-bootable partitions so long as there is
at least one bootable partition on the disk. Future work may provide a
command (or some other mechanism) to control this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the size of this struct is too large on 64-bit machines.
Annotate it with __packed to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some missing pieces to bootparams so that a 64-bit ramdisk address
can be used. Tidy up the logging while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing QEMU implementation mostly ignored BLOBLIST_TABLES and
allocates the bulk of the tables with malloc(). Update it to place all
tables in the bloblist. Since QEMU declares a size of 128KB regardless
of the size of its tables, this requires a larger bloblist.
Fix up the e820 table to handle this, keeping the old code as an option
for now, to assist with any future bug-fixing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing mechanism is pretty painful as it requires manual
calculations for anything but a trivial setup.
Add a new API for adding e820 entries.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some test can only be run by a particular board in a lab, e.g. because
they are loaded with an OS image used by the test. Add a way to specify
this in tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing run_command() method is not great for sending things other
than U-Boot commands. Add a helper for sending arbitrary strings as well
as control characters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present the disks end up being 1MB shorter than they should be,
since dd truncates by default.
Move the code into a function and update it to avoid truncation.
This resolves various warnings when running sandbox tests, of the form:
mmc_bread() MMC: block number 0x9801 exceeds max(0x9800)
caused by the FAT partition being scanning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for an environment stored in the first partition of the
disk, which is assumed to hold a FAT filesystem.
Support the 'cat' command as it is useful for looking at extlinux.conf
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU likes to have an MTRR set up, just like real machines. Add an MTRR
which covers the total RAM size.
This does nothing on machines without MTRRs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present mtrr_add_request() requires that the size is a power of two.
This is too limiting for machines with 4GB (or more) of RAM, since they
often must take account of a memory hole at 3GB.
Update the function to automatically deal with an unaligned size, using
more MTRRs as required.
The algorithm is taken from coreboot commit 60bce10750
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The CONFIG option is no-longer correct since we can have SPL and PPL
with different bitness.
Fix this and sync up with Linux 6.13 in this area, since this is where
the code came from many years ago.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing functions work but the register clobbers are wrong, so
strange bugs results.
The original functions were taken from a very old version of Linux.
Update them from Linux 6.13
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MTRR registers have 64-bit values. Update the command to use 64-bit
values so that memory larger than 4GB can be handled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than repeating the same code in several places, add some
functions which can do the conversion.
Use the cpu_phys_address_size() function to obtain the physical-address
size, since it is more reliable with kvm, where the host CPU may have a
different value from the emulation CPU.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is not possible to find out the physical-address size in
long mode, so a predefined value is used.
Update the macros to support this properly, since it is important when
programming MTRRs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the 64-bit descriptor we can use a jump instruction, rather than
pushing things on the stack.
Since the processor is in 64-bit mode by this point, pop a 64-bit value
from the stack, containing the target address.
This simplifies the code slightly, in particular its use of the stack.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is required as part of the procedure. The existing code works
because it changes the GDT at the same time, but this makes kvm
unhappy.
Update the algorithm to disable and then re-enable paging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use a symbol to select the size of the GDT, rather than hard-coding a
value. This matches how it is done in start64
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is not possible to execution 64-bit code without
installing an entire new Global Descriptor Table. This is inconvenient
since kvm does not seem to like switching into long mode with a new
table.
It isn't actually necessary, since we can just extend the existing
table. Add some new entries to this effect.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot clears the display when it starts up, so there is no need to ask
the VESA driver to do this. Fix this and add a comment explaining the
flags.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is not actually defined in Kconfig anymore. Use a normal
debug print instead, which has a similar effect.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
BSS is placed in DRAM which is actually available early with QEMU. But
it is cleared by the init sequence, so values stored there are lost.
Move the system-type flag into a function, instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The vesa display is widely used on hardware, but it is a bit of a pain
with QEMU. It requires executing option ROMs, which either doesn't work
with kvm, or is difficult to do in a kvm/QEMU-friendly way.
THe bochs display is probably better anyway, so switch to that. It works
fine with kvm as it doesn't need an option ROM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/issues/31
The SPL and pre-reloc malloc()-space is not large enough to start up
with a display. Expand it.
Switch the order of SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN and SPL_TEXT_BASE since this
matches what 'savedefconfig' gives us.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The spec recommends to set the mapping_offset only when there are
ID mappings as indicated by the mapping_count field.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
The IORT spec says that reserved bits must be set to zero, thus clear
all fields of the struct before starting to fill out non-reserved
fields.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Check that the provided offsets are really pointing to a node
that have been previously written and are of the correct type.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Even though the RC node has the correct size and the ID mappings
are written to the end of the node, the ID 'mapping offset' and
'mapping count' are not written in the IORT RC node header, thus it
looks like that the RC node has no ID mappings.
The Linux kernel doesn't complain about the invalid IORT RC node,
even though the spec says that each RC node must have an ID mapping.
The kernel will fail to use MSI IRQs and fall back to a legacy IRQ
mechanism that's not working either.
Finally it will show strange behaviour around PCI interrupts, making it
hard to trace back to an invalid IORT RC nodes.
Add the missing ID mapping count and mapping offset.
TEST: Fixes IRQ usage of PCI devices on qemu/sbsa-ref.
Fixes: bf5d37662d "acpi: acpi_table: Add IORT support"
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com> says:
The series adds support for J742S2 family of SoCs. Also adds J742S2 EVM
Support and re-uses most of the stuff from the superset device J784s4.
This device is a subset of J784S4 and shares the same memory map and
thus the code is being reused from J784S4 to avoid duplication.
It initially cleans up the J784s4 and AM69 files so that they can be
re-usable for j742s2 and then it introduces J742S2.
The DT for the following SoC will be coming to U-boot during 6.13 Sync
so the series is kept as RFC till then.
Here are some of the salient features of the J742S2 automotive grade
application processor:
The J742S2 SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration in automotive, ADAS and industrial
applications requiring AI at the network edge. This SoC extends the K3
Jacinto 7 family of SoCs with focus on raising performance and
integration while providing interfaces, memory architecture and compute
performance for multi-sensor, high concurrency applications.
Some changes that this devices has from J784S4 are:
* 4x Cortex-A72 vs 8x Cortex-A72
* 3x C7x DSP vs 4x C7x DSP
* 4 port ethernet switch vs 8 port ethernet switch
* 2 DDR controller vs 4 DDR controller
Test logs:
https://gist.github.com/manorit2001/f7df0e8cca1e9973b4361f0559c6f53d
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250317-b4-upstream-j742s2-v4-0-4ba88bfd357a@ti.com
Based off j784s4 configs with delta changes for J742S2
[ Add AVS support for J742S2 ]
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Include the U-boot device tree files needed to boot the board.
[ DDR config ]
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Re-use j784s4 clocks and power domains for j742s2 family of device.
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
J742S2 has the same part number as J784S4 but JTAG_DEVICE_ID has a
PKG bit that tells about J742S2.
Add support for reading JTAG_DEVICE_ID and set family as J742S2 based
on that.
Link: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruje3 (TRM)
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Refactor J784s4 ddr file to a common file which uses the
superset device to allow reuse in j742s2-evm which uses the subset part.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Clean up templatized boot binaries for j784s4 soc. This includes
modifying the k3-j784s4-binman.dtsi to use SPL_BOARD_DTB,
BOARD_DESCRIPTION and UBOOT_BOARD_DESCRIPTION from the files that
include it to further reuse code.
k3-j784s4-binman.dtsi will contain only templates. Only required boot
binaries can be built from the templates in the boards' respective
-u-boot.dtsi file (or k3-<board>-binman.dtsi if it exists). This allows
clear distinction between the SoC common stuff vs. what is additionally
needed to boot up a specific board.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
[ Do it only for j784s4 ]
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Dynamically going through the subnode array and deleting leads to
templates being skipped from deletion when templates are consecutive in
the subnode list. Prevent this from happening by first parsing the DT
and then deleting the nodes. Add a testcase as well for this cornercase.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Pull request efi-2025-04-rc6
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/25491
Documentation:
* correct references to overlay-fdt-boot.txt
* build: docker: Fix code highlighting syntax
* build: docker: Use code-block for syntax highlighting
* Fix typo bootfloe to bootflow
UEFI:
* Correct the size of the AcpiReclaimMemory region for ACPI tables
when using QFW
doc/uImage.FIT/overlay-fdt-boot.txt does not exist anymore.
Reference the correct section of doc/usage/fit/overlay-fdt-boot.rst.
Fixes: 6f6e8bb695 ("doc: Bring in the FIT overlay information")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Use ..code-block:: syntax highlighting instead of :: so all bash
commands use the same syntax highlighting.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Remove double :: before .. code-block:: bash to correctly highlight the
following commands.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The end of the ACPI table is set to 'addr' instead of 'end'. The ACPI
code for QEMU relies on those values to mark memory as 'ACPI Reclaim'
and as a result the ACPI RSDP ends up in Boot services Data.
Reported-by: Björn Töpel <bjorn@kernel.org>
Fixes: commit 638cc36348 ("acpi: enable writing ACPI tables on QEMU")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add MIDR entries for Cortex-A55, Cortex-A73 and
Cortex-A75 cores and update the is_coretex_a entries.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> says:
Import exfat-fuse libexfat, add U-Boot filesystem layer porting glue
code and wire exfat support into generic filesystem support code. This
adds exfat support to U-Boot.
Fill in generic filesystem interface for mkdir and rm commands.
Make filesystem tests test the generic interface as well as exfat,
to make sure this code does not fall apart.
Link: https://github.com/relan/exfat/commits/0b41c6d3560d ("CI: bump FreeBSD to 13.1.")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250317031418.223019-1-marex@denx.de
Add tests for the exfat filesystem. These tests are largely an
extension of the FS_GENERIC tests with the following notable
exceptions.
The filesystem image for exfat tests is generated using combination
of exfatprogs mkfs.exfat and python fattools. The fattols are capable
of generating exfat filesystem images too, but this is not used, the
fattools are only used as a replacement for dosfstools 'mcopy' and
'mdir', which are used to insert files and directories into existing
fatfs images and list existing fatfs images respectively, without the
need for superuser access to mount such images.
The exfat filesystem has no filesystem specific command, there is only
the generic filesystem command interface, therefore check_ubconfig()
has to special case exfat and skip check for CONFIG_CMD_EXFAT and
instead check for CONFIG_FS_EXFAT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Enable exfat support in sandbox and sandbox64 to assure build and
test coverage of this filesystem on both 32bit and 64bit builds.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Demote "exFAT file system is not found" message to debug(). This is
printed when U-Boot attempts to auto-detect the filesystem via generic
filesystem API by attempting to mount the device, and fails to do so
because there is another filesystem in place. The libexfat-fuse code
prints this an error, which interferes with 'test_gpt' test. Demote
the message to debug().
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Fix the following conversion overflow errors. The UTF8-to-UTF16
conversion is done through 32bit wchar_t, but U-Boot codebase is
built with -fshort-wchar which limits wchar_t to 16bit. Replace
the built-in wchar_t with u32 to assure the intermediate type is
32bit.
"
fs/exfat/utf.c: In function ‘utf8_to_wchar’:
fs/exfat/utf.c:165:23: warning: overflow in conversion from ‘int’ to ‘wchar_t’ {aka ‘short unsigned int’} changes value from ‘(int)(short unsigned int)*input << 18 & 1835008’ to ‘0’ [-Woverflow]
165 | *wc = ((wchar_t) input[0] & 0x07) << 18;
| ^
fs/exfat/utf.c:170:23: warning: overflow in conversion from ‘int’ to ‘wchar_t’ {aka ‘short unsigned int’} changes value from ‘(int)(short unsigned int)*input << 24 & 50331648’ to ‘0’ [-Woverflow]
170 | *wc = ((wchar_t) input[0] & 0x03) << 24;
| ^
fs/exfat/utf.c:175:23: warning: overflow in conversion from ‘int’ to ‘wchar_t’ {aka ‘short unsigned int’} changes value from ‘(int)(short unsigned int)*input << 30 & 1073741824’ to ‘0’ [-Woverflow]
175 | *wc = ((wchar_t) input[0] & 0x01) << 30;
| ^
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add U-Boot adjustments to the libexfat code and integrate
the result into U-Boot filesystem layer. This provides full
read-write exfat support for U-Boot available via generic
filesystem interface.
FS_DIRENT_NAME_LEN is increased to 1024 in case exfat is
enabled, because EXFAT can use UTF16 names, which do not
fit into current FS_DIRENT_NAME_LEN. To avoid affecting
every configuration, increase FS_DIRENT_NAME_LEN only in
case EXFAT is enabled.
Example usage via sandbox, assuming disk.img with one exfat partition:
Drive info:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'host bind 0 ../disk.img ; host info 0'
dev blocks blksz label path
0 262144 512 0 ../disk.img
List files:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'host bind 0 ../disk.img ; ls host 0:1 /api'
475 Kconfig
230 Makefile
1873 README
...
10 file(s), 0 dir(s)
Load and checksum a file:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'host bind 0 ../disk.img ; load host 0:1 $loadaddr .config ; \
crc32 $loadaddr $filesize'
56724 bytes read in 1 ms (54.1 MiB/s)
crc32 for 00000000 ... 0000dd93 ==> b2e847c9
$ crc32 .config
b2e847c9
Load .config file to RAM, store the file into FS as /newconfig,
load the /newconfig into RAM and checksum the file:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'host bind 0 ../disk.img ; load host 0:1 $loadaddr .config ; \
save host 0:1 $loadaddr /newconfig $filesize ; \
load host 0:1 0x10000 /newconfig ; \
crc32 0x10000 $filesize'
56724 bytes read in 1 ms (54.1 MiB/s)
56724 bytes written in 0 ms
56724 bytes read in 0 ms
crc32 for 00010000 ... 0001dd93 ==> b2e847c9
Remove file 3.txt and create new directory /newdir:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'host bind 0 ../disk.img ; ls host 0:1 / ; \
rm host 0:1 3.txt ; mkdir host 0:1 /newdir ; \
ls host 0:1 /'
...
0 1.txt
0 2.txt
0 3.txt
0 4.txt
0 5.txt
7 file(s), 4 dir(s)
...
0 1.txt
0 2.txt
newdir/
0 4.txt
0 5.txt
6 file(s), 5 dir(s)
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Import most of libexfat from [1] except for log.c verbatim. The code
does not even compile and further adjustments and integration into
U-Boot filesystem code is in the next patch.
[1] https://github.com/relan/exfat
0b41c6d3560d ("CI: bump FreeBSD to 13.1.")
Acked-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add generic implementation of write into a block device to be used
by filesystem implementations. This is a pair function for already
existing fs_devread().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add generic implementation of struct stat {} imported from Linux 6.13.y
commit 27560b371ab8 ("fs: pack struct kstat better"). This can be used
by filesystem code imported from elsewhere. Now struct stat {} becomes
available on all supported architectures.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The generic filesystem interface was so far untested. The interface
is similar to the FS specific interfaces with FS specific prefixes,
like ext4ls, fatmkdir, ... but it does not have any prefixes, i.e.
it provides plain ls, mkdir, ... commands.
Extend the test parameters to include 'fs_cmd_prefix' and optionally
'fs_cmd_write' parameters. The 'fs_cmd_prefix' allow specifying the
filesystem specific command prefix, like 'ext4' in 'ext4ls'. The
'fs_cmd_write' allows selecting between 'write'/'save' command name
for storing files into the filesystem, see last paragraph.
Introduce new 'fs_generic' fs_type which is used to parametrize existing
tests and run them without any prefixes if detected, thus testing the
generic filesystem interface. Use the fatfs as the backing store for the
generic FS tests.
The check_ubconfig needs to be slightly adjusted to avoid test for
CMD_FS_GENERIC_WRITE which does not exist separately from CMD_FS_GENERIC.
The CMD_FS_GENERIC does not provide generic 'write' command, instead
the generic equivalent command is called 'save' . Add simple ternary
oeprator to use 'save' command for CMD_FS_GENERIC tests and '..write'
commands for filesystem specific tests.
Enable generic filesystem tests for basic/extended/mkdir/unlink tests.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add generic implementation of the 'rm' command to delete files
from filesystems using the generic filesystem API.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add generic implementation of the 'mkdir' command to create directories
in filesystems using the generic filesystem API.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The option ONENAND_BOOT is never set, so remove it. The option
SYS_ONENAND_BOOT was never migrated to Kconfig and any platforms which
supported that have long been removed from the code, so remove the
reference there as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sam Edwards <cfsworks@gmail.com> says:
This is v2 of my "misc. fixes" series, sent to prepare the codebase for more
direct LLVM support in the near future. This series contains several fixes that
I found in the process of preparing that support and which address issues
independent of any future feature or enhancement. I am sending these now, both
so that their inclusion is not delayed by discussion on my upcoming series and
to make the latter more manageable.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250315221813.1265193-1-CFSworks@gmail.com
While the image size is generally a multiple of 8 bytes, this is not
actually guaranteed; some linkers (like LLD) will shave a few bytes off
of the end of output sections if there are no content bytes there. Since
libfdt imposes a hard rule of 8-byte alignment, make the SPL also be
explicit about the alignment when loading the FDT.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
libfdt 1.6.1+ requires the FDT to be 8-byte aligned and returns an error
if not. OpenSBI 1.0+ includes this version of libfdt and will also
reject misaligned FDTs.
However, OpenSBI cannot indicate the error to the user: since it cannot
access the serial console, it can only silently hang. This proved very
difficult to diagnose without proper debugging facilities. Therefore,
give the U-Boot SPL, which *can* print error messages, an additional
check for proper FDT alignment. Hopefully this saves a lot of
development cycles if another developer encounters alignment problems.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
This section is required by .dynamic and llvm-objcopy will exit with a
fatal error if it is not also preserved in the output.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
EFI applications need to be relocatable. Ordinarily, this is achieved
through a PE-format .reloc section, but since that requires toolchain
tricks to achieve, U-Boot's EFI applications instead embed ELF-flavored
relocation information and use it for self-relocation; thus, the
.dynamic section needs to be preserved.
Before this patch, it was tacked on to the end of .text, but this was
not proper: A .text section is SHT_PROGBITS, while the .dynamic section
is SHT_DYNAMIC. Attempting to combine them like this creates a section
type mismatch. While GNU ld doesn't seem to complain, LLVM's lld
considers this a fatal linking error.
This patch moves .dynamic out to its own section, so that the output ELF
has the correct types. (They're all mashed together when converting to
binary anyway, so this patch causes no change in the final .efi output.)
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
While the _start label is only intended for use locally to populate the
(hand-written) PE header, the linker script includes ENTRY(_start) which
designates it as the entry point in the output ELF, resulting in linker
warnings under some linkers (e.g. LLVM's lld) due to _start not being a
globally-visible symbol. Since ELF is only an intermediary build
format, and the aforementioned PE header correctly points to _start, the
ENTRY(_start) directive could easily be removed to silence this warning.
However, since some developers who are debugging EFI by analyzing the
intermediary ELF may appreciate having correct entry-point information,
this patch instead promotes the _start labels to global symbols,
silencing the linker warning and making the intermediary ELF reflect the
true entry point.
This patch doesn't affect the final output binaries in any way.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This allows setting READELF=llvm-readelf in order to use the LLVM
version of the readelf utility. It also aligns with the practice of not
using $(CROSS_COMPILE) in any build recipes directly, reducing the
number of places where $(CROSS_COMPILE) is used.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
RELRO is an instruction to a dynamic loader to make a memory range
read-only after relocations are applied, for added security. Some
linkers (e.g. LLD) require that all sections covered by the RELRO are
contiguous, so that only a single RELRO is needed. U-Boot at present
neither satisfies this requirement (e.g. x86_64 linker script currently
puts .dynamic too far from .got) nor preserves the RELRO when converting
away from ELF, therefore add `-z norelro` to global linker options.
This can be brought back in the future when the linker scripts are
cleaned up and U-Boot understands RELROs.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This flag only makes sense for `binary` output, because .hex/.srec are
sparse formats and represent gaps without filler. While the GNU binutils
version of objcopy does not seem to mind the extra flag being passed,
llvm-objcopy considers this a fatal error.
There is already a version of the objcopy command template in the
Makefile that doesn't use --gap-fill, which is provided for EFI. So use
this other version for all .hex/.srec outputs as well.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When a section is not flagged with SHF_ALLOC, LLD's --gc-sections
algorithm fails to visit the sections that it references. As a result of
this, LLD was dropping the call64.o(.data) section, which is itself only
referenced by .text_call64.
This appears to be a bug in LLD, but the .section directive for
.text_call64 should really have the correct flags either way.
Add `"ax"` to mark the section as ALLOC ("supposed to be loaded") and
CODE ("supposed to be executed").
Fixes: 7dc82591d6 ("x86: Move call64 into its own section")
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
LLVM's IAS does not (and cannot easily) support the 'adrl'
pseudoinstruction, and ARM developers generally do not consider it
portable across assembler implementations either.
Instead, expand it into the two subtract instructions it would emit
anyway. An explanation of the math follows:
The .+8 and .+4 refer to the same memory location; this is because the
.+4 expression occurs in a subsequent instruction, 4 bytes after the
first. This memory location is the value of the PC register when it is
read by the first sub instruction. Thus, both inner parenthesized
expressions evaluate to the same result: PC's offset relative to
image_base. The subtract instructions then remove one byte each
(low, then high) of the total offset, thereby getting the absolute
address of image_base loaded in r0.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There are a handful of sections that are not useful in the U-Boot output
binary. At present, the linker script moves these to the end of the
binary, after the _image_binary_end marker symbol, so that they don't
get loaded.
The linker script syntax supports discarding sections that shouldn't be
included in the output. Switch to this instead, to make the intention
clearer and reduce the ELF sections that have to be handled later in the
build. This is also consistent with the other architectures' linker
scripts.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
These are sometimes used by LLVM's code-generator, when it can guarantee that
the memory buffer being passed is aligned on a (4- or 8-byte) boundary. They
can safely be aliased to the unaligned versions.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
LLVM's code generator will sometimes emit calls to __aeabi_memclr. Add an
implementation of this for LLVM compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
These symbols need to survive the IR-level dead function elimination pass,
since nothing at the IR level is referencing them (calls to these are inserted
later, at codegen time).
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The .mmutable section was deprecated in 2012 [1] and finally removed
entirely from U-Boot in 2022 [2], so this special handling is no longer
necessary. Remove it to tidy up the linker script.
[1]: dde3b70dcf ("arm: add a common .lds link script")
[2]: 3135ba642f ("arm: pxa: Remove CONFIG_CPU_PXA25X")
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This file has about 40 pylint warnings, but no errors.
Quite a few of these warnings have been there for a while, but most are
coming from newer versions of pylint, where people come up with new
warnings.
The f-string warning is the most common one:
C0209: Formatting a regular string which could be an f-string
That feature was not available when the code was written, but it is
often more convenient than using % with a list of arguments.
This patches reduces the number of warnings in this file, with 7 left
remaining.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have three warnings about needing to use quotes around some strings
in Kconfig files today. In two of these cases we can just add the
missing strings. In the case of INTEL_PINCTRL_PADCFG_PADTOL the symbol
is never referenced and should be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Given how LIB_RAND is handled now, we should be depending on one of the
implementations and not selecting one of them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the code is today, we get a warning about "select" statements on
"choice" options not doing anything. In the case of OF_SEPARATE this is
the default so we do not need to do anything here normally to enforce
this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This little series adds initial support for Airoha AN7581 SoC.
With the help of some backport patch, this use OF_UPSTREAM
directly.
Posting this to have the targer and the very basic driver.
Ethernet, SNAND and eMMC support is already ready downstream
and will be posted shortly after this gets approved.
Having the first driver ready permits to separately push
dedicate series for SNAND, eMMC and Ethrnet as they all depends
on basic support of clock and reset and nothing else.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250314185941.27834-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
Add driver for controlling the reset lines of AN7581. This is a detached
version of the clock controller driver present in Linux only used to
control reset lines. Driver gets loaded with the bind of the clock
driver and doesn't require a compatible. This is needed as they share
the same registers.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add support for Airoha AN7581 SoC clock driver. This mainly needed for
eMMC support to correctly get the current clock applied.
Based on the Linux clk-en7523.c but majorly reworked for U-Boot that
doesn't require CCF subsystem.
Major modification, support for set_rate, realtime get_rate and split
for reset part to a different driver.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add initial support for Airoha AN7581 SoC. This adds the initial Kconfig
and Makefile entry for the SoC, an U-Boot specific DTSI and initial config
for it. Also add the initial code for CPU and RAM initialization.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Since commit 61040097a9 ("reset: at91: Add reset driver for basic
assert/deassert operations") the "atmel,sama5d3-rstc" compatible for
the sama5d2 reset controller in sama5d2.dtsi is not handled by
CONFIG_SYSRESET_AT91 anymore, but by CONFIG_RESET_AT91 now.
This resulted in the following error, when trying to reset from the U-Boot
shell on a sama5d27_wlsom1 board:
=> reset
resetting ...
System reset not supported on this platform
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Fix it by enabling the CONFIG_RESET_AT91 driver in all sama5d27 defconfigs.
Tested on a sama5d27_wlsom1 board.
Based on the fix in commit e1ee52ca56 ("configs: at91: sam9x60: Switch
to new reset driver")
Fixes: 61040097a9 ("reset: at91: Add reset driver for basic assert/deassert operations")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Increase the size of malloc region allocated before relocation, as
current size is insufficient for DFU boot causing it to overflow and
corrupt the stack.
Fixed regulator configs are required by vtt_supply which is used by
"am654_ddrss" driver. Without it during DFU boot DDRSS initialization
is failing. These configs are enabled in "am65x_evm_r5_defconfig" but
are missing from "am65x_evm_r5_usbdfu_defconfig". Fix that by updating
"am65x_evm_r5_usbdfu_defconfig" to include "am65x_evm_r5_defconfig".
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
The commit 211b3d7263 ("arm: dts: am3x: Non-functional changes sync
with v6.3-rc6") changed the tilcdc clock names.
Fix the tilcdc driver to use the new clock names.
Signed-off-by: Sukrut Bellary <sbellary@baylibre.com>
Add CONFIG_ESM_K3 and CONFIG_ESM_PMIC to enable ESM initialization
in J7200.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
On J7200 processor board MCU_SAFETY_ERROR signal is routed to PMIC for
ESM error handling. The PMIC resets the board on receipt of the signal.
Enable the support for the board by adding ESM PMIC node.
Signed-off-by: Gowtham Tammana <g-tammana@ti.com>
Pull request net-20250314.
kconfig:
* Fix submenu for network commands
net:
* Remove a useless (commented out) line in net-common.h
net-lwip:
* Remove error print on failed tx
* Fix return code of ping_loop() when no ethernet device is found
* Remove superfluous newline in help text for tftp
The Kconfig parser seems to get confused by the current if conditions
following CMD_NET and displays all network command options directly in
the "Command line interface" menu instead of in a "Network commands"
submenu.
To help out Kconfig we can simplify the if conditions, so that the
definition of CMD_NET is followed immediately by an if/endif block that
contains all network command options. We can also remove nested checks
for CMD_NET or (NET || NET_LWIP).
Fixes: 98ad145db6 ("net: lwip: add DHCP support and dhcp commmand")
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
When an ethernet driver fails to send a frame we print an error in lwIP.
But depending on how often that error is it might significantly delay
transmissions.
For example downloading a big file with the rpi4 spams the console with
'send error: -101', but removing the print makes the file download with
an average speed of ~8.5MiB/s since the packets are retransmitted.
So let's move it to a 'debug' in lwIP and expect ethernet drivers to handle
the failure if it's severe.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Commit 1d5d292b79 ("net: split net into net{,-common,-legacy,-lwip}")
inadvertendly left a commented out declaration for do_wget() in
net-common.h. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
do_ping() expects ping_loop() to return a negative value on error, so
that it can propagate it to the caller as CMD_RET_FAILURE. This is not
the case when no ethernet device is found, so fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The help text has a newline at the end which will lead to an empty
line after the tftpboot when printing the help overview. Remove it.
Fixes: 4d4d783812 ("net: lwip: add TFTP support and tftpboot command")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
During linux build process the header size is computed including the BSS
whereas it's removed when creating the uncompressed image. Therefore the
size of the uncompressed image on filesystem will be smaller than the
size specified in the header.
This causes issues when loading the kernel image from the SPL (as in
falcon boot) with spl_load since it compares the read file size from the
FS to the header size form the image. Which leads to the following check
in `include/spl_load.h` failing to -EIO when loading kernel image:
return read < spl_image->size ? -EIO : 0;
Therefore we should return the header size back to spl_load instead of
the file size in falcon boot when not loading a FIT image.
Bug report:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20250214111656.2358748-1-anshuld@ti.com/
Fixes: 775074165d ("spl: Add generic spl_load function")
Reported-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
CFG_SYS_SPI_* are used in falcon boot to specify the offsets and size of
the respective payloads. This patch moves them to Kconfig keeping the
values consistent for each of the affected boards.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anshul Dalal <anshuld@ti.com>
The first 4 block copy channels and rings on AM62P support
High Capacity Block Copy. These channels have approximately
3x improvement over the normal Block copy channels when doing
DDR-to-DDR copy.
Currently, during allocation these channels do not have a
separate interface and are allocated with normal BCDMA channels.
Latest TIFS and DM firmware adds support for differentiating these
High Capcity resources. This update is for allocating these new
resource type to different hosts with below mentioned scheme.
--------------------- --------------- ------------- ----------------
Resource A53_2 MCU_R5 WKUP_R5
--------------------- --------------- ------------- ----------------
BCDMA HC CHAN [4] => 2 (Primary) 1 (Primary) 1 (Primary)
BCDMA HC CHAN RING [4] => 2 (Primary) 1 (Primary) 1 (Primary)
BCDMA CHAN [4] => 18 (Primary) 2 (Primary) 6 (Primary)
BCDMA CHAN RING[4] => 18 (Primary) 2 (Primary) 6 (Primary)
Signed-off-by: Sparsh Kumar <sparsh-kumar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebin Francis <sebin.francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vishal Mahaveer <vishalm@ti.com>
Enable support for USB mass storage class (UMS) via USB0 instance of
USB on AM64x SoC. UMS allows USB host to access U-Boot block device
and enable file transfer.
Example usage of UMS command :
=> mmc list
mmc@fa10000: 0 (eMMC)
mmc@fa00000: 1
=> ums 0 mmc 1
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 1, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0x3b72400
Signed-off-by: Hrushikesh Salunke <h-salunke@ti.com>
The reserved-memory node 'wmcpu-reserved@50000000' only applies to
linux kernel and is useless in u-boot.
Remove it in *-u-boot.dtsi to make this memory region usable.
Fixes: 2d6962e061 (arm: mediatek: add support for MediaTek MT7987 SoC)
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
While the dd command actually writes to the block device the truncate
command only updates the metadata (at least on ext4). This is faster and
reduces wear on the block device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some drivers set DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND, this does nothing since it's
only every applied on a per-device basis.
Remove the flags.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND flag only makes sense on a per-device
basis, however recently added documentation as well as some confused
drivers imply that it might be added to a driver definition, this does
nothing.
Clarify the new documentation and expand on the comment by the
definition to point people in the right direction.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Ouya and Mocha were added around the same time SPL_HAVE_INIT_STACK was
introduced by Simon and therefore do not include this config option. It
is critical to add it before any defconfig resync, since the SPL_STACK
option will then be removed.
Mocha was added and tested right before this config option was added. Add
it to restore proper booting.
Fixes: d6a53f52 ("spl: Add an SPL_HAVE_INIT_STACK option")
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Ouya was added and tested right before this config option was added. Add it
to restore proper booting.
Fixes: d6a53f52 ("spl: Add an SPL_HAVE_INIT_STACK option")
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Pass DBSC5 udevice and MODEMR0 register values to board specific
function dbsc5_get_board_data(). The board specific implementation
of dbsc5_get_board_data() can return struct renesas_dbsc5_board_config
which matches the board based on the content of MODEMR0 or content
of DT accessible via the udevice.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Extract wait for completion code from dbsc5_send_dbcmd2() into
new separate function dbsc5_wait_dbwait(). This extracted code
can be used to implement MR register read in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Update dbsc5_send_dbcmd2() such that it takes multiple parameters
instead of one magic register content value. These parameters are
used to form the same resulting register value internally in the
dbsc5_send_dbcmd2() function, but from well defined input constants.
The new input constants are the operation code, channel, rank, and
operation argument. The argument is operation code specific, therefore
it is still a 16-bit magic number, but the rest of the arguments are
now split up. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rename dbsc5_ddr_register_read() to dbsc5_ddr_register_mr27_mr57_read()
and dbsc5_ddr_register_set() to dbsc5_ddr_register_mr28_set() to make
it clear what those functions really do. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
My preferred email address is mkorpershoek@kernel.org now.
This updates the MAINTAINERS files and adds an entry in the
.mailmap file.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@kernel.org>
Remove leftover code from Milk-V Mars CM and Mars CM Lite boards that do
not exist in upstream Linux Kernel devicetree-rebasing. These will be re-
introduced when submitted upstream for a future U-Boot release. Users of
these boards should use the previous stable release of U-Boot until then.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
The BeagleBone Green board is a revision of the BoneBlack board.
Having BeagleBone Black devicetree listed before BeagleBone Green will
select always the BeagleBone Black devicetree following the functioning of
board_fit_config_name_match().
Fix it by changing the test condition and selecting BoneBlack board only
if it is not a revision of this board.
Signed-off-by: Kory Maincent <kory.maincent@bootlin.com>
Assorted fixes, refactorings and additions that are ready, and shave
off some load from upcoming series'.
Improves MMC performance on D1/T113 (missed clock divider), enables
eMMC access on the H616 family (never worked, many thanks to Jernej for
the fix!), DRAM detection fixes for the H616 (now reportedly stable).
Some patches for the upcoming Allwinner A133 SoC support: a few
refactorings, plus the DM clock and pinctrl driver. The DRAM init
routines work, but need some more polishing, that also holds back the
actual enablement patch, which will hopefully follow for v2025.07 still.
Also some preparatory patches for the Allwinner A523 SoC support, for
now just to improve the FEL save/restore code. There will be more patches
coming up for this, ideally also in the coming cycle still.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on some boards.
Because the Allwinner BootROM always runs in AArch32, even on ARMv8 SoCs,
we need to switch to AArch64 first, but also need to save the CPU state,
when we later may need to return to the BootROM, for continuing with the
FEL USB protocol. This is done in 32-bit code, which we include into the
AArch64 boot assembly file as a series of .word directives, containing
the encoded AArch32 instructions. To be able to change and verify that
code, we also kept an assembly file with the respective 32-bit code, but
just for reference.
As this code is never compiled or assembled - it's just for
documentation - it became stale over time: we didn't really update this
along with the changes we made to the boot code. In particular the FEL
save code was completely missing.
Update that 32-bit assembly file, to match the current version used in
boot0.h, including the FEL save routine. Also update the build
instructions in the comments, to give people an actual chance to
assemble this code.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
To be able to return to the BootROM when booting via the FEL USB
protocol, we need to save the CPU state very early, which we need to do
in the embedded AArch32 code. At the moment the pointer to the buffer for
that state is located *after* the code, which makes the PC relative
code fragile: adding or removing instructions will change the distance
to that pointer variable.
The "new" Allwinner A523 SoC requires more state to be saved (GICv3
system registers), but we must do that *only* on that SoC. Conditional
compilation sounds like the easiest solution, but would mean that the
distance to that pointer would change.
Solve this rather easily by moving the pointer to the *front* of the
code: we load that pointer in the first instructions, so the distance
would always stay the same. Later in the code we won't need PC relative
addressing anymore, so this code can grow or shrink easily, for instance
due to conditional compilation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
To return a 64-bit Allwinner chip back to the 32-bit BootROM code, we
have some embedded AArch32 code that restores the CPU state, before
branching back to the BootROM. At the moment the pointer to the buffer
with that state is located *after* the code, which makes the PC relative
code fragile: adding or removing instructions will change the distance
to that pointer variable.
The "new" Allwinner A523 SoC requires more state to be restored (GICv3
system registers), but we must do that *only* on that SoC. Conditional
compilation sounds like the easiest solution, but would mean that the
distance to that pointer would change.
Solve this rather easily by moving the pointer to the *front* of the
code: we load that pointer in the first instruction, so the distance
would always stay the same. Later in the code we won't need PC relative
addressing anymore, so this code can grow or shrink easily, for instance
due to conditional compilation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Cards should always be reset and threshold set. This fixes eMMC on H616.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
[Andre: use macro-defined offsets to fix build on older SoCs]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
It turns out that checking just one write is not enough. Due to
unexplained reasons scan procedure detected double the size. By making
16 dword writes and comparisons that never happens.
New procedure is also inverted. Instead of writing two different values
to base address and some offset and then reading both and comparing
values, simplify this by writing pattern at the base address and then
search for this pattern at some offset.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ryan Walklin <ryan@testtoast.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Since there is quite a few possible DRAM configurations in terms of bus
width, rank and rows and columns count, size detection algorithm must be
very careful not to test combination which would be bigger than H616 is
actually capable of handling.
Ideally, we should always detect memory aliasing, even for 4 GB memory
size, which is the maximum amount of memory that H616 is capable of
handling. For this reason, we have to configure minimum amount of
supported rows when testing for columns and vice versa. This way test
code will never step out of 4 GB boundary.
While at it, check for 17 rows maximum. This aligns code with BSP DRAM
driver. There is probably no such configuration which would make sense
with 4 GB memory.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Allwinner A100 SoC has been around for a while, and has now seemingly
been replaced with its close sibling A133.
Add the required mapping between the pinmux group strings and their
respective mux value, as far as used by U-Boot proper. Linux has some
basic (clock and pinctrl) support for a while, so we can build on the
names already used there.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
The Allwinner A100 SoC has been around for a while, and has now seemingly
been replaced with its close sibling A133.
Add support for the CCU, as far as used by U-Boot proper. Linux has some
basic (clock and pinctrl) support for a while, so we can already use the
existing binding headers.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reorder the Kconfig defaults for the maximum SPL size, to make the
Allwinner specific values more readable and extensible: many older SoCs
need to be limited to 32KB, so make this the last ARCH_SUNXI entry, used
as a fallback unless explicitly overridden before.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Most Allwinner SoCs (used on 107 out of 172 boards) use a default CPU
frequency of 1008 MHz during the initial setup in the SPL.
Make this the fallback default, in case nothing else is selected, to
simplify the Kconfig stanza and make future additions easier.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Some of the X-Power AXP PMICs can be ordered with an alternative I2C
address, for instance an AXP717 could be shipped with address 0x34 or
with address 0x35. Similarly the AXP803 lists two possible addresses.
For DM (DT) based drivers this is no problem, but the Allwinner SPL
code relies on exactly one hardcoded address per PMIC so far.
Add a Kconfig variable that holds the I2C address used by the PMIC
accessed in the SPL, and provide the (mostly only one) supported address
as its default, for the PMICs we use. Boards using the other address
can easily set this in their defconfig.
This effectively moves the hardcoding from C code to Kconfig.
That enables to use the AXP717 on some boards with the new Allwinner
A523 chip, which use the other I2C address there.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The AXP803 has been around for about a decade now, but so far we didn't
need SPL support, since the DRAM rail was wired up correctly at reset.
Now some boards using the A133 SoC use the (compatible) AXP707 with DDR4
memory, which requires the SPL to set the required 1.1V voltage manually.
Add the descriptions for the DC/DC regulators of the AXP803, and enable
that when CONFIG_AXP803_POWER is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
On the Allwinner D1/R528/T113-s3 SoCs (NCAT2) the factors encoded in
the PLL register describe the doubled clock rate, as in the other SoCs.
Correct for that by always dividing the calculated rate by 2, except on
the H6, where we need a divisor of 4 (no change here).
This corrects the PERIPH0 clock rate as read by the MMC driver, and
actually doubles the MMC performance on those NCAT2 chips.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Kuba Szczodrzyński <kuba@szczodrzynski.pl>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On the Allwinner D1/R528/T113-s3 SoCs the MMC clock source selected by
mux value 1 is PLL_PERIPH0(1x), not (2x), as in the other SoCs.
But we have still the hidden divisor of 2 in the MMC mod clock, so
need to explicitly compensate for that on those SoCs.
This leads to the actually programmed clock rate to be double compared
to before, which increases the MMC performance on those SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: Kuba Szczodrzyński <kuba@szczodrzynski.pl>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The CHIP_DIP_SCAN configuration option
is relevant only to ARCH_SUNXI.
Make CHIP_DIP_SCAN dependent
on ARCH_SUNXI so that it does not show up on other goals.
Signed-off-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When trying to boot an OS installer or a live image via EFI HTTP the
following happens
- U-Boot downloads the image and mounts it in memory
- The EFI subsystem is invoked and the image is started
- The OS calls ExitBootServices and the memory that holds the mounted
image might get overwritten
This results in installers complaining that they can't find installer
medium or live images complaining they can't find the root filesystem.
ACPI already deals with it by having NFIT and NVDIMM to provide ramdisks
that need to be preserved by the OS. Linux and device trees have support
for persistent memory devices (pmem).
We can use them and inject a pmem node in the DT to preserve memory across the
entire boot sequence. Linux will just create a block device over the reserved
memory and installers/images can re-discover it.
This is what it looks like from the OS perspective:
nd_pmem namespace0.0: unable to guarantee persistence of writes
pmem0: p1 p2 p3
EXT4-fs (pmem0p3): mounted filesystem f40f64a4-5b41-4828-856e-caaae2c1c2a0 r/w with ordered data mode. Quota mode: disabled.
EXT4-fs (pmem0p3): re-mounted f40f64a4-5b41-4828-856e-caaae2c1c2a0 r/w. Quota mode: disabled.
Adding 45052k swap on /dev/pmem0p2. Priority:-2 extents:1 across:45052k SS
root@genericarm64:~# mount | grep pmem
/dev/pmem0p3 on / type ext4 (rw,relatime)
/dev/pmem0p1 on /boot type vfat (rw,relatime,fmask=0022,dmask=0022,codepage=437,iocharset=iso8859-1,shortname=mixed,errors=remount-ro)
It's worth noting that Linux behaves differently with reserved memory
(at least on arm64) and that depends on kernel config options.
CONFIG_ZONE_DEVICES and CONFIG_ARM64_PMEM are such options. It boils down to
how the kernel tries to map pages. If devm_memremap_pages() gets called instead
of devm_memremap() mapping the memory fails.
The only safe way is to remove the memory from the EFI memory map,
rather than defining it as /reserved no-map;/ in the DT.
Commit 56f186a68b ("lmb: check if a region can be reserved by
lmb_reserve()") fixed the lmb_reserve() and lmb_alloc_addr() API's for
some corner case scenarios, and also added corresonding test cases for
these corner cases. These tests were checking, among other things, the
lmb_alloc_addr() API. The above commit was applied to the next branch.
Subsequently, there was commit 67be24906f
("lmb: change the return code on lmb_alloc_addr()") which was first
applied on the master branch, and subsequently got merged to next as
part of the rebase. The second commit changes the return value of the
lmb_alloc_addr() API, which now results in some of the tests added as
part of the first commit to fail. Fix those test cases.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
A last minute fix from Vincent fixing the text representation
of device paths containing IPv4 device path nodes.
A missing break; ended up printing
IPv4(5.6.7.8,TCP,UDP,0x6,DHCP,1.2.3.4,9.10.11.12,255.255.255.0)
instead of
IPv4(5.6.7.8,TCP,DHCP,1.2.3.4,9.10.11.12,255.255.255.0)
The EFI HTTP boot puts the ISO installer image at some location in
memory. Information about this image has to be passed on to the OS
kernel, which is done by adding a persistent memory(pmem) node to the
devicetree(DT) that is passed to the OS. The OS kernel then gets
information about the presence of this ISO image and proceeds with the
installation.
In U-Boot, this ISO image gets mounted as a memory mapped blkmap
device slice, with the 'preserve' attribute. Add a helper function
which iterates through all such slices, and invokes a callback. The
callback adds the pmem node to the DT and removes the corresponding
memory region from the EFI memory map. Invoke this helper function as
part of the DT fixup which happens before booting the OS.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Some blkmap memory mapped devices might have to be relevant even
after U-Boot passes control to the next image as part of the platform
boot. An example of such a mapping would be an OS installer ISO image,
information for which has to be provided to the OS kernel. Use the
'preserve' attribute for such mappings. The code for adding a pmem
node to the device-tree then checks if this attribute is set, and adds
a node only for mappings which have this attribute.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add information about the type of blkmap slices as an attribute in the
corresponding slice structure. Put information in the blkmap slice
structure to identify if it is associated with a memory or linear
mapped device. Which can then be used to take specific action based on
the type of the blkmap slice.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
ACPI has NFIT and NVDIMM support to provide ramdisks to the OS. Linux
and device trees have support for persistent memory(pmem) devices. The
firmware can then add a pmem node for the region of memory occupied by
the ramdisk when passing the device-tree to the OS.
It's worth noting that for linux to instantiate the /dev/pmemX device,
the memory described in the pmem node has to be omitted from the EFI
memory map we hand over to the OS if ZONE_DEVICES and SPARSEMEM is
enabled. With those enabled the pmem driver ends up calling
devm_memremap_pages() instead of devm_memremap(). The latter works
whether the memory is omitted or marked as reserved, but mapping pages
only works if the memory is omitted.
On top of that, depending on how the kernel is configured, that memory
area must be page aligned or 2MiB aligned. PowerPC is an exception here
and requires 16MiB alignment, but since we don't have EFI support for
it, limit the alignment to 2MiB.
Ensure that the ISO image is 2MiB aligned and remove the region
occupied by the image from the EFI memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With upcoming changes supporting pmem nodes, we need to remove the
pmem area from the EFI memory map. Rename efi_add_memory_map_pg() to
efi_update_memory_map(), and allow removing memory from the EFI memory
map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
One of the problems an OS may face, when running in EFI, is that
a mounted ISO, after calling ExitBootServices goes away, if that ISO
is resident in RAM memory as a ramdisk.
ACPI has NFIT and NVDIMM support to provide ramdisks to the OS, but we
don't have anything in place for DTs. Linux and device trees have support
for persistent memory devices. So add a function that can inject a pmem
node in a DT, so we can pass information on the ramdisk the OS.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <kojima.masahisa@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The efi_install_fdt() function is called before booting an EFI binary,
either directly, or through a bootmanager. This function installs a
copy of the device-tree(DT) on the EFI configuration table, which is
passed on to the OS.
The current logic in this function does not install a DT if a
device-tree is already installed as an EFI configuration
table. However, this existing copy of the DT might not be up-to-date,
or it could be a wrong DT for the image that is being booted. Always
install a DT afresh to the configuration table before booting the EFI
binary.
Installing a new DT also involves some additional checks that are
needed to clean up memory associated with the existing DT copy. Check
for an existing copy, and free up that memory.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There is logic in the copy_fdt() function which is iterating over the
platform's DRAM banks and setting the fdt_ram_start variable. However,
this variable is not used subsequently in the function. Remove this
superfluous code.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When converting an IPv4 device path node to text, the
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_TO_TEXT_PROTOCOL will produce the following string:
IPv4(5.6.7.8,TCP,UDP,0x6,DHCP,1.2.3.4,9.10.11.12,255.255.255.0)
This string erroneously contains multiple protocols: TCP, UDP and 0x6.
Add the missing `break' statements in the dp_msging() function to fix this
and obtain the following expected string instead:
IPv4(5.6.7.8,TCP,DHCP,1.2.3.4,9.10.11.12,255.255.255.0)
Fixes: aaf63429a1 ("efi_loader: add IPv4() to device path to text protocol")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The imx8_cpu driver is a CPU Driver that supports the i.MX9
family to display the CPU type, temperature grade and
current operating temperature. The older file,
arch/arm/mach-imx/cpu.c, does not support i.MX9, so this config
is enabled in various IMX9 boards. Instead of having this option
enabled in every IMX9, select this driver by default for the
platform.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The imx8_cpu driver is a CPU Driver that supports the i.MX8Q
family. When it is enabled, it acts as an alternative to
arch/arm/mach-imx/cpu.c, but the imx8_cpu supports the driver
model where cpu.c does not. Imply this newer driver by default.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The imx8_cpu driver is a CPU Driver that supports the i.MX8M
family, and when it is enabled, it acts as an alternative to
arch/arm/mach-imx/cpu.c, but the imx8_cpu supports the driver
model where cpu.c does not. Imply this newer driver by default.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Much of the data that is display by imx8_cpu.c is also displayed from
arch/arm/mach-imx/cpu.c, except the temperature grade and active
temperature are only displayed when SoC is an i.MX9. Since IMX9 now
implies IMX_TMU, change this to check for IMX_TMU in the same way
it's done in mach-imx/cpu.c to enable displaying this information
for any SoC with either of this config enabled.
Since additional text may appear due to this commit, remove
the extra space in the message displaying the temperature
grade.
Before:
CPU: NXP i.MX8MP Rev1.1 A53 at 1200 MHz
Model: Beacon EmbeddedWorks i.MX8MPlus Development kit
After:
CPU: NXP i.MX8MP Rev1.1 A53 at 1200 MHz
CPU: Industrial temperature grade (-40C to 105C) at 28C
Model: Beacon EmbeddedWorks i.MX8MPlus Development kit
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
If the CPU Information is displayed from imx8_cpu, it displays the
cpu temperature grade and operating temperature if CONFIG_IMX9 is
defined. This behavior is similar to what happens mach-imx/cpu.c,
except that the latter checks for IMX_THERMAL or IMX_TMU.
In preparation to make imx8_cpu act like the previous implementation
for any CPU, make IMX8M imply IMX_TMU so it will be always displayed
unless a user decides to disable it.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The imx8_cpu is capable of running on IMX8, IMX8M, and IMX9
families, but the CPU list is limited on the 8M variants. Expand
this list to show more variants and their respective names.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
If the CPU Information is displayed from imx8_cpu, it displays
the cpu temperature grade and operating temperature if
CONFIG_IMX9 is defined. This behavior is similar to what
happens arch/arm/mach-imx/cpu.c except that the latter
checks for CONFIG_IMX_THERMAL or CONFIG_IMX_TMU.
In preparation to make imx8_cpu act like the previous
implementation for any CPU, make IMX9 imply IMX_TMU, so
it will be always displayed unless a user decides to
disable it.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
There is a config option to run the PMIC at nominal voltages
which is not enabled on the i.MX8MP Beacon kit, so it the PMIC
runs at overdrive voltages. Unfortuately, the check for this
condition to set the GIC clock parent and rate is backwards from
what it should be, and accidentally sets the GIC clock to nominal
if the PMIC is in overdrive, and sets the GIC clock to overdrive
if the PMIC is in nominal. Fix this by inverting the logic on the
check.
Fixes: ab53bd43db ("arm64: imx: Add support for imx8mp-beacon-kit")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The configuration descriptions generated by binman contain the vendor
device-tree directory. Instead of adding it to all match strings just strip
it off.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
JH7110 boards are currently the only use case for multi DTB FIT images
on RISC-V.
Booting JH7110 systems with a VisionFive 2 device-tree used to kind of
work without causing harm to the hardware. But there is no guarantee
that this will hold true in future. So we should not rely on it.
Before the current patch series booting failed on unsupported boards due
to the lack of a device-tree in the binman generated default configuration
when reaching main U-Boot.
By not setting a default configuration booting will now fail on
unsupported boards already in SPL. This allows SPL to
continue with the next boot source for a possible recovery.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Binman can automatically generate device-tree and configuration entries in
the FIT image based on CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT if the binman node includes the
right sub-nodes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Remove CFG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE so that we can get DRAM base
from dt instead of compile time config.
Removing this config helps the u-boot more portable.
Signed-off-by: Jimmy Ho <jimmy.ho@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Introduced in commit 5a4e0625ac ("riscv: dts: sophgo: Add ethernet
node"), eth_{csrclk,ptpclk} were used as placeholders for ethernet
controller. As the real clock controller has been added, drop them to
clean the devicetree up.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The zkr ISA extension can be used to generate random numbers. Since RVA22
zkr is an optional ISA extension. It can be emulated by QEMU. Our RNG
driver detects if the extension is usable during driver binding. Let's
enable it by default on QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Without 'nvme scan' the ESP on the NVMe drive is not found early.
EFI variables cannot be persisted.
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Cannot persist EFI variables without system partition
** Booting bootflow '<NULL>' with efi_mgr
Loading Boot0000 'mmc 0' failed
EFI boot manager: Cannot load any image
Boot failed (err=-14)
scanning bus for devices...
** Booting bootflow 'nvme#1.blk#1.bootdev.part_1' with efi
Booting /\EFI\BOOT\BOOTRISCV64.EFI
error: no suitable video mode found.
GNU GRUB version 2.12
With 'nmve scan' booting works as expected.
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
** Booting bootflow '<NULL>' with efi_mgr
Loading Boot0000 'mmc 0' failed
Loading Boot0001 'nvme 0' failed
Booting: nvme 1
error: no suitable video mode found.
GNU GRUB version 2.12
Reported by Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@vodafonemail.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
As the code is today, we get a warning about "select" statements on
"choice" options not doing anything. In this case, the option
SPL_RISCV_MMODE is the default.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
These helpers wrongly return the updated register value. As a non-zero
value indicates failure, this causes various clock operations are
considered failed.
Correct the return value to constant zero, since these simple MMIO
operations won't fail. This fixes clock enabling failures during booting
process,
In: serial@4140000
Out: serial@4140000
Err: serial@4140000
Net: Enable clock-controller@3002000 failed
failed to enable clock 0
No ethernet found.
which leads to misoperation of various peripherals.
Fixes: 5f364e072e ("clk: sophgo: cv1800b: Add clock controller driver for cv1800b SoC")
Tested-by: Yuguo Pei <purofle@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
qcom-next-20230324:
* msm8916 gets proper sysreset and spin-table support
* The first new IPQ platform is added - the IPQ9574. The IPQ series are
used in routers. The flashing process is also documented
* mach-snapdragon gains the ability to boot with an internal FDT and
still parse memory from an externally provided one
* SC7280 gets a pinctrl driver and various clock driver improvements.
* Qualcom clock drivers will now actually return an error when
attempting
to enable a clock which isn't described.
* Qualcomm pinctrl drivers will now return an error when attempting to
configure an invalid function mux
Ben reports a failure to boot the kernel on hardware that starts its
physical memory from 0x0.
The reason is that lmb_alloc_addr(), which is supposed to reserve a
specific address, takes the address as the first argument, but then also
returns the address for success or failure and treats 0 as a failure.
Since we already know the address change the prototype to return an int.
Reported-by: Ben Schneider <ben@bens.haus>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ben Schneider <ben@bens.haus>
Reviewed-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
In case ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH is disabled, returning ENVL_SPI_FLASH
leads to failure to find environment driver on start up. Fix this
by testing whether ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH is enabled and if not, then
return ENVL_NOWHERE instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_fixed_factor*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use U-Boot specific struct udevice instead of Linux compatibility
struct device in clk-fixed-factor registration.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_divider*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use U-Boot specific struct udevice instead of Linux compatibility
struct device in clk-divider clock registration.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_pllv3*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Convert clock-osc-24m back to osc_24m and clock-osc-32k back to osc_32k.
These are the clock which match clock tables in Linux. This is now
possible because the clock drivers now resolve clock names based on
clock-names DT property in the CCM DT node.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_composite*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use U-Boot specific struct udevice instead of Linux compatibility
struct device in clk-composite registration.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass U-Boot specific struct udevice pointer to clock parent device
to clk_register_gate*(), so clk_register_gate*() can access the parent
udevice.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_gate*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use U-Boot specific struct udevice instead of Linux compatibility
struct device in gate2 clock registration.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass U-Boot specific struct udevice pointer to clock parent device
to clk_register_mux(), so clk_register_mux() can access the parent
udevice.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into imx_clk_mux*() functions, so the
clock core would have access to parent struct udevice *.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use clock-names property which is accessible via parent clock OF node
to look up the parent clock by name instead of depending on unreliable
global clock name to perform look up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Neither clk_register_mux_table() nor clk_hw_register_mux_table()
are called outside of clk-mux.c , fold both into clk_register_mux().
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add clk_resolve_parent_clk() to resolve parent clock udevice name
based on clock-names DT property. This is used in SoC clock drivers
to look up the clock name in clock tables, which matches a clock
name in DT clock-names property, and convert it into udevice name
which is used by U-Boot clock framework to look up parent clock in
e.g. clk_register() using uclass_get_device_by_name(UCLASS_CLK,
parent_name, &parent);
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/25267
- Allow the registration and enablement of the i.MX UART clocks via DM,
without the need of manually calling init_uart_clk().
- Remove duplicated 'mmc dev ${mmcdev}' commands.
- Rework some of the RAM related Kconfig symbols for phycore_imx8mp.
The UUU tool excepts the interrupt-in endpoint to be ep1in, otherwise
it crashes. This is a result of the previous hard-coded EP setup in
drivers/usb/gadget/epautoconf.c which did special-case EP allocation
for SPL builds, and which was since converted to this callback, but
without the special-case EP allocation in SPL part.
This reinstates the SPL part in an isolated manner, only for NXP iMX
SoCs, only for SPL builds, and only for the ep1in interrupt-in endpoint.
Fixes: 1918b8010c ("usb: dwc3: gadget: Convert epautoconf workaround to match_ep callback")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250319220805.219001-1-marex@denx.de
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
spl_perform_fixups is redundant in the current implementation. SPLs call
dram_init during spl_enable_cache in arch/arm/mach-k3/common.c. In
U-Boot, dram_init and dram_init_banksize are automatically called in
init_sequence_f. Therefore, SPLs and U-Boot always determine the correct
RAM size. During Linux boot, fdt_fixup_memory_banks adjusts the RAM size
in the Linux device tree, ensuring correct RAM usage.
dram_init() calls get_ram_size() for the Verdin AM62, which determines
the correct RAM size through read/write operations. However, due to the
K3 bootflow placing ATF in RAM and requiring cache coherence, calling
get_ram_size() with caches enabled prevents ATF boot. Removing this call
restores ATF boot functionality.
This fixes a regression introduced in commit 4164289db8 ("board:
verdin-am62: fix missing memory fixup call") which prevents some of our
Verdin AM62 modules from booting.
Fixes: 4164289db8 ("board: verdin-am62: fix missing memory fixup call")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
As the code is today, we get a warning about "select" statements on
"choice" options not doing anything. In this case we can easily fix this
by dropping the select line as the following choice statement handles
things correctly. We also drop the "default false" line as false / n is
the default.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Now that the UART driver can enable the required clocks, remove
the hard-coded clock enable.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In preparation to remove manual references for enabling some clocks,
enable SPL_CLK_IMX8MP which automatically enables SPL_CCF and
SPL_CLK_COMPOSITE_CCF which permit various drivers to activate
their respective clocks automatically.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
If SPL_CLK_IMX8MP is selected alone, it causes a build error.
The clock composite is required when using the clock framework, so
select it when SPL_CLK_IMX8MP is enabled. This is already being
done outside of SPL.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that the UART driver can enable the required clocks, remove
the hard-coded clock enable.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Now that the UART driver can enable the required clocks, remove
the hard-coded clock enable. This requires a small re-order
of a couple functions.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Depending on the platform, there may be multiple clock sources
required to enable a UART. Use the bulk functions to get and
enable the clocks when the UART probes. This can facilitate
the removal of functions to manually enable the clock.
This is made dependent on CLK_CCF which is used on imx6q,
imx8m[mnqp], several imxrt, imx9. If/when the UART clock
registration is done for older boards, this limitation
could be updated.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In order to let the serial driver enable the clocks, the UART clocks
must be registered first.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In order to let the serial driver enable the clocks, the UART clocks
must be registered first.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In order to use the driver model and clock system to enable UART
clocks from the serial driver, it's necessary to register the UART
clocks. With the helper function to check for imx6qp vs other
variants, the UART can register for both scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The ECSPI clock has the ability to select between pll3_60m and
osc on the imx6qp, where it's fixed on other variants. Fix this
by adding using a helper function to determine SoC variant and
register the clock accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Ouya microconsole is build on Nvidia Tegra 3 (T33) SoC, featuring a
quad-core 1.7 GHz ARM Cortex-A9 CPU and a ULP GeForce GPU, paired with 1GB
of DDR3 RAM and 8GB of internal flash storage. Running a modified Android
4.1 (Jelly Bean) OS with a custom launcher, it aimed for open-source gaming
via a digital storefront.
This implementation is mostly based on upstream Linux device tree and
fragments of work done by previous developers.
Co-developed-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Geis <pgwipeout@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The names used for displaya, displayb and i2c1 do not align with their
corresponding Linux counterparts. This inconsistency can cause pins to be
configured incorrectly, potentially breaking existing functionality.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Modify the pin state lists for lock, io-reset, rcv-sel, and e-io-hv
properties by repositioning the default value to the end. This change
addresses conflicts with device tree representations of TEGRA_PIN_DISABLE
and TEGRA_PIN_ENABLE.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The current default pin and drive values were more of temporary
placeholders. They have to be replaced with accurate default values as
specified in the TRM and header file.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Align TF700T bindings with existing upstream device trees. OF_UPSTREAM
migration is possible already but resulting size of binary exceeds maximum
allowed size with full size trees.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Upgrade HTC One X device tree to comply possible upstream Linux device
tree. Once Linux catches up, HTC One X can be switched to OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Upgrade LG P895 and P880 device tree bindings according to preliminary
upstream Linux tree. Once Linux catches up, LG X3 can be switched to
OF_UPSTREAM without regressions.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Since EDID only indicates supported standard timings, a large table with
detailed timing information is necessary, consuming significant space. To
mitigate this, the table is made configurable via kconfig, allowing it to
be excluded when not needed.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Various signal skew values may be set in the device tree for the ksz9131
Ethernet PHY. For example, the RZ/G2L board requires non-default values
for rxc-skew-psec & txc-skew-psec.
This is based on the ksz9131 phy driver in Linux v6.11.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Micrel KSZ9131 PHY LED behavior is not correct when configured in
Individual Mode, LED1 (Activity LED) is in the ON state when there is
no-link.
Workaround this by setting bit 9 of register 0x1e after verifying that
the LED configuration is Individual Mode.
This issue is described in KSZ9131RNX Silicon Errata DS80000693B [*]
and according to that it will not be corrected in a future silicon
revision.
[*] https://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/KSZ9131RNX-Silicon-Errata-and-Data-Sheet-Clarification-80000863B.pdf
Based on commit 0316c7e66bbd in the Linux kernel.
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de> # RK3588 Tiger
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
To simply porting phy drivers from Linux to U-Boot, define
phy_set_bits() and phy_clear_bits() functions with a similar API to
those used in Linux.
The U-Boot versions of these functions include the `devad` argument
which is not present in the Linux versions, to keep them aligned with
the other phy functions in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
In ravb_probe(), we were missing a couple of things in the error
handling path:
* We must unregister the MDIO bus before freeing the corresponding
struct mii_dev instance to avoid the potential for use-after-free
bugs.
* We must free the resources acquired by clk_get_bulk() even if the
clocks have not yet been enabled.
Fixes: 8ae51b6f32 ("net: ravb: Add Renesas Ethernet RAVB driver")
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable support for USB 2.0, USB 1.1 and USB storage devices on the
Renesas RZ/G2L EVK.
Also enable the 'usb' command to support USB scanning and debugging.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Extend the existing Renesas R-Car Gen3 USB 2.0 PHY driver to support the
RZ/G2L and related SoCs.
Also enable this driver by default for the RZ/G2L SoC family.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Bind the USB VBUS regulator driver under the USB PHY reset driver for
the Renesas RZ/G2L and related SoCs. This additional bind is needed as
the corresponding device tree node does not contain a compatible string.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series includes some patches related to allowing read_all() to be
used with the extlinux / PXE bootmeths.
These patches were split out from the stb4 series, since it will need to
have additional patches for LWIP, to avoid breaking PXE booting when
LWIP is used.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250306002533.2380866-1-sjg@chromium.org
Add a new netboot_run() function which can be used for simple network
operations, such as loading a file. Put the implementation in an
internal function, used by the existing code.
Place this function into the net/ code, so that it does not need the
command line to be available.
Document which network operations are supported, i.e. a limited subset,
for now.
For the one board which uses lwip, it is not quite clear how to avoid
using the cmdline interface. This will need some discussion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the core code for starting an netboot operation into a separate
function, so that we can (with additional work) move towards calling it
from outside the file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than setting global variables, return the size, if provided. For
tftput, use the addr argument to store the save address, to avoid adding
yet another parameter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than updating the global, update the value of some parameters,
so the action of the function is simpler.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than updating the global, update the value of a parameter, so the
action of the function is simpler.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function repeats the same code in a few places, namely setting
net_boot_file_name_explicit and copying of the filename to
net_boot_file_name
Move these two operations to the caller, with just the filename (or
NULL) returned by parse_args()
This makes things a little easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is a bit vague as to what it does. Expand the comment a
little, to specify which args are provided and which variables are
updated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Adjust the remaining call in this function to use the bootm API. This
will allow PXE to work without the command line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy up this code a little to avoid two calls to env_get() for both
fdt_addr and fdtcontroladdr
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Rather than building a command line for each operation, use the
functions provided by the bootm API.
Make sure that the bootm functions are available if pxe_utils is used.
Since SYS_BOOTM_LEN is not present for the tools-only build, adjust the
code to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
A compressed booti image relies on the compression-format's header at
the start to indicate which compression algorithm is used.
We don't support this elsewhere in U-Boot, so assume that a compressed
file is always a booti file. Once it is compressed, a check is made to
make sure that it actually is.
Simplify the implementation by adding a new function which returns the
booti image-type if compression is detected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the booti format is handled separately, in its own command.
Provide a way to boot uncompressed booti images within the bootm code,
so that eventually we can boot these images without CONFIG_CMDLINE
Update bootm_init() to attach the images for all formats which use them.
Add some debugging while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Arm invented a new format for arm64 and something similar is also used
with RISC-V. Add this to the list of supported formats and provide a way
for the format to be detected on both architectures.
Update the genimg_get_format() function to support this.
Fix up switch() statements which don't currently mention this format.
Booti does not support a ramdisk, so this can be ignored.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use an enum so it is clearer that these options are related. Update
genimg_get_format(), tidy up the function comment and move it to the
header file, since it is exported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code cannot be compiled by boards which don't have this option. Add
an accessor in the header file to avoid another #ifdef
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Since this function only adjusts one element of the bootm command, pass
just that. This will make it easier to refactor things to remove the
bootm command.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
This function is quite long. Split out the FDT processing into its own
function.
Add a function comment for the new label_process_fdt() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
This function is far too long. Split out the part which builds and runs
the bootm/i/z commands into its own function.
Add a function comment for the new label_run_boot() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The address of the bzImage is not recorded in the bootflow, so we cannot
actually locate the version at present. Handle this case, to avoid
showing invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than holding the state in the implementation code, move it to the
command code. The state is now passed to the implementation functions
and can there (with future work) be pass in from bootstd, without going
through the commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This structure is supposed to handle any type of booting
programmatically, i.e. without needing a command to be executed. Move
the x86-specific members into it and use it instead of
struct zboot_state. Provide a macro so access is possible without adding
lots of #ifdefs to the code.
This will allow the struct to be used for all four types of booting
(bootm, bootz, booti and zboot).
Call bootm_init() to init the state, to match other boot methods.
Note that some rationalisation could be performed on this. But this
is tricky since addresses are stored as strings in several places. Also
some strings combine multiple arguments into one. So to keep this task
somewhat manageable, we content ourselves with just getting everything
into the same struct
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The header of the StarFive U-Boot SPL file u-boot-spl.normal.out has a
field indicating the payload size. When copying U-Boot SPL from a
partition the copied file might be too long.
Currently in this situation a misleading error message 'Incorrect CRC32' is
written.
We must use the payload size and not the file size when calculating the
CRC32.
Write a warning if the file is too long indicating the correct size. This
enables the user to truncate the file accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add the phyCORE-AM62Ax to our common board directory to
enable our SOM detection for this product.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add the bootph-all tag to usb0_phy_ctrl node to ensure it is
properly initialized during the boot process. This fixes the
following issue:
dwc3-am62 dwc3-usb@f900000: unable to get ti,syscon-phy-pll-refclk regmap
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add the bootph-all tag to usb0_phy_ctrl node to ensure it is
properly initialized during the boot process. This fixes the
following issue:
dwc3-am62 dwc3-usb@f900000: unable to get ti,syscon-phy-pll-refclk regmap
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
TI's k3_dfu.env includes redundant dfu_alt_info_* data, some of which
is incompatible with our board configuration. Replace it with a custom
variant that better aligns with our setup, ensuring correct offsets and
eliminating unnecessary entries.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
This config includes the phycore_am62ax_r5_defconfig file as well as
the am62x_r5_usbdfu.config fragment. We need another defconfig
because the AM62Ax has not enough internal SRAM to support all boot
sources. The normal phycore_am62ax_r5_defconfig should allow to boot
from MMC and OSPI while this new defconfig allows to boot from USB.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Provide a common part for our K3 based boards including general details
about environment handling and EFI capsule updates.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Enable raw & on disk capsule updates and provide configs required
for updating MTD devices. Also resync after savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add documentation on how to run FVP with U-Boot and TF-A. This helps
users configure and run U-Boot correctly on Arm models.
Signed-off-by: Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On fast models, the CRC32 feature is disabled by default. When enabled
in U-Boot, it leads to synchronous aborts due to unrecognized
instructions. This change ensures CRC32 is disabled by default to
maintain compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently this platform implicity builds CONFIG_TPL_DM_I2C support
without setting the symbol. Add it for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On PowerPC platforms with TPL enabled and SPL_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL
enabled, today this builds under TPL as well due to how $(XPL_) is
defined. Add the TPL_SYS_NS16550_SERIAL itself for consistency and
clarity.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since removing reset_cpu() in mach-snapdragon, all Qualcomm platforms
now depend on CONFIG_SYSRESET and will fail to build without it.
Move the dependency from qcom_defconfig to kconfig so that we use
SYSRESET for all platforms.
Fixes: 61a1a1b8ca ("mach-snapdragon: use PSCI sysreset driver")
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org> says:
The patch series contains some fixes and improvements in the lmb
code, along with addition of corresponding test cases for the changes
made.
The lmb_reserve() function currently does not check if the requested
reservation would overlap with existing reserved regions. While some
scenarios are being handled, some corner cases still exist. These are
being handled by patch 1, along with adding test cases for these
scenarios.
Patch 2 is handling the case of reserving a new region of memory, but
that region overlaps with an existing region. The current code only
handles one particular scenario, but prints a message for the other
scenario of an encompassing overlap and returns back. The patch
handles the encompassing overlap.
Patch 3 is an improvement whereby we allow coalescing a newly reserved
region with an existing region. The current code exits this check
prematurely.
Patch 4 is removing a now superfluous check for overlapping regions
with flag other than LMB_NONE. This now gets handled at an earlier
point in lmb_reserve().
Patch 5 is clubbing the functionality to check if two regions are
adjacent, or overlap, allowing some code re-use.
Patch 6 is optimising the lmb_alloc() function by having it call
_lmb_alloc_base() directly.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250303133231.405279-1-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org
The actual logic to allocate a region of memory is in the
_lmb_alloc_base() function. The lmb_alloc() API function calls
lmb_alloc_base(), which then calls _lmb_alloc_base() to do the
allocation. Instead, call the _lmb_alloc_base() directly from both the
allocation API's, and move the error message to the _lmb_alloc_base().
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The functions to check if the two said regions are adjacent or overlap
are pretty similar in nature. Club the functionality into a single
function lmb_regions_check() and return the appropriate return value
to signify this aspect.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
U-Boot allows re-use of already reserved memory through the
lmb_reserve() and lmb_alloc_addr() API's. This memory re-use is
allowed only when the flag of the existing reserved region and that of
the requested region is LMB_NONE. A check was put in the
lmb_add_region_flags() in commit 8b8b35a4f5 to handle the scenario
where an already reserved region was re-requested with region flag
other than LMB_NONE -- the function then returns -EEXIST in such a
scenario.
The lmb_reserve() function now does a check for a reservation request
with existing reserved regions, and returns -EEXIST in case of an
overlap but when the flag check fails. Remove this now redundant check
from lmb_add_region_flags().
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The lmb_add_region_flags() first checks if the new region to be added
can be coalesced with existing regions. The check stops if the two
regions are adjecent but their flags do not match. However, it is
possible that the newly added region might be adjacent with the next
existing region and with matching flags. Check for this possibility by
not breaking out of the loop.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The lmb_fix_over_lap_regions() function is called if the added region
overlaps with an existing region. The function then fixes the overlap
and removes the redundant region. However, it makes certain
assumptions. One assumption is that the overlap would not encompass
the existing region. Another assumption is that the overlap only
occurs between two regions -- the scenario of the added region
overlapping multiple existing regions is not being handled. Handle
these cases by instead calling lmb_resize_regions(). Also remove the
now superfluous lmb_fix_over_lap_regions().
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The logic used in lmb_alloc() takes into consideration the existing
reserved regions, and ensures that the allocated region does not
overlap with any existing allocated regions. The lmb_reserve()
function is not doing any such checks -- the requested region might
overlap with an existing region. This also shows up with
lmb_alloc_addr() as this function ends up calling lmb_reserve().
Add a function which checks if the region requested is overlapping
with an existing reserved region, and allow for the reservation to
happen only if both the regions have LMB_NONE flag, which allows
re-requesting of the region. In any other scenario of an overlap, have
lmb_reserve() return -EEXIST, implying that the requested region is
already reserved.
Add corresponding test cases which check for overlapping reservation
requests made through lmb_reserve() and lmb_alloc_addr(). And while
here, fix some of the comments in the test function being touched.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If we try to enable a gate clock that doesn't exist, we used to just
fail silently. This may make sense for early bringup of some core
peripherals that we know are already enabled, but it only makes
debugging missing clocks more difficult.
Bubble up errors now that qcom_gate_clk_en() can return an error code to
catch any still-missing clocks and make it easier to find missing ones
as more complicated peripherals are enabled.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250314-sc7280-more-clocks-v1-1-ead54487c38e@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
U-Boot version command is no longer showing information about GCC and LD.
The reason is that version.h has been removed that's why CC_VERSION_STRING
and LD_VERSION_STRING are not pass.
Values are generated to generated/version_autogenerated.h which is sourced
in version.h.
Fixes: 54ecce2cbf ("version: Separate our version string from the version command")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Pull request efi-2025-04-rc5
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/25196
UEFI:
* Export _start symbol from crt0_*_efi stubs
* Move .dynamic out of .text in EFI
* scripts/Makefile.lib: Preserve the .dynstr section as well
Documentation:
* net: miiphybb: Convert documentation to rst
These are mainly DBSC5 DRAM controller specific fixes and updates for
current release. There is the long overdue BL31 start V4H board code as
well, that should be in the current release to make the V4H White Hawk
board usable with SPL, and a fallback U-Boot PSCI implementation
enablement to make sure the board always boots. And finally, there are
two comment fixes.
Most MSM8916 devices shipped without PSCI support. The history is quite
nuanced (a good overview can be found in [1]), but the end result is
that the upstream DTs for this SoC pretend that PSCI exists, and it's
expected that the bootloader handles the case where it doesn't. This is
codified by the de-facto bootloader for MSM8916 devices, lk2nd [2].
So we handle it here by deleting the /psci node if we detect the absence
of PSCI. We need to do this early to ensure sysreset works correctly,
since the PSCI firmware driver is PRE_RELOC and binds the PSCI sysreset
driver.
Additionally, show_psci_version is updated to check that PSCI exists.
Currently this banner outputs "PSCI: 65535.65535" on devices without
PSCI support, which isn't very useful :)
[1]: https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/linux/issues/388
[2]: https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/lk2nd/blob/8183ea2/lk2nd/smp/spin-table/spin-table.c#L237
Signed-off-by: Sam Day <me@samcday.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250127-qcom-handle-absent-psci-v1-1-e762f2db938c@samcday.com
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
qcom_parse_memory is updated to return a -ENODATA error if the passed
FDT does not contain a /memory node, or that node is incomplete (size=0)
board_fdt_blob_setup first tries to call qcom_parse_memory with the
internal FDT (if present+valid). If that fails, it tries again with the
external FDT (again, if present+valid).
When booting with an internal FDT from upstream, it's likely that this
change results in a slight performance hit, since virtually all upstream
qcom DTs lack a fully specified memory node. The impact should be
negligible, though.
qcom_parse_memory was given a detailed docstring adapted from Caleb's
original commit message that introduced the function.
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sam Day <me@samcday.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250123-qcom-parse-memory-updates-v3-1-c5332b81ea9f@samcday.com
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Presently, get_function_mux returns an unsigned int and cannot
differentiate between failure and correct function value. Change its
return type to int and check for failure in the caller.
Additionally, updated drivers/pinctrl/qcom/pinctrl-*.c to accommodate the
above return type change. Only compile test done.
Signed-off-by: Varadarajan Narayanan <quic_varada@quicinc.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250226064505.1178054-5-quic_varada@quicinc.com
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This section is required by .dynamic and llvm-objcopy will exit with a
fatal error if it is not also preserved in the output.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
EFI applications need to be relocatable. Ordinarily, this is achieved
through a PE-format .reloc section, but since that requires toolchain
tricks to achieve, U-Boot's EFI applications instead embed ELF-flavored
relocation information and use it for self-relocation; thus, the
.dynamic section needs to be preserved.
Before this patch, it was tacked on to the end of .text, but this was
not proper: A .text section is SHT_PROGBITS, while the .dynamic section
is SHT_DYNAMIC. Attempting to combine them like this creates a section
type mismatch. While GNU ld doesn't seem to complain, LLVM's lld
considers this a fatal linking error.
This patch moves .dynamic out to its own section, so that the output ELF
has the correct types. (They're all mashed together when converting to
binary anyway, so this patch causes no change in the final .efi output.)
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
While the _start label is only intended for use locally to populate the
(hand-written) PE header, the linker script includes ENTRY(_start) which
designates it as the entry point in the output ELF, resulting in linker
warnings under some linkers (e.g. LLVM's lld) due to _start not being a
globally-visible symbol. Since ELF is only an intermediary build
format, and the aforementioned PE header correctly points to _start, the
ENTRY(_start) directive could easily be removed to silence this warning.
However, since some developers who are debugging EFI by analyzing the
intermediary ELF may appreciate having correct entry-point information,
this patch instead promotes the _start labels to global symbols,
silencing the linker warning and making the intermediary ELF reflect the
true entry point.
This patch doesn't affect the final output binaries in any way.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
For some JH7110 boards, USB host overcurent pin is not reserved,
To make USB host work, overcurrent pin must be disabled. So set the
pin default disabled in spl stage.
Signed-off-by: Minda Chen <minda.chen@starfivetech.com>
Tested-by: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
Cdns core driver also get dr mode from wrapper devcie dts node
to make it is same with Starfive cdns USB Linux kernel driver,
Starfive 7110 OF_UPSTREAM is enabled
Signed-off-by: Minda Chen <minda.chen@starfivetech.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add Starfive JH7110 PCIe 2.0 PHY driver, which is generic
PHY driver and can be used as USB 3.0 driver.
Signed-off-by: Minda Chen <minda.chen@starfivetech.com>
Tested-by: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
USB PHY maybe need to set PHY mode in different USB
dr mode. So translate USB PHY mode to generic PHY mode
and call generic_phy_set_mode().
Signed-off-by: Minda Chen <minda.chen@starfivetech.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Make struct renesas_dbsc5_board_config {} definition public via
include/dbsc5.h, so this structure can be defined in board files
and passed into the DBSC5 DRAM driver by overriding weak function
dbsc5_get_board_data() on board level.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add auto-detection and handling of Renesas R-Car V4H-3 and V4H-5
in addition to V4H-7 SoC variants based on OTP fuse programming.
The V4H-3 and V4H-5 variants have reduced DRAM frequency options.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Update the DRAM initialization code to match DBSC5 initialization code
rev.1.10 , which is currently the latest version available. This makes
DRAM initialization operational on Renesas R-Car V4H R8A779G0 rev.3.0.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reinstate missing increment by two in DBTR11 calculation based
on the original DBSC5 initialization code rev.0.80. The original
code did ... ODTLon - (js2[JS2_tODTon_min] - 1) + 1 , which was
incorrectly converted into ODTLon - js2[JS2_tODTon_min], but
should have been converted to ODTLon - js2[JS2_tODTon_min] + 2.
Add the missing +2 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The JS1 index is calculated correctly, but the limiter cannot
be the max() function because the index should be lower than
JS1_USABLEC_SPEC_HI and the max() function would unconditionally
override the JS1 index to JS1_USABLEC_SPEC_HI. Use clamp() to
limit the JS1 index instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Fix copy paste error in MD pin handling for 5500 Mbps and 4800 Mbps case,
each should be handled by MD[19,17] == 2 and MD[19,17] == 3 respectively.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The DBSC5 DRAM controller driver needs access to OTP fuses to discern
Renesas R-Car V4H-3, V4H-5 and V4H-7 SoC variants based on OTP fuse
programming. Make OTP block DT node available in U-Boot SPL DT so the
DBSC5 driver can determine its base address and read out the OTP fuses.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The R-Car V4H SPL implementation was originally running on the Cortex-R52
core, but this is no longer the case. Majority of the SPL now runs on the
Cortex-A76 core. Drop the stale description.
Fixes: ec53fdee5b ("arm64: renesas: Add Renesas R-Car V4H SPL implementation")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove stale Makefile description, this used to be valid for the
original Makefile from which the common Makefile was made generic,
but is no longer applicable to the common Makefile.
Fixes: c7d2d7f90a ("ARM: renesas: Simplify board Makefiles")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable fallback PSCI provider on Renesas R-Car R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk board.
This fallback PSCI provider provides basic PSCI interface which can be used
by the Linux kernel, but does not provide support for bringing up additional
CPU cores or any other functionality, except for SoC level reset.
This fallback PSCI provider is intended as a fallback in case a proper PSCI
provider is not started before the Linux kernel is started. Linux kernel on
ARMv8a will fail to boot in case a PSCI provider is not available, and this
basic fallback PSCI provider assures such a boot failure cannot occur, even
if that means the system will boot in degraded mode with only one CPU core
available, that is still sufficient to perform recovery.
In the common case, a proper PSCI provider should be started as part of
the Linux kernel fitImage, as the BL31 loadable, and replace this basic
fallback PSCI provider before the Linux kernel is started.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Implement custom U_BOOT_FIT_LOADABLE_HANDLER and armv8_switch_to_el2_prep()
handling in case the TFA was loaded. The loadables handler sets up custom
handoff structure used by Renesas TFA fork in fixed location in DRAM and
indicates the TFA has been loaded.
The custom armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() handling tests whether the TFA BL31
was previously loaded and the custom handoff structure was set up, and if
so, jumps to TFA BL31 which switches from EL3 to EL2 and then returns to
U-Boot just past bl in armv8_switch_to_el2() to finish starting the Linux
kernel.
The jump to Linux through TFA works in such a way that the custom
armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() handler configures the custom handoff structure
such that the target jump address of the TFA BL31 on exit is set to the
armv8_switch_to_el2() + 4, which is just past the bl, and just before the
U-Boot code which implements the Linux kernel boot from either EL. The
registers passed through the TFA BL31 are all the registers passed into
armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() to assure maximum compatibility with all the
boot modes. The armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() handler jumps to the TFA BL31,
which does its setup, drops EL from EL3 to EL2 and finally jumps to the
armv8_switch_to_el2() + 4 entry point, which then allows U-Boot to boot
the Linux kernel the usual way.
In order to build suitable kernel fitImage, build TFA first, upstream
is currently under review:
https://review.trustedfirmware.org/c/TF-A/trusted-firmware-a/+/35799
Or if necessary, downstream repository:
remote: https://github.com/renesas-rcar/arm-trusted-firmware.git
branch: rcar_gen4_v2.7_v4x
```
$ git clean -fqdx
$ MBEDTLS_DIR=/path/to/mbedtls/ make -j$(nproc) bl31 \
PLAT=rcar_gen4 ARCH=aarch64 LSI=V4H SPD=none \
CTX_INCLUDE_AARCH32_REGS=0 MBEDTLS_COMMON_MK=1 \
PTP_NONSECURE_ACCESS=1 LOG_LEVEL=20 DEBUG=0 \
ENABLE_ASSERTIONS=0 E=0
```
Build Linux kernel Image and device tree from current mainline Linux
kernel repository, obtain 'Image' and 'r8a779g0-white-hawk.dtb' .
Bundle the files together using provided fit-image.its fitImage description:
```
$ mkimage -f fit-image.its fitImage
```
To start the kernel fiImage generated in previous step, load fitImage
to DRAM and use the 'bootm' command to start it:
=> load 0x58000000 ... fitImage && bootm 0x58000000
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
If 'oob_required' is not set by the caller (for example 'oobbuf' is NULL),
then driver doesn't copy OOB data from 'oob_poi' to special controller
structures, so zeroes will be written as OOB. But, generic raw NAND logic
in 'nand_base.c' already handles case when OOB is not required to write by
filling 'oob_poi' with 0xFF's. So let's remove 'oob_required' check to
always read 'oob_poi' data for OOB.
Kernel driver (drivers/mtd/nand/raw/meson_nand.c) works in the same way,
so need to keep same behaviour here.
Fixes: c2e8c4d09a ("mtd: rawnand: Meson NAND controller support")
Signed-off-by: Arseniy Krasnov <avkrasnov@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
This fails on samus_tpl as there is no 'net' command.
=> net list
Unknown command 'net' - try 'help' !
Fix it by adding a condition for the test.
Add a blank line to keep pylint happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is sometimes tricky to figure out what modules test.py is loading
when it starts up. The result can be a silent failure with no clue as to
what when wrong.
Add a section which lists the modules loaded as well as those not
found.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have a shorter name, we don't need this sort of thing.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # test_android
We know this is U-Boot so the prefix serves no purpose other than to
make things longer and harder to read. Drop it and rename the files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # test_android / test_dfu
This fixture name is quite long and results in lots of verbose code.
We know this is U-Boot so the 'u_boot_' part is not necessary.
But it is also a bit of a misnomer, since it provides access to all the
information available to tests. It is not just the console.
It would be too confusing to use con as it would be confused with
config and it is probably too short.
So shorten it to 'ubman'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/CAFLszTgPa4aT_J9h9pqeTtLCVn4x2JvLWRcWRD8NaN3uoSAtyA@mail.gmail.com/
Add SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE dependency for cadence NAND.
This config is needed as the SPL driver will use this parameter
to read uboot-proper image in NAND during booting.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Add support for spl nand to load binary image from NAND
to RAM. Leverage the existing nand_spl_load_image from nand_spl_loaders.c
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Enable nand to use bounce buffer. In bounce buffer,
read/write buf will use cadence->buf which has been allocated
using malloc. This will align the memory and avoid memory to be
allocated in different addresses.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Poll for thread complete status to ensure the
descriptor processing is complete. If complete then can ensure
controller already update the descriptor status.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Ensure ddr memory is updated with the data from dcache.
This would help to ensure cdma always reading the latest dma descriptor
from ddr memory.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Support NAND_CMD_SET_FEATURES & NAND_CMD_GET_FEATURES.
These commands is one of the basic commands of NAND. The parameters get
from these commands will be used to set timing mode
of NAND data interface.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Add support for reading param page of NAND device.
These paramaters are unique and used for identification purpose.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Add support for readid command in Cadence NAND driver.
The id is unique and used for flash identification.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Add support for read status command
in Cadence NAND driver. This status bit is important to check
whether the flash is write-protected.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Enable driver for Cadence NAND for the family
device agilex5. This driver is leveraged from the path
/drivers/mtd/nand/raw/cadence-nand-controller.c from the
stable version 6.11.2.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
The Cadence NAND is a configurable mtd raw block which
supports multiple options for chipsets, clocking and reset structure, and
feature list.
Signed-off-by: Dinesh Maniyam <dinesh.maniyam@intel.com>
Introduce the config fragment for enabling USB MSC boot. USB MSC boot
involves fetching the next stage of the bootloader from a USB Mass Storage
device such as a USB Flash Drive with the USB controller on the SoC acting
as the USB Host.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Introduce the config fragment for enabling USB MSC boot. USB MSC boot
involves fetching the next stage of the bootloader from a USB Mass Storage
device such as a USB Flash Drive with the USB controller on the SoC acting
as the USB Host.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The configuration options CONFIG_VIDCONSOLE_AS_LCD and CONFIG_VIDCONSOLE_AS_
NAME have been marked as obsolete and scheduled for deletion in late 2020.
That's already long overdue and the last remaining consumers of these options
have already migrated to using "vidconsole" in their "stdout" and "stderr"
environment variables, so let's delete these two configuration options.
Signed-off-by: Dragan Simic <dsimic@manjaro.org>
Acked-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de> # tbs2910
Up to now we configure the entire memory space for U-Boot as RWX.
For modern architectures and security requirements, it's better to
map the memory properly.
This pull request adds basics support for mapping the U-Boot binary with
proper (RO, RW, RW^X) memory permissions on aarch64 right after we
relocate U-Boot in the top of DRAM.
It's worrth noting that the linker script annotations are only added for
the aarch64 architecture. We can, in the future, try to unify the linker --
at least for the architectures that have enough in common and expand this
Now that we have everything in place switch the page permissions for
.rodata, .text and .data just after we relocate everything in top of the
RAM.
Unfortunately we can't enable this by default, since we have examples of
U-Boot crashing due to invalid access. This usually happens because code
defines const variables that it later writes. So hide it behind a Kconfig
option until we sort it out.
It's worth noting that EFI runtime services are not covered by this
patch on purpose. Since the OS can call SetVirtualAddressMap which can
relocate runtime services, we need to set them to RX initially but remap
them as RWX right before ExitBootServices.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20250129-rockchip-pinctrl-const-v1-0-450ccdadfa7e@cherry.de/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20250130133646.2177194-1-andre.przywara@arm.com/
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
For armv8 we are adding proper page permissions for the relocated U-Boot
binary. Add a weak function that can be used across architectures to change
the page permissions
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-S905X-CC
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The ARM ARM (Rev L.a) on section 8.17.1 describes the cases where
break-before-make is required when changing live page tables.
Since we can use a function to tweak block and page permissions,
where BBM is not required split the existing mmu_change_region_attr()
into two functions and create one that doesn't require BBM. Subsequent
patches will use the new function to map the U-Boot binary with proper
page permissions.
While at it add function descriptions in their header files.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Upcoming patches are switching the memory mappings to RW, RO, RX
after the U-Boot binary and its data are relocated. Add
annotations in the linker scripts to and mark text, data, rodata
sections and align them to a page boundary.
It's worth noting that .efi_runtime memory permissions are left
untouched for now. There's two problems with EFI currently.
The first problem is that we bundle data, rodata and text in a single
.efi_runtime section which also must be close to .text for now.
As a result we also dont change the permissions for anything contained
in CPUDIR/start.o. In order to fix that we have to decoule .text_rest,
.text and .efi_runtime and have the runtime services on their own
section with proper memory permission annotations (efi_rodata etc).
The efi runtime regions (.efi_runtime_rel) can be relocated by the OS when
the latter is calling SetVirtualAddressMap. Which means we have to
configure those pages as RX for U-Boot but convert them to RWX just before
ExitBootServices. It also needs extra code in efi_tuntime relocation
code since R_AARCH64_NONE are emitted as well if we page align the
section.
Due to the above ignore EFI for now and fix it later once we have the
rest in place.
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on AML-S905X-CC
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since we added support in meminfo to dump live page tables, describe
the only working architecture for now (aarch64) and add links to public
documentation for further reading.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The regulator extras should be placed in the USB H1 regulator node,
the /regulator-usb-h1-vbus. They are already present there in the
upstream DT, so delete this bogus node entirely.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add a new config option under "General setup" to enable the -Werror flag
when building U-Boot. This is useful during development to help catch
mistakes.
This is based on a similar config option added to the Linux kernel by
Linus in 2021 - see Linux commit 3fe617ccafd6 ("Enable '-Werror' by
default for all kernel builds"). The modification of KBUILD_CFLAGS is
done in Makefile.extrawarn, matching where it was moved in the kernel by
Linux commit e88ca24319e4 ("kbuild: consolidate warning flags in
scripts/Makefile.extrawarn").
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
- Check return value of fdt_getprop for NULL.
- Return -EFAULT if 'algo' property is missing.
- Prevent NULL pointer dereference in strcmp."
Triggers found by static analyzer Svace.
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
Driver uses dev_get_priv() but never allocates it in its
declaration leading to various crashes. Fix this by explicitly
allocating the storage.
Fixes: 9b0b5648d6 ("memory: Add TI GPMC driver")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Update rm-cfg.yaml and tifs-rm-cfg.yaml to account for the
changes added in the K3 Resource Partitioning Tool v1.18
The change enables resource sharing between A72_2 and MAIN_0_R5_0
for the BCDMA CSI RX and TX channels, J784S4 supports upto 12
CSI cameras and 16 channels would not be enough for all such use
cases for RTOS and Linux, thus sharing of resources in needed. Resource
sharing between A72 and R5 for BCDMA CSI channels allow Linux to use 32
channels at a time.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
[n-francis@ti.com: rebased and sent on behalf]
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
While the code was removed in commit 3766a249a3 ("fs: drop reiserfs")
this reference in the Makefile was missed. Remove it now.
Fixes: 3766a249a3 ("fs: drop reiserfs")
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some device trees may not have a reserved-memory node. Rather than
exiting early we should create a new reserved-memory node along with
the memory carveout for the firmware we (U-Boot) have placed.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
This file was using IS_ENABLED() to test for CONFIG flags but omitted
the CONFIG_ prefix and so did not work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
HOSTCFLAGS of some tools components (image-host, rsa-sign and
ecdsa-libcrypto) depend on the directory where openssl is installed.
Add them via pkg-config.
This fixes a potential build failure in tools when openssl in installed
in varied directories.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
This patch provides a driver for i.MX Messaging Unit (MU) using the
commom mailbox framework.
This is ported from Linux (v6.12.8) driver
drivers/mailbox/imx-mailbox.c. Its commit SHA is:
39d7d6177f0c ("mailbox: imx: use device name in interrupt name")
Signed-off-by: Viorel Suman <viorel.suman@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The regulator extras should be placed in the USB H1 regulator node,
the /regulator-usb-h1-vbus. They are already present there in the
upstream DT, so delete this bogus node entirely.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
On i.MX8M SoCs, the /firmware/optee Devicetree node is created just before
booting the OS when OP-TEE is found running. If the node already exists,
this results in an error, which prevents the OS to boot:
Could not create optee node.
ERROR: system-specific fdt fixup failed: FDT_ERR_EXISTS
- must RESET the board to recover.
failed to process device tree
On the i.MX8M systems where CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP is defined, the
ft_add_optee_node() function is called before booting the OS. It will
create the OP-TEE Devicetree node and populate it with reserved memory
informations gathered at runtime.
On on most i.MX8M systems the Devicetree is built with an optee node if
CONFIG_OPTEE is defined. This node is indeed necessary for commands and
drivers communicating with OP-TEE, even before attempting OS boot.
The aforementioned issue can happen on the Compulab IOT-GATE-iMX8, which is
the only in-tree i.MX8M system where both CONFIG_OPTEE and
CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP are defined (see the imx8mm-cl-iot-gate*
defconfigs).
Deal with an existing optee node gracefully at runtime to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When "fdtfile" is not set, use the "variant" environment variable to
select the correct DTB.
Apalis/Colibri iMX6 V1.2 replaced the STMPE811 ADC/Touch controller
which is EOL with the TLA2024 ADC and AD7879 touch controller. They thus
require a different DTB, which we can easily select with the variant env
variable.
Signed-off-by: Ernest Van Hoecke <ernest.vanhoecke@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Apalis/Colibri iMX6 V1.2 will replace the STMPE811 ADC/Touch controller
which is EOL by the TLA2024 ADC and AD7879 touch controller.
To support this new version, we detect the presence of the TLA2024
during boot and set a new environment variable named "variant". This
will allow us and users to select the correct DT easily.
By probing via I2C we have a robust detection method instead of relying
on the existing "board_rev" environment variable which is set by the
config block. Users can use "variant" in their DT selection and do not
have to map the board revision to a device tree.
"variant" environment variable behaviour:
* Empty or absent for all versions below v1.2 (STMPE811)
* "-v1.2" for all versions starting from v1.2 (TLA2024 + AD7879)
Usage example:
setenv fdtfile imx6q-apalis${variant}-${fdt_board}.dtb
Signed-off-by: Ernest Van Hoecke <ernest.vanhoecke@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Guard the inclusion of tee.bin with the CONFIG_OPTEE symbol to fix the
following build warning:
CHECK u-boot-container.cfgout
WARNING './tee.bin' not found, resulting binary may be not-functional
BINMAN .binman_stamp
OFCHK .config
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The flag for enabling the ESDHCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_TIMEOUT_VALUE quirk can be
handled easily enough in Kconfig. This lets us remove a function but not
obviously correct usage of the IS_ENABLED() macro.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The reset GPIO signal operates with a low-active logic. The driver
needs to be adjusted to correctly handle this.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The reset GPIO signal operates with a low-active logic. The driver
needs to be adjusted to correctly handle this.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Due to the use of the Tegra DC backlight feature by the HTC ONE X,
backlight requests MUST NOT be made during probe or earlier. This is
because it creates a loop, as the backlight is a DC child.
To mitigate this issue, backlight requests can be made later, once the
backlight is actively used.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The reset GPIO signal operates with a low-active logic. The driver
needs to be adjusted to correctly handle this.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Video operations are not required by the Tegra Display Controller
and should therefore be removed.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
If device uses native Tegra DSI or HDMI, DC clock MUST use the same
parent as DSI/HDMI clock uses. Hence remove need in device tree
configuration and satisfy this condition by default.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Use OF graph as a main bridge/panel source, preserving
backwards compatibility with phandle implementation.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Rework existing DC driver configuration to support bridges (both external
and internal DSI and HDMI controllers) and align video devices chain logic
with Linux implementation. Additionally, this should improve communication
between DC and internal DSI/HDMI controllers.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tegra platforms feature native HDMI support. Implement a driver to enable
functionality. This driver will initially support Tegra 2 and 3, with
future extensibility.
Co-developed-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Introduce a simplified HOST1X driver, limited to the basic clock and reset
initialization of the bus.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
VPL has the same needs as TPL in situations where the stack is at the
top of SRAM. Add an option for this and implement it for arm
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have the same option for SPL and TPL, simplify the logic for
determining the initial stack.
Note that this changes behaviour as current SPL_STACK is a fallback for
TPL. However, that was likely unintended and can be handled with Kconfig
defaults if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present there is a hex value SPL_STACK which both determines whether
SPL has its own initial stack and the hex value of that stack.
Split off the former into SPL_HAVE_INIT_STACK with SPL_STACK depending
on that and only providing the latter.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Resync defconfig files]
The most common word for features that make a platform work is to use
'HAVE_xxx'. Rename this option to match.
Update the help to use the word 'phase' rather than 'stage', since
that is the current terminology. Also clarify that, absent this setting,
the stack pointer generally comes from the value used by U-Boot proper,
rather than SPL.
Move the option just above TPL_STACK which depends on it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sc5xx machine code includes implementations of board_init and
board_early_init_f which should not be included in the base soc support
code, as they should be implemented by a board where necessary.
This removes the default empty implementations of both from mach-sc5xx.
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
The arm library includes an implementation of bss_clear that is already
called from crt0.S. This re-clearing of BSS should not be performed in
the machine code and should therefore be removed.
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Update the DDR Configurations for AM62Px SK according to the SysConfig
DDR Configuration tool for AM64x, AM625, AM623, AM62Ax, AM62Px v0.10.02.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Update the DDR Configurations for AM62Ax SK according to the SysConfig
DDR Configuration tool for AM64x, AM625, AM623, AM62Ax, AM62Px v0.10.02.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Update the DDR Configurations for AM62x LP SK according to the SysConfig
DDR Configuration tool for AM64x, AM625, AM623, AM62Ax, AM62Px v0.10.02.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Update the DDR Configurations for AM62x SK according to the SysConfig
DDR Configuration tool for AM64x, AM625, AM623, AM62Ax, AM62Px v0.10.02.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Update the DDR Configurations for AM64x EVM according to the SysConfig
DDR Configuration tool for AM64x, AM625, AM623, AM62Ax, AM62Px v0.10.02.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Updates for RPi for 2025.04:
- Copy Bluetooth device address in DT
- Keep warnings from firmware in DT, if any
- Only add frame buffer node if CONFIG_FDT_SIMPLEFB is set
- Add identifiers for the new RPi 5 series
The firmware sets local-bd-address, copy it when loading a new DT.
Signed-off-by: Fiona Klute <fiona.klute@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The /chosen/user-warnings property is created by the RPi firmware if
there are warnings to report, keep it to make debugging easier.
For example, if the firmware config.txt contains
"dtoverlay=error-example" and that example references an undefined
symbol "&nosuchdev" the warning can be read after boot:
$ cat /proc/device-tree/chosen/user-warnings
dterror: can't find symbol 'nosuchdev'
Failed to resolve overlay 'error-example'
Signed-off-by: Fiona Klute <fiona.klute@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The functions fdt_simplefb_add_node and fdt_simplefb_enable_and_mem_rsv
are only available if CONFIG_FDT_SIMPLEFB is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Martin Stolpe <martin.stolpe@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The Raspberry Pi foundation have released the Raspberry
Pi 500, CM5 an CM5 lite devices so add the assoicated
revision identifers so we can detect them.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm/-/pipelines/25112
- Add drivers for MFD STM32 TIMERS and STM32 PWM and enable them on stm32mp135f-dk
- Restrict _debug_uart_init() usage in STM32 serial driver
- Add support for environment in eMMC on STM32MP13xx DHCOR SoM
- Introduce DH STM32MP15xx DHSOM board specific defconfigs
- Fix CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD update on DH STM32MP1 DHSOM
- Update maintainer for board stm32f746-disco
- Fix Linux cmdline for stm32f769-disco
- Cleanup in stm32f***-u-boot.dtsi and in board_late_init() by removing
legacy led and button management.
The default PCA9451 BUCK2 volt is 0.6 V for LPDDR4x VDDQ. The codes
are actually used for reworking to LPDDR4 which needs VDDQ at 1.1 V.
So remove it to avoid LPDDR4x issue.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Build the imx code singing tool from source instead of relying on the
distro to provide the tool.
Use the debian/unstable branch because the default branch is outdated.
The binary is supposed to be build with docker, work around that by selecting
the correct Makefile directly.
Also append the description and add a link to documentation.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add optional argument make_path to build_from git. The new argument
allows specifying the path to a Makefile in case it is not in the root
of the git repo.
Also adjust the corresponding test.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add optional argument git_branch to build_from_git. The new argument
allows specifying which branch of the repo to use.
Signed-off-by: Leonard Anderweit <l.anderweit@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com> says:
This series adds all of the supported peripheral drivers for the sc5xx
series of SoCs from Analog Devices and other drivers that are used by
the evaluation kits, such as a GPIO expander used by the EZLITE carrier
boards. This series passes gitlab CI tests.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250226173150.13198-1-malysagreg@gmail.com
This adds the necessary dt-bindings and documentation to use the ADI
SC5xx pinctrl driver in a device tree. It is not yet available upstream
in the Linux kernel. Eventually, it will be moved there.
Signed-off-by: Vasileios Bimpikas <vasileios.bimpikas@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Utsav Agarwal <utsav.agarwal@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Arturs Artamonovs <arturs.artamonovs@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Enable PCI enumeration by default to get the Bochs display driver up
and running before the boot medium is scanned.
This is just to enhance the user-experience while booting the machine.
TEST: U-Boot logo, version, log output and the U-Boot shell is visible
on the display device.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
qemu's sbsa-ref is always using a 64bit CPU and the PCI prefetch MMIO
window is located above 4GiB, thus always enable SYS_PCI_64BIT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Legacy PCI devices, like qemu's Bochs VGA device, are allowed to have
prefetchable 32-bit BARs, while PCIe devices are not allowed to have
32-bit prefetchable BARs. Typically prefetchable BARs are 64-bit and
typically the prefetch MMIO window is also 64-bit and placed above
4GiB, as it's the case on qemu sbsa-ref.
Currently the U-Boot code assumes that prefetchable BARs are
64-bit BARs and always tries to assign them into the prefetch
MMIO window.
When a 32-bit BAR is marked as prefetch, but the prefetch area is
not within the first 4GiB of the address space, then downgrade the
BAR and place it in the non-prefetch MMIO window.
For prefetch BARs there's no downside on being placed in non prefetch
MMIO areas, besides the possible slower performance when a driver tries
to map it Write-Combine.
TEST: Fixes pci_auto on QEMU sbsa-ref fails to autoconfigure BAR0.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Since commit 948da7773e ("arm: Add new config option ARCH_VERY_EARLY_INIT")
debug_uart_init() is called respectively in crt0.S and crt0_64.S.
That means that _debug_uart_init() is called for all STM32MP platforms
even for those which doesn't support SPL_BUILD.
So restrict _debug_uart_init() execution for platforms which can have
SPL_BUILD enabled (STM32MP1 platform only).
It's more needed to call debug_uart_init() in stm32mp1/cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Vikas has left STMicroelectronics several years ago.
Put myself as maintainer of stm32f746-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The pwm source TIM1_CH3N channel (on PE12) in inverted polarity mode
will be used to manage the brightness of the panel backlight on
STM32MP135F-DK.
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable the following configs:
* CONFIG_MFD_STM32_TIMERS: enables support for the STM32 multifunction
timer
* CONFIG_DM_PWM: enables support for pulse-width modulation devices
* CONFIG_CMD_PWM: enables 'pwm' command to control PWM channels
* CONFIG_PWM_STM32: enables support for the STM32 PWM devices
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add driver to support pwm on STM32MP1X SoCs. The PWM signal is generated
using a multifuntion timer which provide a pwm feature. Clock rate and
addresses are retrieved from the multifunction timer driver.
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support for STM32MP timer multi-function driver.
These timers can be use as counter, trigger or pwm generator.
This driver will be used to manage the main resources of the timer to
provide them to the functionnalities which need these ones.
Signed-off-by: Cheick Traore <cheick.traore@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The value written to the RFLR register includes the length of the CRC
data at the end of each Ethernet frame. So we need to increase the value
written to this register to ensure that we can receive full size frames.
While we're here we can also copy the improved comment from the Linux
kernel.
Fixes: 8ae51b6f32 ("net: ravb: Add Renesas Ethernet RAVB driver")
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org> # Fix comment
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Following on from commit 9a699a0a0d ("clk: rzg2l: Ignore enable for
core clocks"), we also need to ignore attempts to disable core clocks to
avoid the need for conditionals around clk_disable_bulk() calls in
drivers which support both RZ/G2L and other Renesas SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
These functions are no longer necessary, remove them.
The struct bb_miiphy_bus is no longer necessary either,
remove it as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Use mdio_alloc() again to allocate MDIO bus. This is possible
because all the miiphybb parameters and ops passing is handled in
at bb_miiphy_read()/bb_miiphy_write() level.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Use mdio_alloc() again to allocate MDIO bus. This is possible
because all the miiphybb parameters and ops passing is handled in
at bb_miiphy_read()/bb_miiphy_write() level.
This also fixes previously missed bb_miiphy_free() in .remove
callback of this driver. which does not pose a problem anymore.
Fixes: 08eefb5e79 ("net: sh_eth: Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Use mdio_alloc() again to allocate MDIO bus. This is possible
because all the miiphybb parameters and ops passing is handled in
at bb_miiphy_read()/bb_miiphy_write() level.
This also fixes previously missed bb_miiphy_free() in .remove
callback of this driver. which does not pose a problem anymore.
Fixes: 079eaca6e7 ("net: ravb: Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Use mdio_alloc() again to allocate MDIO bus. This is possible
because all the miiphybb parameters and ops passing is handled in
at bb_miiphy_read()/bb_miiphy_write() level.
This also fixes previously missed bb_miiphy_free() in .remove
callback of this driver. which does not pose a problem anymore.
Fixes: cbb69c2faf ("net: designware: Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Remove the priv member from struct bb_miiphy_bus and its assignment
from drivers. This turns struct bb_miiphy_bus int struct mii_dev
wrapper, to be cleaned up next.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Access to MDIO bus private data can be provided by both
struct mii_dev .priv member and struct bb_miiphy_bus .priv
member, use the former directly and remove .priv from the
later. Drop unused bb_miiphy_getbus(). This removes any
dependency on struct bb_miiphy_bus from the miiphybb code,
except for helper functions which will be removed later.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
The access to struct bb_miiphy_bus_ops via ops pointer in
struct bb_miiphy_bus is not necessary with wrappers added
in previous patch. Pass the ops pointer directly to both
bb_miiphy_read() and bb_miiphy_write() functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Do not call bb_miiphy_read()/bb_miiphy_write() accessors directly
in drivers, instead call them through wrapper functions. Those are
meant to be used as function parameter adaptation layer between
struct mii_dev callback function parameters and what the miiphybb
does expect and will soon expect. This is a preparatory patch, no
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Move miiphybb operations into separate struct bb_miiphy_bus_ops
structure, add pointer to struct bb_miiphy_bus_ops into the base
struct bb_miiphy_bus and access the ops through this pointer in
miiphybb generic code. The variable reshuffling in miiphybb.c
cannot be easily avoided.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
The RZN1 symbol name is CONFIG_RZN1, there is no CONFIG_ARCH_RZN1.
Since RZN1 enables CONFIG_ARCH_RENESAS as well, remove the special
RZN1 entry from Makefile, the RZN1 pinctrl driver will still be
pulled in via CONFIG_ARCH_RENESAS.
Fixes: e4aea57fa7 ("pinctrl: renesas: add R906G032 driver")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
The Renesas R-Car Gen3 Salvator-X(S) boards contain USB micro-B port
on which the USBHS controller is accessible. Enable the USBHS UDC
driver to make this port usable, enable UMS USB Mass Storage support
to make it possible to expose block devices as USB Mass Storage to
Host PC.
The USB VID/PID is picked from R-Car Series, 3rd Generation reference
manual Rev.2.00 chapter 19.2.8 USB download mode, and matches R-Car H3
BootROM USB download mode VID/PID.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
For the Tegra 2, similar to other Tegra SoC generations, 'bootph-all'
must be applied to both display controllers.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
While PLLD/D2 is the nominal parent clock, all derived clocks are generated
from its single output, plld_out0, which is PLLD/D2 divided by two. Direct
use of PLLD/D2 is absent in peripheral clock configurations. Therefore,
clock derivation formulas must take in account this division.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Older EDID timing algorithms relied solely on detailed timings, typically
optimized for a display's native resolution. This caused issues with newer
4K panels on older hardware, which couldn't handle those high resolutions.
To address this, the algorithm now also considers standard timings, offering
lower, compatible resolutions. Future improvements may include checking
established timings for even broader compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The Mi Pad is a tablet computer based on Nvidia Tegra K1 SoC which
originally ran the Android operating system. The Mi Pad has a 7.9" IPS
display with 1536 x 2048 (324 ppi) resolution. 2 GB of RAM and 16/64 GB of
internal memory that can be supplemented with a microSDXC card giving up to
128 GB of additional storage.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Using HTTPS without root (CA) certificates is a security issue. Print a
warning in this case. Also, when certificate verification fail, print
an additional message because "HTTP client error 4" is not very
informative (4 is HTTPC_RESULT_ERR_CLOSED).
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Instead of relying on some build time configuration to determine if
server certificates need to be checked against CA certificates, do it
based on the availability of such certificates. If no CA is configured
then no check can succeed; on the other hand if we have CA certs then
we should not ignore them. It is always possible to remove the CA certs
(via 'wget cacert 0 0') to force an HTTPS download that would fail
certificate validation.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Some boards use a CONFIG option to specify the value of this variable.
This is normally handled by efi_get_distro_fdt_name() but in the case
of sunxi this does not work, since 'soc' is sunxi, but the files are
in the allwinner directory.
Provide a work-around for this particular case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Pull request efi-next-20250310
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/25043
UEFI:
* Clean up usage of structure jmp_buf_data
* Refactor EFI network protocol implementation for future support
of multiple network interfaces.
- efi_net: let efi_net_set_dp properly update the device path
- expose symbols to be used by the EFI network stack
- efi_setup: Add efi_start_obj_list() to efi_setup.c
- efi_net: Add efi_net_do_start() to efi_net.c
- efi_device_path: Pass net udevice as argument
- efi_net: Add device path cache
- efi_net: Add dhcp cache
- efi_net: Add support for multiple efi_net_obj
Others:
* legacy-net: wget: fix wget_info handling after new tcp legacy stack
* lib: correct description of CONFIG_SYS_FDT_PAD
* Separate setjmp.h into architecture dependent and independent parts
- sandbox: remove linux/types.h dependency in setjmp.h
- arm: include asm-generic/int-ll64.h in setjmp.h
- common: clean up setjmp.h
* arm: use type jmp_buf instead of struct jmp_buf_data
Enable support for environment in eMMC on STM32MP13xx DHCOR SoM,
in addition to existing support for environment in SPI NOR. The
environment size is the same, except in case the environment is
placed in eMMC, it is stored at the end of eMMC BOOT partitions
in the last 32 sectors of each eMMC HW BOOT partition.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The Linux cmdline encoded in the defconfig is wrong, the
STM32 USART driver registers as ttySTM0 not ttyS0.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Move stm32mp15_dhcom_basic_defconfig into stm32mp15_dhcom_basic.config.
Retain legacy stm32mp15_dhcom_basic_defconfig as multi-config for all
DH STM32MP15xx DHCOM based boards. Move stm32mp15_dhsor_basic_defconfig
into stm32mp15_dhsor_basic.config. Retain stm32mp15_dhsor_basic_defconfig
as multi-config for all DH STM32MP15xx DHCOR based boards.
Introduce separate stm32mp15_dhcom_drc02_basic_defconfig,
stm32mp15_dhcom_pdk2_basic_defconfig, stm32mp15_dhcom_picoitx_basic_defconfig
for each STM32MP15xx DHCOM based board and separate
stm32mp15_dhcor_avenger96_basic_defconfig,
stm32mp15_dhcor_drc_compact_basic_defconfig,
stm32mp15_dhcor_testbench_basic_defconfig for each
STM32MP15xx DHCOR based board, to make build for those boards easier.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The environment is missing closing quotes for string variable, but the
variable is empty on this system, remove the CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD
assignment entirely.
Fixes: 940135eea5 ("Kconfig: Move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The removal of the "st,button1" and "st,led1" compatibles has emptied
the board_late_init(), so let's remove it along with the configuration
that allows its invocation.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
It is pointless to use the custom compatible "st,led1" when
stm32746g-eval.dts and stm32f769-disco.dts already contain the
"gpio-leds" compatible, which is specifically used for GPIO LEDs
management.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
It is pointless to use the custom compatible "st,button1" when
stm32746g-eval.dts and stm32f769-disco.dts already contain the
"gpio-keys" compatible, which is specifically used for button
management.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
LDO2 is expansion connector supply on STM32MP13xx DHCOR DHSBC rev.200.
LDO5 is carrier board supply on STM32MP13xx DHCOR DHSBC rev.200. Keep
both regulators always enabled to make sure both the carrier board and
the expansion connector is always powered on and supplied with correct
voltage.
Describe ST33TPHF2XSPI TPM 2.0 chip reset lines.
This is a port of Linux kernel patch posted at:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-arm-kernel/patch/20250302152605.54792-1-marex@denx.de/
This change shall be removed when the Linux kernel DT change lands
and Linux kernel DTs get synchronized with U-Boot DTs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
On STM32MP15xx with 1 GiB of DRAM, the gd->ram_top becomes 0,
because DRAM base 0xc0000000 + DRAM size 0x40000000 leads to
gd->ram_top overflow which resets it to 0. Handle this special
case simply by checking for gd->ram_top being zero, and if it
is, assume there is no addr >= gd->ram_top .
This fixes boot hang on STM32MP15xx with 1 GiB of DRAM.
Fixes: 25fb58e88a ("ARM: stm32mp: Fix dram_bank_mmu_setup() for LMB located above ram_top")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
CONFIG_SYS_FDT_PAD defines the number of unused bytes added to a
device-tree and not the total size.
Fixes: 40ed7be4af ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_FDT_PAD to Kconfig")
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Structure jmp_buf_data provides the underlying format of jmp_buf, which
we actually don't care about. Clean up existing code to use the standard
jmp_buf type. This introduces no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Separate setjmp.h into an architecture independent part and an architecture
specific part. This simplifies moving from using struct jmp_buf_data
directly to using type jmp_buf in our code which is the C compliant way.
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add support for multiple efi_net_obj structs in efi_net.c. This comes
in preparation for an EFI network driver supporting multiple network
interfaces. For now the EFI network stack still registers a single ethernet
udevice as an EFI network device even if multiple are present, namely
the one that was the current device at the moment of EFI initialization.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
In preparation to support mutiple efi net udevices. Add a device path
cache to support device paths from multiple ethernet udevices.
The device paths can be added to the cache before EFI gets initialized and
the protocols get installed.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
In preparation to support multiple EFI net objects, support
constructing device paths using an ethernet device different
than the default. Add a udevice argument to the device path
generation, and keep the callsites with eth_get_dev() to
preserve existing functionality.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
This gets called each time a payload is to get executed by bootefi.
For now this only updates the PXE IP address.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
The coomand bootefi calls efi_init_obj_list to do the efi set up
before launching an .efi payload, but efi_init_obj_list is called
only once. There are some initializations which depend on the
environment and should be done each time a payload gets launched and
not only once. A motivation for this changes is the following order
of events:
1. Launch an EFI application (e.g. bootefi hello)
2. Change the ip address
3. Launch another application which uses the pxe protocol
As the EFI pxe protocol was initialized when the handles
for efi net were created in 1., the ip was hardcoded there.
In this example, another possibility would be to make a callback for ip
address changes to go all the way up to efi_net.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
The following symbols are exposed:
- efi_reinstall_protocol_interface
This is done so that the device path protocol interface
of the network device can be changed internally by u-boot
when a new bootfile gets downloaded.
- eth_set_dev
To support multiple network udevices
- efi_close_event
This comes in preparation to support unregistering
an EFI network device from the EFI network stack when
the underlying U-boot device gets removed
- efi_[dis]connect_controller
The EFI network driver uses ConnectController to add a
NIC to the EFI network stack.
- efi_uninstall_protocol_interface
connect_controler for the efi network driver can install
protocols, which need to be uninstalled in disconnect_controller
- EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL_GUID
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
Check wget_info->buffer_size for overflow and do not clean the wget_info struct
on failure, let the owner of the struct handle the error. The latter is necesary
, e.g., for when a request fails because the provided buffer was too small.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
This commit fixes an use after free introduced in Commit e55a4acb54
(" efi_loader: net: set EFI bootdevice device path to HTTP when loaded
from wget"). The logic in efi_net_set_dp is reworked so that when the
function is invoked it not only changes the value of the static variable
net_dp (this is how the function was implemented in e55a4acb54) but also
updates the protocol interface of the device path protocol in case efi
has started.
Fixes: e55a4acb54 ("efi_loader: net: set EFI bootdevice device path to HTTP when loaded from wget")
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
Add a simple and transparent LVDS de/encoder driver with a powerdown
gpio and a power supply.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Hide video bridge functions behind config condition and add inline
fallbacks to avoid erroring out when using header without config
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add get_display_timing ops for internal bridges linked to
panels that do not support EDID (MIPI-DSI panels for example)
or have EDID not routed.
Tested-by: Dang Huynh <danct12@riseup.net> (PineTab 2)
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing memory layout places the bloblist at 0xb000 and the fdt at
0x100, resulting in a 0xaf00 size constraint for the fdt. This constraint
has been reached. Lets modify the layout by moving the bloblist to 0x100,
device tree to 0x1000 and placing early memory allocation after pre-console
buffer at 0xf4000. This should guarantee sufficient memory allocation for
future expansion.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com> says:
This series adds support for file renaming to EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.SetInfo().
One of the use cases for renaming in EFI is to facilitate boot loader
boot counting.
No existing filesystems in U-Boot currently include file renaming,
resulting in support for renaming at the filesystem level and a
concrete implementation for the FAT filesystem.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250217182648.31294-1-gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com
Following the UEFI specification. The specification did not seem to
delineate if file_name was explicitly a file name only, or could
include paths to move the file to a different directory. The more
generous interpretation of supporting paths was selected.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In order to support renaming via SetInfo(), path must allow for longer
values than what was originally present when file_handle was allocated.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com>
POSIX filesystem functions that create or remove directory entries contain
text along the lines of "[function] shall mark for update the last data
modification and last file status change timestamps of the parent
directory of each file." [1][2][3] The common theme is these timestamp
updates occur when a directory entry is added or removed. The
create_link() and delete_dentry_link() functions have been changed to
update the modification timestamp on the directory where the direntry
change occurs. This differs slightly from Linux in the case of rename(),
where Linux will not update `new_path`'s parent directory's timestamp if
it is replacing an existing file. (via `vfat_add_entry` [4])
The timestamps are not updated if the build configuration does not support
RTCs. This is an effort to minimize introducing erratic timestamps where
they would go from [current date] -> 2000-01-01 (error timestamp in the
FAT driver). I would assume an unchanged timestamp would be more valuable
than a default timestamp in these cases.
[1] https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/rename.html
[2] https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/unlink.html
[3] https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/open.html
[4] https://elixir.bootlin.com/linux/v6.12.6/source/fs/fat/namei_vfat.c#L682
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com>
The implementation roughly follows the POSIX specification for
rename() [1]. The ordering of operations attempting to minimize the chance
for data loss in unexpected circumstances.
The 'mv' command was implemented as a front end for the rename operation
as that is what most users are likely familiar with in terms of behavior.
The 'FAT_RENAME' Kconfig option was added to prevent code size increase on
size-oriented builds like SPL.
[1] https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/rename.html
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com>
The create_link() code was previously duplicated in two existing functions.
The two functions will be used in a future commit to achieve renaming.
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Dalimonte <gabriel.dalimonte@gmail.com>
A problem we have today is that some instances of IS_ENABLED(FOO) have
crept in to the code. This is in turn because with checkpatch.pl this is
only a warning and not an error, so they were overlooked. And looking
deeper, in the Linux kernel this pattern is allowed because
IS_ENABLED(DEFINED_FLAG) is allowed if discouraged and a quick skim of
the instances I saw in the current kernel follow this pattern. In U-Boot
however, this is not allowed, so bump to an error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case MAX_SYMLINK_NEST is reached while determining the size
on a symlink node, the function returns immediately.
This would not free the resources after the free_strings: label
causing a memory leak.
Set the ret value and just break out of the switch to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Andrea della Porta <andrea.porta@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The GPL-2.1+ SPDX License Identifier doesn't exist, but luckily the full
license text was available which shows that GPL-2.1+ was a typo and it
should have been LGPL-2.1-or-later.
As the '+' in LGPL-2.1+ is deprecated in SPDX 3.0, use the preferred
identifier, which is '-or-later'.
Normally the full license header is removed when switching to SPDX
License Identifiers, so do that now.
Signed-off-by: Diederik de Haas <didi.debian@cknow.org>
AMD/Xilinx changes for v2025.04-rc4
Zynq:
- Guard code around SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
Versal*:
- Remove tftp block size 4096
Versal:
- Use clocks per DT binding
- Store driver data in data section
Versal Gen 2:
- Fix major/minor version decoding
Add a helper to avoid needing to use a list within a list for this
simple case.
Update existing users of runpipe() to use this where possible.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file has a lot of warnings. Before adding any more features, fix
those which are straightforward to resolve.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Throwing an Exception is not very friendly since it is the top-level
class of all exceptions. Declare a new class instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, Kconfig allows building CONFIG_DM_74X164 without
CONFIG_DM_SPI, which results in linker errors because this driver
actually uses dm_spi_* functions:
drivers/gpio/74x164_gpio.o: in function `gen_74x164_write_conf':
undefined reference to `dm_spi_claim_bus'
undefined reference to `dm_spi_xfer'
undefined reference to `dm_spi_release_bus'
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
With a recent Binman change, the skip-at-start property is now honoured,
meaning that all image-pos values in the affected section start from
the skip-at-start value.
The x86 code works around the old behaviour at present, so update it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A discussion on the mailing list about dealing with block offsets and
binman symbols made me think that something is wrong with how Binman
deals with the skip-at-start property.
The feature was originally designed to handle x86 ROMs, which are mapped
at the top of the address space. That seemed too specific, whereas
skipping some space at the start seemed more generally useful.
It has proved useful. For example, rockchip images start at block 64,
so a skip-at-start of 0x8000 deals with this.
But it doesn't actually work correctly, since the image_pos value does
not give the actual position on the media.
Fix this and update the documentation, moving it into the 'section'
section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Unfortunately this change was not safe as some devices are bound before
relocation, but we don't want to probe them.
It causes 'raise: Signal # 8 caught' on jerry.
Move the bootstage timer to after autoprobe in initf_dm() since the
trace test does not tolerate any variance.
This reverts commit 21dd873572.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Snow requires a fixed bloblist to operate, so re-enable this option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 864106f3c4 ("bloblist: Make BLOBLIST_ALLOC the default")
The commit bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a
common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled") broke DRAM
support for the Verdin AM62. This was partially fixed with commit
3f866c47b5 ("board: verdin-am62: add dram_init_banksize"). However,
because fixup_memory_node was not called, the Linux kernel was started
with the wrong memory size on modules with less memory available. This
resulted in boot failures. Fix this issue by calling fixup_memory_node
in the board file.
spl_perform_fixups will be called in the SPL and now sets the correct
memory size in the device tree of U-Boot by calling fixup_memory_node.
U-Boot will then adjust the memory sizes of Linux during bootm/booti in
fdt_fixup_memory_banks. This chain ensures that U-Boot and Linux only
use RAM that is actually available.
Fixes: 3f866c47b5 ("board: verdin-am62: add dram_init_banksize")
Fixes: bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
When enabling net console and console multiplexing, a boot crash was
observed using mtk_eth driver with stdin/stdout set to "serial,nc"
in persistent environment:
> CPU: MediaTek MT7981
> Model: OpenWrt One
> DRAM: 1 GiB
> Core: 35 devices, 15 uclasses, devicetree: separate
> spi-nand: spi_nand spi_nand@0: Winbond SPI NAND was found.
> spi-nand: spi_nand spi_nand@0: 128 MiB, block size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64
> Loading Environment from UBI... SF: Detected w25q128 with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 4 KiB, total 16 MiB
> mtd: partition "ubi" extends beyond the end of device "spi-nand0" -- size truncated to 0x7f00000
> Read 126976 bytes from volume ubootenv to 000000007f7bf0c0
> Read 126976 bytes from volume ubootenv2 to 000000007f7de100
> OK
> "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000004, far 0xeafffffeea000018
> elr: 0000000041e63cd4 lr : 0000000041e1b844 (reloc)
> elr: 000000007ff9ecd4 lr : 000000007ff56844
> x0 : eafffffeea000018 x1 : 000000007fb552e0
> x2 : 00000000000000fe x3 : 0000000000000000
The cause is that "serial,nc" forced the console subsystem to
initialize the ethernet driver before ethernet subsystem
initialization (console_init_r() is called before initr_net()).
During the mtk_eth driver initialization, mdio_register() will be
called, and miiphy_get_dev_by_name() will then be called.
The miiphy_get_dev_by_name() will check the list "mii_devs" to see
if the passed device name exists. However the mii_devs is defined
without initialization:
> static struct list_head mii_devs;
and the actual initialization is done in the following chain:
initr_net -> eth_initialize -> eth_common_init -> miiphy_init
Since initr_net() hasn't be called, iterating over the mii_devs
will access to physical address 0 (mii_devs.next == NULL) and will
cause the crash.
The fix is to define mii_devs using:
> static LIST_HEAD(mii_devs);
As the "current_mii" is defined as a static variable, it will
always be NULL in board_r stage and initializing it will NULL is
unnecessary. So the entire miiphy_init() can be remove.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <hackpascal@gmail.com>
- Ensure `free_ctx` is called in both error and success paths.
- Fix memory leak in `ctx.signature` when `do_add` fails."
Triggers found by static analyzer Svace.
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
The current code has a problematic corner case with formar "%c" and
0 as parameter. The proper zero byte is being emitted into digit buffer
but the final copy into outstr expects null-terminated string and doesn't
copy the required \0 byte. This has lead to malformed TFTP packets, refer
to tftp_send() which relies on %c to generate multiple zero-terminated
strings in one buffer.
Introduce a variable to force the copy of one character in this case.
The new behaviour is consistent with non-tiny implementation.
Reported-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com> says:
This series enables configs for USB DFU boot, USB DFU flash and USB Mass
Storage command for J784S4. The device-tree changes required for enabling
these features will be posted as patches to Linux device-tree mailing lists
and will eventually make it to U-Boot via DT Sync.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250218094950.2542006-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
Enable support for USB DFU boot via USB0 instance of USB on J784S4 SoC
which is a Cadence USB Controller. Additionally, enable support for USB
DFU flash and USB Mass Storage (UMS) command. While at it, sync with
savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The USB0 instance of USB on J784S4 SoC is a Cadence USB Controller and
supports USB DFU boot. Enable support for it.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Enable ESM configs. ESMs are a prerequisite to enable
watchdog reset functionality. The ESM aka error signalling module
is primarily responsible for sensing the watchdog reset event.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Initialize MCU & MAIN Domain ESMs as a prerequisite to enable
watchdog reset functionality. The ESM aka error signalling module
is primarily responsible for sensing the watchdog reset event.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
My previous address is no longer accessible, but I will continue to be
involved in maintaining the ADI sc5xx platforms. This updates my contact
information and hopefully avoids bouncing emails from other developers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <malysagreg@gmail.com>
Line 171 in README is describing that before relocation
no code should use global variable because global variables
are placed to BSS section which is initialized to 0 after
relocation.
On Versal platforms clock driver is initialized before
relocation (via using dm,bootph-all flag in DT) and global
variables are initialized which works if this is used only
before relocation. But the variables are used after
relocation too but values are zeroed which is ending up
incorrect behavior.
That's why place variables to data section to ensure that
values are not cleared which is for now the quickest
temporary solution. The correct way to do it is to move
all global variables to private data to avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250218052419.1141139-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Fix build error "undefined reference to `is_warm_boot'" when
ls1021atsn and ls1021atwr boards are built with CONFIG_SPL=y and
CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP=n.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Lemouzy <blemouzy@centralp.fr>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When an error is detected in the TSEC receive path, the driver currently
prints an error message, but leaves the corresponding packet descriptor
in its old state (i.e. owned by the CPU side). As a result, the packet
queue can be starved of available buffers if enough errors happen.
To recover from errors, re-arm the packet buffer descriptor after an
error has been detected.
Errors can be provoked by changing a PHY with phy-mode = "rgmii-id" to
phy-mode = "rgmii".
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This is necessary for the following patch. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
rsa_verify_openssl() is used in lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c to authenticate data
when building host tools.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Use preload_check_sign to authenticate the generated image when testing the
preload signature in testPreLoad().
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
pre-load related config options are enabled to have support of it in host
tools.
'CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE=y' is being automatically removed since it is
selected by CONFIG_IMAGE_PRE_LOAD_SIG.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
preload_check_sign is added so that it can be used to authenticate images
signed with the pre-load signature supported by binman and U-Boot.
It could also be used to test the signature in binman tests signing
images with the pre-load.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Add an empty inline declaration when compiling tools for a host where
unmap_sysmem() is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com> says:
This introduces a sysinfo driver which also permits SMBIOS support.
The first 10 patches of v2 have already been applied. The remaining is
solely the sysinfo driver. To maintain consistency and ease of searching
through the history, the series title remains unchanged.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250218023614.52574-1-baocheng.su@siemens.com
Drop the info structure parsing of the board in favor of our new sysinfo
driver to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Hua Qian <huaqian.li@siemens.com>
[Jan: rebasing, split-up, cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
This brings a sysinfo driver and DT entry for the IOT2050 board series.
It translates the board information passed from SE-Boot to SPL into
values that can be retrieved via the sysinfo API. Will is already used
to fill the SMBIOS table when booting via EFI.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Hua Qian <huaqian.li@siemens.com>
[Jan: split-off as separate patch, cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Add a new field SYSID_BOARD_RAM_SIZE_MB to sysinfo structure to store
the size of RAM in MB. dram_init can use this field to get the RAM size
via sysinfo driver.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
This commit introduces a new API to the sysinfo module, allowing access
to data elements. This is particularly useful for handling data with
multiple instances, such as MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
During dma memcpy, bcdma descriptor gets allocated for each
transaction and not freed after completion of that transaction.
So, avoid the memory allocation for every transaction.
Add one descriptor per dma device and allocate it once in
resource setup. This descriptor can now be used for all
dma memcpy transactions optimally.
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
serial_out_dynamic() takes a u8* addr and uses it for 8-bit or 32-bit
accesses, depending on the value of plat->reg_width. This results in a
pointer type mismatch that the compiler may even turn into an error:
drivers/serial/ns16550.c: In function ‘serial_out_dynamic’:
drivers/serial/ns16550.c:115:42: error: passing argument 1 of ‘out_be32’ from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
115 | out_be32(addr, value);
| ^~~~
| |
| u8 * {aka unsigned char *}
This error was observed on PowerPC.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
If there is an unallocated memory area before the last, filling parting
the size calculation for MTD_SIZE_REMAINING does not take this hole
into account.
Fix this by calculating the remaining size just based on total size
and partition offset.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@ew.tq-group.com>
Rename the variants of env_mmc_load() for redundant and non-redundant
environment to env_mmc_load_redundant() and env_mmc_load_singular()
respectively and convert the env_mmc_load() implementation to use of
if (IS_ENABLED(...)). As a result, drop __maybe_unused from
mmc_env_is_redundant_in_both_boot_hwparts().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Introduce a new function mmc_env_is_redundant_in_both_boot_hwparts()
which replaces IS_ENABLED(ENV_MMC_HWPART_REDUND) and internally does
almost the same check as the macro which assigned ENV_MMC_HWPART_REDUND
did, and call it in place of IS_ENABLED(ENV_MMC_HWPART_REDUND).
The difference compared to IS_ENABLED(ENV_MMC_HWPART_REDUND) is
in the last conditional, which does not do plain macro compare
(CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET == CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND), but instead does
mmc_offset(mmc, 0) == mmc_offset(mmc, 1). If OF_CONTROL is not
in use, this gets optimized back to original macro compare, but
if OF_CONTROL is in use, this also takes into account the DT
properties u-boot,mmc-env-offset and u-boot,mmc-env-offset-redundant.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Check wget_info->buffer_size for overflow and do not clean the wget_info struct
on failure, let the owner of the struct handle the error. The latter is necesary
, e.g., for when a request fails because the provided buffer was too small.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
This commit fixes an use after free introduced in Commit e55a4acb54
(" efi_loader: net: set EFI bootdevice device path to HTTP when loaded
from wget"). The logic in efi_net_set_dp is reworked so that when the
function is invoked it not only changes the value of the static variable
net_dp (this is how the function was implemented in e55a4acb54) but also
updates the protocol interface of the device path protocol in case efi
has started.
Fixes: e55a4acb54 ("efi_loader: net: set EFI bootdevice device path to HTTP when loaded from wget")
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
This board does not have any NVMe slot, so disable unneeded
CONFIG_NVME_PCI option.
Fixes: bf4a33e725 ("board: rockchip: add FriendlyElec NanoPi R3S")
Signed-off-by: Tianling Shen <cnsztl@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The patch enables the second USB3.0 Type-A USB port on the NanoPi R4S
board, which prevents a crash when initializing the usb system in U-Boot
and allows both Type-A USB ports to be used for booting.
=> usb start
starting USB...
Bus usb@fe380000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3c0000: "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000010, far 0x0
Signed-off-by: Justin Klaassen <justin@tidylabs.net>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
These two files were using IS_ENABLED() to test for CONFIG flags but omitted
the CONFIG_ prefix and so did not work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
BootROM leave GPIO4_D6 configured as SDMMC_PWREN function and DW MMC
driver set PWREN high in dwmci_init().
However, HW revision prior to v1.2 must pull GPIO4_D6 low to access
sdmmc. For HW revision v1.2 the state of GPIO4_D6 has no impact.
Upstream Linux commit 26c100232b09 "arm64: dts: rockchip: Fix sdmmc
access on rk3308-rock-s0 v1.1 boards" fixed this issue by adding a
vcc_sd regulator.
Include the new vcc_sd regulator in SPL and enable required Kconfig
options to set GPIO4_D6 low to fix reading sdmmc on v1.1 hw revision.
Fixes: 25438c40a0 ("board: rockchip: Add Radxa ROCK S0")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Refactor the entire kconfig page for mbedtls, adapt mbedtls makefile
and default config file using 'XPL_', in order to have independent
mbedtls kconfig options in U-Boot Proper, SPL, TPL and VPL.
User can choose legacy or mbedtls libraries for them independently.
Set mbedtls native hashing libraries as default when MBEDTLS_LIB,
SPL_MBEDTLS_LIB, TPL_MBEDTLS_LIB or VPL_MBEDTLS_LIB is selected.
If users prefer using U-Boot legacy hashing libraries, please select
MBEDTLS_LIB_HASHING_ALT, SPL_MBEDTLS_LIB_HASHING_ALT,
TPL_MBEDTLS_LIB_HASHING_ALT or VPL_MBEDTLS_LIB_HASHING_ALT for U-Boot
Proper, SPL, TPL and VPL respectively.
Moreover, rename a few kconfig options and update their descriptions to
improve the consistency of terminology.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot requires to access x509_internal.h, mbedtls_sha256_context and
mbedtls_sha1_context in the porting layer, and this requires to
enable MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS.
Enable it to mscode and pkcs7_parser to fix a mbedtls internal building
error when X509 is selected.
Moreover, Move it to a separate file to avoid enabling it in multiple
places.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Fixed the building failures when WGET_HTTPS,NET_LWIP and MBEDTLS_LIB
are selected due to a few incorrect kconfig dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/24876
- Convert imx6q-lxr and imxrt1050 to OF_UPSTREAM.
- Fix potential memory leak on ]imx/imx8/imx8m]image.
- Restrict DDR_SI_TEST to only Siemens Capricorn board.
- Fix CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD on Data Modul and DH imx8m boards.
There are some device-tree overlays with missing entries for the
keyfile. Add them to sign all images in the U-Boot FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
There are some device-tree overlays with missing entries for the
keyfile. Add them to sign all images in the U-Boot FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The imx6q-lxr devicetree has landed in kernel 6.13.
Switch to OF_UPSTREAM to make use of the upstream devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move content of dh_imx6_defconfig into dh_imx6.config. Retain legacy
dh_imx6_defconfig as multi-config for all DH i.MX6 DHSOM based boards.
Introduce separate imx6_dhcom_drc02_defconfig, imx6_dhcom_pdk2_defconfig
and imx6_dhcom_picoitx_defconfig for each i.MX6 DHSOM based board, to
make build for those boards easier. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Deduplicate the config files again, move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD
into common imx8mp_dhsom.config .
Fixes: 940135eea5 ("Kconfig: Move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Deduplicate the config files again, move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD
into common imx8m_data_modul.config .
Fixes: 940135eea5 ("Kconfig: Move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The environment is missing quotes for string variable, add them.
Fixes: 940135eea5 ("Kconfig: Move CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Dynamic memory, referenced by 'line', is allocated at imx8mimage.c:187
by calling function 'getline' and lost at imx8mimage.c:210.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Dynamic memory, referenced by 'line', is allocated at imx8image.c:270
by calling function 'getline' and lost at imx8image.c:294.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Dynamic memory, referenced by 'line', is allocated at imximage.c:761
by calling function 'getline' and lost at imximage.c:793.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
The DDR_SI_TEST config option is only relevant to the i.MX8 Capricorn
board.
Make DDR_SI_TEST depend on DDR_SI_TEST so that it does not show up
on other targets.
Signed-off-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The device tree for imxrt1050 is now
available in the /dts/upstream directory.
Migrate board to use OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Currently, booting via bootstd fails because the kernel cannot be retrieved.
The reason for this is the lack of 'kernel_addr_r'.
Pass 'kernel_addr_r' to fix booting via bootstd.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Currently, booting via bootstd fails because the kernel cannot be retrieved.
The reason for this is the lack of 'kernel_addr_r'.
Pass 'kernel_addr_r' to fix booting via bootstd.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE should be imx8mq_evk.dtb for this board
Fixes: 7050bd925f ("imx: imx8mq_evk: Switch to BOOTSTD")
Reported-by: Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Instead of doing another lookup, trivially access the struct mii_dev
embedded in struct bb_miiphy_bus . No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Instead of doing another lookup, trivially access the struct mii_dev
embedded in struct bb_miiphy_bus . No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Instead of doing another lookup, trivially access the struct mii_dev
embedded in struct bb_miiphy_bus . No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
The struct bb_miiphy_bus embeds struct struct mii_dev, which
already contains one copy of name field. Drop the duplicate
top level copy of name field.
The a38x code does static assignment of disparate names, use
snprintf(...) to fill in matching name in probe to avoid any
breakage.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Replace the name based look up in bb_miiphy_getbus() with trivial
container_of() call. This works because the struct bb_miiphy_bus
always embeds the matching struct mii_dev . This also makes the
code much simpler and more efficient.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks
currently listed in bb_miiphy_buses[] array. This is a temporary
duplication of assignment to avoid breakage, which will be removed
in follow up patches. At this point, the bb_miiphy callbacks can
reach these accessors by doing container_of() on struct mii_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks
currently listed in bb_miiphy_buses[] array. This is a temporary
duplication of assignment to avoid breakage, which will be removed
in follow up patches. At this point, the bb_miiphy callbacks can
reach these accessors by doing container_of() on struct mii_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks
currently listed in bb_miiphy_buses[] array. This is a temporary
duplication of assignment to avoid breakage, which will be removed
in follow up patches. At this point, the bb_miiphy callbacks can
reach these accessors by doing container_of() on struct mii_dev.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Allocate bb_miiphy using bb_miiphy_alloc() and fill in callbacks
currently listed in bb_miiphy_buses[] array. This is a temporary
duplication of assignment to avoid breakage, which will be removed
in follow up patches. At this point, the bb_miiphy callbacks can
reach these accessors by doing container_of() on struct mii_dev.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Introduce bb_miiphy_alloc()/bb_miiphy_free() wrappers to allocate and free
struct bb_miiphy_bus. Make struct bb_miiphy_bus wrap struct mii_dev, which
will become useful later in bb_miiphy_bus accessors, which would be able
to access struct bb_miiphy_bus using container_of, even if the PHY stack
only passes in the inner struct mii_dev .
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pull the bbmiiphy initialization code from designware_eth_probe() into
dedicated function, dw_bb_mdio_init(), just like all the other MDIO
initialization functions.
Keep check for "snps,bitbang-mii" in the designware_eth_probe(), so the
driver can initialize this MDIO only in case the property is present,
and initialize regular DW MDIO in case it is not present.
The dw_bb_mdio_init() allocates its own MDIO instance, because thus far
code gated behind "snps,bitbang-mii" did depend on allocation of MDIO bus
by the other two MDIO bus options and then rewrote the newly allocated
MDIO bus callbacks, which is wrong, instead allocate proper MDIO bus with
the correct callbacks outright.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
The .init callback is not called by any function, drop it.
There are no more users of the init callback, drop the entire
mechanism.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
All the resources needed by this .init callback should already
be available by the time probe function runs, simply call the
init callback directly and set the bb_miiphy init callback to
NULL. This shouldn't break anything on this hardware, but would
be nice if someone could double-check and test that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Move the bb_miiphy functions before MDIO registration. This is a
preparatory patch, the functions will be referenced around the MDIO
registration in the follow up patches. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Move the bb_miiphy functions before MDIO registration. This is a
preparatory patch, the functions will be referenced around the MDIO
registration in the follow up patches. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Move the bb_miiphy functions before MDIO registration. This is a
preparatory patch, the functions will be referenced around the MDIO
registration in the follow up patches. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Move the bb_miiphy functions before MDIO registration. This is a
preparatory patch, the functions will be referenced around the MDIO
registration in the follow up patches. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The init function does nothing, the bb_miiphy_init() already checks
whether the .init callback is assigned, and if not, skips calling it.
Remove the empty init function. The entire init callback will be
removed in follow up patches.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The init function does nothing, the bb_miiphy_init() already checks
whether the .init callback is assigned, and if not, skips calling it.
Remove the empty init function. The entire init callback will be
removed in follow up patches.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-snapdragon/-/pipelines/24841
The clk_stub, regulator, and pinctrl fixes enable the sdcard on the RB5
dev board (and sm8250 devices broadly). clk_stub is only enabled in
qcom_defconfig and the others are qcom specific so these shouldn't
affect other platforms.
Lastly, a small ufetch fix from Sam which gets color rendering correctly
on U-Boots framebuffer video device.
Currently, the 8-bit escapes are being used, which aren't supported by
vidconsole_escape_char. Since the current usage maps directly to the
3-bit equivalents anyway, let's use those instead.
With this change, the fetch output looks as fetching in the vidconsole
as it does over serial!
Signed-off-by: Sam Day <me@samcday.com>
Tested-by: Alexey Minnekhanov <alexeymin@postmarketos.org>
Tested-by: Ferass El Hafidi <funderscore@postmarketos.org>
The pin count wasn't updated when the special pins were added, as a
result it was never possible to configure the special pins on SM8250
boards.
Fix the pin count and allow the special pins to be configured. This
fixes sdcard support on the RB5.
Fixes: 58fa520424 ("pinctr: qcom: sm8250: add special pins pins configuration data")
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Amit Pundir <amit.pundir@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add a stub clock driver which can be used to bind clock controllers
which aren't required for the platform to boot, but which are needed for
U-Boot drivers to work.
In addition, add a NOP parent driver to allow for binding the parent
nodes of the clock.
Initially this driver supports a Qualcomm platform where the MMC driver
tries to fetch the RPM clock controller, which is not actually required
for the device to work.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This function allows updating bootloader from u-boot
on production devices without need in host PC.
Be aware! It works only with re-crypt BCT and AES
encrypted devices.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
This module is a color active matrix LCD module incorporating
Oxide TFT (Thin Film Transistor). It is composed of a color TFT-LCD
panel, driver ICs, a control circuit and power supply circuit, and
a backlight unit. Graphics and texts can be displayed on a 1536x2048
dots panel with (16,777,216) colors by using MIPI DUAL DSI interface,
supplying +3.3V DC supply voltage for TFT-LCD panel driving and
supplying DC supply voltage for LED Backlight.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add support for National Semiconductor/TI LP8550/1/2/3/5/6/7
LED Backlight. Driver is based on Linux version but is
reworked and optimised for U-Boot DM framework. Currently
only register driven backlight control is supported, PWM
driver backlight control may be added later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tegra 124 is fully compatible with existing Tegra pincontrol
driver, but it needs a specific MIPI PAD control pinconfig.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Parametrize DSI configuration by passing DC source pipe. This
should resolve possible failure if second DC is used with DSI
for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Calculate packet parameters for video mode same way it is done or
command mode, by halving timings plugged into equations.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Since pinmux driver now is available for Tegra 2, these parts may
be removed from here and defined either in device tree or in
the device board files.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Saved environments lead to inconsistencies leading to conflicts
with the default environment that U-boot should update during
development. Remove the previously saved environment so that
the default environment is always loaded.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Saved environments cause inconsistencies leading to conflicts
with the default environment that U-boot should update during
development. Remove the previously saved environment so that
the default environment is always loaded.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-socfpga/-/pipelines/24816
Please pull the SoCFPGA changes for next from u-boot-socfpga, containing
boot support for the Altera SoCFPGA Agilex 5 platform in U-Boot. The
changes include:
1. Board-specific configurations and setup required to enable Agilex 5
operation in U-Boot.
2. Integration of cache coherency unit (CCU) initialization routine,
including CCU conguration in DT.
3. Clock, firewall (configured in DT), SMMU, low level initialization
specific to Agilex 5.
4. Integration of memory initialization routine, including DDR setup.
This patch set has been tested on Agilex 5 devkit with QSPI boot
(UBI/UBIFS) and RAM boot (TFTP & ARM DS debugger).
Automatically start watchdog timer for Agilex5. This
configuration is enabled by default in the Kconfig,
hence removing this configuration from Agilex5 defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Add board_boot_order() to retrieve the list of boot devices from
spl-boot-order property in device tree. This board_boot_order()
would be used for all Intel SOC64 devices.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Introduce a new symbol in the beginning of .data section in
the common ARMv8 linker script and use that as a reference
for data save and restore.
Previously, the code would rely on calculating the start of
the .data section address via data size, however, we observed
that the data size does not really reflect the SPL mapped
addresses.
In our case, the binman_sym section size was not included in
the data size, which will result in a wrong address for the
.data start section, which prevents us from properly saving
and restoring SPL data.
This approach skips the calculation for the starting address
of the .data section, and instead just defines the beginning
address of the .data section and calling the symbol as needed,
in which we think as a simpler and much more robust method.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Allow non-secure accesses only with SMMU peripherals. This would protect
the content in DDR secure region from accidentally modified by SMMU
peripherals.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
set/way instructions "dc cisw" which is used by the "dcache flush" command
only flushing CPU data caches from L1 -> L2 -> L3 to system memory cache in
cache coherency unit, hence this patch enables data flush from system
memory cache of CCU into DDR memory.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
These firewall configure settings are needed to disable firewall on
respective hardware component so both secure and non-secure transactions
are allowed.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
These configuration settings are required to enable cache maintenance and
access between initiators and targets.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Agilex5 supports both HPS handoff data and DDR handoff data.
Existing HPS handoff functions are restructured to support both existing
devices and Agilex5 device.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Status polling is used instead of using interrupt controller for Agilex5.
Disabling GICV3 in Agilex5 target, as well as disabling GICV2 enabled by
default for all SoCFPGA devices.
All the other SoCFPGA devices uses GICV2, thus enabling GICV2 in each of
the devices.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
There are 5 L4 watchdogs and one SDM triggered warm reset bit
in Agilex5 reset manager "stat" register where bit 16:20 for L4
watchdogs. Assigning value 1 to these bits in the register address
will initiate SDM to trigger warm reset.
Introducing new warm reset mask for Agilex5 to trigger warm reset
to all five L4 watchdogs.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
PLL frequency would overshoot from the original target in
synchronous mode during low VCC voltage condition.
To resolve this issue, PLL is set to run on asynchronous mode
instead of enabling synchronous mode in the clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Hazim Izzat Zamri <muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Some customers prefer to minimize the use of external oscillators,
especially when using the FPGA first configuration mode.
By enabling the configuration of the HPS internal oscillator as
the boot_clk source instead of the default external oscillator,
(HPS_OSC_CLK) in non-secure boot scenarios, this allows them
to eliminate the need for an additional oscillator device and
a dedicated HPS pin, simplifying board layout and routing.
Signed-off-by: Tingting Meng <tingting.meng@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Agilex5 retrieves its clock manager address via probing its own clock
driver model during SPL initialization.
Therefore, excluding Agilex5 from calling generic clock driver in misc
driver.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Initial creation of new system manager driver.
Add supports for the SOCFPGA System Manager Register block which
aggregates different peripheral function into one area.
On 64 bit ARM parts, the system manager only can be accessed during
EL3 mode, this driver model provide user the high level access
to system register and abstract user from low level access.
The base address of system manager can be retrieved
using DT framework through the System Manager driver.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@altera.com>
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@altera.com>
For eMMC v4 and newer that is smaller than 2 GiB, the JEDEC JESD84-B51
section 6.2.4 Configure partitions indicates that EXT_CSD SEC_COUNT
should not be used to determine device size, and instead device size
should be calculated from C_SIZE and C_SIZE_MULT.
This is not exactly accurate, the 2 GiB limit is not a hard line,
there are eMMC devices which are smaller than 2 GiB and still
require device size to be determined from EXT_CSD SEC_COUNT. The
hard line is instead OCR HCS bit, which indicates whether the device
is byte or sector addressed, the former applies to most devices
below 2 GiB, and the later applies mostly to devices above 2 GiB.
However, there are a couple of devices which are smaller than 2 GiB
and still set the OCR HCS bit to indicate they are sector addressed,
and therefore the size calculation for those devices should also
use EXT_CSD SEC_COUNT . Use mmc->high_capacity flag to discern the
devices instead of arbitrary 2 GiB limit. The mmc->high_capacity flag
reflects the OCR HCS bit state.
Fixes: 639b7827d1 ("mmc: fix the condition for MMC version 4")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
This reverts commit c8750efe02, reversing
changes made to 8c6cf8aeea.
Unfortunately these changes do not build on macOS hosts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The length of buffers used to read inode tables, directory tables, and
reading a file are calculated as: number of blocks * block size, and
such plain multiplication is prone to overflowing (thus unsafe).
Replace it by __builtin_mul_overflow, i.e. safe math.
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <joaomarcos.costa@bootlin.com>
Branch contains bringup of Acer Iconia Tab A500 (codename picasso), a
Tegra 2 Android device with decent Linux kernel support. Ondevice tests
and U-Boot test suit all passed.
Recent versions of this module call time.perf_counter() so add a patch
for this also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This merges a set of patches from myself and Simon Glass to resolve
various problems that the current version of pylint will report with our
codebase. After the problems are fixed, we update to the now current
version which is 3.3.4.
Memory region used by remote cores was set to non-cached region but
commit 7c9c6e1925 ("arm: mach-k3: Merge initial memory maps") makes
all memory region as cached, unified across K3 devices.
This causes inconsistency while booting remote cores on devices, due to
cache incoherency between remote core and boot code.
So to make this operation coherent, cache the address and len while
loading ELF program headers to memory and flush that region in the next
cycle of load.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Defining CONFIG_MT8512 is unnecessary as now board for mediatek
target can be changed in config.
Use CONFIG_TARGET_MT8512 to replace CONFIG_MT8512.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Not all MediaTek platforms needs u-boot-mtk.bin.
This patch will let u-boot generates u-boot-mtk.bin only if
CONFIG_MTK_BROM_HEADER_INFO is not empty.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Use preload_check_sign to authenticate the generated image when testing the
preload signature in testPreLoad().
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
pre-load related config options are enabled to have support of it in host
tools.
'CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE=y' is being automatically removed since it is
selected by CONFIG_IMAGE_PRE_LOAD_SIG.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
preload_check_sign is added so that it can be used to authenticate images
signed with the pre-load signature supported by binman and U-Boot.
It could also be used to test the signature in binman tests signing
images with the pre-load.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Add an empty inline declaration when compiling tools for a host where
unmap_sysmem() is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
rsa_verify_openssl() is used in lib/rsa/rsa-verify.c to authenticate data
when building host tools.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
This newer pylint produces errors about variables possibly being used
before being set. Adjust the code to pass these checks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With a newer pylint, we get a warning that 'br' could be used before
assignment. Fix this by declaring br first as an empty bytearray.
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With a newer pylint we get a warning about how offset could be used
before assigned. This is because when the underlying filesystem wasn't
one that is supported we would have runtime test failures. Address this
by raise'ing an Exception if fs is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With a newer pylint version we get a warning about how mounted_test_fn
could be used before assignment. Evaluating the code, this can't happen
because we check for "not have_writable_fs_partition" and return before
moving to the part of the tests which use mounted_test_fn. However, we
should instead have this written so that we only try this part of the
test if have_writable_fs_partition is set, and this also fixes the
warning. As part of this we also move test_f and mounted_test_fn to the
section of code that already only does this if
have_writable_fs_partition is set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When running a newer version of pylint it will complain that page_size
may be used before being assignment. Looking deeper what is going on is
that we could run in to the case where the regex we run for any of the
flash information fails but since we don't have a result, we don't check
it either. In the case of the rest of the numerical values we then have
some assignment (multiplying by some value) and so pylint doesn't
complain. Rework things to assert that each regex has a result and so
failure will stop the test and we won't have any use before assignment.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As AM57x uses overlays for display and camera interfaces, add support to
load DT overlay files to MMC boot.
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
TI AM57x boards use a custom (though family common to TI boards) mechanism
for booting Linux. Add support to enable custom MMC boot as a default
option along with the distroboot approach.
Also, add supporting mmc boot environment variables which shall be used for
custom MMC boot
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Kernel commit 837833a724 ("environment: ti: Add get_fit_config command
to get FIT config string") introduced "get_fit_config" in ti_armv7_common.h
to mangle the fdtfile name when used to select a config node from the OE
made FIT image. However, the ti_armv7_common.h is common for both K3 and
AM57xx platforms. AM57xx platforms' fdtfile name does not have '/' and
"conf-" prefix so the setexpr command fails and boot hangs.
Override the get_fit_config in AM57x specific config header to get the
correct FIT config name.
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Increase the maximum Image size from 23 MB to 26 MB by moving the
initramfs start address up. This gives us a bigger ranger to
provide kernel images which are not stripped down too much.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Increase the maximum Image size from 23 MB to 26 MB by moving the
initramfs start address up. This gives us a bigger ranger to
provide kernel images which are not stripped down too much.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Enable ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH to read the environment from the SPI
flash when booting from it. The oftree, kernel and ramdisk sizes
are located in this environment and therefore required to boot
an initramfs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Enable ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH to read the environment from the SPI
flash when booting from it. The oftree, kernel and ramdisk sizes
are located in this environment and therefore required to boot
an initramfs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The USB0 instance of USB on AM62 SoC when configured to operate in the
Gadget mode of operation can be used to mount an MMC/SD card on the USB
Host. Hence, enable support for the USB Mass Storage (ums) command.
Since this config fragment corresponds to USB DFU functionality which
configures the USB Controller in Gadget mode of operation, other SoCs
which include this fragment for DFU functionality can make use of the
USB MASS Storage functionality as well.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The USB0 instance of USB on J722S SoC is a Designware USB Controller with
the same glue layer (wrapper) as AM62 SoC. In order to support USB DFU boot
and USB DFU flash with USB0, enable the corresponding glue layer driver.
While at it, sync with savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The config fragment "am62x_a53_usbdfu.config" which adds USB DFU support
for AM62x SoC is applicable to the AM62Px SoC as well. Hence, include it
in "am62px_evm_a53_defconfig" in order to enable support for USB DFU
flash and boot. Remove those configs from "am62px_evm_a53_defconfig" which
are present in the "am62x_a53_usbdfu.config" config fragment that is being
included.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Disable configs which are not required for USB DFU functionality, in
order to allow reusing this fragment for AM62Px SoC.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Include the TI K3 DFU environment to support DFU Boot and DFU Flash.
Also add "usb" to the list of "boot_targets". While at it, add a newline
at the end of the file.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
The config fragment "am62x_a53_usbdfu.config" which adds USB DFU support
for AM62x SoC is applicable to the AM62Ax SoC as well. Hence, include it
in "am62ax_evm_a53_defconfig" in order to enable support for USB DFU flash
and boot.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
CI:
* https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/24709
UEFI:
* create a parent device for all EFI block devices
* move lmb_map_update_notify() to EFI
* make efi_add_memory_map_pg() static
* remove comparisons to string literals from runtime
* ix potential deref-after-null
Other:
* avoid superfluous value check in lmb_map_update_notify()
* support more efi protocols in uuid_guid_get_str()
When building with qemu_arm64_defconfig with CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_DEBUG=y
and CONFIG_EFI_LOADER=n an error undefined reference to efi_add_memory_map_pg
occurs.
Move the EFI dependent part of lmb_map_update_notify() to the EFI
sub-system.
Reported-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
Acked-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Instead of testing the value of parameter op at runtime use an enum to
ensure that only valid values are used.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Up to now root has been the parent device for all block devices created via
calling ConnectController(). This does not work well together with the
implementation of bootstd.
Add a dummy parent device for all EFI block devices.
With this change EFI block devices are also accessible via commands like
'cat', 'load', and 'ls'.
=> dm tree
Class Seq Probed Driver Name
-----------------------------------------------------------
efi 0 [ + ] EFI block driver `-- efi
blk 3 [ + ] efi_blk `-- efi.efiblk#0
partition 0 [ + ] blk_partition `-- efi.efiblk#0:1
=> ls efiloader 0:1
13 hello.txt
7 u-boot.txt
2 file(s), 0 dir(s)
=> cat efiloader 0:1 hello.txt
Hello world!
=> efidebug dh
0000000018df1700 (efi.efiblk#0:1)
/VenHw(dbca4c98-6cb0-694d-0872-819c650cb7b8)/HD(1,MBR,0xd1535d21,0x1,0x7f)
Block IO
Simple File System
Adjust the event dump unit test to consider the new event spy.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For EFI runtime services, we manage to preserve string literals
by placing the .efi_runtime section just before .data and preserving
it when marking the runtime memory by marking surrounding boottime
code as runtime. This is ok for now but will break if we update any
linker scripts and decouple .text and .runtime sections.
So let's define the strings we used to compare in the appropriate
section for runtime services
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
After having been compared to a NULL value at efi_disk.c:426,
pointer 'part_info' is dereferenced at efi_disk.c:534.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add more EFI protocols GUIDs to the translation table used by
uuid_guid_get_str().
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use LwIP network stack and enable wget HTTP command. The tftpput command
is not currently supported by LwIP network stack so remove it.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Update the maintainer file and mark jh7110 / visionfive2 related files
with N: patterns.
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Variable $fdtfile needs to be set for automatically loading a device-tree
from the ESP or boot partition.
* Set CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE in the defconfig.
* Add $fdtfile to the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
In previous commit, incoming standard passage is used by default
when initializing the bloblist, so explicitly BLOBLIST_PASSAGE is
no more needed.
Rename it as BLOBLIST_PASSAGE_MANDATORY to determine the behaviors
when an incoming transfer list does not exist or is invalid.
When it is selected, incoming standard passage is mandatory and
U-Boot will report an error when a valid incoming transfer list is
missing.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Refactor the xferlist to remove the relocating when bloblist passed
from the boot args.
Refactor bloblist init to use incoming standard passage by default
if a valid transfer list exists in the boot args.
For bloblist relocation, use the actual total size if it has a smaller
BLOBLIST_SIZE_RELOC.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
BootROM leave GPIO4_D6 configured as SDMMC_PWREN function and DW MCI
driver set PRWEN high on MMC_POWER_UP and low on MMC_POWER_OFF.
Similarly U-Boot also set PRWEN high before accessing mmc.
However, HW revision prior to v1.2 must pull GPIO4_D6 low to access
sdmmc. For HW revision v1.2 the state of GPIO4_D6 has no impact.
Model an always-on active low fixed regulator using GPIO4_D6 to fix
use of sdmmc on older HW revisions of the board.
Fixes: adeb5d2a4ba4 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: Add Radxa ROCK S0")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241119230838.4137130-1-jonas@kwiboo.se
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 26c100232b09ced0857306ac9831a4fa9c9aa231 ]
(cherry picked from commit ca8e0bedbc790b19b11efc223677d178b8eeb74e)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
When rgmii-rxid/txid/id phy-mode is used the MAC should not add RX
and/or TX delay. Currently RX/TX delay is configured as enabled using
zero as delay value for the rgmii-rxid/txid/id modes.
Change to disable RX and/or TX delay and using zero as delay value.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When rgmii-rxid/txid/id phy-mode is used the MAC should not add RX
and/or TX delay. Currently RX/TX delay is configured as enabled using
zero as delay value for the rgmii-rxid/txid/id modes.
Change to disable RX and/or TX delay and using zero as delay value.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The pinmux bits for GPIO2-B0 to GPIO2-B6 actually have 2 bits width,
correct the bank flag for GPIO2-B. The pinmux bits for GPIO2-B7 is
recalculated so it remain unchanged. Add missing GPIO3-B1 to GPIO3-B7
pinmux data to rk3328_mux_recalced_data as mux register offset for these
pins does not follow rockchip convention.
This matches changes in following Linux commits:
- e8448a6c817c ("pinctrl: rockchip: fix pinmux bits for RK3328 GPIO2-B pins")
- 5ef6914e0bf5 ("pinctrl: rockchip: fix pinmux bits for RK3328 GPIO3-B pins")
- 128f71fe014f ("pinctrl: rockchip: correct RK3328 iomux width flag for GPIO2-B pins")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
clock/rk3288-cru.h in include/dt-bindings is almost identical to the
version in dts/upstream, remove the copy from include/dt-bindings to
only use the version from dts/upstream.
One clk, SCLK_MAC_PLL, is not part of the upstream bindings, this clk is
not used by upstream, in-tree or vendor DTs and can safely be dropped.
No functional change to board DTs is intended with this removal.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree for rk3036 combined is now
available in the /dts/upstream directory.
Use imply OF_UPSTREAM to migrate all rk3036 boards.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Most Rockchip SoCs use 0x0 as DRAM base address, however some SoCs use
0x60000000 and RK3576 use 0x40000000 as DRAM base address.
CFG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE is defined with correct address for each SoC and
U-Boot proper use this to set correct gd->ram_base in setup_dest_addr().
SPL never assign any value to gd->ram_base and instead use the default,
0x0. Set correct gd->ram_base in dram_init() to ensure its correctness
in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
U-Boot only works correctly when it uses RAM below the 4G address
boundary on Rockchip SoCs. Limit usable gd->ram_top to max 4G.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Allow the first bank to extend beyond 4 GiB when the blob of space for
peripheral is located before start of DRAM, e.g. when start of DRAM
is 0x40000000 and continue beyond the 4 GiB mark.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the GRF header file, some instances of UART2 pinmux are prefixed with
"GRF_UART2DBG" while others have "GRF_UART2DGB".
Since UART2 is the default console UART and used for debugging, it is
more likely the name should be UART2DBG.
Fix the ones that are wrong.
Fixes: a2c08df381 ("pinctrl: add driver for rk3399")
Fixes: fa72de1045 ("rockchip: arm64: rk3399: move grf register definitions to grf_rk3399.h")
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
These power rails must be on very early for the U-Boos TPL banner to be
show over debug UART.
This reverts commit 4576e65a5d.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The PP1500 and PP3000 power rails must be on very early for the U-Boot
TPL banner to be shown on debug UART.
Enable TPL_GPIO Kconfig option for bob and kevin to allow use of
spl_gpio.h functions in TPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
These power rails must be on very early for the U-Boos SPL banner to be
show over debug UART.
This reverts commit af518a1dfe.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the dram_init_banksize function to the board file to properly set
DRAM memory sizes during boot.
The commit bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a
common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled") relocated the
dram_init_banksize function from architecture specific initialization to
the TI board initialization code. As a result, boards relying on the
previous setup now require this function to be defined within their
board file to handle DRAM sizing correctly.
Without this function defined the following error appears during boot:
ERROR: Failed to allocate 0x1000 bytes below 0x0.
Fixes: bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
The PCS exists only in GMAC1 and relates to SGMII interface and
is used to control the SGMII PHY.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
[trini: Adjust slightly for white space and to move 'start' to within if
block]
Add the dram_init_banksize function to the board file to properly set
DRAM memory sizes during boot.
The commit bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a
common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled") relocated the
dram_init_banksize function from architecture specific initialization to
the TI board initialization code. As a result, boards relying on the
previous setup now require this function to be defined within their
board file to handle DRAM sizing correctly.
Without this function defined the following error appears during boot:
ERROR: Failed to allocate 0x1000 bytes below 0x0.
Fixes: bc07851897 ("board: ti: Pull redundant DDR functions to a common location and Fixup DDR size when ECC is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Add a new event which handles this function refer to commit
("91caa3bb89b1 event: Use an event to replace last_stage_init()")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chang <zhang971090220@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Return value of a function 'strtok_r' is dereferenced at kwbimage.c:1655
without checking for NULL, but it is usually checked for this function.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
When performing a build consisting of only a defconfig target and then
this tool, we were missing two dependencies. Add them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The PRNG implementing the random() function only has 2^31 states and
therefore is unsafe to use for cryptography. Use arc4random() instead.
Fixes: cc34f04efd ("tools: image-host.c: use random instead of rand")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 312953 Calling risky function
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
As per TRM[0] Section 8.7.1 "TPS6594-Q1 Registers", LDOx_Vout
bit 6-1, define the NVM voltage settings.
Along side table 8-4 of above TRM, shows voltage to value mapping.
Driver wrongly using bits 5-1 to calculate voltage, and to convert
voltage to value driver was using buck's calculation.
So fix those calculation.
[0]: https://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/tps6594-q1.pdf
Fixes: 5d7dbd22cf ("power: regulator: tps65941: use function callbacks for conversion ops")
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The struct contains an iomem pointer that we later remap and update.
Remove const from the struct definition.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2025.07 cycle:
This feature set includes improvements on the atmel-quadspi driver, a
fix for the nand driver, and improvements on the pinctrl driver to be
able to use the Linux DT (also sync on the DT side as well).
When adding the symlink for the conf file so qemu_arm64_lwip uses
qemu_arm64 configuration information, the symlink for the boardenv file
was missed in Gitlab (but not Azure). Add that in now.
Fixes: fd10d156db ("CI: add qemu_arm64_lwip to the test matrix")
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Acer Iconia A500 is a tablet computer designed, developed and
marketed by Acer Inc. It is powered by 1 GHz Nvidia Tegra 2 processor
and 1GB DDR2 RAM. The A500 is sold with 64 GB, although both 16 GB
and 32 GB models are available.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add empty weak assembler function armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() which is
jumped to just before U-Boot determines which EL it is running in and
decides which path to take to boot the Linux kernel. Add
IH_TYPE_TFA_BL31 into supported images type, to allow implementation of
board specific U_BOOT_FIT_LOADABLE_HANDLER(IH_TYPE_TFA_BL31, ...) TFA
BL31 loadable handler for fitImages.
This PR contains common hooks which are noop, R-Car Gen4 board specific
implementation using these hooks is coming in next PR.
Add support for starting TFA from U-Boot running in EL3 as part of
fitImage boot, so the user can start U-Boot in the highest privilege
level on the platform, bundle TFA, Linux, DT into a single fitImage
and boot such a bundle as a whole.
There are two main benefits of this approach. First is the ability
to run U-Boot in EL3, where it has unrestricted access to the entire
system and can act as a useful debug tool, as it was always intended
to be used. Second is the ability to easily and safely update of any
component in the fitImage, be it TFA, Linux or DT.
The boot process is similar to regular Linux with DT fitImage boot
process, except the TFA has to be bundled into the fitImage. For the
bundling instructions, see below. The TFA is started as a 'loadables'
with custom U_BOOT_FIT_LOADABLE_HANDLER and armv8_switch_to_el2_prep()
handling implemented in board code, and performing the handoff and
boot in case the TFA was loaded.
The loadables handler is optional and meant to set up any sort of
handoff structures used by the TFA BL31 or perform any other setup
that is needed by the blob. The custom armv8_switch_to_el2_prep()
has to implement the jump to TFA BL31 with return to U-Boot just
before booting the Linux kernel.
Example fitImage image and configuration section:
/dts-v1/;
/ {
description = "Linux kernel with FDT blob and TFA BL31";
images {
kernel-1 { ... };
fdt-1 { ... };
atf-1 { /* This is the TFA BL31 image */
description = "TFA BL31";
data = /incbin/("../build/plat/release/bl31.bin");
type = "tfa-bl31";
arch = "arm64";
os = "arm-trusted-firmware";
compression = "none";
load = <0x46400000>;
entry = <0x46400000>;
};
};
configurations {
default = "conf-1";
conf-1 {
description = "Boot Linux";
kernel = "kernel-1";
fdt = "fdt-1";
loadables = "atf-1"; /* This is the TFA BL31 loadable */
};
};
};
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add empty weak assembler function armv8_switch_to_el2_prep() which is
jumped to just before U-Boot determines which EL it is running in and
decides which path to take to boot the Linux kernel.
This weak function is meant to be used by architecture specific code
to implement jump to a firmware blob, which then returns right past
this weak function and continues execution of U-Boot code which then
boots the Linux kernel. One example of such use case is when U-Boot
jump tp TFA BL31, which switches from EL3 to EL2 and then returns to
U-Boot code newly running in EL2 and starts the Linux kernel.
The weak function is called with caches already disabled and DM shut
down. Any preparatory work or even loading of more data must be done
in board_prep_linux(), this hook is meant only for the final jump to
the firmware and return to U-Boot before booting Linux.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
When 3-wire mode is claimed on the bus, use the MOSI (output) pin to
receive data. In this mode, since the transfer can only be either TX
or RX, return -EINVAL if both are required at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Hironori KIKUCHI <kikuchan98@gmail.com>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
A challenge we've run in to is making it easier for more people to use
various python tools that we include in the tree. Part of the problem is
that when we have a requirements.txt file, aside from the doc one we
share with the kernel, I created it using "pip freeze". And while this
might have been a best (or at least OK) practice at the time, that's no
longer the case and is why our files have so many things in them. What
this series does is create multiple files, one per project/tool and then
has CI install them as needed. There's a few places here where this
means that we update the requirements as well, but we keep a few big
things where they are currently. This is because updating them
introduces problems of their own and delaing with that would best be a
follow up series. I've put this through GitLab and Azure to make sure
everything is still going fine on both platforms.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250205000743.949790-1-trini@konsulko.com
Now that we have more requirements.txt files we need to grab all of them
for creating our cache. Also, we do longer should install
python3-pyelftools on the host as it's not used.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use the "pipreqs" tool to re-create these files, with a few manual
corrections. We still need to include pytest-xdist which the tool does
not detect. We also for now don't upgrade most of the required tools as
that creates problems with various tests, which should be resolved
independently.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We can invoke pip once to install the various requirements.txt files
that we need rather than invoking the tool multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We should install all of our requirements.txt files after starting the
virtualenv rather than ad-hoc throughout each test.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Before we invoke pip we should always have first created and started our
virtualenv. This was done most of the time, but not always.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than have a requirements.txt file that's shared between multiple
python projects within U-Boot, create one for each using "pipreqs".
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The CPSW3G instance of CPSW on AM62PX SoC provides Ethernet functionality.
Currently, Ethernet is supported on Linux which runs on the A53 core on the
SoC, by allocating all of the DMA resources associated with CPSW to A53_2.
In order to enable use-cases where the Ethernet traffic is sent from or
consumed by various CPU cores on the SoC simultaneously, while at the
same time, maintaining backward compatibility with the existing use-case
of A53 being the sole entity that exchanges traffic with CPSW via DMA,
update the DMA resource sharing scheme on AM62PX SoC to the following:
--------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------
Resource WKUP_R5 MCU_R5 A53_2
--------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------
TX Channels [8] => 4 (Primary) 4 (Primary) 8 (Secondary)
TX Rings [64] => 32 (Primary) 32 (Primary) 64 (Secondary)
RX Channels [1] => 1 (Primary) 0 1 (Secondary)
RX Flows [16] => 6 (Primary) 10 (Primary) 16 (Secondary)
In the absence of primary owners of resources (existing use-case
where A53 owns all of the CPSW DMA resources), the secondary owner
can claim all of the resources as its own. For shared use-cases,
the resources that are not claimed by the primary are communicated
to the secondary owner allowing it to claim them. This ensures that
Linux on A53_2 can continue claiming all DMA resources associated
with CPSW in the absence of primary owners, while at the same time
providing users the flexibility to share CPSW DMA resources across
various CPU cores listed above if needed.
While Linux has been mentioned as the Operating System running
on A53, there is no dependency between the Operating System
running on A53 and its ability to claim the CPSW DMA resources
listed above.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com> says:
Some K3 devices like am62x and am64x have a M4 processor in the MCU
voltage domain. This patch series introduces remoteproc M4 driver which
will be used to load firmware into and start the M4 remote core.
This series also adds support for R5F cores on am64x SoCs in patch 2 and
sets up environment to load FW in remote cores in patch 3,4,5.
This patch series also enables remoteproc drivers by default as per what
remoteproc sybsystem is supported per SoC, thus all remoteproc options
are now deleted in configs/* since they are no longer required.
This patch series was tested on am64x EVM, am62x SK, am62ax SK,
am62px SK boards.
Any additional tested by's are welcome since I was not able to
test any additional boards.
Tested by running the following commands in u-boot prompt:
=> setenv dorprocboot 1
=> run boot_rprocs
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250210202944.1071931-1-jm@ti.com
Now that remoteproc configs are enabled by default in Kconfig
files, remove these configs which are no longer needed to be
defined here in configs/.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add remoteproc config options to enable remoteproc drivers by
default as per what remotproc subsystem is supported on each
SoC.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Enable CMD_REMOTEPROC by default if building for K3 ARCH so
that it does not have to be defined in each board defconfig
file.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
If building for v7R and K3 architecture, enable SPL
remoteproc so that it does not have to be defined in each
board defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
If SYS_K3_SPL_ATF is enabled, for K3 ARCH enable the
remoteproc ARM64 driver by default so that it does not
have to be defined in each board defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add remoteproc specific env support for am62px device. If the
remoteproc CMD is defined, include the K3 remoteproc environment.
Also define rproc_fw_binaries which holds a list of remoteproc FW
binaries for u-boot loading of remote cores.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add remoteproc specific env support for am62x device. If the
remoteproc CMD is defined, include the K3 remoteproc environment.
Also define rproc_fw_binaries which holds a list of remoteproc FW
binaries for u-boot loading of remote cores.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add remoteproc specific env support for am64x device. If the
remoteproc CMD is defined, include the K3 remoteproc environment.
Also define rproc_fw_binaries which holds a list of remoteproc FW
binaries for u-boot loading of remote cores.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
AM64x SoCs have two R5F clusters in the main power domain.
Extend support for R5F remote proc driver on AM64x with compatible
strings.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Some K3 devices like AM64, AM62 devices have a M4 processor in MCU
voltage domain.
Add a remote proc driver to support this subsystem to be able to load
and boot the M4 core.
Signed-off-by: Hari Nagalla <hnagalla@ti.com>
[Ryan: Fix implicitly include warning]
Signed-off-by: Ryan Eatmon <reatmon@ti.com>
[Judith: Cleanup driver, fix warnings, remove lreset logic]
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Add CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALTBOOTCMD so the developer is able to add
custom altbootcmd via Kconfig when they enable BOOTCOUNT. With this now
in Kconfig, we need to move it from environment files / config.h files
and in to the defconfig file.
This was done by generating u-boot-initial-env for all platforms before
the Kconfig change, to extract altbootcmd values and then again after to
compare the result.
[trini: Perform migration to defconfigs, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series completes the removal of test commands for suites. With this
it is possible to declare a suite (including init and uninit functions)
without needing to write a command.
It also adds timing for test suites, so we can keep track of how long
things take.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20250207183121.117663-1-sjg@chromium.org/
When we squash imported mbedtls, the git submodule "framework" was
preserved in the commit. However, U-Boot itself does not use git
submodule, and provides no .gitmodules file to specify the submodule
repository.
This is normally not an issue when cloning U-Boot repository. However,
when U-Boot is imported as a submodule, this will break git option
`--recurse-submodules` as it fails to resolve "framework".
As we do not use the submodule, remove it to unbreak existing workflows.
Fixes: 12f1212e95 ("Merge commit '0344c602eadc0802776b65ff90f0a02c856cf53c' as 'lib/mbedtls/external/mbedtls'")
Signed-off-by: ZHANG Yuntian <yt@radxa.com>
PCBID1 seems to be high not only on TF600T, but on TF700T as well,
that caused boot failure for TF700T. Switching PCBID1 to PCBID7
should fix this issue.
Co-developed-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Implement library function strnstr().
Implement strstr() using strnstr().
Sort the includes.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
[jf: replace <stdint.h> by <limits.h>, folded from next patch]
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Find_option() is used to retrieve the block size value in an option
acknowledgment in response to a request containing a block size option
according to RFC2348.
The format of an OACK response is described in RFC2347 as
+-------+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+
| opc | opt1 | 0 | value1 | 0 | optN | 0 | valueN | 0 |
+-------+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+---~~---+---+
The current implementation of find_option() only works if
* blksize is the first option
* lwip_strnstr() ignores the length parameter,
i.e. is implemented via strstr()
The OACK messages starts with 0x00 0x06. If 'blksize' is the first option,
strstr() reports a match when the first parameter points to 0x06. Adding
the string length of 'blksize' plus 2 to the location of the 0x06 byte
points to the value.
Find_option() would report a match for option 'blksize' if the response
contained an option called 'foo_blksize_bar'. In this case find_option()
would return 'bar' as the value string.
If 'blksize' were the second option, find_option() would return a pointer
to the second character of the value string.
Furthermore find_option() does not detect if the value string is NUL
terminated. This may lead to a buffer overrun.
Provide an implementation that correctly steps from option to option.
Fixes: 27d7ccda94 ("net: lwip: tftp: add support of blksize option to client")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> (qemu_arm64_lwip)
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Move the initialization of the ethernet devices out of the new_netif()
function. Indeed, new_netif() accepts a struct device argument, which
is expected to be valid and active. The activation and selection of
this device are achieved by eth_init() (on first time the network
stack is used) and eth_set_current(). This is what takes care of the
ethrotate and ethact environment variables. Therefore, move these calls
to a new function: net_lwip_set_current(), and use it whenever a
net-lwip command is run.
This patch hopefully fixes the incorrect net-lwip behavior observed on
boards with multiple ethernet interfaces [1].
Tested on an i.MX8MPlus EVK equipped wih two ethernet ports. The dhcp
command succeeds whether the cable is plugged into the first or second
port.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2025-January/576326.html
Reported-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Tested-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
From reading the S34ML02G1 and the SAM9X60 datasheets again, it seems
like we have to wait tREA after rising RE# before sampling the data.
Thus pulse time must be at least tREA.
Without this fix we got PMECC errors when reading, after switching to
ONFI timing mode 3 on SAM9X60 SoC with S34ML02G1 raw NAND flash chip.
The approach to set timings used before worked on sam9g20 and sama5d2
with the same flash (S34ML02G1), probably because those have a slower
mck clock rate and thus the resolution of the timings setup is not as
tight as with sam9x60.
The approach to fix the issue was carried over from at91bootstrap, and
has been successfully tested in at91bootstrap, U-Boot and Linux.
Link: https://github.com/linux4sam/at91bootstrap/issues/174
Cc: Li Bin <bin.li@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
PLLD2 is a simple clock (controlled by 2 registers) and appears starting
from T30. Primary use of PLLD2 is as main HDMI clock parent.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
PLLD2 is a simple clock (controlled by 2 registers) and appears starting
from T30. Primary use of PLLD2 is as main HDMI clock parent.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Pin detection on t20 depends on node name. With recent changes
in node naming, let's remove '_' to be safe about both '_' or
'-' use.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Bind SYSRESET child to parent node since it does not have
its own node in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Bind GPIO and SYSRESET children to parent node since they
do not have their own nodes in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Requesting of PMIC's GPIO child should be done by binding
GPIO driver to PMIC's node is GPIO driver does not have
its own node.
This reverts commit c03cd98d1a.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The GPIO banks are added as sub nodes or child nodes under the
pinctrl node (as per Linux ABI) and the reg property which points
to an array of controllers physical base address is removed
to align with the Linux devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Charan Pedumuru <charan.pedumuru@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
U-Boot pinctrl driver expects a reg property explicitly unlike linux.
To align the DT of U-boot with the Linux, reg property is also arrvied
from child GPIO bank nodes when configured under the pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
In Linux DT,the pinctrl node acts as parent nodes with all other
gpio banks as child nodes and a single driver in Linux handles both
pinctrl settings and gpio requests.Current U-Boot DT maintains both
pinctrl and gpio nodes as separate nodes and offers two different class
of U-Boot drivers: UCLASS_PINCTRL which handles pin functions and
UCLASS_GPIO which handles gpio requests. In order to align the DT
of U-Boot with the DT of Linux, a hook is been added in the pinctrl
driver to bind the gpio driver with the pinctrl driver so that
when adding gpio nodes as subnodes to pinctrl node (as per the Linux ABI),
the corresponding APIs will be redirected and handled by valid
drivers attached to the pinctrl driver.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Add the missing properties for the pinctrl node and for its
corresponding GPIO bank nodes to align with the Linux DT.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
Move pinmux nodes defined under the pinctrl node from sam9x60 SoC
DT to its board specific DTS files.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
Define the pinctrl nodes with its label to align with the Linux DT.
Without this change the pinmux nodes are grouped under an additional
'pinctrl' child node which is not identified by the pinctrl driver
when the GPIO banks are made as child nodes of pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar <balamanikandan.gunasundar@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
Add Advanced Interrupt Controller node and define it as interrupt
parent in sam9x60 SoC DT.
Signed-off-by: Manikandan Muralidharan <manikandan.m@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@linaro.org>
The qspi controller on sama5d2 and sam9x60 supports "classic" SPI mode
without spi-mem enhancements and accelerations, very similar to the old
SPI controller on sam9g20 or the modern flexcom controllers of the same
SoC family.
Register interface differs somewhat, especially because only one
hardware controlled CS line is supported. Some fields are missing, some
are in different registers, but in principal it works similar. So code
is very much inspired by the old atmel-spi driver.
Tested on sam9x60 with a non-mainline driver to configure an FPGA.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Switching between Serial Memory Mode (SMM) and (classic) SPI mode is a
preparation for implementing .xfer() in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
The Serial Memory Mode (SMM) is enabled with atmel_qspi_set_cfg() on
each invocation of atmel_qspi_exec_op(). Setting SMM through
atmel_qspi_init() at probe time is redundant.
Removing the SMM setting at probe time should therefore 1) be safe to do
and 2) allows for setting it to a different value in a future
implementation of .xfer() which needs to disable SMM.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Port these commits:
- v6.11-rc5-90-g329ca3eed4a9a ("spi: atmel-quadspi: Avoid overwriting delay register settings")
- v6.12-rc1-1-g162d9b5d2308c ("spi: atmel-quadspi: Fix wrong register value written to MR").
- v6.13-rc2-27-gf663898d047a7 ("spi: atmel-quadspi: Factor out switching to Serial Memory Mode to function")
Cc: Csókás Bence <csokas.bence@prolan.hu>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Port changes from a 4 piece patch series from Linux kernel v5.10, merged
with v5.10-rc1-83-gc732b7567d869 ("Merge series "spi: atmel-quadspi: Fix
AHB memory accesses" from Tudor Ambarus …").
Port the single fix v5.15-rc1-14-g09134c5322df9 ("spi: Fixed division by
zero warning").
Reduces differences between linux and u-boot driver.
Cc: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Cc: Yoshitaka Ikeda <ikeda@nskint.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Most other spi-mem drivers also depend on SPI_MEM. Fixes this build
error:
arm-v5te-linux-gnueabi-ld.bfd: drivers/spi/atmel-quadspi.o: in function `atmel_qspi_supports_op':
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/spi/atmel-quadspi.c:460: undefined reference to `spi_mem_default_supports_op'
make[1]: *** [/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/Makefile:1821: u-boot] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is inside of an 'if DM_SPI' block, and thus always true.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present the 'ut' command handles its flags in a strange way, in that
they must come after the subcommand.
So, we must use 'ut bloblist -r2' to run the bloblist tests twice. This
is an artefact of the way tests were run, through subcommands.
It is now possible to correct this, by doing flag-processing before
running the suite.
Update the code to handle this, so that 'ut -r2 bloblist' works. Update
the 'test_suite' test to check the new arguments.
Add a sanity-check for -I while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the logic from this function into run_suite(), on the way to having
flag parsing in the top-level 'ut' command instead of its children.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enhance the ut command to accept a comma-separated list of test suites
to run. Report the summary information for these at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that everything is using the new test-suite features, drop support
for running commands.
Fix a missing closing-bracket while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tests run three different checks on the nodes, but the logic is
currently all in one tests.
Split the code out into three different tests, which do different setup
and then run the same checks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having an init function and then running the tests, create a
test-init function to do it. This will allow us to get rid of the
command function.
Fix the comment abotu 'environment' while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having an init function and then running the tests, create a
test-init function to do it. This will allow us to get rid of the
command function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having an init function and then running the tests, create a
test-init function to do it. This will allow us to get rid of the
command function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the helpers provided for this purpose, rather than different ones in
this particular test.
Leave fdt_getprop_str() alone as it seems to have more value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the init code into a separate function since it is quite large.
Adjust it to use unit-test functions which have become available since
the test was written.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than having this condition defined separately for each suite,
bracket all options with 'if UNIT_TEST'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some suites need things to be set up before they can run. Add a way to
declare an init function using the UNIT_TEST_INIT() macro. The init
function is just like any other test, but is always placed first so that
it runs before all the other test functions in the suite.
Add an uninit function as well, to clean up after the test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When tests are all in the same suite it is annoying to have to read all
the common text after each name. Skip this to help the user.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Show the average duration of a test, so we can keep track of how it is
trending. Report the suite with the longest average test to encourage
people to improve it.
Add a function to update the stats based on the results from a single
suite and another to show the summary information.
Make this optional, since sandbox's SPL tests do not have a timer driver
and people may want to print results without times.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Show the time taken by each test suite with 'ut all' and the total time
for all suites.
Take care to remove any sandbox time-offset from the values.
Fix the comment-format on timer_test_add_offset() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All tests should belong to a suite, but if there is a suite we don't
know about (e.g. not added to cmd_ut.c) then the totals will not add up.
Add a check for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test does not appear to use sandbox's memory-mapped I/O so there is
no need to enable it.
Even if there were a need, it should be disabled at the end of the test,
so as not to affect other tests.
Drop these lines from the test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com> says:
This series of patches enhances the vexpress64 platform by enabling bloblist
support. It also introduces support for CONFIG_BLOBLIST_PASSAGE. This is
necessary to boot vexpress64 and other boards without manually specifying a
fixed address and size for the bloblist.
After this change, all the bloblist init modes are supported (i.e., fixed,
alloc, passage) and Vexpress64 boots with CONFIG_BLOBLIST_PASSAGE.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250204175844.19890-1-harrison.mutai@arm.com
Enable bloblist on vexpress64 platforms to facilitate information
passing from TF-A using the firmware handoff framework.
Signed-off-by: Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com>
When the configuration option CONFIG_BLOBLIST_PASSAGE is selected, the
bloblist present in the incoming standard passage is utilised in-place.
There is no need to specify the size of the bloblist as the system
automatically detects it using the header information.
Signed-off-by: Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com>
When booting into the Linux kernel with semi-hosting, use the device
tree provided by hardware unless one is provided in the current
directory.
Signed-off-by: Harrison Mutai <harrison.mutai@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
u-boot-dfu-20250211:
CI:
- https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/24556
Android:
- Handle boot images with missing DTB
Usb gadget:
- Fix nullptr in g_dnl when serial# is unset
- Add missing schedule() in f_mass_storage gadget
- Add support for STih407 in dwc3-generic
- Fix usb clocks on STih407
- Migrate STih407 to DM_USB_GADGET
- Check return value of xrealloc for NULL.
- Free allocated memory and return NULL if xrealloc fails.
- Prevent NULL pointer dereference in strlen and strcat.
Triggers found by static analyzer Svace.
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
- Check return value of malloc_cache_aligned for presskey and sha.
- Return -ENOMEM if memory allocation fails.
- Free allocated memory in error paths."
Triggers found by static analyzer Svace.
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
Dynamic memory, referenced by 'line', is allocated by calling
function 'calloc' and lost when the function terminates with code -1.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Dynamic memory, referenced by 'line', is allocated at ublimage.c:159
by calling function 'getline' and lost at ublimage.c:184.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Report of the static analyzer:
1. NULL_AFTER_DEREF Pointer 'str', which is dereferenced at
image-host.c:688 by calling function 'strdup', is compared to a NULL
value at image-host.c:691.
2. NULL_AFTER_DEREF Pointer 'list', which is dereferenced at
image-host.c:689, is compared to a NULL value at image-host.c:691.
Corrections explained:
1. Checking for NULL before using pointers: The if (!list || !str) check
is now performed before calling strdup and realloc, which prevents
null pointer dereferences.
2. Checking the result of strdup: strdup can return NULL if memory
allocation fails. This also needs to be checked.
3. Checking the result of realloc: If realloc returns NULL, then memory
has not been allocated and dup must be freed to avoid memory leaks.
Triggers found by static analyzer Svace.
Signed-off-by: Anton Moryakov <ant.v.moryakov@gmail.com>
Since commit 6aa8bde878 ("usb: host: ehci-generic: Remove DM_REGULATOR
flag") device_get_supply_regulator() returns -ENOSYS which is not handle
by ehci_enable_vbus_supply() and thus, ehci_usb_probe() return an error.
By enabling DM_REGULATOR flag, device_get_supply_regulator() return -ENOENT
which is handle and ehci_usb_probe() return 0.
This fixed the following issue:
stih410-b2260 =>usb start
starting USB...
Bus dwc3@9900000: Register 2000240 NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.00
Bus usb@9a03c00: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus usb@9a03e00: probe failed, error -38
Bus usb@9a83c00: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus usb@9a83e00: probe failed, error -38
scanning bus dwc3@9900000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@9a03c00 for devices... data abort
pc : [<7df929b4>] lr : [<7df92918>]
reloc pc : [<7d6409b4>] lr : [<7d640918>]
sp : 7c73b848 ip : 9cf13c5c fp : 7c879d08
r10: 7c85d040 r9 : 7c74ded0 r8 : 09a03c00
r7 : 00000002 r6 : 7c85d080 r5 : 7c86a040 r4 : 00000000
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 7c85d080 r0 : 7c85d040
Flags: nzCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Code: 05853ae4 0affffe2 e59a2010 e59a300c (e5832010)
Resetting CPU ...
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250130163547.512990-3-patrice.chotard@foss.st.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
On STi platforms, all clocks are enabled by BOOTROM, so CONFIG_CLK is
not set as no clock driver for STI exists.
As ehci-generic and ohci-generic drivers are used on platforms where
CONFIG_CLK is set, clk_get_bulk() returns-ENOSYS in case of
stih410-b2260.
To avoid this error, add fixed clocks for ehci and ohci nodes for
stih410-b2260 to fix the following errors:
Bus usb@9a03c00: ohci_generic usb@9a03c00: Failed to get clocks (ret=-19)
Port not available.
Bus usb@9a03e00: ehci_generic usb@9a03e00: Failed to get clocks (ret=-19)
Port not available.
Bus usb@9a83c00: ohci_generic usb@9a83c00: Failed to get clocks (ret=-19)
Port not available.
Bus usb@9a83e00: ehci_generic usb@9a83e00: Failed to get clocks (ret=-19)
Port not available.
scanning bus dwc3@9900000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 0 Storage Device(s) found
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250130163547.512990-2-patrice.chotard@foss.st.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The rules part of the template makes sure that this doesn't run until
specifically requested. Drop the check in the script itself, so it is
possible to trigger a run manually without re-pushing the tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com> says:
This patch series enables ESM reset configuration in board_init_f
for am62x and am62px devices.
This is necessary in order for error events to reset the system.
This patches are tested using watchdog to reset the system via ESM.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250129234403.574766-1-jm@ti.com
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC, CONFIG_SPL_MISC, CONFIG_ESM_K3
to probe the Main ESM and MCU ESM nodes.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
On AM62A and AM62P devices, it is possible to route Main ESM error
events to MCU ESM. MCU ESM high error output can trigger the reset
logic to reset the device. So, for these devices we have Main ESM and
MCU ESM nodes in the device tree. Add functions to probe these nodes
if CONFIG_ESM_K3 is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
Add the optargs variable so that we can set optional arguments while
booting.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Morrisson <nmorrisson@phytec.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
The env_fat_get_dev_part() function mostly returns a fixed string, set
via some Kconfig variable. However when the first character is a colon,
that means that the boot device number is determined at runtime, and
patched in. This requires altering the string.
So far this was done via some ugly and actually illegal direct write to
the .rodata string storage. We got away with this because U-Boot maps
everything as read/write/execute so far.
A proposed patch set actually enforces read-only (and no-execute)
permissions in the page tables, so this routine now causes an exception:
=======================
Loading Environment from FAT... "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x9600004f, far 0xfffb7d4c
elr: 000000004a054228 lr : 000000004a05421c (reloc)
elr: 00000000fff7c228 lr : 00000000fff7c21c
.....
=======================
Rewrite the routine to do away with the dodgy string manipulation,
instead allocate the string in the r/w .data section, where we can
safely manipulate it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com> says:
Hello,
This series re-enables MUX_MMIO at U-Boot proper on J721E and J7200
SoCs. The commits which introduced support for Hyperflash boot on both
of these SoCs disabled MUX_MMIO functionality at U-Boot proper, thereby
introducing a regression.
Series is based on commit
2b1c8d3b2d cmd: Fix Kconfig coding style
of the master branch of U-Boot.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250201091809.1894892-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
Commit under Fixes introduced support for Hyperflash boot but also disabled
MUX_MMIO support at U-Boot proper. MUX_MMIO is required at U-Boot proper
to setup the SERDES Lane Mapping as described by the device-tree. On J7200
SoC, PCIe functionality is broken since commit under fixes.
Fix this regression by re-enabling MUX_MMIO.
Fixes: 038f6faea9 ("configs: j7200_evm_*_defconfig: Add configs for Hyperflash boot")
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Commit under Fixes introduced support for Hyperflash boot but also disabled
MUX_MMIO support at U-Boot proper. MUX_MMIO is required at U-Boot proper
to setup the SERDES Lane Mapping as described by the device-tree.
Fix this regression by re-enabling MUX_MMIO.
Fixes: fd7fcd4098 ("configs: j721e_evm_*_defconfig: Add configs for Hyperflash boot")
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
emul_rtc_probe() is not called from anywhere else that's why make it
static. Issue is reported by build with W=1.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This patch enables switch auto-detction for mt7981 as some new mt7981
boards will use AN8855 ethernet switch.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Enable configs required for detecting and fixing up for different RAM variants.
Also resync after savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Detect RAM size via EEPROM and adjust DDR size and banks accordingly.
Include necessary fixups to handle ECC-enabled configurations.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Add bootph-all properties to I2C0 nodes to ensure the bus and EEPROM
are accessible across all stages. This enables reading the SoM
configuration at any point during the boot process.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
USB tests on ext partitions can fail with the following output
test/py/tests/test_usb.py:245: in test_usb_part
'fstype usb %d:%d' % i, part_id
E TypeError: not enough arguments for format string
So add brackets around the format string arguments to prevent the
error.
Fixes: a730947974 ("test/py: usb: Distinguish b/w ext2/ext4 partitions")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
The change from pinctrl to pio was missing in mt7986-u-boot.dtsi and will
cause build failure. Now fix it.
Fixes: f1775996ba (mediatek: mt7986: move gpio-controller up and rename pinctrl to pio)
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch add support to read register base address by name if
provided.
Also devfdt_get_addr_* is changed to dev_read_addr_* to support DT
live tree.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The reg-names in mt7988.dtsi have no _base suffix. Remove the suffix
will also make it match upstream linux format.
Fixes: 8c2cb748ef (pinctrl: mediatek: mt7988: rename reg-names to upstream linux format)
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Without setting the shell flag to exit immediately when a command exists
with a non-zero status we can have the situation where the htmldocs
target fails with an error but the job will succeed due to infodocs
passing and being the last build target.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com> says:
The setexpr.s command allows to concatenate two strings.
According to the description in doc/usage/cmd/setexpr.rst the parameters
value1 and value2 can be either direct values or pointers to a
memory location holding the values.
Unfortunately `setexpr.s <value1> + <value2>` fails if any of the values
is a direct value. $? is set to false.
* Add support for direct values in setexpr.s.
* Correct the unit test for "setexpr.s fred 0".
* Add a new unit test for "setexpr.s fred '1' + '3'" giving '13'.
* Remove invalid memory leak tests
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250203151029.60265-1-heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com
The setexpr.s command allows to concatenate two strings.
According to the description in doc/usage/cmd/setexpr.rst the parameters
value1 and value2 can be either direct values or pointers to a
memory location holding the values.
Unfortunately `setexpr.s <value1> + <value2>` fails if any of the values
is a direct value. $? is set to false.
* Add support for direct values in setexpr.s.
* Correct the unit test for "setexpr.s fred 0".
* Add a new unit test for "setexpr.s fred '1' + '3'" giving '13'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
env_set() frees the previous value after allocating the new value.
As the free() may merge memory chunks the available memory is not
expected to stay constant.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
env_set() frees the previous value after allocating the new value.
As the free() may merge memory chunks the available memory is not
expected to stay constant.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de> says:
In linux we have the option to create the name of a led
optionally through the following properties:
- function
- color
- function-enumerator
This series adds support for parsing this properties if there
is no label property.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250128135246.74838-1-hs@denx.de
[trini: Document name parameter in led.h]
in linux we have the option to create the name of a led
optionally through the following properties:
- function
- color
- function-enumerator
This patch adds support for parsing this properties if there
is no label property.
The led name is created in led_post_bind() and we need some
storage place for it. Currently this patch prevents to use
malloc() instead it stores the name in new member :
char name[LED_MAX_NAME_SIZE];
of struct led_uc_plat. While at it append led tests for the
new feature.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
remove file doc/device-tree-bindings/leds/common.txt
as we have this now already in
dts/upstream/include/dt-bindings/leds/common.h
which is imported from linux.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM62x BOOTM_LEN is too small to contain OS images. Removing this sets the
size to a default 0x4000000 (for all arm64 devices).
It is unnecessary to specifically call the default size for the other
configs.
Signed-off-by: Kamlesh Gurudasani <kamlesh@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aashvij Shenai <a-shenai@ti.com>
Kconfig should not display the STATIC_MACH_TYPE option when
SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS is not selected. For example, when using most
platforms with menuconfig, it shows the STATIC_MACH_TYPE option causing
confusion. As we know, this should not occur when SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS
is not selected
[trini: Reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
ARMv7-M architecture uses NVIC instead of GIC.
NVIC is an interrupt controller specially designed for
ARM Cortex-M series processors.
Signed-off-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
CONFIG_XILINX_OF_BOARD_DTB_ADDR holds DTB address which U-Boot is checking.
Currently address in binman match default value but macro can be used
directly.
Also sync node name (s/hash-1/hash/) and sync location to have the same
order load/hash/image.
All binman DTSes are compiled that's why also guard
CONFIG_XILINX_OF_BOARD_DTB_ADDR which depends on OF_BOARD || OF_SEPARATE
which is a problem for mini configurations which are using OF_EMBED.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a22c9671b965b222bfd419f5bfaee012929f3d88.1738659214.git.michal.simek@amd.com
The mini u-boot is hanging because of an initial stack
pointer address is used at half of the memory, when mini
u-boot is called reloc_fdt() function and doing memcpy()
for the fdt before relocation, and there is no sufficient
memory for the stack pointer. To fix, set an initial stack
pointer address to near the top of memory. The new stack
pointer address is assigned before calling the relocate
of u-boot based on the stack relocate calculation and
this new stack pointer is used while executing u-boot
from the relocated memory.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250203090409.844403-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Fixes annoying warnings of the following type when built with W=1 (for
each file including fpga.h):
CC drivers/fpga/fpga.o
In file included from /mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/include/xilinx.h:7,
from /mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/fpga.c:10:
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/include/fpga.h:61:1: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type [-Wignored-qualifiers]
61 | const fpga_desc *const fpga_get_desc(int devnum);
| ^~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/include/fpga.h:81:1: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type [-Wignored-qualifiers]
81 | const fpga_desc *const fpga_validate(int devnum, const void *buf,
| ^~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/fpga.c:36:1: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type [-Wignored-qualifiers]
36 | const fpga_desc *const fpga_get_desc(int devnum)
| ^~~~~
/mnt/data/adahl/src/u-boot/drivers/fpga/fpga.c:53:1: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type [-Wignored-qualifiers]
53 | const fpga_desc *const fpga_validate(int devnum, const void *buf,
| ^~~~~
Do some type and cast cleanup on that fpga_desc type while at it.
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Warning-Options.html#index-Wignored-qualifiers
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250121162213.1477506-1-ada@thorsis.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add ethernet aliases to CC (Carrier card) description to create a
connection which is used by fdt_fixup_ethernet() for updating
local-mac-address in DT.
On Kria SOM MAC address is read from i2c eeprom at start and based on it
environment variables are created. Without creating aliases U-Boot is not
able to inject local-mac-address DT property and OS won't get the same MAC
address unless another i2c read is happening in OS.
Also aliases are using string not phandle that's why full path has to be
provided but that shouldn't be a big issue because location of ethernet
controller is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6d360e71a0530d201578e27a6997dbd472772e39.1737466907.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Output images are generated via Binman only if SPL is enabled, as
there is no consumer for them otherwise. An #ifdef check ensures that
when SPL is enabled, Binman generates the U-Boot ITB. If SPL is disabled,
ITB generation is skipped since the ITB format is supported only by SPL.
Without SPL, generating such an image is unnecessary, as it would not be
used
The second reason is that when a DTB is passed, the current logic cannot
handle it without an additional step in U-Boot to parse an appended FIT
image and enable board-specific code to select the correct DTB config.
The MULTI_DTB_FIT configuration should be used if support for multiple
DTBs is required, but SPL is not being used.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/7cba738ae36dacf7d1b0cfbaf13e0c9b3a0df225.1737462296.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Add default environment variables needed for Standard Boot enablement as
described in [1]. Also rework the eMMC partition table for Linux boot so
it only has two partitions:
1. EFI System Partition (EFI vars, GRUB efi app, firmware files)
2. rootfs partition (Debian rootfs, /boot, extlinux.conf, boot.scr)
Both partitions are made bootable so that 'bootflow' command can detect
all loader files (rootfs might contain extlinux.conf and boot.scr).
'ldfw' partition is removed too, as ldfw.bin can be loaded from ESP now
(from /EFI/firmware/ldfw.bin).
Android partitons will be added later, once Android boot is actually
enabled for E850-96.
Notes:
- $kernel_comp_addr_r uses the same address (0x88000000) as LDFW
buffer (in board/samsung/e850-96/fw.c), but that's fine, as LDFW
will be copied to another RAM location (Secure World) by SMC
command, so it's only used temporarily on startup
- addition assignment (+=) operation is used for $partitions to avoid
spaces added by newlines, so that $partitions can be used in the
shell with no quotes
Now it's possible to successfully automatically boot Debian rootfs:
=> env default -f -a
=> env save
=> gpt write mmc 0 $partitions
=> reset
[1] doc/develop/bootstd/overview.rst
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
LDFW firmware loading can fail, e.g. in case if user forgot to upload
the binary to the appropriate location (/EFI/firmware/ldfw.bin on ESP
partition). Report such errors explicitly, so that the user can notice
it early and take necessary actions. But don't return error code from
board_init() in this case, as LDFW firmware is not mandatory for board
operation and is only required for some features like TRNG.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In case when EFI System Partition is present it can be used to store
firmware binaries, instead of keeping those on separate dedicated
partitions. That simplifies the partition table and makes it more
standard. Rework the firmware loader code to look for LDFW binary at
/EFI/firmware/ldfw.bin on ESP first, and if either the partition or the
file doesn't exist -- fallback to reading it from 'ldfw' partition. This
way backward compatibility can be kept, and Android partition tables
without ESP partition can be handled too.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Enable Standard Boot on E850-96 as documented in [1]. Along with
corresponding changes in the default environment and properly prepared
eMMC partitions (ESP and rootfs), it makes it possible to boot Debian
rootfs automatically. All boot methods were tested: efi_mgr, efi,
syslinux and script. The preferred boot method is efi_mgr, which relies
on the configured EFI variables (stored in /ubootefi.var file on ESP
partition), which boots either GRUB from /EFI/debian/grubaa64.efi, or
systemd-boot from /EFI/BOOT/BOOTAA64.EFI. Currently used boot sequence:
U-Boot -> bootcmd -> 'bootflow scan -lb' -> efi_mgr -> GRUB -> Debian
[1] doc/develop/bootstd/overview.rst
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Store U-Boot environment in BOOT2 HW area of eMMC (/dev/mmcblk0boot1),
as it's currently unused. BOOT1 area will be probably used for storing
low-level bootloaders further, so let's not touch it.
Both primary and redundant environments work fine:
=> env default -f -a
## Resetting to default environment
=> env save
Saving Environment to MMC... Writing to redundant MMC(0)... OK
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The E850-96 default environment is going to be updated soon, requiring
next config options to be enabled:
- CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE: $fdtfile will use this value
- CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID: $partitions will rely on "type" feature
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Update the debug() print, use __func__ to always print matching
function name, and also print bus name in case there are multiple
busses.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Explicitly flush icache on the CR52 core before jumping to the next
stage software to make sure it does not contain any invalid content.
Explicitly flash and invalidate dcache on the CA76 core both over the
trampoline buffer and over the CR52 firmware, and then trigger full
system synchronization, to make sure the data surely land in DRAM,
from where the CR52 can surely pick them up.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Whereas with Azure the JUnit results file is available for download,
Gitlab doesn't default to including it as an artifact to download and
only makes it available via its own JUnit parser. Fix this by listing it
as an artifact to save as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we can run sandbox on arm64 hosts, have these jobs run on both
the fast arm64 and amd64 hosts to catch any issues.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Refer to the commit a3c101a613 ("examples: fix building on arm64")
fix for arm32. crt0.S does not even build with:
operating system and architecture:
5.15.0-130-generic x86_64
installed version of gcc and binutils:
gcc version 9.4.0 (Ubuntu 9.4.0-1ubuntu1~20.04.3)
GNU ld (GNU Binutils for Ubuntu) 2.34
used defconfig:
stm32h750-art-pi_defconfig
used commands for building:
export CROSS_COMPILE=arm-none-eabi- ARCH=arm
make stm32h750-art-pi_defconfig
make menuconfig # to add
make
examples/api/crt0.S: Assembler messages:
examples/api/crt0.S:32: Error: lo register required -- `ldr ip,=search_hint'
examples/api/crt0.S:33: Error: lo register required -- `str sp,[ip]'
examples/api/crt0.S:39: Error: lo register required -- `ldr ip,=syscall_ptr'
examples/api/crt0.S:40: Error: lo register required -- `ldr pc,[ip]'
make[2]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:292：examples/api/crt0.o] Error 1
Use valid register names and instructions.
Signed-off-by: Liya Huang <1425075683@qq.com>
CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR has been used for examples/standalone
but not for examples/api.
The suitability of an address to load an ELF binary and run it does
not only depend on the architecture but also on the memory layout of
the board which is not reflected in the default value of
CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR.
Commit 32b7e39db4 ("Convert CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR to Kconfig")
set the default on RISC-V to 0x0 though most boards used 0x80200000
before the patch.
On most boards we can assume 8 MiB of memory available above $loadaddr.
So we can safely use $loadaddr + 4 MiB as load address for the standalone
example and eliminate CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR altogether.
Fixes: 32b7e39db4 ("Convert CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The current load address for the 'demo' binary does not work for
qemu_arm_defconfig.
The suitability of an address to load an ELF binary and run it does
not only depend on the architecture but also on the memory layout of
the board.
On most boards we can assume that 8 MiB of memory is available above
$loadaddr. So $loadaddr + 0x400000 should work there.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
A FIT image which is NOT using -E when created by mkimage - that is with
image data within the FIT - will fail to apply FDTO if the base FDT
image node does not specify a load property (which points to an address
in DRAM). This is because we check that the FDT address we want to apply
overlay to (i.e. modify and likely increase in size) is not inside the
FIT and give up otherwise. This is assumed necessary because we may then
overwrite other data when applying in-place.
However, we can do better than giving up: relocating the FDT in another
place in DRAM where it's safe to increase its size and apply FDTOs.
While at it, do not discriminate anymore on whether the data is within
the FIT data address space - that is FIT images created with mkimage -E
- as that still may be susceptible to unintended data overwrites as
mkimage -E simply concatenates all blobs after the FIT. If the FDT blob
isn't the last, it'll result in overwriting later blobs when resizing.
The side effect is that the load property in the FIT is only
temporarily used to load the FDT but then relocated right before we
start applying overlays.
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This is the last batch of part to push actual support of
OF_UPSTREAM for the mediatek SoC.
The plan is to make the current downstream DTS on part with
upstream implementation so we can permit a gradual transition to
it while we don't cause any regression to any user.
This is to have the same node downstream and upstream.
Mediatek is working hard upstream to also push all the remaining
nodes.
All patch are the final changes after the pinctrl patch
merged previously.
All patch pass CI tests
Link: https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/pull/731
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250127134046.26345-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
Add USB PHY nodes for MT7981. These are needed for USB support and also
for PCIe support as the u3 PHY can also be used for PHY.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Move gpio-controller up to pinctrl node and rename label to "pio" to
match the label used in upstream kernel linux.
Update any DTS that reference the pinctrl to follow the new naming and
structure.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Move gpio-controller up to pinctrl node and rename label to "pio" to
match the label used in upstream kernel linux.
Update any DTS that reference the pinctrl to follow the new naming and
structure.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Rename reg-names to upstream linux format. Upstream linux drop the
"_base". To make use of upstream DTSI, align to the upstream naming.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Move gpio-controller up to pinctrl node and rename label to "pio" to
match the label used in upstream kernel linux.
Update any DTS that reference the pinctrl to follow the new naming and
structure.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Rename reg-names to upstream linux format. Upstream linux drop the
"_base". To make use of upstream DTSI, align to the upstream naming.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Rename reg-names to upstream linux format. Upstream linux drop the
"_base". To make use of upstream DTSI, align to the upstream naming.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Tested-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This includes the VBE ABrec (A/B/recovery) implementation as well as a
number of patches needed to make it work:
- marking some code as used by SPL_RELOC
- selection of images from a FIT based on the boot phase
- removal of unwanted hash code which increases code-size too much
- a few Kconfig-related additions for VPL
Note: The goal for the next series (part H) is to enable VBE on
rk3399-generic, i.e. able to boot on multiple rk3399-based boards with
only the TPL phase being different for each board.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250126184333.4058848-1-sjg@chromium.org/
So far only VBE-simple is implemented in U-Boot. This supports a single
image which can be updated in situ.
It is often necessary to support two images (A and B) so that the board
is not bricked if the update is interrupted or is bad.
In some cases, a non-updatable recovery image is desirable, so that the
board can be returned to a known-good state in the event of a serious
failure.
Introduce ABrec which provides these features. It supports three
independent images and the logic to select the desired one on boot.
While we are here, fix a debug message to indicate the function it
called. Provide a maintainers entry for VBE.
Note that fwupdated only supports VBE-simple so far, but supports for
ABrec will appear in time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When VBE operates within VPL it does not want the FDT to be changed.
Provide a way to disable this feature.
Move the FIT_IMAGE_TINY condition out of spl_fit_record_loadable() so
that both conditions are together. This makes the code easier to
understand.
Replace the existing fit_loaded member, which is no-longer used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Join the comment block for the fit_image_load() call back to where it
should be. Also fix a debug statement.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for moving from TPL->VPL->SPL so that the VPL build can fit
properly into the boot flow.
Use #ifdefs to avoid creating unwanted symbols which Binman would then
try (and perhaps fail) to provide.
Add debugging to indicate the next phase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mark these functions as needed by relocation. These functions are used
to copy data while relocating the next-phase image.
Drop the 'safe' versions from SPL as they are not needed. Change the
static array to a local one, to avoid link errors when trying to access
the data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mark the lz4 decompression code as needed by relocation. This is used to
decompress the next-phase image.
Drop the 'safe' versions from SPL as they are not needed. Change the
static array to a local one, to avoid a crash errors when trying to
access the data from relocated code. Make this conditional to avoid a
code-size increase when SPL_RELOC is not used/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mark the crc8 code as needed by relocation. This is used as a simple
check against corruption of the code when copying.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a linker symbol which can be used to mark relocation code, so it can
be collected by the linker and copied into a suitable place and executed
when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some phases may wish to use full FIT-loading and others not, so allow
this to be controlled.
Add some debugging while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With SPL we want to specify the phase of the image to be loaded. Add
support for this.
This is the implementation of a FIT feature added to the spec a few
years ago and entails a small code-size increase, about 70 bytes on
Thumb2.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://docs.u-boot.org/en/latest/usage/fit/index.html
At present the simple FIT-loader always loads images, ignoring whether
they are intended for the next phase or not.
VBE packages up several images in the same FIT, some destined for VPL
and some for SPL. Add logic to check the phase before loading the
image. Return -EPERM in that case and handle it gracefully.
Fix a unnecessary re-computation of read_offset while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the build rule so that hash algorithms are only included in an
SPL build if they are requested. This helps to reduce code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The size of some malloc() fields has reduced on 64-bit machines, but
the spl_reloc code was not updated. Fix this to avoid a compiler
warning.
Also update for the new xPL naming.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This code is not necessarily needed in VPL, even if SPL uses it, so
adjust the rules to allow it to be dropped.
Do the same for the hash API.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
VPL may want to use driver model for MMC even if TPL does not. Update
the rule in this driver to support that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
JH7110 SoC requires no specific handling before entering Linux kernel.
Let's drop the specific implementation to avoid duplication.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The current implementation is equivalent to the fallback one, so
this shouldn't change any behaviour but cleans the code up only.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Most RISC-V SoCs have similar cleanup_before_linux() functions. Let's
provide a weak symbol as fallback to reduce duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Yao Zi <ziyao@disroot.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The following diagram illustrates the boot flow for OP-TEE OS
initialization on RISC-V.
(1)-----------+
| U-Boot SPL |
+------------+
|
v
(2)-------------------------------------------------------------+
| OpenSBI (fw_dynamic.bin) |
| (4)------------------------+ |
| | optee dispatcher driver | |
+-----------------+-------^---------|-------+------------------+
M-mode | | |
---------+--[trusted domain]---+----.----+--[untrusted domain]-------
S-mode | (coldboot domain) | | |
v | | v
(3)---------------------------+ |(5)----------------------------+
| OP-TEE OS (tee.bin) | | | U-Boot (u-boot-nodtb.bin) |
+----------------------------+ | +-----------------------------+
| |
| v
|(6)----------------------------+
| | Linux |
| +-----------------------------+
This patch enables the inclusion of the OP-TEE binary within the
U-Boot ITB, allowing it to be loaded to a platform defined address
by U-Boot SPL.
Signed-off-by: Yu-Chien Peter Lin <peter.lin@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Allow specifying load address of OP-TEE binary. It is
recommended that the specified address aligns with the
base address of an PMP-protected NAPOT region and matches
the CFG_TDDRAM_START configuration in OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Yu-Chien Peter Lin <peter.lin@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If CONFIG_AVAILABLE_HARTS=y, variable available_harts_lock is created in
the data section which will not be writable while executing from flash.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Implement functionality to probe and calculate the DRAM size
during the boot phase for the RISC-V spacemit K1 platform.
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com> # BPI-F3 16G
Signed-off-by: Huan Zhou <me@per1cycle.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This patch fixed the following coding style suggested by checkpatch.pl:
1. Use tab instead of space
2. Use BIT() instead of <<
3. Use mdelay for long time delay
4. Remove useless parenthesises
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The SCSI specification originally required that the second
Command Data Byte contain the LUN value in its high-order bits,
but this field has been marked as reserved since the SCSI-3 spec
from 1996.
Some vendors uses this byte to pass vendor specific data,
and specifying the LUN can trigger strange behaviors.
For the record, this happened on an UFS device where LUN0 was
working perfectly and reading the other LUNs would get the last
buffer data that was read for LUN0, making this issue very very
hard to debug.
It's sane to assume U-Boot will probably never encounter
an SCSI-2 multi-LUN device, if somehow it happens the enquiry
command would need to get the SCSI level to handle this case.
The Linux fix was added in [1] to fix the exact same issue.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/Pine.LNX.4.44L0.1409021108380.2308-100000@iolanthe.rowland.org/
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Call 'phytec_ft_board_fixup' in the common K3 board code
to expose the product name and part number to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
ft_board_setup inside the board code allows to alter
device-tree during the boot process.
Introduce a new function for the PHYTEC SOM detection
to read the product name and part number from the EEPROM
content and include both into the device-tree as
* phytec,som-part-number
* phytec,som-product-name
This function can be called from the board code when those
values should be exposed to Linux.
This patch also updates the phytec_print_som_info
function and changes the output.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
As this fragment turns off MMC in both SPL and full U-Boot, we can turn
the whole symbol off rather than just the MMC driver.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Toradex configuration block is stored in the first boot partition of
the eMMC. After reading the configuration block, U-Boot switches back to
the user partition. Currently, this operation always targets mmc device
0, even when the configuration block is stored on mmc device 2.
This patch addresses the issue by switching the mmc device set in
CONFIG_TDX_CFG_BLOCK_DEV to the user partition, rather than using the
hardcoded device 0.
Fixes: a2777ecb9d ("toradex: config block handling")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
STM32 MPU:
- Remove dt-bindings headers available in dts/upstream
- Fixes for stm32prog
- Enable CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA for STM32MP15/13/25 defconfigs
- Add upport of ck_usbo_48m in pre-reloc stage for STM32MP13
- Clean env_get_location() for STM32MP1
- Fix board_get_usable_ram_top() to fix infinite loop in cache
management for STM32MP2.
- Fix ck_flexgen_08 frequency for STM32MP2
STM32 MCU:
- Tune CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US to avoid cyclic warning for STM32F469-Disco
- Tune CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US to avoid cyclic warning for STM32F769-Disco
Spurious characters are displayed on U-Boot console.
Usart2 clock is ck_flexgen_08 and its frequency is set
to an incorrect value.
Update ck_flexgen_08 frequency from 100MHz to 64MHz.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour() parameters must be aligned
which is not always the case.
For example for STM32MP2, we stayed stuck inside
mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour() in an infinite loop because
set_one_region() always return 0 due to start parameter which is
not aligned.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Updating the framebuffer takes quite a long time on this slow patform,
set CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US to 50000 for stm32f469-disco to avoid
following cyclic warning:
"cyclic function video_init took too long: 46784us vs 5000us max"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Updating the framebuffer takes quite a long time on this slow patform,
set CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US to 8000 for stm32f769-disco to avoid
following cyclic warning:
"cyclic function video_init took too long: 7280us vs 5000us max"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The clock ck_usbo_48m is a clock source for RCC, so the ck_usbo_48m
clock provided by usbphyc need to be probed when RCC clock driver is
required, in pre-reloc stage.
This patch allow to remove the following warning:
clk_register: failed to get ck_usbo_48m device (parent of usbo_k)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c, in init_device(),
in case of RAW_IMAGE, part->size = block_dev->lba * block_dev->blksz.
_ part->size is declared as u64.
_ block_dev->lba is declared as lbaint_t which is uint64_t
if CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is enable, otherwise ulong.
_ block_dev->blksz is declared as unsigned long.
For example, in case block_dev->lba = 0x1dacc00, block_dev->blksz = 0x200
then part->size 0x5980000 which is incorrect as both are declared as ulong.
To fix this overflow issue, enable CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, block_dev->lba is
then declared as uint64_t and part->size get the correct value 0x3b5980000.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c, in init_device(),
in case of RAW_IMAGE, part->size = block_dev->lba * block_dev->blksz.
_ part->size is declared as u64.
_ block_dev->lba is declared as lbaint_t which is uint64_t
if CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is enable, otherwise ulong.
_ block_dev->blksz is declared as unsigned long.
For example, in case block_dev->lba = 0x1dacc00, block_dev->blksz = 0x200
then part->size 0x5980000 which is incorrect as both are declared as ulong.
To fix this overflow issue, enable CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, block_dev->lba is
then declared as uint64_t and part->size get the correct value 0x3b5980000.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c, in init_device(),
in case of RAW_IMAGE, part->size = block_dev->lba * block_dev->blksz.
_ part->size is declared as u64.
_ block_dev->lba is declared as lbaint_t which is uint64_t
if CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is enable, otherwise ulong.
_ block_dev->blksz is declared as unsigned long.
For example, in case block_dev->lba = 0x1dacc00, block_dev->blksz = 0x200
then part->size 0x5980000 which is incorrect as both are declared as ulong.
To fix this overflow issue, enable CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA, block_dev->lba is
then declared as uint64_t and part->size get the correct value 0x3b5980000.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
If CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA flag is enable, following warning is triggered:
../arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c: In function 'init_device':
../arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c:793:27: warning: format
'%ld' expects argument of type 'long int', but argument 8 has type
'lbaint_t' {aka 'long long unsigned int'} [-Wformat=]
793 | log_debug("MMC %d: lba=%ld blksz=%ld\n", dev->dev_id,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
../include/log.h:157:21: note: in definition of macro 'pr_fmt'
157 | #define pr_fmt(fmt) fmt
| ^~~
../include/log.h:182:33: note: in expansion of macro 'log'
182 | #define log_debug(_fmt...) log(LOG_CATEGORY, LOGL_DEBUG, ##_fmt)
| ^~~
../arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c:793:17: note: in expansion
of macro 'log_debug'
793 | log_debug("MMC %d: lba=%ld blksz=%ld\n", dev->dev_id,
| ^~~~~~~~~
../arch/arm/mach-stm32mp/cmd_stm32prog/stm32prog.c:793:42: note: format string
is defined here
793 | log_debug("MMC %d: lba=%ld blksz=%ld\n", dev->dev_id,
| ~~^
| |
| long int
| %lld
Cast block_dev->lba to u64 and set the length specifier to %lld which
is ok with or without CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA flag.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
If CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA is enable, following compilation warning is
triggered:
CC drivers/fastboot/fb_mmc.o
../drivers/fastboot/fb_mmc.c: In function 'fb_mmc_erase_mmc_hwpart':
../drivers/fastboot/fb_mmc.c:215:35: warning: format '%lu' expects
argument of type 'long unsigned int', but argument 2 has type
'long long unsigned int' [-Wformat=]
215 | printf("........ erased %lu bytes from mmc hwpart[%u]\n",
| ~~^
| |
| long unsigned int
| %llu
216 | dev_desc->lba * dev_desc->blksz, dev_desc->hwpart);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| |
| long long unsigned int
../drivers/fastboot/fb_mmc.c: In function 'fb_mmc_boot_ops':
../drivers/fastboot/fb_mmc.c:261:42: warning: format '%lu' expects
argument of type 'long unsigned int', but argument 2 has type
'long long unsigned int' [-Wformat=]
261 | printf("........ wrote %lu bytes to EMMC_BOOT%d\n",
| ~~^
| |
| long unsigned int
| %llu
262 | blkcnt * blksz, hwpart);
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| |
| long long unsigned int
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Some dt-binding headers mask the upstream ones which can lead to build
failures, or worse: super weird bugs, if they get out of sync.
Remove these headers so our devicetree and binding headers will both be
in sync with upstream.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The TI DP83822 does have support for configurable RGMII RX/TX clock
shift, add support for parsing DT properties which describe the RX/TX
clock shift configuration and configuration of the matching bits in
RCSR register.
The shift is only configurable on DP83822, the other PHYs supported
by this PHY driver, namely DP83825/DP83826 variants, do not implement
this functionality and the RCSR bits used to configure the clock shift
are missing from those PHYs.
The shift is configurable separately for RX and TX path. Each path can
either enable the shift or disable the shift using single bit. In case
the shift is disabled, a delay of 0ns is added to the path, otherwise
a delay of 3.5ns is added to the path.
Note that the two RCSR bits 11 and 12 have inverted logic, RCSR bit 12
enables RX internal shift when SET, while RCSR bit 11 enables TX shift
when UNSET.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com> says:
This patch series add support for MediaTek MT7987 SoC with its reference
boards and related drivers.
This patch series add basic boot support on eMMC/SD/SPI-NOR/SPI-NAND for these
boards. The clock, pinctrl drivers and the SoC initializaton code are also
included.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1737621362.git.weijie.gao@mediatek.com
This patch adds general board files based on MT7987 SoC.
MT7987 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC, and the
pins of mmc controller are also shared with one spi controller.
So three configs are need for these boot types:
1. mt7987_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR (spi2) and SPI-NAND (spi0)
2. mt7987_emmc_rfb_defconfig - eMMC + SPI-NOR (spi2)
3. mt7987_sd_rfb_defconfig - SD + SPI-NOR (spi2)
Note: spi2 also supports booting from SPI-NAND, but not the default option.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds basic support for MediaTek MT7987 SoC.
This includes files that will initialize the SoC after boot and
its device tree.
In order to maximize the continuous usable memory space, MT7987 has its
ATF BL31 loaded at the top of RAM. Since u-boot will also locate itself to
top of RAM, u-boot will read the actual memory region of BL31 and set
correct gd->ram_top to avoid u-boot overlapping with BL31.
As now support for mt7987 hasn't been submitted to linux kernel, all dts
filed will be put to arch/arm/dts. They'll be removed after successfully
being merged by linux kernel, and OF_UPSTREAM will also be switched on.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Execution time varies widely with the existing tests. Provides a way to
produce a summary of the time taken for each test, along with a
histogram.
This is enabled with the --timing flag.
Enable it for sandbox in CI.
Example:
Duration : Number of tests
======== : ========================================
<1ms : 1
<8ms : 1
<20ms : # 20
<30ms : ######## 127
<50ms : ######################################## 582
<75ms : ####### 102
<100ms : ## 39
<200ms : ##### 86
<300ms : # 29
<500ms : ## 42
<750ms : # 16
<1.0s : # 15
<2.0s : # 23
<3.0s : 13
<5.0s : 9
<7.5s : 1
<10.0s : 6
<20.0s : 12
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move R-Car Gen3 and Gen4 jump_to_image_no_args() into dedicated
rcar64-spl.c file. The implementation of jump_to_image_no_args()
is identical. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Introduce common weak board_early_init_f() in rcar64-common.c
which is the default implementation in case there is no other
board specific board_early_init_f(). Remove board_early_init_f()
from Salvator-X, ULCB and Draak boards where this function is
empty.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_I2C_LEGACY) is not set on this board,
remove the code and also remove all unnecessary headers that
are included in this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_I2C_LEGACY) is not set on this board,
remove the code and also remove all unnecessary headers that
are included in this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SYS_I2C_LEGACY) is not set on this board,
remove the code and also remove all unnecessary headers that
are included in this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The common.c content is specific to 64-bit R-Car SoCs, rename
the file to rcar64-common.c and remove R-Car 64-bit ifdeffery
in the file. No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Introduce board/renesas/common/Makefile and remove the multiple
duplicate copies of obj := ../common/*.o from board Makefiles.
Let the build system include the common Makefile using the
HAVE_VENDOR_COMMON_LIB and build the common objects that are
shared by all the boards that way. No functional change intended.
Some of the remaining board files which include board specific
settings have been updated to use obj-y += to avoid rewriting
the board obj-y target and avoid dropping object files from the
build.
The board/renesas/common/Makefile is now also used when building
RZG2L targets which also set CONFIG_RCAR_64 symbol and 32bit R-Car
Gen2 targets, however, this common code is specific to 64bit R-Car
only. Inhibit the build of this common code for RZG2L using extra
ifndef CONFIG_RZG2L and do not include any code for R-Car Gen2 so
far.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Rename directory board/renesas/rcar-common to board/renesas/common and
move files. This allows the build system to use HAVE_VENDOR_COMMON_LIB
which automatically includes board/$(VENDOR)/common/Makefile . Create
temporarily empty board/renesas/common/Makefile to be extended with
actual content later in this series. This is a preparatory patch for
board Makefile simplification. No functional change so far.
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Multiple drivers copy the MDIO instance name from struct mii_phy to
struct bb_miiphy_bus, but the name field in these two structs have
different lengths, the bb_miiphy_bus one is 16 bytes, the source one
is 32 bytes. Make sure these two lengths are always synchronized, use
MDIO_NAME_LEN for both.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
It seems that every remaining system which enables BITBANGMII also
enables BITBANGMII_MULTI . Remove the BITBANGMII_MULTI symbol and
assume it is always enabled. This allows removal of a bit of legacy
code. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-tpm/-/pipelines/24375
We have use cases where a previous stage boot loader doesn't have any
TPM drivers. Instead of extending the hardware PCRs it produces an
EventLog that U-Boot later replays on the hardware.
The only real example we have is TF-A, which produces the EventLog using
hashing algorithms created at compile time. This creates a problem to the
TPM since measurements need to extend all active PCR banks. Up to now
we were exiting refusing the extend measurements.
TPMs can be instructed to change their active PCR banks, as long as the
device resets immediately after a reconfiguration. This PR is adding
that functionality. U-Boot can now scan the currently active TPM PCR
banks, the ones it was compiled to support and the ones present in an
EventLog. It the reconfigures the TPM on the fly with the correct algorithms.
As explained in commit c2cd7bd3ec ("configs: use syntax CONFIG_FOO=n
in tools-only_defconfig") we need to not use the "# CONFIG_FOO is not
set" syntax here in order to work correctly on OSes where cpp comes
ffrom LLVM.
Fixes: 867e16ae05 ("configs: Resync with savedefconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CI: https://dev.azure.com/sr0718/u-boot/_build/results?buildId=389&view=results
- kirkwood: Enable bootstd and other modernization for OpenRD boards
(Tony)
- board: solidrun: clearfog: enable ddr odt0 on write for both
chip-select (Josua)
- configs: mvebu_espressobin_ultra-88f3720_defconfig: enable full
bootflow functionality (Ben)
- Initial support for PXA1908 and samsung-coreprimevelte (Duje)
Samsung Galaxy Core Prime VE LTE is an entry-level PXA1908-based
smartphone. It has 1GB of DRAM, 8GB eMMC and USB connectivity.
Signed-off-by: Duje Mihanović <duje.mihanovic@skole.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add initial support for Marvell PXA1908. The SoC has 4 Cortex-A53 cores,
a GC7000UL GPU and a variety of peripheral controllers.
Signed-off-by: Duje Mihanović <duje.mihanovic@skole.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add compatible string for the Intel XScale variant of the 16550. Needed
to match upstream.
Signed-off-by: Duje Mihanović <duje.mihanovic@skole.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This appliance has multiple devices from which it can boot. Enable full
bootflow functionality so users can choose a non-default boot device.
Signed-off-by: Ben Schneider <ben@bens.haus>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enabling ODT is required to suppress reflection of the data signal on
DDR write operation. SolidRun Armada 388 SoM only connects M_ODT[0] even
when both chip-select are used.
Enable ODT[0] for both chip-select during write only.
Original work by Baruch Siach [1] and Chris Packham [2].
[1] aba763a611
[2] dbaf09590d
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua@solid-run.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
bloblist_find function only returns the pointer of blob data,
which is fine for those self-describing data like FDT.
But as a common scenario, an interface is needed to retrieve both
the pointer and the size of the blob data.
Add a few ut test cases for the new api.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Get eventlog bank mask when parsing the eventlog from previous
boot stage and invoke PCR allocate function based on it.
PCR allocate will be proceeded if any dismatches observed among
the active, supportted and eventlog bank masks to re-configurate
the TPM with the proper algorithms and reboot the system.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add PCR allocate wrapper APIs for using in tcg2 protocol.
The wrapper proceeds a PCR allocate command, followed by a
shutdown command.
A system boot is required after two commands since TPM device needs
a HW reset to activate the new algorithms config.
Also, a helper function is included to determine the new bank mask
for PCR allocation by combining the status of current active,
supported and eventlog bank masks.
A new kconfig is created. PCR allocate and system reboot only
happens when the kconfig is selected, otherwise just exit with
errors.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
TPM2_PCR_Allocate command is required to reconfigure a TPM device
to enable or disable algorithms in run-time, thus this patch introduces
the implementation of PCR allocate APIs and adds related cmd functions
for testing.
To test the feature, ensure that TPM is started up.
Run pcr_allocate command to turn on/off an algorithm, multiple calls
are supported and all changes will be cached:
`tpm2 pcr_allocate <algorithm_name> <on|off>`
Run startup command with argument 'off' to shutdown the TPM.
`tpm2 startup TPM2_SU_CLEAR off`
Reboot the board via `reset` to activate the changes.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
TPM2_shutdown command is sharing same structure and logics with
TPM2_startup, thus this patch extends the existing startup APIs and
cmd functions to support shutdown instead of created new ones.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Variable self assignment has been found by clang. But Linux kernel already
fixed this problem by commit 2a068daf5742 ("ubifs: Remove unnecessary
assignment") and commit ae4c8081eb77 ("ubifs: remove unnecessary
assignment").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The SDRAM_IDX in DDRSS_V2A_CTL_REG describes the number of address bits
minus 16 that are used to determine the mask used to detect memory
rollover and prevent aliasing and false coherency issues.
Set SDRAM_IDX using the device private data, ddr_ram_size for K3 family
of SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
The $loadaddr variable is a hexadecimal value, not a string, it must be
assigned using env_set_hex(). This may break follow up tests, like the
dm_test_cmd_hash_md5 in CI. To avoid any interference with other tests,
set $wgetaddr variable which is specific to this test and use it in the
test.
Fixes: 20f641987f ("test/cmd/wget.c: move net_test_wget() to the cmd test suite")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The ENETCv4 port DT nodes on i.MX95 may contain optional clock phandle
to IMX95_CLK_ENETREF "ref" clock. These "ref" clock must be enabled for
the ethernet to work. These "ref" clock are enabled after cold boot, but
when the system booted Linux and rebooted, those "ref" clock might have
been disabled in the process, which would make ethernet inoperable after
reboot. Make sure those "ref" clock are always correctly enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The alignment hole caused by cmdidx in struct mmc_cmd cause strange
issues together with the peephole2 optimization on Amlogic SoCs.
Following was observed while working on SPL support for Amlogic SoCs.
sd_get_capabilities() normally issue a CMD55 followed by a CMD51.
However, on at least Amlogic S905 (Cortex-A53) and S905X3 (Cortex-A55),
CMD55 was instead followed by CMD8 (and a few reties) in SPL.
Code from the call site:
cmd.cmdidx = SD_CMD_APP_SEND_SCR; // 51
...
data.blocksize = 8;
...
err = mmc_send_cmd_retry(mmc, &cmd, &data, 3);
Running the code with MMC_TRACE enabled shows:
CMD_SEND:55
ARG 0x50480000
MMC_RSP_R1,5,6,7 0x00000920
CMD_SEND:8
ARG 0x00000000
RET -110
Removing the alignment hole by changing cmdidx from ushort to uint or
building with -fno-peephole2 flag seem to resolve this issue.
CMD_SEND:55
ARG 0x50480000
MMC_RSP_R1,5,6,7 0x00000920
CMD_SEND:51
ARG 0x00000000
MMC_RSP_R1,5,6,7 0x00000920
Same issue was observed building U-Boot with gcc 8 - 13.
Remove this alignment hole by changing cmdidx from ushort to uint.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Return value of function 'lseek', called at pblimage.c:211,
is not checked, but it is usually checked for this function.
This trigger was found using the Svace static analyzer.
Signed-off-by: Maks Mishin <maks.mishinFZ@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When setting the time on the MAX31343, the time is not updated
for one second, and reading the time in this interval will give
the old time. Wait one second after writing so that the date
command will show the correct time when setting the clock.
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Cc: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Pull request efi-2025-04-rc1-2
Documentation:
* describe creating a pflash file for qemu-system-riscv64
UEFI:
* correct logging StartImage()
* use LOGC_EFI consistently
* reduce UEFI size if HAS_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT=y
* Update efi_run_image() to accept image and device path
* Add a version of efi_binary_run() with more parameters
* Move the fallback code from efi_run_image()
* Pass in the required parameters from EFI bootmeth
* bootmeth_efi: Support PXE booting
Other:
* Enable log filtering by function name
Rather than setting up the global variables and then making the call,
pass them into function directly. This cleans up the code and makes it
all a bit easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is only needed if an invalid image/device path is passed in.
Move the code out to a caller where this can be dealt with. The normal
flow will provide these parameters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses a few global variables at present. With the bootflow we have
the required parameters, so add a function which accepts these. Update
the existing function to call the new one with the globals.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Provide these globals as parameters to this function, on the way to
making it possible to start an image without relying on the globals.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot can be executed in place from a flash device.
Describe how this can be emulated on RISC-V QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If a board has a strict size limit, disable
* Unicode capitalization and
* HII protocols
by default to reduce the image size.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Up to now we could only use log level, category, and file for filtering.
Allow filtering on a list of functions.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Function log_has_file() is not used externally. Make it static.
Rename the function to log_has_member() as we can reuse for filtering
other strings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When logging running an image, e.g. `bootefi hello` the indent is not
correctly reset.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
I have one of these boards loaded with Ubuntu 24.10 (64-bit). Add an
entry for it so that it can be used for testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-By: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Buildman has always treated the lack of a toolchain as an infrastructure
problem rather than a build failure.
However the logic for this is not correct, since it does not write a
'done' file in this case.
As a result, one of two things can happen.
1. If a previous build ran in the same (output) directory, the outcome
of *that* build is recorded as the outcome of this one
2. Otherwise, no outcome is recorded
Obviously this inconsistency is not ideal. While (2) is rare, it can be
very confusing as the build sort-of fails but does not produce any
summary output with 'buildman -s'
Overall it seems better to attribute a toolchain issue to the boards
that it affects. This results in clear failures which can be examined,
no matter what happened in the .bm-work directory previously.
So write a 'done' file for each build when a toolchain is missing.
The end result of this patch is to make missing toolchains much more
obvious. It should be things a bit easier for novice users.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not actually used but its presence suggests that it is the
filename for the board database. Drop it to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This script can fail if there is no toolchain available for the board.
At present this is not handled very nicely, in that only the error
output is reported. It is much more useful to see everything, so
combine stdout and stderr and report them both.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The u-boot-test-getrole script runs before the normal environment
variables have been set up. This is unavoidable since the script is
providing necessary information to test.py
This means that U_BOOT_SOURCE_DIR is not set in the environment.
As a result, Labgrid uses its default source path, configured in its
environment variable. While this may happen to work, it is not correct.
Also, it causes problems when running from Gitlab, where the runner may
not have access to that source path.
Provide the required source path in U_BOOT_SOURCE_DIR so that Labgrid
does the right thing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: bf89a8f1fc ("test: Introduce the concept of a role")
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20241211131858.520639-1-sjg@chromium.org/
Split MMIO accessors into pinctrl-imx-mmio.c and build this
file only if Kconfig symbol PINCTRL_IMX_MMIO is selected.
Select PINCTRL_IMX_MMIO Kconfig symbol for all but pinctrl-imx8.c
driver, which does not use the MMIO accessors. This reduces the
amount of code compiled on platforms which do not use the code.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The only user of the SCU pinctrl code is pinctrl-imx8.c , fold
the entire pinctrl-scu.c code into pinctrl-imx8.c and remove the
matching Kconfig symbols and Makefile entries. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Call imx_pinctrl_set_state_common() from imx_pinctrl_scu_conf_pins(),
rename imx_pinctrl_scu_conf_pins() to imx_pinctrl_set_state_scu().
Get rid of the unnecessary ifdeffery in pinctrl-imx.h in the process.
Remove all SCU support from pinctrl-imx.c imx_pinctrl_set_state_mmio()
which makes that function a pure MMIO pinctrl configuration accessor.
Update pinctrl-imx8.c to call imx_pinctrl_set_state_scu directly.
No functional change.
This patch is best viewed with git show -w due to indent change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Split imx_pinctrl_set_state() into imx_pinctrl_set_state_common() and
imx_pinctrl_set_state_mmio(). The former does the common configuration
parsing, the later does call imx_pinctrl_set_state_common() and then
does pin configuration using either SCU or MMIO accesses. The SCU part
is going to be moved out in follow up patches.
This is a preparatory patch for follow up pinctrl drivers which
do not use the MMIO accessors, but some other means, like SCU or
otherwise. Those will call the common imx_pinctrl_set_state_common()
function wrapped into some other imx_pinctrl_set_state_*() function,
in a way similar to imx_pinctrl_set_state_mmio() does so for MMIO
accesses.
Update all imx_pinctrl_set_state_mmio() call sites to call
imx_pinctrl_set_state_mmio() instead.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current implementation of imx_pinctrl_remove() is specific
to the MMIO accessor implementation, rename the function to
imx_pinctrl_remove_mmio() to make this obvious. No functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Split imx_pinctrl_probe() into imx_pinctrl_probe_common() and
imx_pinctrl_probe_mmio(). The former does the common setup, the
later does the common setup and MMIO access configuration. The
common setup can be used as-is for SCU based systems, update
the pinctrl-imx8 to call only the common setup, update all the
other pinctrl drivers to call imx_pinctrl_probe_mmio().
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The probe function is identical across all the pinctrl drivers.
Inline the imx_pinctrl_soc_info access into imx_pinctrl_probe()
and drop all the duplicate probe functions. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The return callback for SCU variant of the pinctrl drivers does
nothing but returns 0. Remove the return callback from the SCU
driver itself, that has the same effect. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rename the structure instances to match driver names, so they
can be easily looked up e.g. in objdump and readelf outputs.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move imx_pinctrl_ops into drivers and staticize. This is preparatory
patch for follow up pinctrl drivers which will not use this variant
of imx_pinctrl_ops content. This should not change size, as most of
the deployments compiled in one pinctrl driver anyway. No functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
tee-os node is guarded by CONFIG_OPTEE. Since OPTEE adds driver support
for OP-TEE, the binary should then be packaged in the bootable image.
Remove the optional property to enforce this requirement.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
The current method of running unit tests relies on subcommands of the
ut command. Only the code in each subcommand knows how to find the tests
related to that subcomand.
This is not ideal and we now have quite a few subcommands which do
nothing but locate the relevant tests in a linker list, then call a
common function to run them.
This series adds a list of test suites, so that these subcommands can be
removed.
An issue with 'ut all' is that it doesn't record how many tests failed
overall, so it is necessary to examine copious amounts of output to look
for failures. This series adds a new 'total' feature allow recording the
total number of failed tests.
To help with 'ut all' a new pytest is created which runs it (as well as
'ut info') and makes sure that all is well. Due to the 'ut all' failures
this does not pass, so the test is disabled for now. It is here because
it provides security against misnaming a test suite and causing it not
to run.
Future work may:
- get 'ut all' passing
- enable test_suite() in CL, to ensure that 'ut all' keeps passing
- record duration of each suite
- allow running the tests in random order to tease out dependencies
- tweak the output to remove common prefixes
- getting rid of bootstd, optee and seame 'ut' subcommands
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250120212613.516664-1-sjg@chromium.org
Rather than having the help in the longhelp, put it in the suite info
so 'ut info -s' can show it. This is tidier, particular due to the
removal of #ifdefs
This means that the help text is present in the image (although not
displayed with 'ut info -s') so the image-size increases. But with
UNIT_TEST enabled, we expect large images so this doesn't seem
important.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put the suites in order by name, for easier code-maintenance. This also
helps find test results for a particular swuit in the 'ut all' output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to show the stats, so we can decide when to print it.
This slightly adjusts the output, so that any 'test not found' message
appears on its own line after all other output.
The 'failures' message now appears in lower case so update pytest
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is useful information and is not always the same as the 'count' arg
to ut_run_list() so add it as a separate stat.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use a struct to hold the stats, since we also want to have the same
stats for all runs as we have for each suite.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function to access a unit-test state, so that the caller can
collect results from running multiple suites.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not needed anymore. If a test suite is not built, then it will
have no linker-list entries. So we can just check for that and know that
the suite is not present.
This allows removal of the #ifdefs and the need to keep them in sync
with the associated Makefile rules, which has actually failed, since the
help does not match what commands are actually present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'info' test is not a real test. With the new suite array we can drop
this and the associated special-case code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new suite-runner to run these tests instead.
It is not clear that these actually work, since they are not enabled on
sandbox for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new suite-runner to run these tests instead.
It is not clear that these actually work, since they are not enabled on
sandbox for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The current cmd_ut_sub[] array was fine when there were only a few test
suites. But is quite unwieldy now:
- it requires a separate do_ut_xxx for each suite, even though the code
for most is almost identical
- running more than one suite requires running multiple commands, and
there is no record of which suites passed or failed
- 'ut all' runs all suites but reports their results individually
- we need lots of #ifdefs in the array, mirroring those in the makefile
but maintained in a separate place
In fact the tests are all in the same linker list. The suites are
grouped, so it is possible to access the information without a command.
Introduce a 'suite' array, which holds the cmd_ut_...() function to
call, but can also support running a suite without that function. This
means that the array of struct cmd_tbl is transformed into an array of
'struct suite'.
This will allow removal of many of the functions, particularly those
without test-specific init.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most test suites have a _test suffix. This is not necessary as there is
also a ut_ prefix.
Drop the suffix so that (with future work) the suite name can be used as
the linker-list name.
Remove the suffix from the pytest regex as well, moving it to the top of
the file, as it is a constant.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Python test which runs 'ut all' and then checks that the expected
suites are present and all tests in each suite are run.
This can help to check that nothing is missing.
Update 'ut info' to ignore the 'all' suite when counting the number of
suites, since that is really just a combination of all the other suites.
Adjust the message for skipped tests so that appears even if no
particular test was selected. This helps the new 'test_suite' test see
what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to see a list of available suites. At present this is
handled by the longhelp for the 'ut' command, but this is not in a
format which can be easily parsed by python tests.
Add a -s option to show this. At present it is not possible to show the
number of tests in each suite, but future work will address this. For
now, show a ?
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some suites have a different name from that used in the linker list.
That makes it hard to programmatically match the name printed when the
suite runs to the linker-list name it has.
Update the names so they are the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few messages lack a newline so the test output shows the next
test-name on the same line. For example:
Beware: this test sets local variable dollar_bar and dollar_quux
and they cannot be unset!Test: hush_test_env_dollar: dollar.c
This is confusing, so fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A limitation of most linker_list macros is that they cannot easily be
used in data structures. This is because they include code inside their
expressions.
Provide a way to support this, with new ll_start_decl() and
ll_end_decl() macros.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move these operations into separate functions so that it is clearer what
is needed. These functions can also be called from somewhere other than
ut_run_list().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The string conversion functions are implemented in lib/strto.c which is
only compiled if CONFIG_STRTO=y.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This config is causing conflicts with how fdtfile variable is
initialized.
For K3 devices, CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE= "ti/k3-<board>.dtb".
With CONFIG_TI_FDT_FOLDER_PATH also prefixing "ti", fdtfile is then
"ti/ti/k3-<board>.dtb". This variable is updated when fitImage is
booted and fails to boot due to the parsing error "ti/ti/".
Given that there are no other users of this config other than K3 for
now, it is being removed.
Since am64x, j721e and j721s2 also define a DEFAULT_FDT_FILE, update
them to conform to the DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE standard.
Signed-off-by: Aashvij Shenai <a-shenai@ti.com>
Replace Maximumm with Maximum in Kconfig symbol description, fix a typo.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/24323
Android:
- Fix kcmdline null pointer dereference (reported by coverity and
multiple users)
- Move Igor to reviewers instead of maintainers for avb/ab
- Fix booting Android with AVB built-in, but disabled via
fastboot flash --disable-verity vbmeta vbmeta.img
1. Bug fixed for doorbell in secure device manager mailbox driver
2. Enhancement on SoCFPGA dwc_eth_xgmac driver
3. Enhancement on DW MAC driver
4. Improved the error message and status for SoC64 device FPGA
configuration driver
5. Updated existing watchdog in system manager to support new SM device
Currently the FPGA reconfig status only return a single error status
which make the debugging of FPGA reconfiguration hard.
This patch is to expose the error status, major error code and
minor error code, for the FPGA reconfig to upper layer app.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This patch adds support for configuring the ethernet MAC mode independently
from the PHY mode on our SoC FPGA board. Specifically, this is necessary
for a scenario where the ethernet controller MAC is connected to the
FPGA HVIO with a different GMII interface, and the FPGA output is routed
to the PHY using a RGMII interface.
To support this configuration, a mechanism is introduced to handle
separate MAC mode settings, ensuring that the MAC controller and PHY
can operate correctly with their respective interface modes.
If mac-mode is not defined, the MAC mode will default to the PHY mode,
ensuring compatibility and proper operation between the MAC and PHY.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Agilex5 having several ethernet instance, adding the device
name at the error message to differentiate between which
instance is having issue.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
An issue was identified where selecting the phy-mode as
rgmii-id in the device tree source (DTS) would cause the
`dwc_eth_xgmac_socfpga` driver to raise an unsupported phy mode error.
From the MAC controller's perspective, the rgmii and rgmii-id
phy modes are effectively identical. To address this, both
modes will now be configured to rgmii in the MAC controller.
This change ensures that the rgmii-id phy mode is properly
supported without error.
Signed-off-by: Boon Khai Ng <boon.khai.ng@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the "rgmii-id", "rgmii-rxid", and
"rgmii-txid" modes for the dwmac_socfpga driver.
Signed-off-by: Rufus Segar <rhs@riseup.net>
The current write and notify SDM to read mechanism has a flaw where
SDM is not notified enough to be able to read all the data in the buffer.
This is caused by SDM doorbell will only be sent out once the command
buffer overflow check is satisfied. If the command buffer does not reach
overflow status, no SDM doorbell will be sent out, which may cause a
timeout as the mailbox driver will be waiting for the SDM to read the
buffer to empty even though SDM is not notified to do so.
The solution is to remove the command buffer overflow check
and set the SDM doorbell to always trigger at the end of the command
buffer.
This will ensure that the SDM is able to read all of the data.
Signed-off-by: Alif Zakuan Yuslaimi <alif.zakuan.yuslaimi@altera.com>
This commit is to fix the system manager watchdog mode setting to support
until mode_4 for Agilex5. This changes can refer to system manager register
map on wddbg fields.
In Agilex7 it is not detected as an issue because Agilex7 only have 4 watchdog
until mode_3 and it is already been set correctly for it to halt on any CPU in
debug mode. However, in Agilex5 this fix is needed in order to enable the watchdog
pause feature for mode_4 when entering debug mode. If 0xF is not been set on mode_4,
the Watchdog Timers will not halt on any CPU. As by default value, the pause signal
does not assert when any CPU is in debug mode and the watchdog continue to count.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Hazim Izzat Zamri <muhammad.hazim.izzat.zamri@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Michael Chang <zhang971090220@gmail.com> says:
I am resubmitting the patch titled "Add bitbang feature for npcm8xx
and driver" for review and inclusion in the upstream project.
Driver didn't support bitbang feature.
Add bb_miiphy_bus function for driver and open feature for npcm8xx
the log is as below:
-------------------------------------------------
U-Boot 2024.10-g30b9cdaf2df5-dirty (Jan 09 2025 - 00:57:37 +0000)
CPU-0: NPCM845 A1 @ Model: Nuvoton npcm845 Development Board (Device Tree)
DRAM: 1 GiB
RNG: NPCM RNG module bind OK
OTP: NPCM OTP module bind OK
AES: NPCM AES module bind OK
SHA: NPCM SHA module bind OK
I/TC: Reserved shared memory is enabled
I/TC: Dynamic shared memory is enabled
I/TC: Normal World virtualization support is disabled
I/TC: Asynchronous notifications are disabled
Core: 649 devices, 28 uclasses, devicetree: separate
WDT: Not starting watchdog@901c
MMC: sdhci@f0842000: 0
Loading Environment from SPIFlash... SF:
Detected w25q512jvq with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB,
total 64 MiB
OK
In: serial@0
Out: serial@0
Err: serial@0
Net: eth0: eth@f0802000, eth1: eth@f0804000, eth3: eth@f0808000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
U-Boot>
U-Boot>
U-Boot>setenv ipaddr 192.168.16.3
U-Boot>ping 192.168.16.12
eth@f0802000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete
......... TIMEOUT !
Could not initialize PHY eth@f0802000
eth@f0804000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete
......... TIMEOUT !
Could not initialize PHY eth@f0804000
Speed: 100, full duplex
Using eth@f0808000 device
host 192.168.16.12 is alive
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250117104540.1580343-1-zhang971090220@gmail.com
This patch adds support for MediaTek MT7987.
MT7987 features MediaTek NETSYS v3, similar to MT7988, features three GMACs
which support 2.5Gb HSGMII. One 2.5Gb PHY is also embedded an can be
connected to a dedicated GMAC.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
mtk_eth.c contains not only the ethernet GMAC/DMA driver, but also
some ethernet switch initialization code. As we may add more switch
support in the future, it's better to move them out of mtk_eth.c to
avoid increasing the code complexity.
Since not all switches are supported for a particular board, Kconfig
options are added to allow user to select which switch should be
built into u-boot. If multiple switches are selected, auto-detecting
can also be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Enable ENV_OVERWRITE to allow environment variables to be
overwritten within the board code. This is required to add
MAC addresses during SOM detection.
Additionally, set ENV_IS_NOWHERE for boot sources other than MMC.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Enable the GPIO command to allow access to the GPIO pins.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The phyBOARD-Electra does not include a PCA953x I2C GPIO multiplexer.
Remove this configuration as it is a remnant from another
defconfig, and enable CONFIG_DA8XX_GPIO for the DA8XX DaVinci GPIO
controller instead.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
We set the boot source as environment variable 'boot'.
Also include 'uart' and 'usbdfu' as possible boot sources.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Increase the malloc pool size for the SPL by additional 4kB from
0x7000 to 0x8000.
This fixes following error message:
...
alloc space exhausted ptr 7028 limit 7000
DRAM init failed: -12
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
With commit 22ce56a3eb ("ram: k3-ddrss: Add k3_ddrss_ddr_bank_base_size_calc()
to solve 'calculations restricted to 32 bits' issue") we need to provide the
detected RAM size in the device tree node prio to K3 DDRSS driver probe.
This is done by calling fdt_fixup_memory_banks() in do_board_detect().
After probing, call into k3-ddrss driver to fixup device tree and resize
the available amount of DDR if ECC is enabled.
A third fixup is required from A53 SPL to take the fixup
as done from R5 SPL and apply it to DT passed to A53 U-boot,
which in turn passes this to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
1. Fix mmc clock order of mt7981 to match the clock name
2. Limit the max clock of SD to 50MHz to meet SD Card Spec 2.0
3. Increase the CLK pin driving strength to 8mA
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add driving settings for both SPI and SD/eMMC interfaces to support ensure
flash devices is accessible for ram-booting.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch add all three GMACs nodes for mt7988. Each GMAC can be
configured to connect to different ethernet switches/PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
One MediaTek PCIe Gen3 controller has only one port, where PCI bus 0
on this port represents the controller itself and bus 1 represents
the external PCIe device.
If multiple PCIe controllers are probed in U-Boot, U-Boot will use
bus numbers greater than 2 as input parameters. Therefore, we should
convert the BDF bus number to either 0 or 1 by subtracting the
offset by controller->seq_.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Explicitly add quad mode capabilities or the SPI controller may
start transfer in single mode.
Signed-off-by: SkyLake.Huang <skylake.huang@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Update the image load address to ensure it matches the mt7629 NOR
controller's DMA alignment requirements.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds missing initialization of fields in INFRA_MUX struct
which caused uart broken after any other infra mux being enabled by
'clk_prepare_enable'
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
When booting an Android build with AVB enabled, it's still possible to
deactivate the check for development purposes if the bootloader state is
UNLOCKED.
This is very useful for development and can be done at flashing time via:
$ fastboot flash --disable-verity --disable-verification vbmeta vbmeta.img
However, with bootmeth_android, we cannot boot this way:
Scanning bootdev 'mmc@fa10000.bootdev':
0 android ready mmc 0 mmc@fa10000.bootdev.whole
** Booting bootflow 'mmc@fa10000.bootdev.whole' with android
avb_vbmeta_image.c:188: ERROR: Hash does not match!
avb_slot_verify.c:732: ERROR: vbmeta_a: Error verifying vbmeta image: HASH_MISMATCH
get_partition: can't find partition '_a'
avb_slot_verify.c:496: ERROR: _a: Error determining partition size.
Verification failed, reason: I/O error occurred while trying to load data
Boot failed (err=-5)
No more bootdevs
From the logs we can see that avb tries to read a partition named '_a'.
It's doing so because the last element of requested_partitions implicitly is
'\0', but the doc explicitly request it to be NULL instead.
Add NULL as last element to requested_partitions to avoid this problem.
Fixes: 125d9f3306 ("bootstd: Add a bootmeth for Android")
Reviewed-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250108-avb-disable-verif-v2-1-ba7d3b0d5b6a@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Following the move of the H616 family to OF_UPSTREAM in the last cycle,
now some older SoCs with identical DTs follow the lead: the F1C100s, A10,
A10s, A13. The remaining SoCs suffer from that IRQ cells incompatiblity,
breaking support for Linux < v5.13, so I am holding their move back still.
Otherwise we get proper support for the PinePhone v1.2, and PSTORE support
for all revisions of that device.
This is rounded up by a PMIC related fix for some A80 boards, and two
cleanup patches that are preparations for two new SoCs families, being
worked on as we speak. But they have to wait for the next cycle.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on some boards.
The ofnode_find_subnode() function currently processes things two
different ways, so the treatment of unit addresses differs depending on
whether OF_LIVE is enabled or not.
Add a new version which uses the ofnode API and add a test to check that
unit addresses can be matched correctly. Leave the old function in place
for the !OF_LIVE case, to avoid a code-size increase, e.g. on
firefly-rk3288
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a unit-address is provided, use it to match against the node
name.
Since this increases code size, put it into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add bloblist support so that tables can be generated and placed in a
bloblist, then passed to a payload using UPL
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The add_u_boot_and_runtime() function paints with a broad brush,
considering all of the memory from the top of U-Boot stack to
gd->ram_top as EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_CODE
This is fine, but we need to make sure we don't add a separate entry for
any ACPI tables in this region (which happens when bloblist is used for
tables). Otherwise the memory map looks strange and we get a test
failure on qemu-x86 (only) for the 'virtual address map' test.
Good map:
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
CONVENTIONAL 0000000000000000-00000000000a0000 WB
RESERVED 00000000000a0000-00000000000f0000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 00000000000f0000-00000000000f2000 WB|RT
RESERVED 00000000000f2000-0000000000100000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000000100000-0000000005cc7000 WB
BOOT DATA 0000000005cc7000-0000000005ccc000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 0000000005ccc000-0000000005ccd000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 0000000005ccd000-0000000005cce000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 0000000005cce000-0000000005cf0000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 0000000005cf0000-0000000006cf5000 WB
RESERVED 0000000006cf5000-0000000006cfa000 WB
ACPI RECLAIM MEM 0000000006cfa000-0000000006d1c000 WB
RESERVED 0000000006d1c000-0000000006f35000 WB
RUNTIME CODE 0000000006f35000-0000000006f37000 WB|RT
RESERVED 0000000006f37000-0000000008000000 WB
RESERVED 00000000e0000000-00000000f0000000 WB
Bad map: (with BLOBLIST_TABLES but without this patch):
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
CONVENTIONAL 0000000000000000-00000000000a0000 WB
RESERVED 00000000000a0000-00000000000f0000 WB
ACPI RECLAIM MEM 00000000000f0000-00000000000f1000 WB
RESERVED 00000000000f1000-0000000000100000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000000100000-0000000005ca5000 WB
BOOT DATA 0000000005ca5000-0000000005caa000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 0000000005caa000-0000000005cab000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 0000000005cab000-0000000005cac000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 0000000005cac000-0000000005cce000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 0000000005cce000-0000000006cd3000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 0000000006cd3000-0000000006cd5000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 0000000006cd5000-0000000006cf4000 WB
RESERVED 0000000006cf4000-0000000006cf9000 WB
ACPI RECLAIM MEM 0000000006cf9000-0000000006ce6000 WB
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This isn't strictly needed, but with UPL we use the reserved-memory
nodes to indicate where the SMBIOS table is. Tianocore requires 4KB
alignment on these regions, so it is easier to adjust the alignment
to match.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the tables to use linux/sizes rather than open-coped values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If video is enabled we expect it to work. Avoid silent failure by adding
a panic if things go wrong.
Expand the SPL malloc-area for qemu-x86_64 to avoid a panic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this information to the handoff structure so that it is available to
U-Boot proper. Update bochs and the video handoff.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The space here is quite tight and there is plenty of room in the ROM.
Move SPL earlier to allow for expansion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU can have its own internal ACPI and SMBIOS tables. At present U-Boot
copies out the SMBIOS tables but points directly to the ACPI ones.
The ACPI tables are not aligned on a 4KB boundary, which means that UPL
cannot use them directly, since it uses a reserved-memory node for the
tables and that it assumed (by EDK2) to be 4KB-aligned.
On x86, QEMU provides the tables in a mapped memory region and U-Boot
makes use of these directly, thus making it difficult to use any common
code.
Adjust the logic to fit within the existing table-generation code. Use a
bloblist always and ensure that the ACPI tables is placed in an aligned
region. Set a size of 8K for QEMU. This does not actually put all the
tables in one place, for QEMU, since it currently adds a pointer to the
tables in QFW.
On ARM, enable bloblist so that SMBIOS tables can be added to the
bloblist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU always gets its devicetree from the OF_BOARD mechanism so we should
not depend on !BLOBLIST here.
It's not clear why we need to have any relationship with BLOBLIST so
let's remove the entire condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 2b71470628 dts: OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE should depend on !BLOBLIST
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In contrast to some other Allwinner SoCs, there is no difference between
the DTs for the Allwinner A10s/A13 SoCs (sun5i) between the U-Boot and the
Linux kernel repository.
Remove the old copies of the A10s/A13 related .dts and .dtsi files, and
switch most of sun5i boards over to use OF_UPSTREAM.
There are two boards for which we don't have DTs in the kernel tree.
Keep those two .dts files in the legacy U-Boot DT directory, and let
their defconfig opt out of OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
In contrast to some other Allwinner SoCs, there is no difference between
the DTs for the Allwinner A10 SoCs (sun4i) between the U-Boot and the
Linux kernel repository.
Remove the old copies of the A10 related .dts and .dtsi files, and switch
most of sun4i boards over to use OF_UPSTREAM.
There are two boards for which we don't have DTs in the kernel tree.
Keep those two .dts files in the legacy U-Boot DT directory, and let
their defconfig opt out of OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
In contrast to some other Allwinner SoCs, there is no difference between
the DTs for the Allwinner F1C100/F1C200 SoCs (sunvi) between the U-Boot
and the Linux kernel repository.
Remove the old copies of the F1Cx00 related .dts and .dtsi files, and
switch the whole suniv SoC over to use OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
In newer 1.2 PinePhone board revisions LIS3MDL magnetometer was replaced by
AF8133J. They use the same PB1 pin in different modes.
LIS3MDL uses it as an gpio input to handle interrupt.
AF8133J uses it as an gpio output as a reset signal.
It wasn't possible at runtime to enable both device tree
nodes and detect supported sensor at probe time.
AF8133J has reset pin (PB1) connected to the SoC. By default AF8133J
is in a reset state and don't respond to probe request on I2C
bus. Extra code would be needed to handle reset signal. Therefore this
code uses LIS3MDL magnetometer instead of AF8133J.
Introducing new dts 1.2b with AF8133J sensor would require probing in
SPL. That would lead to pulling in into SPL I2C controller driver,
RSB controller driver, introducing new AXP803 driver to power-up
sensors for probe. It's working, but SPL is pretty size-constrained on
A64 and doesn't have much space. Therefore fdt fixup is done in U-Boot
proper without introducing new board revision and new dts.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Skvortsov <andrej.skvortzov@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20240908214718.36316-1-andrej.skvortzov@gmail.com/
Link: https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2024-February/545700.html
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: fix formatting]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
pstore will allow users to catch kernel crashes and report them to
developers. Modern (Android) phones have pstore usually enabled to get
information about kernel crash, since it's the simplest way to get
kernel backtrace on mobile device without serial console. Usually it's
enabled by default in distribution kernels like Debian.
CONFIG_PSTORE=y
CONFIG_PSTORE_RAM=m
systemd has service that automatically handles pstore and saves them
in /var/lib/pstore for later usage.
In general any DRAM address, that isn't overwritten during a boot is
suitable for pstore.
Range from 0x40000000 - 0x50000000 is heavily used by u-boot for
internal use and to load kernel, fdt, fdto, scripts, pxefile and ramdisk
later in the boot process. Ramdisk start address is 0x4FF00000,
initramfs for kernel with some hacking features and debug info enabled
can take more than 100Mb and final address will be around 0x58000000.
Address 0x61000000 will most likely not overlap with that.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Skvortsov <andrej.skvortzov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far all sunxi boards programming the DCDC1 power rail on the AXP PMIC
also set the DCDC5 rail, so we could handle both with the same DCDC1
guard.
Some boards using the AXP313 will need to set DCDC1 now as well, and
since the AXP313 only has three buck converters, there will be no DCDC5,
so this trick is not going to work anymore.
Don't try to be too clever, and just protect programming the two DCDC
rails with two separate guards.
This has the interesting side effect of fixing operation on A80 boards,
using the AXP809 PMIC. Apparently programming DCDC5 right after DCDC1,
but before the other three rails caused some glitch, which made the board
hang during Linux boot, during the PSCI handler in U-Boot. Just keeping
the old setup order (DCDC1,2,3,4,5) will make those boards boot to the
Linux prompt again.
Fixes: ffb02942fa ("sunxi: board: simplify early PMIC setup conditions")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
The H616 DRAM controller requires some board specific parameters, which
we declare in Kconfig, let each board specify in their defconfig, and
then use in the DRAM init code.
Other DRAM controllers now require a very similar, if not identical
parameter set, with so far the same parameter names used.
To help keep the Kconfig file at bay, rename the existing parameter
names to drop the H616_ part in there, to make them more naturally
reusable for other SoCs.
No functional change, just a rename.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
With each new SoC added to the clock_sun50i_h6.h header file, we add a
list of default values for the bus clock registers. This list gets a bit
hard to read, as the spacing between the lines looks confusing.
Tighten the lines by removing empty lines, to make it more obvious which
values belong together. Also remove those comments that were more or
less duplicating the next code line, and didn't add any information.
This makes it easier to find existing values and to add support for new
SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Use this function instead of fit_image_get_emb_data() data, since it
works will FITs that use external data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is really just getting the data. The size comes along for
the ride. In fact this function is only reliable way to obtain the data
for an image in a FIT, since the FIT may use external data.
Rename it to fit_image_get_data()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function can only be used with FITs that use embedded data. Rename
it so this is clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Update ofnode_add_subnode() and ofnode_add_prop() to return a suitable
error when space is exhausted in the FDT. This makes it easier to see
what is going wrong.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At some point it would be nice to have the ofnode API automatically
expand the tree as required, to accommodate new nodes. For now, expand
the default size so that UPL can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the version of this function in mkimage so that it uses a const
pointer, as is done in the mapmem.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some header files included on the host are moving to use abuf, so adjust
the header-inclusion to bring in size_t correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In many cases it is useful to get the address of a buffer, e.g. when
booting from it. Add a function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to encourage people to use an allocated bloblist since it is
more flexible than a fixed one. Make this the default, being sure not to
change existing users.
The unit tests require BLOBLIST_FIXED so add a dependency in the
Makefile to avoid build errors.
All sandbox builds require BLOBLIST_FIXED so make that the default for
sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The highlights are:
* Fixed boot regression due to broken memory parsing
* Enable HW RNG and KASLR on all platforms
* Add support for Snapdragon X1 Elite hardware (clk/pinctrl)
* Add support for QCS9100 ride automotive development platform (clk/ufs)
* Add support for PCIe on SM8550, SM8650 and X1E
* Implement software debounce for PMIC buttons
Additionally, some minor improvements to "ufetch" have been pulled in:
* Show CPU architecture (arm/mips/etc)
* Make CONFIG_BLK optional
* Fix 32-bit support
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This includes various patches towards implementing the VBE abrec
bootmeth in U-Boot. It mostly focuses on introducing a relocating
SPL-loader so that VBE can run in the limited amount of SRAM available
on many devices.
Another minor new feature is support in VBE for specifying the image
phase when loading from a FIT. This allows a single FIT to include
images for several boot phases, thus simplifying image-creation.
One lingering niggle in this series is that it has a different code path
for sandbox, since it does not support the relocating jump. It should be
possible to resolve this with additional work, but I have not attempted
this so far.
For v2, I have split the first patch into 5 pieces, to make it easier to
see the code-size impact, plus added a few tweaks to reduce code size.
Again, only MMC is supported so far.
Looking ahead, series G will have some more plumbing and H some rk3399
pieces. That should be enough to complete these feature.
Here is a run in my lab, with the VBE ABrec bootmeth. You can see that
VPL runs before memory is set up. SPL sets up memory and can be upgraded
in the field reliably.
$ ub-int vbe
Building U-Boot in sourcedir for rk3399-generic
Bootstrapping U-Boot from dir /tmp/b/rk3399-generic
Writing U-Boot using method rockchip
U-Boot TPL 2025.01-rc3-00345-gdfbdbf1eb56c-dirty (Jan 08 2025 - 10:47:58)
Trying to boot from vbe_abrec
load: Firefly-RK3399 Board
Using 'config-3' configuration
Trying 'image-vpl' firmware subimage
Using 'config-3' configuration
Trying 'fdt-3' fdt subimage
U-Boot VPL 2025.01-rc3-00345-gdfbdbf1eb56c-dirty (Jan 08 2025 - 10:47:58)
Trying to boot from vbe_abrec
load: Firefly-RK3399 Board
Starting with empty state
VBE: Firmware pick A at 800000
Using 'config-3' configuration
Trying 'spl' firmware subimage
Using 'config-3' configuration
Trying 'fdt-3' fdt subimage
Channel 0: DDR3, 800MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Channel 1: DDR3, 800MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=15 CS1 Row=15 CS=2 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
256B stride
U-Boot SPL 2025.01-rc3-00345-gdfbdbf1eb56c-dirty (Jan 08 2025 - 10:47:58 -0700)
Trying to boot from vbe_abrec
load: Firefly-RK3399 Board
VBE: Firmware pick A at 900000
load_simple_fit: Skip load 'atf-5': image size is 0!
Relocating bloblist ff8eff00 to 100000: done
ns16550_serial serial@ff1a0000: pinctrl_select_state_full: uclass_get_device_by_phandle_id: err=-19
U-Boot 2025.01-rc3-00345-gdfbdbf1eb56c-dirty (Jan 08 2025 - 10:47:58 -0700)
SoC: Rockchip rk3399
Reset cause: POR
Model: Firefly-RK3399 Board
DRAM: 4 GiB (effective 3.9 GiB)
Core: 314 devices, 33 uclasses, devicetree: separate
MMC: mmc@fe310000: 3, mmc@fe320000: 1, mmc@fe330000: 0
Loading Environment from SPIFlash... Invalid bus 0 (err=-19)
*** Warning - spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() failed, using default environment
In: serial,usbkbd
Out: serial,vidconsole
Err: serial,vidconsole
Model: Firefly-RK3399 Board
Net: PMIC: RK808
eth0: ethernet@fe300000
starting USB...
Bus usb@fe380000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3a0000: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus usb@fe3c0000: USB EHCI 1.00
Bus usb@fe3e0000: USB OHCI 1.0
Bus usb@fe900000: Register 2000140 NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.10
scanning bus usb@fe380000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3a0000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3c0000 for devices... 2 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe3e0000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@fe900000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 0 Storage Device(s) found
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250116012723.2820301-1-sjg@chromium.org
When building without DHCP/PXE configurations (NET disabled),
compilation errors may occur due to mismatched bootargs.
Ensure bootargs related to DHCP/PXE are not enabled if the
corresponding commands are disabled.
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:443:9: error: expected ‘}’ before
‘BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_PXE_without_CONFIG_CMD_DHCP_or_PXE’
443 | BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_PXE_without_CONFIG_CMD_DHCP_or_PXE
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Chanho Park <parkch98@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The get_timer function returns an unsigned long which may be calculated
from the ARM system counter. This counter is reset only on a cold reset.
U-boot divides this counter down to a 1000 Hz counter that will cross
the 32bit barrier after a bit more than 49 days. Assigning the value to
an unsigned int will truncate it on 64bit systems.
Passing this truncated value back to the get_timer function will return
a very large value that is certainly larger than the timeout and so will
go down the error path and besides stopping U-Boot will lead to messages
like
"SPI: QSPI is still busy after poll for 5000 ms."
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@legrand.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
We have a duplicate declaration of spi_mem_default_supports_op() which
was added twice, first with commit af6266c1c2 ("mem: spi-mem: add
declaration for spi_mem_default_supports_op") for v2021.04, and again
with commit 2299076e34 ("spi: spi-mem: export
spi_mem_default_supports_op()") for v2021.07.
The first commit is reverted here, because the second better matches the
definition and has a better place in the declaration order.
Note: Linux declares this in a different section of spi-mem.h which is
disabled in U-Boot through `#ifndef __UBOOT__`.
This reverts commit af6266c1c2.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
First try dropping this was with commit 37434db29b ("spi: atmel: Drop
atmel_spi.h") back in 2018 which was reverted not much later with commit
5270df2836 ("Revert "spi: atmel: Drop atmel_spi.h"").
Second try dropping this was in 2020 with commit beeb34ac0c ("spi:
atmel: Drop atmel_spi.h"), but that only moved all the definitions into
the source file and did not remove the header file.
Currently all of the definitions in the header file are (still)
contained in the source file, and the header file is include nowhere.
Fixes: beeb34ac0c ("spi: atmel: Drop atmel_spi.h")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
For a sandbox implementation, where code size is no object, it makes sense
to use the full bootstd drivers to load images.
For real boards, running from SRAM, this adds quite a bit of overhead.
Add a way to load the next phase using just the underlying storage
driver, to reduce code size. For now, only MMC is supported.
Change the log_debug() to show the load address and size in a more
neutral way, rather than suggesting that the load has already happened.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VBE needs to load different images from a FIT depending on the xPL phase
in use. The IH_PHASE value is used to select the image to load.
Add the required logic to handle this. For compatibility with the
SPL-loader driver, fill out a struct spl_image_info with the details
needed to boot the next phase.
This is good enough for VBE-simple but ABrec will need the full set of
bootstd features. So add a USE_BOOTMETH define to control this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add FDT support so that this can be copied down in memory after loading
and made available to the new image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is fairly easy to use. The SPL loader sets up some fields in the
spl_image_info struct and calls spl_reloc_prepare(). When SPL is ready
to do the jump it must call spl_reloc_jump() instead of jump_to_image().
Add this logic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When one xPL phase wants to jump to the next, the next phase must be
loaded into its required address. This means that the TEXT_BASE for the
two phases must be different and there cannot be any memory overlap
between the code used by the two phases. It also can mean that phases
need to be moved around to accommodate any size growth.
Having two xPL phases in SRAM at the same time can be tricky if SRAM
is limited, which it often is. It would be better if the second phase
could be loaded somewhere else, then decompressed into place over the
top of the first phase.
Introduce a relocating jump for xPL to support this. This selects a
suitable place to load the (typically compressed) next phase, copies
some decompression code out of the first phase, then jumps to this code
to decompress and start the next phase.
This feature makes it much easier to support Verified Boot for Embedded
(VBE) on RK3399 boards, which have 192KB of SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function will be used by the relocating jumper too, so add a
typedef to the header file to avoid mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In many cases the FIT includes a devicetree. Add support for loading
this into a suitable place in memory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases only the 'loadable' property is present in the FIT.
Handle this by loading the first such image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no guarantee that an FIT image starts on a block boundary. When
it doesn't, the image starts part-way through the first block.
Add logic to detect this and copy the image down into place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the VBE implementation is limited to sandbox only. Adjust the
call to fit_image_load() to remove this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is convenient to use TEXT_BASE as a place to hold the FIT header, but
this does not work in VPL, since SDRAM is not inited yet.
Allocate the memory instead. Ensure the size is aligned to the media
block-size so that it can be read in directly. Improve the
error-checking for blk_read() and add some more debugging.
Keep the existing TEXT_BASE mechanism in sandbox to avoid an
'Exec format error' when trying to run the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Loading a FIT is useful for other VBE methods, such as ABrec. Create a
new function to handling reading it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VBE is currently quite careful with function arguments because it is
used in VPL which cannot be updated after manufacture. Bugs can cause
security holes.
Unfortunately this adds to code size.
In several cases we are reading values from a devicetree which is part
of U-Boot (or at least VPL) and so known to be good. Also, in several
places, getting bad values does not matter.
So change a few checks to assert() to reduce code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass the private data instead of the device, to help the compiler
optimise better. This saves 16 bytes of code on pinecube (rk3288)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Pass a struct udevice instead of the descriptor structure, since this is
the native argument for blk_read()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move a few things into a new, common header file so that vbe-simple can
share code with the upcoming abrec.
Put struct simple_nvdata in it and rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not be using the old blk_d...() interface, is only there to
aid migration to driver model.
Move to blk_read() instead.
Changes in v2:
- Split patch into several pieces
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
commit fc37a73e66 ("fdt: Swap the signature for
board_fdt_blob_setup()") introduced a subtle change to the Snapdragon
implementation, removing the assignment to gd->fdt_blob partway through
the function.
This breaks qcom_parse_memory() which was also called during
board_fdt_blob_setup().
The underlying issue here is that qcom_parse_memory is using the of_ api
to traverse a devicetree, which relies on the fdt_blob in global data.
Rather than relying on this subtle behaviour, explicitly pass the FDT
that should be consulted for a /memory node.
Using the OF API is typically preferable because it's easier to read,
but using the lower level fdt_ methods instead here doesn't add too much
complexity, I think.
Finally, a minor tweak was made to board_fdt_blob_setup to use the
passed fdt blob pointer instead of gd->fdt_blob, which removes the last
of the references to global data in this area.
Fixes: fc37a73e66 (fdt: Swap the signature for board_fdt_blob_setup())
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Sam Day <me@samcday.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250122-qcom-parse-memory-updates-v2-1-98dfcac821d7@samcday.com
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
On 32-bit architectures, LAST_LINE (_LAST_LINE - 1UL) is 64 bits long,
but size_t (from ARRAY_SIZE(...)) is 32 bits. This results in a warning
because the max() macro expects the same type on both sides:
cmd/ufetch.c: In function ‘do_ufetch’:
include/linux/kernel.h:179:24: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast [-Wcompare-distinct-pointer-types]
179 | (void) (&_max1 == &_max2); \
| ^~
cmd/ufetch.c:92:25: note: in expansion of macro ‘max’
92 | int num_lines = max(LAST_LINE + 1, ARRAY_SIZE(logo_lines));
| ^~~
Fix this by casting LAST_LINE to size_t.
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241211-ufetch-v2-1-2b5432ffaeb1@posteo.net
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add support for the PCIe busses on Qualcomm platforms,
by using the pcie_dw_common infrastructure.
The driver is based on the Linux driver but only supporting
the "1_9_0" and compatible platforms like:
- sa8540p
- sc7280
- sc8180x
- sc8280xp
- sdm845
- sdx55
- sm8150
- sm8250
- sm8350
- sm8450
- sm8550
- sm8650
- x1e80100
But it has only been tested on:
- sc7280
- sm8550
- sm8650
- x1e80100
It supports setting the IOMMU SID table for supported platforms.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241125-topic-pcie-controller-v1-2-45c20070dd53@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Replace delay_ns by delay_us which is the field name used into
struct cyclic_info.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On 32 bits platforms, timer_get_us() returns an unsigned long which
is a 32 bits. timer_get_us() wraps around every 72 minutes
(2 ^ 32 / 1000000 =~ 4295 sec =~ 72 min).
So the test "if time_after_eq64(now, cyclic->next_call)" is no more
true when cyclic->next_call becomes above 32 bits max value (4294967295).
At this point after 72 min, no more cyclic function are
executed included watchdog one.
Instead of using timer_get_us(), use get_timer_us() which returns a
uint64_t, this allows a rollover every 584942 years.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move differences in DT files between upstream Linux DT and U-Boot DT to
mt7629-rfb-u-boot.dtsi.
Remove old copies of mt7629-related clock bindings, .dts, and .dtsi files.
Update defconfig to switch the whole mt7629 SoC to use OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The clock definitions in mt7629-clk.h indicate that CLK_PERIBUS_SEL is the
first element in the pericfg clock tree and also serves as a clock mux,
unlike other clocks belonging to the clock gate in pericfg.
This make the clock consumer get a wrong clock gate during request a clock
from <&pericfg>.
Since CLK_PERIBUS_SEL clock is not required in U-Boot, add a clock gate
offset for the pericfg clock tree to resolve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Sam Shih <sam.shih@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Enable rudimentary nand read/write capability.
Changes in v2:
- New patch in series added enabling of nand functionality
Signed-off-by: david regan <dregan@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Anand Gore <anand.gore@broadcom.com>
Update bcmbca dts to current nand node naming convention.
Changes in v2:
- Removed addition of nand-on-flash-bbt parameter
Signed-off-by: david regan <dregan@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Anand Gore <anand.gore@broadcom.com>
OSPI flash writing was broken on am62x SKs as the OSPI flash device has a
256k sector size but was set to 20k. This breaks OSPI flash writes because
the current implementation of the SF DFU backend requires that the DFU data
buffer size be the same as the sector erase size, and the USB DFU config
fragment (for both A53 and R5) reduced the size of the DFU data buffer,
presumably so that it can fit into SPL's much smaller heap.
Change the SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE to the erase sector size, which still fits
within the post-relocation heap size in SPL.
Fixes: dfc2dff5a8 ("configs: am62x_evm_*: Enable USB and DFU support")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
When using the ACPI tables supplied by QEMU, we don't need to build the
FADT and MADT tables in U-Boot.
This patch avoids a build failure
make qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig acpi.config
riscv64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: lib/acpi/acpi_table.o:
in function `acpi_write_fadt':
lib/acpi/acpi_table.c:265:(.text.acpi_write_fadt+0x15c):
undefined reference to `acpi_fill_fadt'
riscv64-linux-gnu-ld.bfd: lib/acpi/acpi_table.o:
in function `acpi_write_madt':
lib/acpi/acpi_table.c:294:(.text.acpi_write_madt+0x52):
undefined reference to `acpi_fill_madt'
Fixes: f5f7962091 ("acpi: x86: Write FADT in common code")
Fixes: 4a3fc0f525 ("acpi: x86: Move MADT to common code")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
One problem we have today is how the BLK symbol is set and used in
Kconfig files. Part of the challenge is that we use it as a gating
symbol for "we have a block device" and also for "enable block device
library code". What this series does is move to always use "select BLK"
by block drivers (a few were and a few others had it the inverse) and
then "depends on BLK" for functionality that needs a block device
present. The end result of this series is that a number of platforms
which had disabled EFI_LOADER now don't ask for it (they have no block
device) and espresso7420 has a regression about MMC support fixed. With
v2 of this I've picked up the review tags from v1 and also reworded the
body of the commit in the first patch.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20250115012322.215243-1-trini@konsulko.com
Now that block drivers are all selecting the BLK symbol, there's no need
for other options to be select'ing BLK so that other required
functionality can be enabled. Remove these places.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of MTD_BLOCK and UBI_BLOCK they should be select'ing BLK as
they provide block device functionality and not depending on some other
block device already being enabled too (as is the typical case).
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The BLK symbol has a few meanings, one of which is that it controls the
driver model portion of a "block device". Rather than having this hidden
symbol be "default y if ..." it should be select'd by the various block
subsystems. Symbols such as PVBLOCK which already select'd BLK are
unchanged".
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In reworking the BLK usage in Kconfig, I found there's a few issues with
EFI_LOADER=y and BLK=n. In general, we can easily say that
lib/efi_loader/efi_file.c also should only be built with CONFIG_BLK.
That however leaves the bootmgr code, eficonfig code and then parts of
efi_device_path.c, efi_boottime.c and efi_setup.c which functionally
depend on BLK. While these calls can be if'd out, I'm unsure if the
result is usable. So rather than leave that buildable and imply that it
is, I'm leaving that combination non-buildable and commenting that
EFI_LOADER depends on BLK in the Kconfig currently.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in time, DM is always enabled. So if MMC is enabled, it
should select DM_MMC. No drivers need to depend on DM_MMC being enabled
now, so remove that from dependency lists. This now means that a number
of platforms which select'd DM_MMC need to select MMC instead. This also
fixes a migration problem with espresso7420 in that MMC is built again
with the platform.
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in time, we know that with the MMC symbol enabled we will
always also have the BLK symbol enabled, so we do not need to list that
as a dependency for MMC drivers.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Delete tifs DT node as part of fixup.
TISCI API reported msmc_size, does not include 64KB reserved size for
tifs aka MSMC comms memory, see documentation[0].
As part of fixup, original code uses TISCI API reported msmc_size as
size for SRAM DT node.
tifs node is similar to l3-cache, which should hold address above
msmc_size, and should be deleted before passing control to OS.
[0] https://software-dl.ti.com/tisci/esd/latest/2_tisci_msgs/general/core.html?highlight=msmc#tisci-msg-query-msmc
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Include k3_rproc.env to access rproc boot commands and specify rproc
firmware names for adding remoteproc support in J722S SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Beleswar Padhi <b-padhi@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
The default value for the mux to select the parent clock,
AUDIO_REFCLK1_CTRL_CLK_SEL is '11111' (31) but the mux input for 31
is marked as 'Reserved' so the ti-sci-clk call for get-parent fails.
Mark it to a valid value, '11100' (28) for MAIN_PLL4_HSDIV2_CLKOUT
to get rid of the linux failures during boot-time like:
"[ 1.573193] ti-sci-clk 44083000.system-controller:clock-controller:
get-parent failed for dev=157, clk=34, ret=-19"
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
When converting to ofnode `ofnode_read_u32` was accedentally used to
replace `fdtdec_get_int` instead of `ofnode_read_u32_default`.
Use `ofnode_read_u32_default` to fix this.
Fixes: 59382d2 ("pinctrl: imx: Convert to use livetree API for fdt access")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Guard binman nodes with CONFIG_OPTEE to fix the following error
when building without optee support:
BINMAN .binman_stamp
Image 'image' has faked external blobs and is non-functional: tee.bin
Image 'image' is missing optional external blobs but is still functional: tee-os
/binman/section/fit/images/tee/tee-os (tee.bin):
See the documentation for your board. You may need to build Open Portable
Trusted Execution Environment (OP-TEE) and build with TEE=/path/to/tee.bin
Some images are invalid
make: *** [Makefile:1135: .binman_stamp] Error 103
While at it, only pass tee to the loadables lines when CONFIG_OPTEE is
defined.
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
i.MX95 uses enetc version 4.1 controller. Update the enetc for i.MX95.
Add ARM-specific cache handling and i.MX95 specific register layout
handling.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Clean up
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The verdor ID and device ID of i.MX95 EMDIO are different from LS1028A
EMDIO, so add new vendor ID and device ID to pci_device_id table to
support i.MX95 EMDIO.
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Clean up
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The netc-blk-ctrl driver is used to configure Integrated Endpoint
Register Block (IERB) and Privileged Register Block (PRB) of NETC.
For i.MX platforms, it is also used to configure the NETCMIX block.
The IERB contains registers that are used for pre-boot initialization,
debug, and non-customer configuration. The PRB controls global reset
and global error handling for NETC. The NETCMIX block is mainly used
to set MII protocol and PCS protocol of the links, it also contains
settings for some other functions.
Note the IERB configuration registers can only be written after being
unlocked by PRB, otherwise, all write operations are inhibited. A warm
reset is performed when the IERB is unlocked, and it results in an FLR
to all NETC devices. Therefore, all NETC device drivers must be probed
or initialized after the warm reset is finished.
Ported from Linux 6.13-rc as of commit
fe5ba6bf91b3 ("net: enetc: add initial netc-blk-ctrl driver support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass struct udevice * into the register accessors, so the accessors can reach
driver data, which contain device specific register offsets.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Introduce driver data for each PCI device. The driver data carry
offsets of registers which differ between different SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Split register accessors to the port base/station interface/port/mac
registers as those are at different offsets on different SoCs. This
is a preparatory patch which will allow addition of adjusted offsets
for new SoCs easily.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move register accessors from header files and turn them into proper
inline functions, so typechecking can be done on them. Drop no longer
enetc_port_regs() and unused enetc_read() and enetc_bdr_read().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Introduce mapping function enetc_dev_id(), which converts PCIe BDF of
the ENETC into linear incrementing index usable e.g. as interface index.
This replaces the current ad-hoc calculation used in the code with a
dedicated function. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Rename the current driver structure and matching ops and PCI IDs
and add _ls suffix to indicate this content is LS specific. This
is done in preparation for addition of i.MX95 ENETCv4 which will
require slightly different structure content.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pass udevice pointer into enetc_enable_si_port() so tests like
enetc_is_ls1028a() an be used in the function. No functional
change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The entire content of the loop can be folded into enetc_set_ierb_primary_mac(),
do it. This changes the behavior slightly such that the DT is only updated in
case of a LS1028A, which is the only SoC with ethernet MAC path in DT matching
"/soc/pcie@1f0000000/ethernet@%x,%x" anyway, so this slight change should have
no impact.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Use enetc_is_ls1028() instead of ifdef around enetc_set_ierb_primary_mac()
and clean up the function. No functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Introduce accurate test for LS1028A compatibility based both on
IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARCH_LS1028A) and PCI vendor ID. This is done
in preparation for adding ENETCv4 support, which has a different
PCI vendor ID.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The function sha256_csum_wd is defined in lib/sha256.c
and in lib/mbedtls/sha256.c. To avoid duplicating this
function (and future function), we move this function
to the file lib/sha256_common.c
Reviewed-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The attribute __packed was defined in the file
tools/renesas_spkgimage.h but this attribute is
already defined in linux/compiler_attributes.h.
So we include <linux/compiler_attributes.h.h>
and do not define __packed.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The attribute __packed was defined in the file
tools/kwbimage.h but this attribute is already
defined in linux/compiler_attributes.h. So we
include <linux/compiler_attributes.h.h> and
do not define __packed.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Pull request efi-2025-04-rc1
Documentation:
* Correct the defconfig name in the coolpi documentation
UEFI:
* Carve out the biggest part of the RISC-V and ARM linker scripts for EFI
binary into a common include.
* Correct the values of SizeOfCode and SizeOfInitializedData in generated
EFI binaries for RISC-V and ARM.
* Avoid gaps between sections in EFI binaries causing a failure in secure
boot.
* Makefile: let clean remove capsule_in.capsule*.efi-capsule
* Refactor some of the code used for launching EFI binaries.
Upon further consideration, we should have both DEFAULT_FAST_ARM64_TAG
and DEFAULT_ARM64_TAG values available. This will allow us to later run
a matrix of some jobs, such as sandbox, on any arm64 host and still keep
the world build to only fast arm64 hosts.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A squashfs filesystem with extended attributes (xattrs) may have
inodes of type SQFS_LSYMLINK_TYPE. This might cause u-boot to fail to
handle the filesystem since it assumes a SYMLINK_TYPE and LSYMLINK_TYPE
inode are the same size. This is wrong, see:
https://github.com/plougher/squashfs-tools/blob/master/squashfs-tools/read_fs.c#L421
Using the mksquashfs '-no-xattrs' argument is probably best, but the
mksquashfs '-xattrs' argument is the default.
This patch fixes squashfs image handling by making sure parsing the
uncompressed inode_table (with sqfs_find_inode) succeeeds. The only change
needed is correctly determining the size of a SQFS_LSYMLINK_TYPE inode.
Signed-off-by: Norbert van Bolhuis <nvbolhuis@gmail.com>
When using qconfig.py to resync defconfig files and commit the result,
update it to say:
Resync all defconfig files using qconfig.py
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case the build system builds a directory with empty Makefile,
one which does not contain any obj-y entries, the build fails to
link due to missing built-in.o .
This happens because of this part of scripts/Makefile.build
81 ifneq ($(strip $(obj-y) $(obj-m) $(obj-) $(subdir-m) $(lib-target)),)
82 builtin-target := $(obj)/built-in.o
83 endif
which does not assign builtin-target in case obj-y is empty. The
built-in target is then not built at all, and built-in.o is not
generated by this part of scripts/Makefile.build
325 ifdef builtin-target
326 quiet_cmd_link_o_target = AR $@
327 # If the list of objects to link is empty, just create an empty built-in.o
...
335 targets += $(builtin-target)
336 endif # builtin-target
This is the correct behavior.
The final link however expects the built-in.o to exist in every directory
included in the build, even in those where the aforementioned code skipped
generation of built-in.o . Make sure the built-in.o does exist for every
directory used in final link simply by doing touch on every built-in.o used
for the link, which will create empty built-in.o in case any built-in.o is
missing.
A possible alternative fix is the always define the builtin-target
and always generate built-in.o .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Most R-Car Gen3 and Gen4 systems require extalr_clk very early
in the boot process. Currently the extalr_clk { bootph-all } DT
property to indicate this clock should be available early is set
in each SoC U-Boot DT extras file. Deduplicate this assignment to
new common r8a779x-rcar64-u-boot.dtsi file.
Note that R-Car Gen3 R8A77990 E3 and R8A77995 D3 and RZ R8A774C0
do not require extalr_clk early, therefore these SoCs still include
plain r8a779x-u-boot.dtsi in their U-Boot DT extras .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The flash_writer tool and previous recovery tools require the SREC load
address to be 0x5000_0000 . The PIE U-Boot build sets the address to 0x0
instead, so override the address back to make u-boot-elf.srec compatible
with the recovery tools.
Tested-by: Niklas Söderlund <niklas.soderlund+renesas@ragnatech.se>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
This function is not called from outside this file and has no entry in
the header file, so mark it static.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move this code into a function so it can be called from elsewhere.
Note that the recently added network code uses the same
'global variable' approach. It could use a separate clean-up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Use the same include as arm64 for the linker script.
Adjust the 32-bit ARM PE-COFF header accordingly and harmonize it with the
64-bit ARM header.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The fields SizeOfCode, SizeOfInitializedData, and SizeOfUninitializedData
are define in the PE-COFF specification [1].
* SizeOfCode must match the size of all .text sections.
* SizeOfInitializedData must match the size of all .data sections.
* SizeOfUninitializedData must match the size of all .bss sections.
We only have one .text and one .data section. SizeOfCode and
SizeOfInitializedData have to be calculated as the difference between
the end and the start of the respective section.
As we don't have any .bss sections in the generated EFI binaries.
SizeOfUninitializedData must remain 0.
[1] https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/debug/pe-format
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Except for the architecture specific lines ARM and RISC-V can use the same
linker script. Move the common lines to an include.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The linker uses the path specified with -L to search for linker scripts
and for linker script includes.
For out-of-tree builds specify the build directory with -L instead of
the absolute path of the linker script. This allows using an INCLUDE
statement.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When creating EFI binaries, the alignment of the text section isn't
correctly factored in. As a result trying to load signed EFI binaries
throws an error with:
efi_image_region_add() efi_image_region_add: new region already part of another
Image not authenticated
Running the binary through sbverify has a similar warning
sbverify ./lib/efi_loader/helloworld.efi
warning: gap in section table:
.text : 0x00001000 - 0x00001c00,
.data : 0x00002000 - 0x00002200,
gaps in the section table may result in different checksums
warning: data remaining[7680 vs 12720]: gaps between PE/COFF sections?
.....
If we include the alignment in the text section, the signed binary boots
fine, and the relevant sbverify warning goes away
sbverify ./lib/efi_loader/helloworld.efi
warning: data remaining[8704 vs 12720]: gaps between PE/COFF sections?
.....
We should look into the remaining warning at some point as well
regarding the gaps between PE/COFF sections.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The function disable_thermal_cpu_nodes() corrupts the cooling-device
property.
For example, booting an i.MX93 devices with only one A55 core (IMX93x1)
with the cooling-device property set to:
$ dtc -I dtb foo.dtb | grep cooling-device
cooling-device = <0x08 0xffffffff 0xffffffff 0x09 0xffffffff 0xffffffff>;
Linux shows the following error at boot:
[ 1.715189] OF: /thermal-zones/cpu-thermal/cooling-maps/map0: could not find phandle 1083699869
[ 1.723977] thermal_sys: Add a cooling_device property with at least one device
[ 1.731285] thermal thermal_zone0: binding zone cpu-thermal with cdev thermal-devfreq-0 failed:-2
because the cooling-device property in the device tree passed to the
kernel is
$ dtc -I dtb /sys/firmware/fdt | grep cooling-device
cooling-device = <0x4097f29d 0x00 0xb05aef9d>;
The issue is because the wrong variable type is passed to the function
fdt_setprop() called in the function disable_thermal_cpu_nodes(). With
the variable type fixed, the error at boot is gone and the property is
properly set:
$ dtc -I dtb /sys/firmware/fdt | grep cooling-device
cooling-device = <0x08 0xffffffff 0xffffffff>;
Signed-off-by: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Capricorn boards have WDT (WDT_SIEMENS_PMIC) and U-Boot is not configured
to trigger the WDT. Enable the "wdt" command to be able to stop the WDT
from the command line.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add instructions on how to build and package OP-TEE for the
phycore-imx8mm based boards. The build instructions are identical for
phyGATE-Tauri-L and phyBOARD-Polis.
Also fix missig '-' for TF-A build instructions.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Add documentation for the phyBOARD-Pollux i.MX 8M Plus on OP-TEE
integration.
Also add missing '-' to TF-A build instruction while at it.
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Add tee node in SoC u-boot device trees. Use a kconfig entry to specify
load and entry addresses for the op-tee image in the respective
defconfig.
Default IMX8M_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR is supplied. To keep it simple, the same
addresses are used for each SoC as are defined in upstream tf-a
(BL32_BASE) [1].
[1] https://github.com/ARM-software/arm-trusted-firmware/tree/master/plat/imx/imx8m
Signed-off-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
i.MX93-11x11-EVK has switched to use upstream device tree, and use
"adi,adp5585". Since i.MX93-11x11-EVK is the only user of this driver,
so it is safe to drop "adp5585".
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable dynamic settings to mmcdev and mmcroot for i.MX8MQ-EVK
Since we are here, clean up the including headers
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for K230 CanMV board with serial console and usb otg
support. It can boot via vendor's u-boot-spl and boot into Linux
via tftp through the onboard RTL8152.
Signed-off-by: Junhui Liu <junhui.liu@pigmoral.tech>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add Canaan K230 SoC with sysreset support, running without cache
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Junhui Liu <junhui.liu@pigmoral.tech>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Canaan Kendryte K230 SoC instantiates a dwc2 v4.30a core. This patch
adds the compatible for it.
Signed-off-by: Junhui Liu <junhui.liu@pigmoral.tech>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The RISC-V ISA profile RVA23U64 requires extension Zic64b (Cache blocks
must be 64 bytes in size, naturally aligned in the address space).
Some RISC-V platforms do not define the d-cache line size through SYS_CACHE_SHIFT_n.
Set a default value of 64 bytes for such cases.
Signed-off-by: Yu-Chien Peter Lin <peter.lin@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Update the cpu probing to fallback to "riscv,isa" property if
"riscv,isa-extensions" is not available and modify the riscv CMO code
to use the block size that was probed during cpu setup.
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Chitale <mchitale@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enhance the existing extension probing mechanism by adding support for
more extensions and probing using the "riscv,isa" property. This patch
is ported from the latest upstream linux.
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Chitale <mchitale@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Split out StarFive VisionFive2 multi-board target specific configuration
into starfive-visionfive2-binman.dtsi in preparation for removal of
jh7110-u-boot and jh7110-common-u-boot in part or whole as sent upstream.
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series provides a way to keep track of the images used in bootstd,
including the type of each image.
At present this is sort-of handled by struct bootflow but in quite an
ad-hoc way. The structure has become quite large and is hard to query.
Future work will be able to reduce its size.
Ultimately the 'bootflow info' command may change to also show images as
a list, but that is left for later, as this series is already fairly
long. So for now, just introduce the concept and adjust bootstd to use
it, with a simple command to list the images.
This series includes various alist enhancements, to make use of this new
data structure a little easier.
[trini: Drop patch 18 and 19 for now due to size considerations]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241115231926.211999-1-sjg@chromium.org
Add a new 'bootstd images' command, which lists the images which have
been loaded.
Update some existing tests to use it. Provide some documentation about
images in general and this command in particular.
Use a more realistic kernel command-line to make the test easier to
follow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a file-type parameter to this function and update all users. Add a
proper comment to the function which we are here.
This will allow tracking of the file types loaded by the extlinux
bootmeth.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to record the type of each file which is loaded. Add an new
parameter for this, to the read_file() method. Update all users.
Make bootmeth_common_read_file() store information about the image that
is read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The efiload_read_file() does similar things to a common function, so
update it to use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
As a first step to recording images and where they came from, update
this function to do so, since it is used by two bootmeths
Create a helper function in the bootflow system, since recorded
images are always associated with bootflows.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to keep track of images which are loaded, or those which could
perhaps be loaded. This will make it easier to manage memory allocation,
as well as permit removal of the EFI set_efi_bootdev() feature.
Add a list of these, attached to the bootflow. For now the list is
empty.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use an alist for this data structure as it is somewhat simpler to
manage. This means that bootstd holds a simple list of bootflow structs
and can drop it at will, without chasing down lists.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This list is only used by two functions, which can be updated to iterate
through the global list. Take this approach, which allows the bootdev
list to be dropped.
Overall this makes the code slightly more complicated, but will allow
moving the bootflow list into an alist
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a function which is safe to call in the 'unbind' path, which
returns the bootstd priv data if available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This relates to more than just the bootdev, since there is a global list
of bootflows. Move the function to the bootstd file and rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This relates to more than just the bootdev, since there is a global list
of bootflows. Move the function to the bootstd file and rename it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The maximum frequency of the A53 CPU on the AM62P depends on the speed
grade of the SoC. This value is hardcoded in the DT for all AM62P
variants, potentially causing specifications to be exceeded. Moreover,
setting a common lower frequency for all variants increases boot time.
To prevent these issues, modify the DT at runtime from the R5 core to
adjust the A53 CPU frequency.
Signed-off-by: Aparna Patra <a-patra@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
AM62P SoC has multiple speed grades. Add function to delete
non-relevant CPU frequency nodes, based on the information
retrieved from hardware registers. Fastest grade's maximum
frequency also depends on PMIC voltage, hence to simplify
implementation use the smaller value.
Signed-off-by: Aparna Patra <a-patra@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Read the max temperature for the SoC temperature grade from the hardware
and modify the critical trip nodes on each thermal zone of FDT at
runtime so they are correct with the hardware value for its grade.
Signed-off-by: Aparna Patra <a-patra@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
AM62P SOC is available in multiple variants:
-CPU cores (Cortex-A) AM62Px1 (1 core),
AM62Px2 (2 cores), AM62Px4 (4 cores)
-With and without CAN-FD & Video-codec support
Remove the relevant FDT nodes by reading the actual configuration
from the SoC registers, with that change it is possible to have a single
dts/dtb file handling the different variant at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Aparna Patra <a-patra@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
As there are few redundant functions in board/ti/*/evm.c files, pull
them to a common location of access to reuse and include the common file
to access the functions.
Call k3-ddrss driver through fixup_ddr_driver_for_ecc() to fixup the
device tree and resize the available amount of DDR, if ECC is enabled.
Otherwise, fixup the device tree using the regular
fdt_fixup_memory_banks().
Also call dram_init_banksize() after every call to
fixup_ddr_driver_for_ecc() is made so that gd->bd is populated
correctly.
Ensure that fixup_ddr_driver_for_ecc() is agnostic to the number of DDR
controllers present.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Set CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS to 2 as we have two banks described in the
memory/ node for lower and higher addressible DDR regions.
This allows use of FDT functions from fdt_support.c to set up and fix up
the memory/ node correctly.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
The functionality of enabling Inline ECC is now controlled by
CONFIG_K3_INLINE_ECC. So, remove the support for 'ti,ecc-enable'
property to avoid redundancy and to ensure the Inline ECC feature is
mananged through build-time config.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Add CONFIG_K3_INLINE_ECC so that ECC functions can be compiled into R5 SPL
only when the config has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Enable ECC 1-bit error, 2-bit error, multiple 1-bit error interrupts
by setting the respective bits in the DDRSS_V2A_INT_SET_REG register.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Setup the ECC region's start and range using the device private data,
ddrss->ddr_bank_base[0] and ddrss->ddr_ram_size. Also, move start and
range of ECC regions from 32 bits to 64 bits to accommodate for
DDR greater than or equal to 4GB.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
As R5 is a 32 bit processor, the RAM banks' base and size calculation
is restricted to 32 bits, which results in wrong values if bank's base
is greater than 32 bits or bank's size is greater than or equal to 4GB.
So, add k3_ddrss_ddr_bank_base_size_calc() to get the base address and
size of RAM's banks from the device tree memory node, and store in a
64 bit device private data which can be used for ECC reserved memory
calculation, Setting ECC range and Fixing up bank size in device tree
when ECC is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The 1-bit inline ECC support in TI's DDRSS bridge requires
the configured memory regions to be preloaded with a pattern
before use. This is done by the k3-ddrss driver from the
R5 SPL in a 'for' loop. It takes around 10 seconds to fill
2GB of memory, for example. Memset can cut the time in half
and using DMA currently yields a similar result.
The BIST engine of DDR controller provides support for
initializing any memory region with a pattern. This
bypasses the DDRSS bridge, so the required inline ECC
data is not computed and populated in the memory. For
some values like zero, the computed ECC syndrome is also
zero and we can use these values to preload the memory
from the DDR controller, without the assistance of the
bridge.
The registers involved in the process are described in the
'DDR controller registers' topic in [1] AM62 and [2] J721E
reference manuals.
The patch replaces the 'for' loop memory fill function with
the BIST memory initialization procedure. This cuts the time
to preload the 2GB memory from 10 seconds down to 1 second.
The bist preload function uses the lpddr4 APIs in the k3-ddrss,
so this is compatible with devices with both 16-bit LPDDR4 and
32-bit LPDDR4 interfaces (e.g J721E).
[1] AM62x: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruiv7
[2] DRA829/TDA4VM: https://www.ti.com/lit/zip/spruil1
Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Add ss_cfg memory region which maps the DDRSS configuration region
for the memory controller node.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Tested-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Dmitry Rokosov <ddrokosov@salutedevices.com> says:
This series consists of three patches.
The first patch modifies the function documentation style in the
include/fdt_support.h file to comply with kernel-doc requirements.
The second patch modifies the board_fdt_chosen_bootargs() function to
return a const char* type. This change clarifies to the caller that the
returned string should neither be freed nor modified. It aligns with the
existing fdt_setprop() function, which already utilizes a const char*
parameter. This promotes consistency within the codebase and enhances
code safety by preventing unintended modifications to the returned
string.
The third patch addresses the need for flexibility in providing kernel
command line arguments (bootargs) for different kernel images within the
same U-Boot environment. It introduces a read-only (RO) fdt_property
argument to the board_fdt_chosen_bootargs() function, allowing access to
the original chosen/bootargs data. This is crucial for scenarios where
different kernel versions require distinct console setups (e.g., ttyS0
for vendor kernels and ttyAML0 for upstream kernels). By enabling board
developers to either merge or replace the original bootargs, this
patch enhances the configurability of U-Boot for various kernel
images without relying on outdated configurations like CMDLINE_EXTEND.
CI/CD results: https://github.com/u-boot/u-boot/pull/716/checks
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241220-board_fdt_chosen_bootargs_improvements-v1-0-f6a7181787c5@salutedevices.com
Sometimes, it is necessary to provide an additional bootargs string to
the kernel command line.
We have a real scenario where one U-Boot blob needs to boot several
kernel images: the vendor-patched kernel image and the latest upstream
kernel image. The Amlogic (Meson architecture) tty driver has different
tty suffixes in these kernels: the vendor uses 'ttySx', while the
upstream implementation uses 'ttyAMLx'. The initial console setup is
provided to the kernel using the kernel command line (bootargs). For the
vendor kernel, we should use 'console=ttyS0,115200', while for the
upstream kernel, it must be 'console=ttyAML0,115200'. This means we have
to use different command line strings depending on the kernel version.
To resolve this issue, we cannot use the CMDLINE_EXTEND kernel
configuration because it is considered legacy and is not supported for
the arm64 architecture. CMDLINE_EXTEND is outdated primarily because we
can provide additional command line strings through the
'chosen/bootargs' FDT node. However, U-Boot uses this node to inject the
U-Boot bootargs environment variable content, which results in U-Boot
silently overriding all data in the 'chosen/bootargs' node. While we do
have the board_fdt_chosen_bootargs() board hook to address such issues,
this function lacks any FDT context, such as the original value of the
'chosen/bootargs' node.
This patch introduces a read-only (RO) fdt_property argument to
board_fdt_chosen_bootargs() to share the original 'chosen/bootargs' data
with the board code. Consequently, the board developer can decide how to
handle this information for their board setup: whether to drop it or
merge it with the bootargs environment.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Rokosov <ddrokosov@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
It should be structured this way to demonstrate to the caller that
freeing the return value is unnecessary and that the caller cannot
modify it.
The function fdt_setprop() includes a parameter with a const char*
prototype, so it is better to use the const qualifier.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Rokosov <ddrokosov@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reading doc/board/google/chromebook_coral.rst we can see that at some
point it was intended to put the bloblist in CAR, rather than DRAM, at
some point during development. This is fine for TPL/SPL stages where we
have very minimal information stored in the bloblist and so we can set
the limit there to 4KiB and then expand it to 196KiB in U-Boot proper so
there's room for ACPI tables and so forth. We also update the
documentation to use the same location for CONFIG_BLOBLIST_ADDR in both
references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org> says:
Motivations for changes:
Current SMBIOS library and command-line tool is not fully matching with
the requirements:
1. Missing support for other mandatory types (#7, #9, #16, #17, #19).
2. Only a few platforms support SMBIOS node from the device tree.
3. Values of some fields are hardcoded in the library other than fetching
from the device hardware.
4. Embedded data with dynamic length is not supported (E.g. Contained
Object Handles in Type #2 and Contained Elements in Type #3)
Changes:
1. Refactor the SMBIOS library and command-line tool to better align with
the SMBIOS spec.
2. Create an arch-specific driver for all aarch64-based platforms to fetch
SMBIOS private data from the device hardware (processor and cache).
3. Create a sysinfo driver to poppulate platform SMBIOS private data.
4. Add generic SMBIOS DTS file for arm64 platforms for those common strings
and values which cannot be retrieved from the system registers.
Vendors can create their own SMBIOS node using this as an example.
For those boards without SMBIOS nodes, this DTS file can be included to
have a generic SMBIOS information of the system.
5. Add support for Type #7 (Cache Information) and link its handles to
Type #4.
6. To minimize size-growth for those platforms which have not sufficient
ROM spaces or the platforms which don't need detailed SMBIOS
information, new added fields are only being built when kconfig
GENERATE_SMBIOS_TABLE_VERBOSE is selected.
Once this patch is acceptted, subsequent patch sets will add other missing
types (#9, #16, #17, #19).
Tests:
To test this with QEMU arm64, please follow the guide on dt_qemu.rst to
get a merged DT to run with.
```
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine virt -machine dumpdtb=qemu.dtb
cat <(dtc -I dtb qemu.dtb) <(dtc -I dtb ./dts/dt.dtb | grep -v /dts-v1/) \
| dtc - -o merged.dtb
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine virt -nographic -bios u-boot.bin \
-dtb merged.dtb
```
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241206225438.13866-1-raymond.mao@linaro.org
Enable sysinfo smbios by default for arm64.
When SYSINFO_SMBIOS is enabled, disable QFW_SMBIOS.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the cmd according to the changes of the smbios library:
1. Refactor smbios cmd print functions to match the content defined
by the specification.
2. Add new print functions for Type 3, 4 and 7.
3. Remove the fallback string "Not specified" from smbios_get_string,
as the spec requires a NULL output for those undefined strings.
4. Update the test_cmd_smbios_sandbox pytest expected result to
align with the smbios library changes and add new pytest
test_cmd_smbios_sysinfo_verbose to test the verbose smbios
output.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add common smbios information that can be used by all armv8
platforms and set it as default for qemu-arm64.
>From now smbios library can load values from here for those fields
doesn't exist in the sysinfo driver.
To run this with QEMU arm64, we need to dump the generated DTB
from QEMU first, merge it with the one we build and then re-run
QEMU with the merged DTB.
```
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine virt -machine dumpdtb=qemu.dtb
cat <(dtc -I dtb qemu.dtb) <(dtc -I dtb ./dts/dt.dtb | \
grep -v /dts-v1/) | dtc - -o merged.dtb
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine virt -nographic -bios u-boot.bin \
-dtb merged.dtb
```
For details please take reference on dt_qemu.rst
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add sysinfo platform driver for all armv8 platforms to retrieve
hardware information on processor and cache.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add detailed SMBIOS information as following:
1. Missing fields in Type #3 and #4
2. Type #7
Add support to dynamic length of contained object handles and
elements.
As SMBIOS is a fundamental feature which is enabled for all
boards, in order to avoid increasing rom size, all detailed SMBIOS
information is under kconfig GENERATE_SMBIOS_TABLE_VERBOSE.
Board maintainers can determine whether to select this feature.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Current smbios library does not fully match to the specification.
It hardcodes values instead of exposing values from the device.
It does not reserve the space to support dynamic length for
contained object handles or elements and misses the handling of
a few of fields.
The refactoring of this patch includes:
1. Expose values from device via sysinfo interface.
2. Replace smbios_add_prop with smbios_add_prop_si to allow getting
string values from sysinfo.
3. Add smbios_get_val_si to get values from sysinfo or device tree.
4. Use sysinfo_get_data to get data area.
5. Reserve the space of contained object handles and elements.
6. Miscellaneous fixes in smbios.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add sysinfo driver to retrieve smbios information (Type 4 and 7).
So that the smbios library can use it for getting values from the
hardware platform instead of device tree.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add interface for sysinfo to access a data area from the platform.
This is useful to save/read a memory region of platform-specific
data.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Move the smbios field definitions to a separated simple headfile,
which is a prerequisite to be included by dts files.
Add new definitions for cache information.
This patch also includes a few of code optimizations in smbios.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is no point in checking the pre_reloc flag, since devices not
marked as pre-reloc will not have been bound, so won't exist yet.
There doesn't seem to be any point in checking if the device has a
valid devicetree node either, so drop that too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than doing autoprobe within the driver model code, move it out to
the board-init code. This makes it clear that it is a separate step from
binding devices.
For now this is always done twice, before and after relocation, but we
should discuss whether it might be possible to drop the post-relocation
probe.
For boards with SPL, the autoprobe is still done there as well.
Note that with this change, autoprobe happens after the
EVT_DM_POST_INIT_R/F events are sent, rather than before.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20240626235717.272219-1-marex@denx.de/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This releases the DP configuration from reset early on during the boot process
for K26 SOM. It will also avoid the boot hang situation should any attempt be
made to configure the DP registers while it is still in reset.
Fixes the same issue as described by the commit 8b81010a2f ("video:
zynqmp: Add support for reset").
Signed-off-by: Neal Frager <neal.frager@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241218130129.687650-1-neal.frager@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The main reason for this change is that upstream QEMU has no multiboot
register implemented that's why access to it fails which ends up in CI
failure for our target.
That's why in JTAG bootmode returns 0 which is correct behaviour because
multiboot register is not used in this mode and value should be ignored and
as a side effect it is also fixing CI/Qemu issue.
Also move versal_get_bootmode() to avoid function declaration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/484b9cafc45e72308a1a29a3ab772020f96784cc.1736155238.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Fix compatiable name for TPS65224 PMIC as defined in
dts/upstream/Bindings/mfd/ti,tps6594.yaml bindings.
Fixes: 1468fbba6d55("power: pmic: tps65941: Add TI TPS65224 PMIC")
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Replace magic numbers in buckval2votl() & buckvolt2val() with macros to
help with clarity and correlate what the numbers correspond to in the
TPS65219 datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Shree Ramamoorthy <s-ramamoorthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Replace printf() with pr_err() because pr_err() has a uniform print format
and takes into consideration the log levels supported.
Signed-off-by: Shree Ramamoorthy <s-ramamoorthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
i.MX95 uses the same USB IP as i.MX8MM. It can then reuse the ehci-mx6
driver.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Turn the core type check macros into inline functions to perform
better type checking on them. The inline functions get optimized
out in case they are not used. Indent the MIDR_PARTNUM_CORTEX_An
macros in preparation for addition of future three-digit cores
and use MIDR_PARTNUM_SHIFT in MIDR_PARTNUM_MASK to be consistent.
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Implement checkboard() to print current SoC variant used by a board,
e.g. one of:
SoC: RK3308
SoC: RK3308B
SoC: RK3308B-S
when U-Boot proper is running.
U-Boot 2025.01-rc1 (Nov 02 2024 - 20:26:25 +0000)
Model: Radxa ROCK Pi S
SoC: RK3308B
DRAM: 512 MiB (effective 510 MiB)
Information about the SoC variant is read from GRF.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Implement checkboard() to print current SoC model used by a board,
e.g. one of:
SoC: RK3582
SoC: RK3588
SoC: RK3588J
SoC: RK3588S
SoC: RK3588S2
when U-Boot proper is running.
U-Boot 2025.01-rc1 (Nov 10 2024 - 00:31:29 +0000)
Model: Generic RK3588S/RK3588
SoC: RK3588S2
DRAM: 8 GiB
Information about the SoC model and variant is read from OTP.
Also update rk3588s-u-boot.dtsi to include OTP in U-Boot pre-reloc phase,
where checkboard() is called.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Implement checkboard() to print current SoC model used by a board,
e.g. one of:
SoC: RK3566
SoC: RK3566T
SoC: RK3568
SoC: RK3568B2
SoC: RK3568J
when U-Boot proper is running.
U-Boot 2025.01-rc1 (Nov 10 2024 - 00:39:37 +0000)
Model: Generic RK3566/RK3568
SoC: RK3568J
DRAM: 8 GiB (effective 7.7 GiB)
Information about the SoC model and variant is read from OTP.
Also update rk356x-u-boot.dtsi to include OTP in U-Boot pre-reloc phase,
where checkboard() is called.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The mask for aclk_vop_root is 3-bit wide, not 2-bit wide according
to the TRM, so set the mask accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The commit 7cec3e7019 ("rockchip: rk3588-nanopc-t6: Add support for
NanoPC-T6 LTS") added support for the LTS variant of NanoPC T6. However,
a board specific -u-boot.dtsi file was never added.
Due to the missing -u-boot.dtsi file the LTS fdt included in the FIT is
never tagged with bootph props.
When ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH is enabled, not enabled in defconfig, the env
can successfully load from SPI flash on the non-LTS variant, something
that does not work on the LTS variant due to missing bootph-some-ram
props in the LTS fdt.
Fix this by adding a LTS -u-boot.dtsi file that just include the non-LTS
-u-boot.dtsi file.
Reported-by: Ricardo Pardini <ricardo@pardini.net>
Fixes: 7cec3e7019 ("rockchip: rk3588-nanopc-t6: Add support for NanoPC-T6 LTS")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The IO-domain driver will configure io_vsel and always-on/boot-on
regulators will be enabled based on the board device tree now that
required nodes and Kconfig options is enabled for SPL.
Remove the bob and kevin board specific code from the common rk3399.c,
the IO-domain and regulator driver provide similar functionality.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Add bootph props and enable related Kconfig options to include vital
regulators in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable use of SDMA mode when reading from eMMC to speed up boot.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With TPL being used to init DRAM, SPL being used to load FIT and the
adjusted FIT payload offset it is now possible to increase the size
limit of SPL to 256 KB and enable uses of dcache and FIT signature
validation.
Drop SPL_SYS_DCACHE_OFF=y to enable use of dcache in SPL.
Drop SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE=n to enable signature validation of FIT in SPL.
Change SPL_MAX_SIZE to 256 KB now that payload offset has moved in SPI
and TF-A may be loaded to 0x40000 in DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The eMMC PHY and SPI flash is not used in all xPL phases.
Change to no longer include emmc_phy and spi_flash in all xPL phases.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The last two RK3399 boards, chromebook bob and kevin, have now migraded
to use common bss and stack addresses.
Cleanup and remove Kconfig options no longer needed in rk3399/Kconfig
when all boards now use common bss and stack addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The u-boot.rom image contain u-boot.img FIT instead of the FIT generated
by binman for the u-boot-rockchip.bin image.
Change to include the binman generated FIT for the u-boot.rom image.
This change result in TF-A being included and the use sha256 instead of
crc32 checksum in the u-boot.rom FIT.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Migrate to use TPL, common bss, stack and malloc heap size and addresses
to unify memory use in TPL, SPL and pre-reloc with other RK3399 boards.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
(Disable TPL_BLOBLIST)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The chromebook specific u-boot.rom image does not include TPL when
building with TPL=y or ROCKCHIP_EXTERNAL_TPL=y.
Fix this by adding rockchip-tpl and u-boot-tpl nodes to the mkimage node
for the u-boot.rom binman image.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The BootROM on RK3399 only read the first 2 KB of each 4 KB page from
SPI flash. With current FIT payload offset of 0x40000 this limits the
supported TPL+SPL size to only 128 KB.
Change to use 0xE0000 as FIT payload offset, similar to other RK3399
boards, to allow a maximum size for TPL of 192 KB and SPL of 256 KB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use the offset configured with SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS Kconfig option
instead of a hardcoded 0x40000 for the FIT payload offset.
This has no intended impact as SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS=0x40000.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Building chromebook_bob/kevin with TPL=y ends with a linking error:
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk3399/rk3399.o: in function `board_debug_uart_init':
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk3399/rk3399.c:148:(.text.board_debug_uart_init+0x34):
undefined reference to `spl_gpio_output'
arch/arm/mach-rockchip/rk3399/rk3399.c:148:(.text.board_debug_uart_init+0x34):
relocation truncated to fit: R_AARCH64_CALL26 against undefined symbol `spl_gpio_output'
make[2]: *** [scripts/Makefile.xpl:542: tpl/u-boot-tpl] Error 1
make[1]: *** [Makefile:2134: tpl/u-boot-tpl] Error 2
make: *** [Makefile:568: __build_one_by_one] Error 2
Change to only use spl_gpio functions in SPL to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
ddrbin_tool interface has been changed. Additional chip_name argument
is now required to modify ddr binary file. Update documentation
to be consistent with the new interface.
Update BL31 and ROCKCHIP_TPL file paths to match current version
of binaries available in the rkbin repository.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Semkowicz <dse@thaumatec.com>
Acked-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The clock and power DT includes for rk3066a and rk3188 are now
available in the dts/upstream directory, so remove the ones that
are now redundant.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree for rk3066a/rk3188 combined is now
available in the /dts/upstream directory.
Use imply OF_UPSTREAM to migrate all rk3066a/rk3188 boards.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Radxa ROCK 5C is a 8K computer for everything[1] using the Rockchip
RK3588S2 chip:
- Rockchip RK3588S2
- Quad A76 and Quad A55 CPU
- 6 TOPS NPU
- up to 32GB LPDDR4x RAM
- eMMC / SPI flash connector
- Micro SD Card slot
- Gigabit ethernet port (supports PoE with add-on PoE HAT)
- WiFi6 / BT5.4
- 1x USB 3.0 Type-A HOST port
- 1x USB 3.0 Type-A OTG port
- 2x USB 2.0 Type-A HOST port
- 1x USB Type-C 5V power port
[1] https://radxa.com/products/rock5/5c
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241021090548.1052-2-naoki@radxa.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 3ddf5cdb77e6efd6fe9b70f36dec935e324a3cd2 ]
(cherry picked from commit f80689fcef4b9b07a97b629b4075cc1a4c21a68e)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
These pinctrls manage the low-speed PCIe signals:
- CLKREQ#: An output on the RK3588 (both RC or EP modes), used to
request that external clock-generation circuitry provide a clock.
- PERST#: An input on the RK3588 in EP mode, used to detect a reset
signal from the RC. In RC mode, the hardware does not use this signal:
Linux itself generates it by putting the pin in GPIO mode.
- WAKE#: In EP mode, this is an output; in RC mode, this is an input.
Each of these signals serves a distinct purpose, and more importantly,
PERST# should not be muxed when the RK3588 is in the RC role. Bundling
them together in pinctrl groups prevents proper use: indeed, almost none
of the current board-specific .dts files make any use of them.
(Exception: Rock 5A recently had a patch land that misuses _pins; this
patch corrects that.)
However, on some RK3588 boards, the PCIe 3 controller will indefinitely
stall the boot if CLKREQ# is not muxed (details in the next patch).
This patch unbundles the signals to allow them to be used.
Signed-off-by: Sam Edwards <CFSworks@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240912025034.180233-2-CFSworks@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 4294e32111781b3de4d73b944cbd1bc1662a9a7a ]
(cherry picked from commit 8713425fa162b61bcf5f7a6dcd171fddfb12be36)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The NanoPi R3S(as "R3S") is an open source platform with dual-Gbps
Ethernet ports designed and developed by FriendlyElec for IoT
applications.
Specification:
- Rockchip RK3566
- 2GB LPDDR4X RAM
- optional 32GB eMMC module
- SD card slot
- 2x 1000 Base-T
- 3x LEDs (POWER, LAN, WAN)
- 2x Buttons (Reset, MaskROM)
- 1x USB 3.0 Port
- Type-C 5V 2A Power
Signed-off-by: Tianling Shen <cnsztl@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Typically any non-removable storage (emmc) is listed before removable
storage (sd-card) options. Also U-Boot will try to override and use
mmc0=sdhci and mmc1=sdmmc0 for all rk356x boards.
Fixes: 50decd493c83 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: Add FriendlyARM NanoPi R3S board")
Suggested-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Tianling Shen <cnsztl@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241022193537.1117919-6-cnsztl@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: b7cd1115456d312f8c5e60c80fdc35fd35ea6eab ]
Signed-off-by: Tianling Shen <cnsztl@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
After the migration to use standard boot, storage media should
automatically be initialized in the order listed in boot_targets env.
Drop USE_PREBOOT to speed up boot with ~12 seconds when booting from
e.g. SD-card or eMMC.
Before:
3,048,599 2,056 main_loop
3,050,717 2,118 usb_start
15,070,499 12,019,782 cli_loop
After:
3,058,244 2,054 main_loop
3,063,260 5,016 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Current use of SILENT_CONSOLE hide valuable information when something
goes wrong during boot, drop this Kconfig option to allow user to see
e.g. from what media U-Boot proper is loaded from.
A second Model line is printed on console due to DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE,
drop this Kconfig option to remove the second redundant line.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change to use FIT and FIT_SIGNATURE when loading U-Boot proper in SPL to
allow checksum validation and fallback loading of FIT from a different
mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Migrate to use common bss, stack and malloc heap size and addresses to
unify memory use in TPL, SPL and pre-reloc.
Ensure SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN and TPL variant stay at 0x2000 and is unaffected
on other boards not changed to use common malloc heap size.
ENV_OFFSET is using the default value of 0x3f8000 and is also dropped.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
For some reason the Ethernet PHY reset delay is set to 1 second, this
cause an unneccecery long boot delay.
Firefly-RK3288 use RTL8211 Ethernet PHY, datasheet list an initial 10ms
delay and then a 30-76ms delay before accessing registers.
Change to use 80ms delay instead of a full second to speed up Ethernet
initializion in U-Boot.
Also enable PHY_REALTEK, DM_ETH_PHY and PHY_GIGE to improve Ethernet PHY
support in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add missing Kconfig options used by the rk3288-tinker-s variant.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree for Firefly-RK3288 in dts/upstream can be used as-is by
U-Boot, migrate board to use OF_UPSTREAM.
Add chosen stdout-path prop to board u-boot.dtsi as it is missing in DT
from dts/upstream. Also change to use the upstream power_led symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable MISC_INIT_R and ROCKCHIP_EFUSE to read cpuid from efuse and set
the cpuid# and serial# env vars.
Change to read mac address from eeprom in rockchip_early_misc_init_r()
to ensure the ethaddr env var is set before rockchip_setup_macaddr() try
to set ethaddr based on cpuid.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
After the migration to use standard boot, storage media devices should
automatically be initialized in the order listed in boot_targets env.
Drop USE_PREBOOT to speed up boot when booting from SD-card or eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Include mmc related nodes in U-Boot proper pre-reloc phase to ensure
environment can be loaded from mmc devices.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Current use of SILENT_CONSOLE hide valuable information when something
goes wrong during boot, drop this Kconfig option to allow user to see
e.g. from what media U-Boot proper is loaded from.
A second Model line is printed on console due to DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE,
drop this Kconfig option to remove the second redundant line.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The sdmmc power come from vcc33_sd pmic regulator and not from the
vcc_sd fixed regulator, as currently defined in the in-tree DT.
Drop vcc_sd and the related gpio7 and sdmmc_pwr nodes from being
included in SPL along with any related Kconfig option. Also enable
SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS to ensure aliases is handled correctly in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add bootph props and enable related Kconfig options to include the sdmmc
regulator in SPL. Also enable SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS to ensure aliases is
handled correctly in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Drop the unneeded bootph-all prop from dmc node, it is already defined
in soc u-boot.dtsi.
Remove booth-all prop from gpio7 node, this node is not needed in TPL.
Adjust bootph props to include pinctrl related nodes for UART2.
Remove the explicit bootph-all prop from the pinctrl node, any bootph-
prop will automatically be propagated to the pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add bootph- props to emmc, sdmmc, uart and related pinctrl nodes to
ensure devices and pinctrl can be used in xPL and U-Boot pre-reloc.
Remove the explicit bootph-all prop from the pinctrl node, any bootph-
prop will automatically be propagated to the pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sort the nodes in rk3288-tinker u-boot.dtsi files in alphabetical order.
This has no intended change to board DTs and only rearrange nodes in
preparation for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Migrate to use common bss, stack and malloc heap size and addresses to
unify memory use in TPL, SPL and pre-reloc.
ENV_OFFSET is using the default value of 0x3f8000 and is also dropped.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add myself as a reviewer for Tinker Board and S variant so that I can
help with review and testing of defconfig and device tree changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable Kconfig options to read cpuid from efuse and set cpuid#, serial#
and ethaddr env vars based on the value read from efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The vop nodes does not need to be included in xPL control FDT, they only
need to be included at U-Boot proper pre-reloc phase.
Change to use bootph-some-ram prop to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sort the nodes in rk3288-firefly-u-boot.dtsi in alphabetical order.
This has no intended change to board DT, this only rearrange nodes in
preparation for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
rk3288.dtsi from arch/arm/dts is almost identical to the rk3288.dtsi
from dts/upstream, it differs only with a minor change in hdmi port
nodes, something that does not affect U-Boot.
Remove arch/arm/dts/rk3288.dtsi to use rk3288.dtsi from dts/upstream.
Also drop gpio aliases from -u-boot.dtsi that has been part of
rk3288.dtsi for some time.
No functional change to board DTs is intended with this removal.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The firefly-rk3288_defconfig build target does not enable the SPL_LED
Kconfig option.
Drop the unused SPL_LED related code and replace it with a default-state
prop to ensure the LED driver enable the LED at U-Boot proper phase.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The boot timing and reporting (bootstage) infrastructure is useful for
performance analysis and debug but adds overhead and console noise when
using the device normally. Remove it from the device config.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The reset mechanism used by Linux to reset the SoC is known to only
partially reset the logic. A mechanism is implemented in
rk3399_force_power_on_reset to use a GPIO connected to the PMIC's
over-temperature (OTP) reset pin, which fully resets all logic.
Hook the associated GPIO where the function expects it to enable this
reset mechanism and avoid any possible side-effect of partially-reset
units.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The reset mechanism used by Linux to reset the SoC is known to only
partially reset the logic. A mechanism is implemented in
rk3399_force_power_on_reset to use a GPIO connected to the PMIC's
over-temperature (OTP) reset pin, which fully resets all logic.
Hook the associated GPIO where the function expects it to enable this
reset mechanism and avoid any possible side-effect of partially-reset
units.
Without this patch, reading from the micro sd slot fails after a reset.
With this mechanism, U-Boot is able to boot from it reliably.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Khadas Edge2 is a Rockchip RK3588S based SBC (Single Board Computer)
by Khadas.
There are tree variants depending on the DRAM size : 8G and 16G.
Specification:
Rockchip RK3588S SoC
4x ARM Cortex-A76, 4x ARM Cortex-A55
8/16GB memory LPDDR4x
Mali G610MP4 GPU
3x MIPI CSI 4x lanes
2x MIPI-DSI DPHY 4x lanes
32/64GB eMMC
1x USB 2.0, 1x USB 3.0, 2x USB-Type-C
1x HDMI 2.1 output, 1x DP 1.4 output
USB PD over USB Type-C
Kernel commit:
04d552993522 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: Add Khadas edge2 board")
Signed-off-by: Jacobe Zang <jacobe.zang@wesion.com>
Change to use FIT and FIT_SIGNATURE when loading U-Boot proper in SPL to
allow checksum validation and fallback loading of FIT from a different
mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
For some reason the Ethernet PHY reset delay is set to 1 second, this
cause an unneccecery long boot delay.
MiQi use RTL8211 Ethernet PHY, datasheet list an initial 10ms delay and
then a 30-76ms delay before accessing registers.
Change to use 80ms delay instead of a full second to speed up Ethernet
initializion in U-Boot.
Also enable PHY_REALTEK, DM_ETH_PHY and PHY_GIGE to improve Ethernet PHY
support in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree for mqmaker MiQi in dts/upstream can be used as-is by
U-Boot, migrate board to OF_UPSTREAM.
The change to use DT from dts/upstream will include minor changes and
fixes related to work led and usb otg.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
After the migration to use standard boot, storage media devices should
automatically be initialized in the order listed in boot_targets env.
Drop USE_PREBOOT to speed up boot when booting from SD-card or eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Current use of SILENT_CONSOLE hide valuable information when something
goes wrong during boot, drop this Kconfig option to allow user to see
e.g. from what media U-Boot proper is loaded from.
A second Model line is printed on console due to DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE,
drop this Kconfig option to remove the second redundant line.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add bootph props and enable related Kconfig options to include the sdmmc
regulator in SPL. Also enable SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS to ensure aliases is
handled correctly in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add bootph- props to emmc, sdmmc, uart and related pinctrl nodes to
ensure devices and pinctrl can be used in xPL and U-Boot pre-reloc.
Remove the explicit bootph-all prop from the pinctrl node, any bootph-
prop will automatically be propagated to the pinctrl node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Migrate to use TPL, common bss, stack and malloc heap size and addresses
to unify memory use in TPL, SPL and pre-reloc.
ENV_OFFSET is using the default value of 0x3f8000 and is also dropped.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable Kconfig options to read cpuid from efuse and set cpuid#, serial#
and ethaddr env vars based on the value read from efuse.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The work led is not used in xPL on rk3288-miqi, remove bootph props from
the work led node to exclude it from xPL control FDT.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sort the nodes in rk3288-miqi-u-boot.dtsi in alphabetical order.
This has no intended change to board DT, this only rearrange nodes in
preparation for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change to use FIT and FIT_SIGNATURE when loading U-Boot proper in SPL to
allow checksum validation and fallback loading of FIT from a different
mmc device.
Checksum validation of FIT adds around 140 ms to boot time:
Before:
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
13 13 TPL
6,957 6,944 end tpl
25,102 18,145 SPL
131,932 106,830 end phase
132,137 205 board_init_f
444,277 312,140 board_init_r
1,404,987 960,710 eth_common_init
1,519,110 114,123 eth_initialize
1,524,734 5,624 main_loop
1,525,452 718 cli_loop
After:
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
13 13 TPL
6,957 6,944 end tpl
35,744 28,787 SPL
271,220 235,476 end phase
271,420 200 board_init_f
588,474 317,054 board_init_r
1,548,950 960,476 eth_common_init
1,663,105 114,155 eth_initialize
1,668,734 5,629 main_loop
1,669,417 683 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
For some reason the Ethernet PHY reset delay is set to 1 second, this
cause an unneccecery long boot delay.
Tinker Board use RTL8211E or RTL8211F Ethernet PHY, datasheet list an
initial 10ms delay and then a 30-76ms delay before accessing registers.
Change to use 80ms delay instead of a full second to speed up Ethernet
initializion in U-Boot.
Also enable PHY_REALTEK, DM_ETH_PHY and PHY_GIGE to improve Ethernet PHY
support in U-Boot.
Before:
1,404,971 960,924 eth_common_init
2,438,830 1,033,859 eth_initialize
2,444,449 5,619 main_loop
2,445,153 704 cli_loop
After:
1,404,987 960,710 eth_common_init
1,519,110 114,123 eth_initialize
1,524,734 5,624 main_loop
1,525,452 718 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The device tree for ASUS Tinker Board and S variant in dts/upstream can
be used as-is by U-Boot, migrate board to OF_UPSTREAM.
The change to use DT from dts/upstream will include minor changes and
fixes related to leds and regulators.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SCLK_MAC_PLL id is not exported or referenced upstream. It is also
not referenced in vendor U-Boot or vendor kernel 4.4, 4.19, 5.10 or 6.1.
Relax the check for parent id SCLK_MAC_PLL when using internal clock
source for gmac to allow use of clock/rk3288-cru.h from dts/upstream.
All in-tree and upstream rk3288 DTs use an external clock as parent,
so no functional change to boards is expected with this change.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
power/rk3288-power.h in include/dt-bindings is identical to the version
in dts/upstream, remove the copy from include/dt-bindings to only use
the version from dts/upstream.
No functional change to board DTs is intended with this removal.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
With the commit 4fcba5d556 ("regulator: implement basic reference
counter") the return value of regulator_set_enable may be EALREADY or
EBUSY for fixed/gpio regulators.
Change to use the more relaxed regulator_set_enable_if_allowed to
continue if regulator already was enabled or disabled.
Based on 335799b725 ("usb: dwc2: Use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
With the commit 4fcba5d556 ("regulator: implement basic reference
counter") the return value of regulator_set_enable may be EALREADY or
EBUSY for fixed/gpio regulators.
Change to use the more relaxed regulator_set_enable_if_allowed to
continue if regulator already was enabled or disabled.
Based on 335799b725 ("usb: dwc2: Use regulator_set_enable_if_allowed")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
A few changes for the TPM subsystem wrt to EventLong creation and measurements.
Generally speaking it's insecure for a TPM to not cap all the active PCRs
when performing measurements.
Up to now we had code querying the active PCR banks on the fly and reason
whether it should perform a measurement or not. Since a TPM requires a reset
to change the active PCR banks, it's easier and faster to store them in an
array in the device private data and check against that.
This relates to an interesting feature some bootloaders have. For example
TF-A can't extend a PCR since it has no TPM drivers, but can produce an
EventLog that U-Boot can replay on the hardware once that comes up.
The supported hash algorithms of the TF-A generated Eventlog are generated
at compile time. When trying to replay an EventLog the TPM active PCR banks
and the created EventLog algorithms must agree. We used to report an error
but that changed in commit 97707f12fd ("tpm: Support boot measurements").
This PR also brings up the old behavior and an error is reported now while
printing a human readable list of the mismatched algorithms.
* Provide a link to 'TPM 2.0 Library Specification'
* Remove outdated comment for TPM2_NUM_PCR_BANKS.
The value 16 can be found in the current standard
TCG TSS 2.0 Overview and Common Structures Specification 1.0, rev 10
* Describe some of the structures in Sphinx style.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Pull request efi-next-20250105
Documentation:
* doc: develop: Fix typos and wording in binman/binman.rst
* doc: develop: Fix typos and wording in gdb.rst
* doc: sandbox: Fix the "sb" command name
* doc/develop/distro.rst: Better document upstream definition of extlinux.conf
UEFI:
* efi_loader: avoid writing message in Exit() boot service
* efi_loader: update EFI specification version
* cmd: efidebug: update output of memory attributes
* efi_loader: Don't warn if the TCG2 FinalEvents table is not installed
* cmd: bootmenu: add parameter -e for UEFI boot options
* efi_loader: Update startimage_exit self-test to check error
* efi: Correct ECPT table GUID
Others:
Building the API demo application for riscv64 is supported.
* API: unify platform_sys_info() implementations
* examples: implement _start and syscall for RISC-V
* examples: use architecture specific memset() on RISC-V
* examples: use QEMU compatible LOAD_ADDR on RISC-V
* test: fix test_extension.py
* configs: sandbox_deconfig: remove CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION
* CI: xilinx_versal_virt: disable USB_DWC3
* net: eth_bootdev_hunt() should not run DHCP
Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com> says:
This patch series adds config options for Sitara K3 boards
to support MMC UHS modes.
While testing with SD card boot and eMMC boot,
found missing eMMC boot support for am62ax in am62a7_init,
patch 1/7, and missing config option to support eMMC boot.
While we are here, for am62ax, enable config option to
change MMC bus modes and enable r5 SDHCI ADMA for faster boot
time.
Also for all k3 Sitara boards, cleanup MMC ENV configs that
are no longer needed since we no longer load env from MMC
device.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241220203704.2076499-1-jm@ti.com
To allow disabling algorithms for tcg2, in function
tcg2_create_digest(), each hash algorithm operations should under
the hash kconfig control to avoid building errors when the algorithm
is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We used to stop replaying an EventLog if parsing failed, but that got
lost in commit 97707f12fd ("tpm: Support boot measurements").
When an EventLog is passed yo us from a previous bootloader, we want to
validate it as much as we can and make sure the defined PCR banks of
the log exist in our TPM and firmware so we can replay it if needed or
use it as-in, in case the PCRs are already extended.
So let's add the checks back and while at it simplify the logic of
rejecting an EventLog.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A previous patch is storing the active PCR banks on the TPM private
data. Instead of parsing them on the fly use the stored values.
This allows us to simplify our checks during the log creation and
parsing.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A previous patch is storing the active PCR banks on the TPM private
data. Instead of parsing them on the fly use the stored values.
This allows us to simplify our checks during the log creation and
parsing.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We have a lot of code trying to reason about the active TPM PCRs
when creating an EventLog. Since changing the active banks can't
be done on the fly and requires a TPM reset, let's store them
in the chip private data instead.
Upcoming patches will use this during the EventLog creation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We already check the active banks vs what U-Boot was compiled with when
trying to extend a PCR and we refuse to do so if the TPM active ones
don't match the ones U-Boot supports.
Do the same thing for the EventLog creation since extending will fail
anyway and print a message so the user can figure out the missing
algorithms.
Co-developed-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a bool var into hash_algo_list to indicate whether the algorithm
is supported or not and move the IS_ENABLED to only cover this var.
So that we can have the name, hash, mask and size no matter the
digest kconfigs are enabled or not.
In before, tpm2_algorithm_to_len() and tcg2_algorithm_to_mask() are used to
identify an unsupported algorithm when they return 0.
It is not the case now when hash_algo_list always provides algorithm size
and mask, thus a new API is introduced to check if an algorithm is
supported by U-Boot.
Suggested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Rename the arguments of tcg2_get_pcr_info() to clarify
they are bank masks, not PCR mask.
Remove the unused local variable.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When that function was introduced we were only using it to check if
extending a PCR was allowed, so the name made sense. A few patches ago
we used that function to reason about the EventLog creation and general
usage of PCRs , so let's rename it to something more generic that makes
more sense in all contexts.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This function is checking for active PCR banks, so rename it
to something that's easier to read and closer to what the function
does.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The hack itself seems to be copied from Linux rti_wdt.c, but the WDT reset
principle is different in U-Boot. While Linux relies on correct frequencies
and timers and doesn't check the actual WDT counter value U-Boot driver
seems to be more robust: it does compare RTIDWDCNTR vs RTIDWDPRLD.
Now the root cause of the original motivation to manipulate the clock rate
is said to be understood and fixed in Linux commit cae58516534e
("watchdog: rti_wdt: Set min_hw_heartbeat_ms to accommodate a safety margin")
which simultaneously removed the hack itself.
While is fix part of the mentioned patch is neither applicable nor requried
for the U-Boot driver just drop the hack setting WDT clock rate to 90% of
the real rate. This has a nice effect that the WDT timeout is now as
requested and not 10% shorter.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If the RTI watchdog has been enabled in SPL, enabling it in U-Boot proper
fails because it can only be enabled once in HW and never stopped. This
however leads to a situation that wdt_cyclic() watchdog trigger is not
being started any longer and the WDT fires at some point.
Allow for WDT re-start by not bailing out if the [previously] configured
period matches the one to be configured.
Enabling in [A53] SPL has been tested on AM62x-based HW (where [A53] SPL is
responsible for loading R5 DM firmware and not this driver).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
First, the "Boot Loader Specification" link has moved to a new location,
so link to that directly. Second, that link does not document as much of
the extlinux.conf format as I recall the old version doing at least.
However, the Syslinux Project wiki is the current location of the documentation
linked to in doc/README.pxe and also has a reference for SYSLINUX. Link
to both of these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
UEFI specification 2.11 has been published.
There are no changes relevant for the U-Boot scope.
So let us update the supported specification version.
Change the comment for the constant to Sphinx style.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This is done so that the device path protocol interface of the network
device can be changed internally by u-boot when a new bootfile gets
downloaded.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adriano.cordova@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The command name was "sbi" instead of "sb" in "doc/usage/cmd/sb.rst",
the file documenting the "sb" command. It is annoying, because the
index in the left panel on the
<https://docs.u-boot.org/en/latest/usage/cmd/sb.html> page shows no
"sb" command, which makes difficult to navigate to the "sb"
documentation.
Fixed the command name: "sbi" -> "sb".
Fixes: ec6d30649c (doc: sandbox: Add docs for the sb command, 2024-10-28)
Signed-off-by: Olivier L'Heureux <olivier.lheureux@mind.be>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The fix provided by 997fc12ec9 is actually introducing
a buffer overrun, and the overrun is effective if the
memory after the reloc section is not zeroed.
Probably that's why this bug is not always noticeable.
The problem is that 8-bytes 'rel' pointer can be 4-bytes aligned
according to the PE Format, so the actual relocate function can
take values after the reloc section.
One example is the following dump from the reloc section:
bce26000: 3000 0000 000c 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
bce26010: 7c00 9340 67e0 f900 1c00 0ea1 a400 0f20
This section has two relocations at offset bce26008 and bce2600a,
however the given size (rel_size) for this relocation is 16-bytes
and this is coming form the efi image Misc.VirtualSize, so in this
case the 'reloc' pointer ends at affset bce2600c and is taken as
valid and this is where the overflow is.
In our system we see this problem when we are starting the
Boot Guard efi image.
This patch is fixing the overrun while preserving the fix done
by 997fc12ec9.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@belden.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When the TCG2 protocol installation fails, we are trying to remove
all the objects we created in tcg2_uninit().
However, there are cases when this function runs before the config
table was installed. So instead of printing an error unconditionally
check against EFI_NOT_FOUND and don't print anything if the table wasn't
installed to begin with.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The bootmenu command can display
* menu entries defined by environment variables
* menu entries defined by UEFI boot options
Not in all cases showing the UEFI boot options is desired.
Provide a new parameter '-e' to select the display of UEFI boot options.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently when booting dhcp_run() may be executed multiple times:
once in eth_bootdev_hunt() and once in the network booting bootmeth.
We need to call eth_bootdev_hunt() when setting up the EFI sub-system to
supply the simple network protocol. We don't need an IP address set up.
We can reduce the bootime by not executing dhcp_run() in
eth_bootdev_hunt().
Furthermore eth_bootdev_hunt() with autostart=yes leads on the legacy
network stack leads to downloading a file via TFTP and to booting the
downloaded file.
Instead of running dchp_run() just check that there is a network device
in eth_bootdev_hunt().
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The CI uses the following command to launch xilinx_versal_virt_defconfig:
qemu-system-aarch64 -M xlnx-versal-virt \
-display none -m 4G -serial mon:stdio \
-device loader,file=u-boot,cpu-num=0
'usb start' or invoking eth_bootdev_hunt leads to a crash when function
dwc3_core_init() tries to access a register at offset 0xc704 (DWC3_DCTL)
relative to the register start address 0xfe20c100.
Disable CONFIG_USB_DWC3 in the CI until the driver problem is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We do not actually test the code.
Scanning for Amiga partitions of the sandbox is extremely slow,
especially on the partially implemented USB device.
For build testing the other sandbox defconfigs are good enough.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
test_extension.py assumes that no extension is known at test start.
This assumption is wrong because we do not come out of reboot.
A prior test may have already hunted for the extension bootdev.
Remove the invalid assert.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We should not write messages in UEFI API functions. This may lead to
incorrect screen layout in UEFI application.
For single statements after if clause we don't need braces.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On some RISC-V including QEMU $loadaddr is 0x80200000.
For bootelf to work choose a different LOAD_ADDR to which the demo ELF
binary is relocated.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To build the API examples on RISC-V we need to
implement _start and syscall for RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
ARM, MIPS, and RISCV can use the same implementation of
platform_sys_info(). PPC provides some extra information.
So keep it separate.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add the basic 'hello world ta' command which increment
of the value passed. This provides easy test for
establishing a session with OP-TEE TA and verify.
It includes following "hello world ta" subcommands:
optee hello; default value '0' is passed and gets incremented.
optee hello <value>; value to increment via OP-TEE HELLO
WORLD TA.
To enable the OP-TEE side HELLO WORLD example please refer
https://optee.readthedocs.io/en/latest/building/gits/optee_examples/optee_examples.html
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Enable MMC_SPEED_MODE_SET config option in defconfig to enable
changing MMC bus modes with mmc rescan for am62ax device.
Signed-off-by: Judith Mendez <jm@ti.com>
When a successful neighbor advertisement is received, the ethernet
address should be saved for later use to avoid having to redo the
neighbor discovery process.
For example, with TFTP the address should get saved into
"net_server_ethaddr". This is being done correctly with ARP for IPv4,
but not for neighbor discovery with IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Sean Edmond <seanedmond@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Viacheslav Mitrofanov <v.v.mitrofanov@yadro.com>
timeout_count is never reset once a tftpput transfer has started. If for
whatever reason timeouts occur frequently, but the server keeps replying
nonetheless, the transfer may be needlessly aborted.
Reset timer_count on reception of an ACK to avoid this situation.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Linux DTS compatible MDIO bitbanging driver.
Both clause 22 and clause 45 MDIO supported and validated.
Heavily based on the Linux drivers (more or less the same code base).
Signed-off-by: Markus Gothe <markus.gothe@genexis.eu>
This reverts commit 431be621c6.
Section 3.3 of Reduced Gigabit Media Independent Interface (RGMII)
Version 2.0 (4/1/2002) details that a PHYs using a ~2ns internal delay
are referred to as RGMII-ID. This internal delay is optional.
Page 147-148 of the Marvell Doc. No. MV-S107146-U0 Rev. F details
timings of the RX/TX delays. We see that with the TX/RX_CLK delay
enabled, our RX/TX_CTL signal is shifted w.r.t CLK to reflect the delay
added.
In 431be62 there is no timing difference between RGMII and RGMII-ID, and
so programmers wanting to explicitly set their PHY to RGMII will find
that delay added anyway. This could throw off timing if that internal
delay is undesired.
We should be handling all 4 possible RGMII cases of PHY_INTERFACE_MODE:
RGMII, RGMII_ID, RGMII_TXID, and RGMII_RXID. Reverting 431be62
implements this.
See also m88e1111_config_init_rgmii_delays in the equivalent driver in
Linux (drivers/net/phy/marvell.c), which does not set these delays in
RGMII mode.
68e6eca was tested out on an 88E1512 PHY in RGMII-ID mode. This
reversion has been tested by myself on an 88E1518 in RGMII-ID mode. This
patch affects boards using this driver in "rgmii" mode, as the internal
delay will no longer be enabled. Namely kikwood-nsa310s.
Signed-off-by: Rufus Segar <rhs@riseup.net>
We have a some boards that rarely starts networking abnormally, so there are
many timeouts during file transfer. In the same time there is a normal transfer
between timeouts. In this case we can continue transfer (instead of connection
aborting) by just clearing timeout counter on every successful block.
This patch does not affect the case when several timeouts happen one after
another. The transfer will be aborted. Thus the transfer will be
continued in the case of unstable link, but will be aborted in the case
of inaccessible server.
Feature downside: it may greatly slowdown (instead of abort) file transfer
in the case of unstable link.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
When converting a U-Boot trace records file to ftrace function graph
format for use by trace-cmd ('proftool -f funcgraph dump-ftrace'), the
time associated to each function is incorrectly saved in microseconds
instead of nanoseconds. Multuply the value by 1000 to fix the issue.
With this change, the trace-cmd output looks consistent. Here is an
example with udelay(25) added to mem_malloc_init() as a test case:
$ ./tools/proftool -m System.map -t /tmp/trace.bin -f funcgraph \
dump-ftrace -o /tmp/trace.dat
$ trace-cmd report /tmp/trace.dat >/tmp/trace.log
$ vi /tmp/trace.log
[...]
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719659: funcgraph_entry: | mem_malloc_init() {
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719659: funcgraph_entry: | udelay() {
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719660: funcgraph_entry: | schedule() {
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719660: funcgraph_entry: | cyclic_run() {
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719660: funcgraph_entry: 1.000 us | cyclic_get_list();
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719661: funcgraph_exit: 1.000 us | }
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719661: funcgraph_exit: 1.000 us | }
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719661: funcgraph_entry: | __udelay() {
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719662: funcgraph_entry: 0.000 us | usec_to_tick();
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719687: funcgraph_exit: + 26.000 us | }
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719687: funcgraph_exit: + 28.000 us | }
u-boot-1 [000] 6.719687: funcgraph_entry: # 37971.000 us | memset();
u-boot-1 [000] 6.757658: funcgraph_exit: # 37999.000 us | }
u-boot-1 [000] 6.757658: funcgraph_exit: # 38000.000 us | }
In the above dump, the udelay() call is reported as taking 26 us which
is consistent with the timestamps (6.719687 - 6.719659 = 0.000026).
Without this patch we would have "0.026 us" instead of "+ 26.000 us".
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Move to using OF_UPSTREAM config and thus using the devicetree
subtree and remove unused device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently the driver relies on bootph flag to probe it during PRE_RELOC
stage but with the upcoming cleanup of v6.13, we don't have the bootph
property in the parent nodes anymore and ti_sci driver being one of the
parent nodes required during SPL stage would end up hampering the probe
model [0].
Add DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC to ti_sci driver for mitigating this issue.
[0]: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/issues/21
Suggested-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
The Texas Instruments Foundational Security (TIFS) firmware must match
the security level configured on the SoC. To boot Security Enforced (SE)
variants of the AM62Px, add another tiboot3 build which packages the
Security Enforced (SE) firmware variant for AM62Px SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
OSPI Boot requires overrides specific to R5 and also
to use DMA in R5 SPL stage the DM_TIFS needs to be used.
Add the corresponding overrides for R5 SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
The wget command currently cannot work correctly with mtk_eth driver.
This patch fixed this by increase DMA ring size and invalidate ring data
after use.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Enable GDMA cpu bridge only when 10Gb interface is enabled for GMAC other
than GMAC0, or when MT7988 internal switch is used.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Not all platforms supports sgmii and/or usxgmii. So we add Kconfig
options for these features and enable them only for supported
platforms.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
MT7629 need extra setting for gmac2 to work. So additional
capability is added for mt7629 to handle this case.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Unlike other platforms, mt7622 has only one SGMII and it can be
attached to either gmac1 or gmac2. So the register field of the
sgmii selection differs from other platforms as newer platforms can
control each sgmii individually.
This patch adds a new capability for mt7622 to handle this case.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
The register field for SGMII speed selection is a 2-bit field with
value 0 for 1Gbps and 1 for 2.5Gbps (2/3 are reserved).
So it's necessary to set both bits instead of just setting/clearing
only the lower bit.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
According to the mt7629 programming guide, the CLK_TOP_F10M_REF_SEL
shares the same parent selection with CLK_TOP_IRRX_SEL, while the
present parent selection for CLK_TOP_F10M_REF_SEL is actually used
for CLK_TOP_SGMII_REF_1_SEL.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org> says:
Picking up a series from Dan Carpenter and applying requested
changes for v2.
I had previously set CONFIG_64BIT for arm64. This patchset does the
same thing for sandbox and x86_64. (Mips and riscv were already
doing it). This CONFIG option is used in the Makefile to determine
if it's a 32 or 64 bit system for the CHECKER.
Makefile
1052 # the checker needs the correct machine size
1053 CHECKFLAGS += $(if $(CONFIG_64BIT),-m64,-m32)
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241216180736.1933807-1-andrew.goodbody@linaro.org
Should use CONFIG_64BIT to detect a 64 bit compile and not
CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT. This allows more platforms to run the
full test code.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Select CONFIG_64BIT so that we pass the -m64 option (instead of -m32) to
static analysis tools.
Introduce CONFIG_SPL_64BIT and select it for architectures other than
x86 with 64 bit builds. Do not select it for x86 builds as x86 uses
a 32 bit SPL.
Ensure that when limits are set they use CONFIG_64BIT for U-Boot
proper and CONFIG_SPL_64BIT for SPL. This is to allow for the 32 bit
SPL build used by x86.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
In include/linux/io.h the declarations of ioread64 and iowrite64
which make use of readq/writeq are guarded with CONFIG_64BIT so
guard the sandbox declarations of readq and writeq also with
CONFIG_64BIT.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Patch keeps the access to dtb_dt_embedded() within fdtdec API,
by means of new API function introduction. This new function is a
common place for updating appropriate global_data fields for
OF_EMBED case.
Also, the consequence of the patch is movement of '___dtb_dt_*begin'
symbols' declaration from header file, because nobody used symbols
outside the lib/fdtdec.c.
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
RFLOW config related MMR does not exist incase of BCDMA.
Add check to bypass the RFLOW MMR extraction.
Without this, the probe sequence fails checking for
the MMR_RFLOW region, which is valid only for packet based
DMA and obselete for BCDMA.
Fixes: 5abb694d60 ("dma: ti: k3-udma: Add support for native configuration of chan/flow")
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
Tested-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
In commit 399f739be6 ("CI: allow jobs to be run in merge requests") we
added "rules:when: always" to many stages of the pipeline to allow for merge
requests to trigger a run. However based on current Gitlab
documentation, we should still be triggered on merge requests without
this. Furthermore the way we have things written today we always run all
stages of the CI rather than failing out early on problems, which is not
always useful. Remove these as we should still be fine with merge
requests triggering a run.
Link: https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/ci/yaml/#rules
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Our Gitlab pipeline is currently broken up in to several stages. This
was done with the thought process of "we should test tools and if
they're good test emulated targets and if they're good test real
hardware and if they're good test the world". However, in terms of that
first stage it only really matters that binman, et al are still
functional. And for a few years now Gitlab has had a "needs" keyword
that lets you refine pipeline dependencies. Use this to perform the
minor optimization of having test.py only require that tool testing job.
This will become more useful later when we add long running testsuites
that we do not want to block later jobs.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is annoying to have sandbox enter a boot loop when an assertion
fails. Hang instead, since then the error message is only printed once
and Ctrl-C can be used to quit, as per normal.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The mpc8xxx_gpio driver contains a workaround for certain chips
where the previously written state of outputs cannot be read back
from the GPIO data (GPDAT) register (MPC8572/MPC8536). This workaround
consists of tracking the state of GPDAT in a "shadow register" (i.e. a
software variable). The shadow register is initialized to zero.
This results in a problem w.r.t. outputs that are configured to a
high (1) state before U-Boot runs, but not touched by U-Boot itself:
Due to the zero-initialization, these GPIOs end up being set to zero,
the first time that any other output is set.
To avoid such issues initialize the GPDAT shadow register to the value
previously held by any outputs, if possible. On MPC8572/MPC8536 this
should make no difference, i.e. the shadow register should be
initialized to zero on these chips.
This patch has been tested on a MPC8314E-based board.
Reviewed-by: Sinan Akman <sinan@writeme.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
To increase readability, use the defined constant instead of specifying
SPCR[TBEN] as a number.
Reviewed-by: Sinan Akman <sinan@writeme.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Globals defined in headers can result in multiple-definition errors
while linking, if they are visible beyond the current translation unit.
This hasn't been a problem for initreg.h so far, but would become a
problem in the next patch, where I use a constant from initreg.h in a
second C file.
Reviewed-by: Sinan Akman <sinan@writeme.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
TBU and TBL are specified as two 32-bit registers that form a 64-bit
value, but the calculation only shifted TBU by 16 bits.
Fix this by actually shifting 32 bits.
Reviewed-by: Sinan Akman <sinan@writeme.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
PowerPC general-purpose registers are historically specified as plain
numbers (0-31), which makes them hard to distinguish from immediates.
For this reason, include/ppc_asm.tmpl defines aliases named r0-r31.
This can still lead to uncaught mistakes if a register is used in place
of a number.
Instead of (e.g.) 5 use %r5, which will result in an assembler warning
if used as a number. Turn these warnings into errors by passing
`--fatal-warnings` to the assembler.
I verified with gazerbeam_defconfig (MPC83xx) and qemu-ppce500_defconfig
(MPC85xx) that this patch results in the same machine code.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Instructions such as dcbi are in the X-form; they have RA and RB fields
and the effective address (EA) is computed as (RA|0)+(RB). In words,
this means that if RA is zero, the left-hand side of the addition is
zero, otherwise the corresponding GPR is used. r0 can never be used on
the left-hand side of a X-form instruction.
For D-form instructions such as addis, the Power ISA illustrates this in
the instruction pseudo-code:
if RA = 0 then RT <- EXTS(SI || 0x0000)
else RT <- (RA) + EXIS(SI || 0x0000)
In all of these cases, RA=0 indicates the value zero, not register r0.
I verified with gazerbeam_defconfig (MPC83xx) and qemu-ppce500_defconfig
(MPC85xx) that this patch results in the same machine code.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> says:
The LMB subsystem was used opportunistically for a number of years.
A while back Sughosh merged it with the EFI subsystem in order to have a
common allocator and avoid subsystems overwriting memory they shouldn't.
This is an initial cleanup of all the crud we gathered over the years.
There's no functional change expected from the patches as they just cleanup
some abstraction functions and rename a few variables to make more
sense.
I plan to make even bigger changes -- e.g I don't see the point of
having *_alloc() and *_reserve() versions of the functions since they
do the same thing and just cause confusion. lmb_alloc_addr_flags()
returning the base address on success makes little sense since we
already *request* the address on the function arguments, etc.
Since this patchset grew enough already, I'd like to get it in
before more refactoring happens.
It's worth noting that although some patches slightly increase the code
size due to an extra flags argument being carried around, the final
result is eventually smaller.
# qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig (version string adds another 20b)
add/remove: 0/5 grow/shrink: 15/1 up/down: 568/-628 (-60)
Function old new delta
lmb_alloc_base 80 324 +244
lmb_alloc_addr 8 144 +136
lmb_reserve 8 96 +88
version_string 50 70 +20
boot_relocate_fdt 488 508 +20
boot_ramdisk_high 268 284 +16
lmb_add_region_flags 696 704 +8
boot_fdt_reserve_region 100 108 +8
load_serial 548 552 +4
lmb_alloc 8 12 +4
image_setup_libfdt 368 372 +4
do_load 728 732 +4
do_bootz 332 336 +4
do_booti 520 524 +4
bootm_run_states 2176 2180 +4
lmb_alloc_addr_flags 4 - -4
boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions 284 280 -4
lmb_alloc_base_flags 76 - -76
lmb_reserve_flags 96 - -96
_lmb_alloc_addr 144 - -144
_lmb_alloc_base 304 - -304
Total: Before=1020102, After=1020042, chg -0.01%
# sandbox_defconfig (version string adds another 20b)
add/remove: 0/3 grow/shrink: 24/3 up/down: 523/-501 (22)
Function old new delta
lmb_alloc_base 48 299 +251
lmb_alloc_addr 4 92 +88
lmb_reserve 4 58 +54
test_alloc_addr 2933 2963 +30
version_string 50 70 +20
lib_test_lmb_overlapping_reserve 1018 1030 +12
lmb_add_region_flags 600 610 +10
test_multi_alloc.constprop 3034 3042 +8
test_get_unreserved_size 1032 1038 +6
boot_relocate_fdt 599 605 +6
boot_fdt_reserve_region 67 73 +6
lmb_alloc 4 9 +5
lmb_free_flags 190 194 +4
wget_handler 1530 1533 +3
tftp_handler 1190 1192 +2
test_noreserved 1207 1209 +2
test_bigblock 911 913 +2
load_serial 946 948 +2
lib_test_lmb_flags 2101 2103 +2
do_spi_flash 3150 3152 +2
do_bootz 526 528 +2
do_bootm_linux 2067 2069 +2
bootm_run_states 5275 5277 +2
_fs_read.lto_priv 331 333 +2
lmb_dump_region.lto_priv 356 353 -3
lmb_add 59 52 -7
efi_allocate_pages.part 303 249 -54
lmb_reserve_flags 65 - -65
_lmb_alloc_addr.lto_priv 92 - -92
_lmb_alloc_base.lto_priv 280 - -280
Total: Before=2492722, After=2492744, chg +0.00%
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241218070251.686383-1-ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org
lmb_alloc_addr_flags() is a wrapper for _lmb_alloc_addr() and it's the
only function using it. Rename _lmb_alloc_addr() to lmb_alloc_addr_flags()
and remove the wrapper.
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
lmb_alloc_base() is just calling lmb_alloc_base_flags() with LMB_NONE.
There's not much we gain from this abstraction, so let's remove the
former add the flags argument to lmb_alloc_base() and make the code
a bit easier to follow.
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
lmb_alloc_addr() is just calling lmb_alloc_addr_flags() with LMB_NONE
There's not much we gain from this abstraction, so let's remove the
latter, add a flags argument to lmb_alloc_addr() and make the code a
bit easier to follow.
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
free_mem is a misnomer. We never update it with the free memory for
LMB. Instead, it describes all available memory and is checked against
used_mem to decide whether an area is free or not.
So let's rename this field to better match its usage.
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
lmb_reserve() is just calling lmb_reserve_flags() with LMB_NONE.
There's not much we gain from this abstraction.
So let's remove the latter, add the flags argument to lmb_reserve()
and make the code a bit easier to follow.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
LMB flags is not an enum anymore. It's currently used as a bitmask
in various places of our code. So make it a u32 which is more
appropriate when dealing with masks.
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Fix warnings from kernel-doc script. Improve and unify overall style of
kernel-doc comments in lmb source files. Move all kernel-doc comments
for public functions into the header, as recommended in U-Boot
documentation [1]:
Non-trivial functions should have a comment which describes what
they do. If it is an exported function, put the comment in the
header file so the API is in one place. If it is a static function,
put it in the C file.
This also takes care of existing duplication. While at it, do a bit of
cosmetic cleanups as well.
No functional change.
[1] doc/develop/codingstyle.rst
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
flag_str[] is a pointer to const. Make it also a const pointer. Improve
a style a bit while a it, to make this line fit 80 characters limit.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
rgnflags variable in lmb_add_region_flags() has incorrect type: it's
declared as phys_size_t when it should be enum lmb_flags. That
copy-paste mistake was firstly introduced in commit 59c0ea5df3 ("lmb:
Add support of flags for no-map properties"), and then copied further
into commit ed17a33fed ("lmb: make LMB memory map persistent and
global"). Fix it by using the correct type to match struct lmb_region
field.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Update the spi_nor_read() function based on the config SPI_FLASH_BAR
and update the length and bank calculation by spliting the memory of
16MB size banks only when the address width is 3byte.
Fix the read issue for 4byte address width by passing the entire
length to the read function.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Add support for mapping C22 register access to C45-only PHYs.
This is mainly useful for 'mii info' command, which performs
C22 only access to determine PHY ID and link state and does
not work well with this driver so far.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Implement C22 PHY access support in addition to C45 PHY access
support which is already present. This is used for PHYs which
do not support C45 access or which are C22 only.
The C22 access can be recognized when devad is set to -1 or
0xffffffff hex, which also matches MDIO_DEVAD_NONE macro. Test
for this special devad value and if it is set this way, perform
C22 access, otherwise perform C45 access.
Based on work by LUU HOAI <hoai.luu.ub@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Set Station Management Mode : Clause 45 setting of MFF bit in MPSM
register can be done in rswitch_mii_access_c45() once, instead of this
being done before each rswitch_mii_access_c45() call. Deduplicate the
bit setting into rswitch_mii_access_c45(). No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Replace enum rswitch_reg with plain #define REGISTER OFFSET macros.
The enum rswitch_reg was not referenced anywhere, so there was no
benefit of keeping it around. Include register block labels. Turn
all register offsets into lowercase hex values. No functional change.
Rename EATDQDC to EATDQDCR, GWTRC to GWTRCR, GWDCC to GWDCCR, FWPC0
to FWPC, FWPBFC to FWPBFCR, FWPBFCSDC to FWPBFCSDCR because there
are both register names which used to be part of this enum and also
macros with the same name, each used for slightly different purpose.
Make sure there is no collission.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Enable remoteproc command and APMU remoteproc driver to start Cortex-R52
cores from U-Boot command line. Code on the Cortex-R52 #0 can be started
as follows, code on other cores can be started by passing the correct ID
to 'rproc load' and 'rproc start' to select the core:
"
=> rproc init
=> rproc list
0 - Name:'rcar-apmu-cr52.0-apmu@e6170000' type:'internal memory mapped' supports: load start stop reset is_running
1 - Name:'rcar-apmu-cr52.1-apmu@e6170000' type:'internal memory mapped' supports: load start stop reset is_running
2 - Name:'rcar-apmu-cr52.2-apmu@e6170000' type:'internal memory mapped' supports: load start stop reset is_running
=> rproc load 0 0xeb200000 0x10000
Load Remote Processor 0 with data@addr=0xeb200000 65536 bytes: Success!
=> rproc start 0
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Describe APMU controller as a remoteproc device capable of starting
the Cortex-R52 cores in Renesas R8A779G0 V4H SoC DT. The APMU IP is
in fact a power management unit capable of additional operations, but
those are not used by U-Boot so far.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add R-Car Gen4 APMU controller remoteproc driver capable of starting
the Cortex-R52 cores in Renesas R8A779G0 V4H/V4M SoC. The APMU IP is
in fact a power management unit capable of additional operations, but
those are not used by U-Boot so far.
This requires slight adjustment to the SPL entry point code, as that
is being executed on the Cortex-R52 #0 and the Cortex-R52 #0 enters an
endless loop once it starts the rest of the SPL on Cortex-A76 core.
The endless loop now checks for content of APMU CRBARP registers and
tests whether valid VLD_BARP and BAREN_VALID bits are set, if so, the
Cortex-R52 core exits the endless loop and jumps to address started
in CRBARP[31:18] register in ARM mode, which is a trampoline code to
jump to the final entry point.
The trampoline code is in place to avoid limitation of CRBARP[31:18]
address field, which limits the core start address to memory addresses
aligned to 0x40000 or 256 kiB . The trampoline is placed at 0x40000
aligned address and jumps to the final entry point, which can be at
an address with arbitrary alignment at instruction granularity.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
This DTC_FLAGS assignment is no longer necessary as all R-Car Gen2/Gen3/Gen4
platforms have been converted to OF_UPSTREAM and matching DTC_FLAGS assignment
is present in dts/upstream/src/arm64/Makefile . Drop the remnant.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Align R-Car Gen2/Gen3/Gen4 configuration header file to look
basically the same way across these three SoC generations.
There are subtle difference between the remaining bits in
those files across SoC generations, but the common bits are
now aligned. There is not much left in those headers either,
most of the configuration is now converted to Kconfig.
Specifically for R-Car Gen3, GIC registers have been moved
to architecture specific header file rcar-gen3-base.h , the
rest of the changes here are comment changes and indentation
changes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add support for building U-Boot SPL for Renesas R-Car Gen4 R8A779G0 V4H SoC.
The SPL initializes the DBSC5 DRAM controller, RT-VRAM and loads and starts
U-Boot proper on the Cortex-A76 core.
The SoC BootROM can not boot the CA76 core directly, instead the SPL starts
on the CR52 core which immediately brings up the CA76 core, which in turn
starts executing the actual SPL. This is achieved by placing a tiny bit of
precompiled Aarch32 code at the very beginning of the SPL. The code consists
of some 32 instructions, uses APMU to configure CA76 start address to offset
0x80 Bytes from start of the SPL, and uses APMU to start the CA76 core. The
code parts the CR52 core in an endless loop once the CA76 core got started.
The 32 instructions are completely arbitrary number, so is the offset 0x80
Bytes from start of SPL, because 0x80 = 128 decimal and 128 / 4 bytes per
instruction is 32 instructions. The 32 instructions turned out to be enough
to started the CA76 and 0x80 is nicely aligned.
Once the SPL completes hardware initialization, the SPL loads U-Boot proper.
The u-boot.itb proper fitImage contains 64bit build on u-boot-nodtb.bin and
a DT for R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk board and is generated by binman. The
u-boot.itb is loaded from SPI NOR offset 0x80000.
In order to install this setup on an existing R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk board,
build using r8a779g0_whitehawk_defconfig, generate SPI NOR image flash.bin
and write flash.bin to SPI NOR offset 0x0 . Finally, configure board MD pin
switches according to the R8A779G0 V4H White Hawk board documentation for
40 MHz SPI NOR boot using DMA and restart the board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In case U-Boot runs in EL3, which is the highest privilege level on ARM64,
there can be no firmware running that would restrict access to the bottom
128 MiB of DRAM. In fact, it is likely that U-Boot would have to load that
firmware into those bottom 128 MiB of DRAM and start that firmware.
Make those bottom 128 MiB of DRAM available in case U-Boot runs in EL3 to
allow loading the firmware to that area.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Split common board code for R-Car Gen3 and Gen4 into separate files.
The R-Car Gen3 board code contains fixups specific to TFA which are
no longer required on R-Car Gen4, keep those fixups in its own file
so they would not interfere with Gen4.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
All R-Car Gen4 board files are copies of one another at this point.
Deduplicate them into single board/renesas/rcar-common/gen4-common.c
and remove all the duplicates. The one exception is R-Car V3U Falcon
board, which enables RWDT reset in board_init(), conditionally build
RWDT enablement in board_init() in the new common code for V3U.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Make the R-Car V3U stub PSCI implementation available on 64bit R-Car SoCs.
This implementation is useful during early board bring up, where it can
supplant missing fully-featured PSCI implementation. Note that this PSCI
implementation is very basic and offers only SoC reset functionality. It
is unable to enable or disable secondary CPU cores nor does it offer any
suspend/resume functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Describe DBSC5 DRAM controller and RT-VRAM configuration interface
as two new DT nodes in R-Car Gen4 R8A779G0 U-Boot DT extras file.
This node is used by the U-Boot SPL for R8A779G0 SoC, where the
DBSC5 and RT-VRAM drivers bind to these nodes and bring up the
DRAM controller and RT-VRAM settings respectively, so U-Boot
proper can be loaded into DRAM and started on Cortex A76 core.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Add Renesas R-Car Gen4 DBSC5 DRAM controller driver. This driver is currently
capable of bringing LPDDR5 DRAM on Renesas R-Car V4H Whitehawk board. Further
boards can be supported by supplying board specific DRAM configuration data
via dbsc5_get_board_data(). Support for R-Car V4M is not implemented, however
the driver is already mostly prepared to support this SoC.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Use the IS_ENABLED() macro to reduce amount of #ifdef use in the driver
and improve code coverage. With IS_ENABLED() macro, the code is compiled
and then optimized out, which prevents bitrot.
In case no PFC table matches the SoC in use, do not probe the driver
and instead exit with -ENODEV. This should never happen under normal
conditions, because this would mean the driver DT compatible string
match happened, but the list in probe() cannot match the model listed
in match data associated with the compatible string on which the match
did happen.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu> says:
Legacy TCP stack is bad. Here are some of the known issues:
* tcp packet from other connection can break a current one
* tcp send sequence always starts from zero
* bad tcp options processing
* strange assumptions on packet size for selective acknowledge
* tcp interface assumes one of the two scenarios:
- data downloading from remote host to a board
- request-response exchange with a small packets
so it's not possible to upload large amount of data from the
board to remote host.
* wget test generate bad tcp stream, test should fail but it passes instead
This series of patches fixes all of the above issues.
The benefits:
* A lot of bug was fixed
* Better and more reliable TCP state machine
* Tcp clients becomes smaller/simpler
* Data uploading was fixed (now it's possible to transmit a huge amount of
data from the board to remote host)
Modification was verified with
* firmware downloading via u-boot wget command
* fastboot over tcp
* netcat linux client using test netcat implementation (not included
to this patch series)
* Firefox/Chrome/Edge using test web-server implementation (not included
to this patch series)
[trini: snip]
WARNING: The v16 patch series does NOT fix lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest_http.c
issue. It looks like the efi_selftest_http test is wrong by itself. The
following issues were detected during efi_selftest_http test study:
* The test should fail with HTTP status code 404 because:
* nowday most web-servers requires the presence of "HOST:" request header
* wget does not support sending "HOST:" request header
* web-server of "http://example.com/" site does NOT provide "default server"
configuration, so it answer 404 on any request without "HOST:" header.
* The test states that:
* test send HTTP HEAD request to a server,
* then test send HTTP GET request to a server,
* reads the actual bytes sent by the server and compare it with
the value from "Contents-Length:" responce header of the HEAD request
But actually it
* does not send HTTP HEAD request, only a single HTTP GET request
is performed
* the test reads the responce twice from the same request. It looks
very suspictiuos
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241228104637.4173913-1-mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu
Some driver implements it's own network packet pool, so PKTBUFSRX is zero.
This results in zero-size TCP receive window, so data transfer doesn't
work. Avoid it by setting a reasonable fallback value.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch:
* remove useless code,
* use a special function for pretty printing of tcp flags,
* simplify the code
The behavior should not be changed.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to HTTP/1.0 standard the HTTP reply consist of
* Status Line + CRLF
* Zero or more Response Header Fields (each ended with CRLF)
* CRLF on new line (Response Header Fields end marker)
* Optional Entity Body.
Thus in response headers we state:
Content-Length = 30
but actual transferred file data is:
"\r\n<html><body>Hi</body></html>\r\n".
This is 32 bytes of data.
So we get and check for correctness 32 bytes of data, but
* The response we are used is incorrect, real server will
set Content-Length to 32.
* default_wget_info->hdr_cont_len will be set to wrong
value 30 (used for efi http booting).
Fix an issue by:
* replace bogus response with an actual response from the HTTP server
* format response to show HTTP response structure
* recalculate md5sum as transferred file data has been changed.
The server response was captured with the commands
echo -ne "<html><body>Hi</body></html>\n" > ~/public_html/test.html
echo -ne "GET /~${USER}/test.html HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n" | netcat localhost 80 >reply.txt
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Changes:
* update to new tcp stack
* fix zero values for ISS and IRS issue (see RFC 9293)
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Changes:
* Fix initial send sequence always zero issue
* Use state machine close to RFC 9293. This should make TCP
transfers more reliable (now we can upload a huge array
of data from the board to external server)
* Improve TCP framework a lot. This should make tcp client
code much more simple.
* rewrite wget with new tcp stack
* rewrite fastboot_tcp with new tcp stack
It's quite hard to fix the initial send sequence (ISS) issue
with the separate patch. A naive attempt to fix an issue
inside the tcp_set_tcp_header() function will break tcp packet
retransmit logic in wget and other clients.
Example:
Wget stores tcp_seq_num value before tcp_set_tcp_header() will
be called and (on failure) retransmit the packet with the stored
tcp_seq_num value. Thus:
* the same ISS must allways be used (current case)
* or tcp clients needs to generate a proper ISS when
required.
A proper ISS fix will require a big redesing comparable with
a this one.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Changes:
* Avoid use net_server_ip in tcp code, use tcp_stream data instead
* Ignore packets from other connections if connection already created.
This prevents us from connection break caused by other tcp stream.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current code assume that all (except last) packets are of the same size.
This is definitely wrong. Replace SACK code with a new one, that does
not rely on this assumption. Also this code uses less memory.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current TCP code may miss an option if TCP_O_NOP option was used before
it for proper aligning.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
VBE uses a crc8 checksum to verify that the nvdata is valid, so make
sure it is available if VBE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With VBE we want to use FIT in all phases of the boot. Add Kconfig
options to support this.
Disable the options for sandbox_vpl for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variable 'ret' is defined twice, which is not intended. This may
have been a local merge error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 2eefeb6d893 ("spl: Report a loader failure")
U-Boot uses ulong for addresses. It is confusing to use uintptr_t in a
few places, since it makes people wonder if the types are compatible.
Change the few occurences in SPL to use ulong
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current check looks only at SPL, but TPL or VPL might have a
different setting. Update the condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current check looks only at SPL, but TPL or VPL might have a
different setting. Update the condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a loader returns an error code it is silently ignored. Show a message
to at least provide some feedback to the user.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some code has crept in which ignores this parameter. Fix this and add a
little debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: b1307f884a ("fit: Support compression for non-kernel components (e.g. FDT)")
The name of the bootdev device is not that important, particular in SPL.
Save a little code space by using a simpler name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the best-match feature fails to find something, use the provided
config name as a fallback. The allows SPL to select a suitable config
when best-match is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The for() loop ends up being in the code even if the log_debug() does
nothing. Add a condition to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The GW7905 was renamed to GW7500 before release. Change the various
names in the dt files and references.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Pull request doc-2025-01-rc6
Fix a number of typos
* cmd: bootmenu typo 'read'
* cmd/rng: fix long help text
* crypto: typo volatge
* board: freescale: typo volatge
* scripts: add volatge to spelling.txt
* doc: fit: Format image tree source example
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- INTC/INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC/INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN/CANFD
- DU
- INTC-EX
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN
- DU
- INTC
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- CAN
- DU
- INTC
- MSIOF
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN
- DU
- INTC
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reduce the PFC tables by ifdeffing out pinmux settings which are
unlikely to be used by U-Boot. This helps reduce the size of the
bootloader in the 10 kiB range. This includes conditional build
of these PFC additions:
- Audio
- CAN
- DU
- INTC
- MSIOF
- PWM
- SSI
- VIN
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
By default the pin multiplexing tables used by U-Boot are reduced
to keep the size of the bootloader low. This option allows build of
full pin multiplexing tables the same way they are included in the
Linux kernel. This includes pin multiplexing options for Audio, CAN,
CANFD, DU, INTC, INTC-EX, MSIOF, PWM, SSI, for which there is no
U-Boot driver. This option is disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The example in kernel_fdt.rst is inconsistently indented, making it
difficult to read.
Indent the example with the same standard as the other examples:
Four spaces for the ReST code block and for every nesting level.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
The number of bytes may only be specified if a device number id provided.
Correct the formatting.
Acked-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/23987
- imx8m: Remove global ddrphy_trained_csr as it is a per board
configuration.
- Add DM_FLAG_ACTIVE_DMA flag for FEC network driver to avoid potential
kernel crash.
- Miscellaneous improvements for i.MX8M Venice Gateworks platforms.
Drop global ddrphy_trained_csr which maybe different with per board
ddrphy_trained_csr. DDR TOOL generates ddrphy_trained_csr for each
board, using the global ddrphy_trained_csr has risk that values may
be not up to date.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When FEC network card works as the prime one in u-boot, and is in
active status, kernel might crash during booting up stage, especially
working with grub. Because the DMA of FEC is still in active status, and
copy data into memory if there is network data received. In this case, if
kernel allocated a part of memory that has overlay with the memory
used by DMA, kernel memory may be destroyed and cause kernel crashes.
Because before kernel boots up really, u-boot dm_remove_devices_flags()
can call the remove callback of FEC driver with DM_FLAG_ACTIVE_DMA
flag. In fecmxc_remove(), phy power is disabled, so there is no data
received. In this way, it makes sure that there is no DMA action, so
that avoid kernel crashing occurs.
Signed-off-by: Meng Li <Meng.Li@windriver.com>
define a suitable default address for CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS
to make it easier on folks enabling HABv4.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The mxc_get_clock function is around for compatibility with older
drivers that are not clock aware. In this case asking for the clk for
MXC_CSPI_CLK does not take into account there are multiple SPI busses on
modern IMX SoC's and it will return the clock for the first bus which
may not be used or configured.
In the case you are not using the first bus you will not get the proper
clock. Fix this by obtaining the clock rate from the bus clock.
This resolves an invalid SPI clock frequency configuration for SPI2 on a
board where SPI1 is not used.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In case an rswitch port is described as disabled in DT, do not
register it as ethernet device in U-Boot. This way, such ports
cannot be accessed from U-Boot command line.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Move CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE=y into commont renesas_rcar.config to make sure
this configuration option is consistently enabled on all of Renesas R-Car
Gen2, Gen3, Gen4. Currently this option is not enabled on Gen4, this fix
corrects that omission.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
First, thanks to Simon Glass and also Linaro, we now have access to a
few fast arm64 host machines in our Gitlab instance, to use as CI
runners. This series finishes the work that I pushed earlier and Simon
had started that enables arm64 hosts to be used for most things now.
The first notable change, especially if you use this on your own Gitlab
instance is that "DEFAULT_TAG" is now unused and we instead have:
- DEFAULT_ALL_TAG:
- DEFAULT_ARM64_TAG:
- DEFAULT_AMD64_TAG:
- DEFAULT_FAST_AMD64_TAG:
This lets us say that some jobs can be run on all runners, because they
are small enough that anything we'd connect to CI is fast enough and it
also does not depend on the underlying host architecture. Next we have
tags for any arm64 host, or any amd64 host. Finally, we have a tag for
fast amd64 hosts. What these last three are for is that we have a few
jobs that need to run on amd64 hosts and so we have to restrict them
there, but we also have now reworked the world build jobs to build
(almost) everything in a single job and on the fast amd64 machines this
is still as quick as the old way was, in practice.
To reach this point, we say that the Xtensa jobs can only run on amd64
hosts. Our targets only work with the binary-only toolchain and so this
is a reasonable limit and we exclude them from the world build jobs. We
also need to deal with ensuring the right toolchain is used regardless
what the host architecture is and that we don't use the host toolchain
by accident. Finally, because some of these changes needed to be worked
out in the linter, fix some of the general warnings that notes as well.
First, try and be slightly clearer about what "buildx" is with respect
to the docker build process.
Second, now that we build the container for both amd64 and arm64, we
should document how to make a docker "builder" that has multiple nodes.
With this one node should be amd64 and one node arm64, and with
reasonably fast arm64 hardware this will be much quicker than using
QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should always look in our downloaded toolchains first and then for
host-provided toolchains.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We do not want to use the host toolchain for building our platforms in
CI (it is both too old, and would be inconsistent with our CI
practices). To do this we need to set the toolchain-prefix so that we
don't end up guessing "/opt/.../aarch64-linux-aarch64-linux-" as the
prefix.
Link: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/issues/32
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the test.py stage of the build we mark the pytest results as
artifacts to save, so that they can be used for reports. This however
leads to all of the artifacts being downloaded (and then not used) in
later stages. Optimize this out by using an empty list of dependencies
here (which is the keyword for which artifacts are needed).
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When validating our current pipeline, a warning is produced about a lack
of a default workflow. For how we use it, we can add a simple default of
"always".
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First, introduce DEFAULT_ALL_TAG, DEFAULT_ARM64_TAG, DEFAULT_AMD64_TAG
and DEFAULT_FAST_AMD64_TAG and remove the previous DEFAULT_TAG (as
anyone making use of that will need to adjust their jobs). This allows
us to say that some jobs can run on amd64 or arm64 hosts under the all
tag, while some jobs must run on amd64 (the Xtensa jobs due to
binary-only toolchains and sandbox for now) Then we rework the world
build stage to only run on our very fast amd64 hosts, or our arm64 hosts
(which are also very fast). This should result in a similar overall
build time but also a much more consistent overall build time as we
won't have the two big world jobs possibly run on our slower build
nodes.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Remove the rest of the places where we hard-code the version of the
toolchain we're using.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The xtensa architecture is interesting in that the platforms we support
are only valid on the binary-only toolchains as the DC233C instruction
set requires those toolchains (and not the FSF instruction set). Only
install the binary toolchain on amd64 hosts and only run the tests on
them as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TFTP transfers of large files, for example 128 MiB, can sporadically
get stuck and the transfer slows down considerably.
This happens because the TX DMA descriptor in DRAM becomes out of sync
with the view of the TX DMA descriptor content from the CPU side, which
is viewed through the CPU caches. In order to guarantee these two views
are consistent, the cache over TX DMA descriptor that has possibly been
written by the rswitch hardware must first be invalidated, only then can
the descriptor be cleared and updated by the CPU, and finally the cache
over that area must be flushed back into DRAM to make sure the rswitch
hardware has consistent view of the updated descriptor content.
The very first invalidation operation was missing, which led to sporadic
corruption of the TX DMA descriptor. Fix it, add the missing invalidation
operation.
Reported-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Tested-by: Enric Balletbo i Serra <eballetb@redhat.com>
TFTP transfer size can be used to re-size the TFTP progress bar on
single line based on the server reported file size. Enable it by
default for Renesas hardware to avoid long scrolling walls of '#'
character during long TFTP transfers.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Early revisions of the R-Car V4M Series Hardware User’s Manual
contained an incorrect formula for the CPU core clocks:
ZCnφ = (PLL2VCO x 1/2) x mult/32
Dang-san fixed this by using CLK_PLL2_DIV2 instead of CLK_PLL2 as the
parent clock.
In Rev.0.70 of the documentation, the formula was corrected to:
ZCnφ = (PLL2VCO x 1/4) x mult/32
As the CPG Block Diagram now shows a separate 1/4 post-divider for PLL2,
the use of CLK_PLL2_DIV2 is a recurring source of confusion. Hence get
rid of CLK_PLL2_DIV2, and include the proper 1/4 post-divider in the
invocation of the DEF_GEN4_Z() macro, like is done on other R-Car Gen4
(and Gen3) SoCs.
Ported from Linux commit
92850bed9d4d ("clk: renesas: r8a779h0: Drop CLK_PLL2_DIV2 to clarify ZCn clocks")
Reported-by: Vinh Nguyen <vinh.nguyen.xz@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/0d2789cac2bf306145fe0bbf269c2da5942bb68f.1728377724.git.geert+renesas@glider.be
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
One can use ccache by keeping ccache in PATH or by providing the full
path to ccache as well. Providing the full path to ccache fails as the
current regex tries to look for ccache being the initial token during
filtering.
Do a greedy search to remove anything before ccache for regex matching.
Fixes: 04b1d84221 ("Makefile: fix empty MK_ARCH when using ccache")
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
commit e27bddff4b ("imx8m: Restrict usable memory to space below 4G boundary")
tried to adjust the usable memory limits on a 4GB boundary.
ram_top is described as 'top address of RAM used by U-Boot' and we want
to preserve that. This is defined as a phys_addr_t and unfortunately
its size differs across architectures. This has lead us to a weird
state where 32bit boards define it 'SZ_4GB - 1' and 64bit boards as
'SZ_4GB' unless it was otherwise defined.
With some recent LMB changes and specifically
commit 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top even from same bank")
the board fails to boot properly although the commit above is correct
since it's making sure that no memory above ram_top is usable -- but
added to our memory map so EFI can hand it over to the booted OS.
The reason for that is that during the LMB init we add all usable memory
in lmb_add_memory(). In that function any memory above ram_top gets added
as 'reserved' for LMB. With the current values tha's set to 0xFFFF_FFFF
for this board. Later LMB is trying to protect the memory area U-Boot lives
in with lmb_reserve_common(). The latter fails though since it tries to
add U-Boot top (which is 0xFFFF_FFFF as well) to U-Boot 'bottom'. This call
will fail since 1 byte of that memory range is already marked as 'reserved'.
Since we are close to the release, LMB seems to assume that the address
is rounded up and is the 'next address' and so does parsing and adding
memory ranges from DT files, bump the ram_top of the board by 1byte.
In the long run we should change all of the above and have 32b and 64b
platforms define ram_top identically.
Add a Fixes tag although the commit is correct, so people can figure out
the broken scenarios in the future.
Suggested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Fixes: commit 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top even from same bank")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reported-by: João Paulo Gonçalves <jpaulo.silvagoncalves@gmail.com>
Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20241216114231.qpfwug3zfqkxn3d5@joaog-nb.corp.toradex.com/
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Fixes: 74f88b7221 ("ARM: imx: imx8m: Fix board_get_usable_ram_top()")
("Enable EFI_LOADER_BOUNCE_BUFFER") is not the correct fix for the
problem it describes.
The change of memory addressing leading to side-effects in commit
22f2c9ed9f ("efi: memory: use the lmb API's for allocating and
freeing memory") is remedied by commit 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit
allocations above ram_top even from same bank").
This reverts commit 9c792ab336.
eth_get_dev() returns NULL if no network device is available.
Not checking the return value leads to a crash when the device
pointer is dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
If the dns command cannot find a network interface, we should return
CMD_RETFAIURE and not -1 (CMD_RET_USAGE).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
There have been a few changes to the areas that this file documents
without having regenerated the file. Do so now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When specifying a directory containing DTBs with 'fit,fdt-list-dir', it can be
handy not to have to also specify this directory to the input directories of
binman with '-I' option and use the method tools.append_input_dirs() append it.
This avoids to have to specify the DTB directory in both the device tree
provided to binman and through '-I' option to binman.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
append_input_dirs() can be used to append a list of input directories to indir
global list.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change allows to replace both 'SEQ' and 'NAME' keywords by respectively a
sequence number and the name of the FDT to provide more flexibility in the node
name for the device trees included in the FIT.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Input directories can be passed to binman using the '-I' option and those
input directories are now also passed to 'dtc' when run by binman.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An optional list of input directories can be passed to EnsureCompiled() which
allows to pass a list of directories where input files can be searched.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mkimage can be used for both signing the FIT or encrypt its content and the
option '-k' can be used to pass a directory where both signing and encryption
keys can be retrieved. Adding 'fit,encrypt' property to the 'fit' node, leads to
try to find keys directory among binman include directories.
_get_priv_keys_dir() is renamed as _get_keys_dir() and adapted to support both
signing and encryption nodes in the FIT.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the initialisation vector is randomly generated, its value shall be
stored in the FIT together with the encrypted data. The changes allow to
store the IV in the FIT also in the case where the key is not stored in
the DTB but retrieved somewhere else at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For new PowerPC developments, it will be useful to borrow devicetrees
from Linux. This patch makes it possible.
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
In generic_phy_get_bulk(), if 'phys' property is absent in
the device node then it is not an error condition.
Change print message verbosity to debug to avoid spamming
console in such cases.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
The current value of CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR is incorrect for hardware
with 512MB and 1GB of RAM. The RAM address ranges for these devices are:
- 512MB:
- Start: 0x80000000
- End: 0xA0000000
- 1GB:
- Start: 0x80000000
- End: 0xC0000000
The current buffer address makes fastboot downloads work only on
hardware with 2GB of RAM.
To fix this issue:
1. Lower CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR to 0x88200000. This makes the buffer
to be equal ot CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR, which is a safe address to
download files using fastboot.
2. Reduce the size of the download buffer to 128MB, avoiding overlaps
with RAMDISK_ADDR_R. This is a good enough value for individual
downloads.
These changes make fastboot downloads work with 512MB and 1GB devices.
Fixes: defe30a78b ("verdin-am62: add DFU, USB and UUU fastboot support")
Signed-off-by: Hiago De Franco <hiago.franco@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Support of legacy 64-bit entry point was already present when booting a bzimage
with 'zboot' but not supported with 'bootm' when the x86_64 Linux kernel is
embedded in a FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Paul HENRYS <paul.henrys_ext@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com> says:
This patch-set repairs ability to use sandbox with CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y.
For now, to use OF_EMBED, the following must be done
1) sandbox64_defconfig should have:
```
-CONFIG_OF_LIVE=y
+CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y
```
2) On sandbox when CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y, the u-boot process can't start
due to:
```
Bloblist at b000 not found (err=-2)
initcall failed at call 000000000011829c (err=-2: No such file or \
directory)
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
```
So, it is natural desire to disable CONFIG_BLOBLIST just to test
sandbox with OF_EMBED=y (disable it one way or another):
```
config SANDBOX
- select BLOBLIST
+ select BLOBLIST if SOME_NON_EXISTING_OPTION
```
3) As a result, having such changes (CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y &&
CONFIG_BLOBLIST=n) leads to the link & run-time errors, being fixed
by this patch series.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241202-sandbox_repair_of_embed-v1-0-05aff4b0ccf7@salutedevices.com
[trini: The final patch is dropped as no longer relevant with Simon's
rework to that function which is now applied.]
This series is from Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>.
It first corrects the test for checking if a bloblist could have come
from TPL and so we check for a device tree, and then changes the
argument order for board_fdt_blob_setup() to be more inline with our
usual argument ordering.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241102174944.412088-1-sjg@chromium.org
Having CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y && CONFIG_BLOBLIST=n leads to the link
error:
```
ld: /tmp/ccwtRVty.ltrans28.ltrans.o:(.data.rel+0x4b0): undefined \
reference to `do_ut_bloblist'
```
Fixes: 6ea5df39e8 ("test: Only enable bloblist test when supported")
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y && CONFIG_BLOBLIST=n leads to the link
error:
```
ld: /tmp/ccRVty.ltrans40.ltrans.o: in function `lib_test_is_enabled':
test/lib/kconfig.c:24: undefined reference to \
`invalid_use_of_IF_ENABLED_INT'
ld: test/lib/kconfig.c:26: undefined reference to \
`invalid_use_of_CONFIG_IF_ENABLED_INT'
```
Fixes: 29784d62ed ("test: Add some tests for kconfig.h")
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y && CONFIG_BLOBLIST=n leads to the link
error:
```
ld: /tmp/ccwtRVty.ltrans0.ltrans.o: in function `state_uninit':
arch/sandbox/cpu/state.c:508: undefined reference to `bloblist_finish'
```
Fixes: 1c52fcca72 ("sandbox: Write out bloblist when exiting")
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This returns a devicetree and updates a parameter with an error code.
Swap it, since this fits better with the way U-Boot normally works. It
also (more easily) allows leaving the existing pointer unchanged.
No yaks were harmed in this change, but there is a very small code-size
reduction.
For sifive, the OF_BOARD option must be set for the function to be
called, so there is no point in checking it again. Also OF_SEPARATE is
defined always.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
[trini: Update total_compute]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The condition for receiving a bloblist from TPL is reversed. This was
only noticed are the other fixes landed. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The content of CONFIG_OF_SPL_REMOVE_PROPS is the same in both
STM32MP15xx DHCOM and DHCOR defconfigs, deduplicate the content
into stm32mp15_dhsom.config .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The access-controllers DT property is not useful in STM32MP15xx SPL,
remove it to reduce SPL control DT size. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Commit 2a00d73d08 ("spl: mmc: Try to clean up raw-mode options")
broke booting from SD card on STM32MP15xx , reinstate raw mode SD
boot configuration options and select the correct raw mode partition
for STM32MP15xx to fix SD boot on STM32MP15xx DHSOM.
Fixes: 2a00d73d08 ("spl: mmc: Try to clean up raw-mode options")
Reported-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The root oscillators reference used to be in rcc node since
3d15245502 ("ARM: dts: stm32mp1: explicit clock reference needed by RCC clock driver")
however this is not part of upstream stm32mp151.dtsi . The
RCC driver does need this reference, reinstate it locally.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The root oscillators reference used to be in rcc node since
3d15245502 ("ARM: dts: stm32mp1: explicit clock reference needed by RCC clock driver")
however this is not part of upstream stm32mp151.dtsi . The
RCC driver does need this reference, reinstate it globally.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Since commit 6534d26ee9 ("lmb: do away with arch_lmb_reserve()"),
STM32F746-disco hangs when loading device tree just before starting
kernel:
Retrieving file: /stm32f746-disco.dtb
Kernel image @ 0xc0008000 [ 0x000000 - 0x19ae00 ]
Flattened Device Tree blob at c0408000
Booting using the fdt blob at 0xc0408000
Working FDT set to c0408000
Loading Device Tree to c05f8000, end c05ff71c ...
Adjust STACK_SIZE to 16KB for STM32 MCUs (F4/F7 and H7) boards
to fix kernel boot process as some of these boards embeds a limited
amount of memory.
Fixes: 6534d26ee9 ("lmb: do away with arch_lmb_reserve()")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The FIT name in RISC-V Falcon mode should be different from that in
normal boot mode; it is called linux.itb. If the setting is missing
in common/spl, the normal boot file name will be used.
Signed-off-by: Randolph <randolph@andestech.com>
Enable driver for DesignWare MSHC. TH1520 supports all
speed modes up to HS400ES and UHS SDR105.
Also enable ADMA and mmc command.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
Add SDHCI and EMMC controlles nodes on TH-1520 SoC. And enable them for
Lichee module 4A.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
There are difference between upstream DT and the old DT
in terms of reg base, reset gpio and syscon. Make the driver
compatible with upstream DT.
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Tested-by: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM to use upstream DT and add starfive/ prefix to
the DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE. Rename jh7110-starfive-visionfive-2-u-boot.dtsi
to jh7110-starfive-visionfive-2-v1.3b-u-boot.dtsi and set the v1.3b
device tree as the default device tree.
Drop redundant DT files from arch/riscv/dts/ and redundant clock and
reset definitions from include/dt-bindings/.
Since the old clock definitions is a little different from those in
upstream Linux, update the clock definitions in clock drivers
accordingly.
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Tested-by: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Hal Feng <hal.feng@starfivetech.com>
Import a slightly modified version of the LicheeRV Nano and SG2002
device trees from the Linux Kernel. The current supported IPs are UART,
MMC, Timer, PLIC and CLINT.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Bonnefille <thomas.bonnefille@bootlin.com>
Provide a page describing the usage of U-Boot on the LicheeRV Nano and a
description of the board.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Bonnefille <thomas.bonnefille@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This is a debug command to monitor the retention state of the data on
the array. The command needs a duplication of the mtd_read_oob()
function to actually return the maximum number of bitflips encountered
while reading the page. We could write a specific implementation for the
Sunxi driver but this is probably enough.
nand watch <off> <size> - check an area for bitflips
nand watch.part <part> - check a partition for bitflips
nand watch.chip - check the whole device for bitflips
The output may be a bit verbose and could look like:
=> nand watch.chip
device 0 whole chip
size adjusted to 0xff60000 (5 bad blocks)
NAND watch for bitflips in area 0x0-0xff60000:
Page 0 (0x00000000) -> error -74
Page 1 (0x00000800) -> error -74
Page 2 (0x00001000) -> error -74
Page 3 (0x00001800) -> error -74
Page 4 (0x00002000) -> error -74
Page 5 (0x00002800) -> error -74
Page 6 (0x00003000) -> error -74
Page 7 (0x00003800) -> error -74
Page 8 (0x00004000) -> error -74
Page 9 (0x00004800) -> error -74
Page 10 (0x00005000) -> error -74
Page 11 (0x00005800) -> error -74
Page 12 (0x00006000) -> error -74
Page 13 (0x00006800) -> error -74
Page 14 (0x00007000) -> error -74
Page 15 (0x00007800) -> error -74
Page 16 (0x00008000) -> error -74
Page 17 (0x00008800) -> error -74
Page 18 (0x00009000) -> error -74
Page 19 (0x00009800) -> error -74
Page 20 (0x0000a000) -> error -74
Page 21 (0x0000a800) -> error -74
Page 22 (0x0000b000) -> error -74
Page 23 (0x0000b800) -> error -74
Page 1110 (0x0022b000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 1122 (0x00231000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 1132 (0x00236000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 1362 (0x002a9000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 4990 (0x009bf000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 5728 (0x00b30000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 7116 (0x00de6000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 7160 (0x00dfc000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 7494 (0x00ea3000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 10842 (0x0152d000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 11614 (0x016af000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 11970 (0x01761000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 12536 (0x0187c000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 12687 (0x018c7800) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 14298 (0x01bed000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 18268 (0x023ae000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 18760 (0x024a4000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 21440 (0x029e0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 22336 (0x02ba0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 22592 (0x02c20000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 23872 (0x02ea0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 27584 (0x035e0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 35008 (0x04460000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 37184 (0x048a0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 41728 (0x05180000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 42176 (0x05260000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 43200 (0x05460000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 43328 (0x054a0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 45376 (0x058a0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 47040 (0x05be0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 47552 (0x05ce0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 49344 (0x06060000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 49856 (0x06160000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 62784 (0x07aa0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 65153 (0x07f40800) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 65228 (0x07f66000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 65382 (0x07fb3000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 98624 (0x0c0a0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 101952 (0x0c720000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 107584 (0x0d220000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 118208 (0x0e6e0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 126656 (0x0f760000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 127680 (0x0f960000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Page 129920 (0x0fdc0000) -> up to 1 bf/chunk
Maximum number of bitflips: 1
Pages with bitflips: 44/130752
It is also possible to reduce the output with the .quiet suffix in order
to just show the summary.
=> nand watch.chip
device 0 whole chip
size adjusted to 0xff60000 (5 bad blocks)
NAND watch for bitflips in area 0x0-0xff60000:
Maximum number of bitflips: 1
Pages with bitflips: 44/130752
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The condition 'ret' is always true as it is never set to other than
-EIO.
Remove 'ret' and the condition for copy.
Signed-off-by: Marcus Folkesson <marcus.folkesson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <micheal@amarulasolutions.com>
Previously, all LMB marked with LMB_NOMAP (above and below ram_top)
are considered as invalid entry in TLB.
Since commit 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top
even from same bank") all LMB located above ram_top are now marked
LMB_NOOVERWRITE and no more LMB_MAP.
This area above ram_top is reserved for OPTEE and must not be cacheable,
otherwise this leads to a Panic on some boards (Issue on STM32MP135F-DK).
Restore previous behavior by marking invalid entry all TLB above ram_top.
Fixes: 1a48b0be93 ("lmb: prohibit allocations above ram_top even from same bank")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
cc: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
I have an original rpi installed now, loaded with OS Lite (32-bit)
Add an entry for it so that it can be used for testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This patch was written before the XPL change-over. Update the Makefile
condition to the new way.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: ae3b5928d6 ("x86: coreboot: Allow building an expo for...")
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The logic in get_details() retrieves the default source directory from
the Labgrid settings. This is convenient for interactive use, since it
allows pytests to be run from any directory and still find the source
tree.
However, it is not actually correct.
Gitlab sets the current directory to the source tree and expects that to
be used. At present it is ignored. The result is that Gitlab builds
whatever happens to be in the default source directory, ignoring the
tree it is supposed to be building.
Fix this by using the directory of the source tree, always. This is
obtained by looking at the grandparent of the conftest.py file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes: bf89a8f1fc ("test: Introduce the concept of a role")
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case DM drivers probe earlier than board clock setup is done
init of basic clocks should be done in CAR driver probe as well.
Add it to avoid possible clock related problems.
Acked-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Return PLL id into struct clk if PLL is parsed from device
tree instead of throwing an error. Allow requesting PLL
clock rate via get_rate op.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
The srktool option -c does not allow spaces between certificate
filenames. Only commas (',') should separate the filenames. If spaces
are incorrectly included, srktool will not display an error or warning
message but will only process the first certificate in the list.
So adapt documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Fritz <chf.fritz@googlemail.com>
On 64bit systems the timer value might be truncated to a 32bit value
causing malfunctions. For example on ARM the timer might start from 0
again only after a cold reset. The 32bit overflow occurs after a bit
more than 49 days (1000 Hz counter) so booting after that time may lead
to a surprise because the board might become stuck requiring a cold
reset.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@legrand.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
include display_options.h to address build warning:
lib/smbios.c: In function ‘smbios_update_version’:
lib/smbios.c:305:9: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘print_buffer’
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
print_buffer((ulong)ptr, ptr, 1, old_len + 1, 0);
^~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Fix spelling mistake in the board init files of j721e and j721s2.
s/WKUP_DEVSTAT_MCU_OMLY_MASK/WKUP_DEVSTAT_MCU_ONLY_MASK
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
In the x86emuOp_jump_call_near_IMM() function the target address is
printed incorrectly when jumping backwards. For example instead of
"jmp 0xe8bc" the string "jmp ffffe8bc" is printed. That's because
of the following macro:
DECODE_PRINTF2("%04x\n", ip);
while it should be
DECODE_PRINTF2("%04x\n", (u16)ip);
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
In the x86emuOp_call_near_IMM() function the address of CALL is
printed incorrectly when jumping backwards. For example, the correct
disassemble of the bytes below would be:
0000E8DE E8DBFF call 0xe8bc
(verified by ndisasm). But instead the address is printed as "ffffe8bc".
That's because of the following macro:
DECODE_PRINTF2("%04x\n", ip);
while it should be
DECODE_PRINTF2("%04x\n", (u16)ip);
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
When DEBUG_DECODE_F is enabled in bios_emulator, the printing of
SET{O,NO,B,NB,Z,NZ,BE,NBE,S,NS,P,TP,L,NL,LE,NLE} instructions
is not followed by newline and is, therefore, immediately followed
by the printed address of a new instruction. This garbles the output
and makes it very difficult to read.
This patch adds missing DECODE_PRINTF("\n") calls to print newlines.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
When DEBUG_DECODE_F is enabled in bios_emulator, the printing of BSF
instructions is garbled because the '\n' symbol is used instead of
the correct '\t'. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
Currently if a gigabit-capable PHY is connected to FEC via RMII or MII, it
will advertise 1000FULL and 1000HALF to a link partner.
Different problems may arise here:
- usually with (R)MII between MAC and PHY the PHY's connection to magnetics
would have only 2 pairs routed as well, otherwise a PHY can negotiate 1000
speed and there will be no traffic possible;
- but even if there is no way to negotiate 1000 speed in HW (only 2 signal
pairs routed), it may take a lot of time for PHY to figure this out; in
case of AD1300 it takes 17-20 seconds, which is waay longer than default
4s PHY_ANEG_TIMEOUT.
Use phy_set_supported() in such cases to disable gigabit advertised
options.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Set correct CPU and GPU frequencies for the industrial i.MX8 SoC
variant.
Ensure that the CPU and GPU frequencies are properly configured for the
industrial variant of the SoC. According to the "i.MX 8QuadMax
Industrial Applications Processors" datasheet, the frequency limits for
this variant are as follows:
- Cortex-A72: 1.296 GHz
- Cortex-A53: 1.104 GHz
- GPU core: 625 MHz
- GPU shader: 625 MHz
The CPU clock is enforced by the System Controller Firmware (SCFW), but
the cpufreq driver is unaware of this enforcement. By removing
unsupported frequencies from the operating points, we ensure that the
cpufreq driver aligns correctly with the SCFW's settings.
The GPU frequency, on the other hand, is not enforced by the SCFW. As a
result, the GPU could potentially be overclocked. To prevent this, we
set the correct clock frequency and update the operating points
accordingly, ensuring compliance with the datasheet specifications.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Simplify module version handling by removing the special case for the
Apalis iMX8QM.
The Apalis iMX8QM has been treated as a special case in module version
handling, but was always the default. By removing this special handling,
the code is simplified and easier to maintain.
We will not print the message "Unknown Apalis iMX8 module" anymore.
However, we still handle this because if the config block is missing we
show "MISSING TORADEX CONFIG BLOCK" and if the serial number is unknown
we show "Model: Toradex 0000 UNKNOWN MODULE V1.1A". Therefore, it is
still possible to detect such issues.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Add new PIDs for the Apalis iMX8 modules featuring the industrial
variant of the SoC, which supports a maximum CPU frequency of 1300 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
This preparation step ensures that the first column has sufficient space
to handle longer defines. This is necessary for the new Apalis iMX8
defines.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
Apalis iMX8DXP 1GB is currently set to enable when compiling for Apalis
iMX8. This is a mistake the Apalis iMX8DXP 1GB was never released and is
not compatible to the Apalis iMX8 series.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <stefan.eichenberger@toradex.com>
buf was used as destination and as parameter to sprintf
which triggers an undefined behaviour.
This commit removes this usage of sprintf and uses strcat
to append strings to buf variable.
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <fberder@outlook.fr>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Without this patch, there will be error indicating that
"Cannot use 64 bit addresses with SDMA", and the booting
process will stuck.
please see full boot log below
U-Boot 2022.04-g18185931 (Sep 11 2024 - 13:15:30 +0800)
SoC: LS1028AE Rev1.0 (0x870b0010)
Clock Configuration:
CPU0(A72):1500 MHz CPU1(A72):1500 MHz
Bus: 400 MHz DDR: 1600 MT/s
Reset Configuration Word (RCW):
00000000: 3c004010 00000030 00000000 00000000
00000010: 00000000 018f0000 0030c000 00000000
00000020: 020031a0 00002580 00000000 00003296
00000030: 00000000 00000010 00000000 00000000
00000040: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000050: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
00000060: 00000000 00000000 200e705a 00000000
00000070: bb580000 00000000
Model: LS1028A RDB Board
Board: LS1028AE Rev1.0-RDB, Version: C, boot from SD
FPGA: v8 (RDB)
SERDES1 Reference : Clock1 = 100.00MHz Clock2 = 100.00MHz
DRAM: 3.9 GiB
DDR 3.9 GiB (DDR4, 32-bit, CL=11, ECC on)
Using SERDES1 Protocol: 47960 (0xbb58)
PCIe1: pcie@3400000 Root Complex: no link
PCIe2: pcie@3500000 Root Complex: x1 gen2
Core: 45 devices, 22 uclasses, devicetree: separate
WDT: Started watchdog@c000000 with servicing (60s timeout)
WDT: Started watchdog@c010000 with servicing (60s timeout)
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 1
Loading Environment from MMC... *** Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
EEPROM: Invalid ID (ff ff ff ff)
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
SEC0: RNG instantiated
Net:
Warning: enetc-0 (eth0) using random MAC address - d2:9b:a5:37:7b:b5
eth0: enetc-0
Warning: enetc-2 (eth1) using random MAC address - ca:57:11🇩🇪de:cb
, eth1: enetc-2, eth2: swp0, eth3: swp1, eth4: swp2, eth5: swp3
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Trying load HDP firmware from SD..
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc0 is current device
Device: FSL_SDHC
Manufacturer ID: 9f
OEM: 5449
Name: SD32G
Bus Speed: 50000000
Mode: SD High Speed (50MHz)
Rd Block Len: 512
SD version 3.0
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 28.9 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
Erase Group Size: 512 Bytes
MMC read: dev # 0, block # 18944, count 512 ... 512 blocks read: OK
Loading hdp firmware from 0x00000000a0000000 offset 0x0000000000002000
Loading hdp firmware Complete
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc0 is current device
Scanning mmc 0:1...
** Unable to read file / **
Failed to load '/'
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
Scanning disk mmc@2140000.blk...
Scanning disk mmc@2150000.blk...
Found 7 disks
ERROR: invalid device tree
Found EFI removable media binary efi/boot/bootaa64.efi
981992 bytes read in 44 ms (21.3 MiB/s)
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
WARNING could not find node vivante,gc: FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND.
Booting /efi\boot\bootaa64.efi
Cannot use 64 bit addresses with SDMA
Error reading cluster
** Unable to read file /efi/boot/grubaa64.efi **
Unexpected return from initial read: Device Error, buffersize 29D790
Failed to load image ￢ : Device Error
start_image() returned Device Error
EFI LOAD FAILED: continuing...
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc1(part 0) is current device
Scanning mmc 1:1...
** Unable to read file / **
Failed to load '/'
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
BootOrder not defined
EFI boot manager: Cannot load any image
Scanning mmc 1:2...
** Unable to read file / **
Failed to load '/'
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
BootOrder not defined
EFI boot manager: Cannot load any image
starting USB...
Bus usb@3100000: Register 200017f NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.00
Bus usb@3110000: Register 200017f NbrPorts 2
Starting the controller
USB XHCI 1.00
scanning bus usb@3100000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning bus usb@3110000 for devices... 1 USB Device(s) found
scanning usb for storage devices... 0 Storage Device(s) found
Device 0: unknown device
Trying load from SD ...
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc0 is current device
Device: FSL_SDHC
Manufacturer ID: 9f
OEM: 5449
Name: SD32G
Bus Speed: 50000000
Mode: SD High Speed (50MHz)
Rd Block Len: 512
SD version 3.0
High Capacity: Yes
Capacity: 28.9 GiB
Bus Width: 4-bit
Erase Group Size: 512 Bytes
MMC read: dev # 0, block # 32768, count 81920 ... 81920 blocks read: OK
Wrong Image Format for bootm command
ERROR: can't get kernel image!
Signed-off-by: Wei Ming Chen <jj251510319013@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Board introductions have a feature list which isn't formatted properly
according to rST and is thus rendered incorrectly.
Fix this by adding the missing newlines in the appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Add a blank line after title "Specification:" to
make it render correctly html.
And also remove the useless > in bash code block.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Most Rockchip device tree related bindings are converted to YAML
and available in the U-boot /dts/upstream/Bindings/ directory.
Remove all redundant U-boot entries.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Although it has historically been different, the current standard
spelling of the neutral singular possessive pronoun is "its".
Signed-off-by: J. Neuschäfer <j.ne@posteo.net>
Since commit 61ff13283c ("board: sl28: move to OF_UPSTREAM") USB0 is
broken because the former u-boot soc dtsi was setting dr_mode to "host"
but the linux device tree isn't. That is because linux fully supports
OTG but u-boot doesn't. Therefore, u-boot only ever enabled host mode
and never OTG mode. Add it to our board "-u-boot.dtsi" to fix it.
Fixes: 61ff13283c ("board: sl28: move to OF_UPSTREAM")
Reported-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Network is broken on variant 3 boards since commit 61ff13283c ("board:
sl28: move to OF_UPSTREAM") because it was removing the variant 3
handling. That is because at that time the var3 device tree was not
upstream. FWIW variant 3 is actually the same as the base variant, but
I've missed that the -u-boot.dtsi is not inlcuded in this case which
will set the ethernet alias. Now that the var3 device tree is upstream,
just re-add it to the SPL handling again.
Fixes: 61ff13283c ("board: sl28: move to OF_UPSTREAM")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Increase the malloc size to 2MiB because our FIT image exceeds the 1MiB
limit either if BL31 mode is enabled or if another device tree is added
to the image.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
We don't have a reference to the driver used by
uclass_get_device_by_driver() in stop_recovery_watchdog(). Fix it by not
calling that function if the watchdog driver isn't enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <mwalle@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The HBMC_AM654 driver was dependent on SYSCON because syscon APIs were
being used to select the multiplexer state. Change the dependency to
MULTIPLEXER and MUX_MMIO because mux APIs are now being used to
select mux state.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
The size of J7200 tiboot3.bin is 516KB but the memory reserved for it in
HyperFlash was 512KB. This led to overlap of tiboot3.bin over tispl.bin
region and break in HyperFlash boot mode.
Therefore, fix this by increasing the memory allocated for tiboot3.bin
to 1MB for J7200.
Fixes: cf1d6867f7 ("board: ti: j7200: Introduce support for j7200 build targets")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Add 32-bit address overrides for Hyper Bus Memory Controller
for Hyperflash to be functional in R5 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Add 32-bit address overrides for Hyper Bus Memory Controller
for Hyperflash to be functional in R5 SPL.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
The syscon APIs were used for selecting the state of the mux
device because the mmio-mux driver in u-boot did not support
the mux functionality when the parent device is not a syscon.
Change to mux APIs which utilizes the reg-mux driver to select the
state of the multiplexer.
Signed-off-by: Anurag Dutta <a-dutta@ti.com>
Instead of bloating the defconfig with CONFIG_CMD_*, move J7 devices to
start using TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Add CMD_NFS to list of configs implied by CONFIG_TI_COMMON_CMD_OPTIONS.
This allows network booting via the NFS protocol from the U-Boot prompt.
Fixes: 10de125707 ("disable NFS support by default")
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Gokul Praveen <g-praveen@ti.com> says:
The OMAP specific UART driver is changed from a generic implementation of
certain ops functions to an OMAP specific implementation of it to add
support for higher baudrates for OMAP devices.
Hence to support the above change, static functionality of ops functions
in generic ns16550 UART U-Boot driver is removed and also migrated certain
macros to its header file for usage in device-specific drivers.
Boot logs link :
https://gist.github.com/GOKU-THUG/8b90117c963e5da5c1b6caeee427c82c
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241126105131.43359-1-g-praveen@ti.com
Move to OMAP specific implementation of certain ops functions as the UART
prints on the serial console fail for baudrates greater than 460800.
The MDR1 register is responsible for determining the speed mode at which
the UART should operate for OMAP specific devices. The baud divisor is used
to set the UART_DLL register which is used for generation of the baud
clock in the baud rate generator. The implementation logic is similar to
how it is implemented in omap_8250_get_divisor function of 8250_omap UART
linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Gokul Praveen <g-praveen@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Increase scope of ops functions and do some clean up for usage in device
-specific UART drivers.
Remove the static functionality of ops functions and migrate certain macros
to header file for usage in device-specific drivers.
Signed-off-by: Gokul Praveen <g-praveen@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Garrett Giordano <ggiordano@phytec.com> says:
This patch set adds the phyCORE AM62Ax board support and documenation to
u-boot.
The phyCORE-AM62Ax is a SoM (System on Module) featuring TI's AM62Ax SoC. It can
be used in combination with different carrier boards. This module can come
with different sizes and models for DDR, eMMC, SPI NOR Flash and various SoCs
from the AM62x family.
A development Kit, called phyBOARD-Lyra is used as a carrier board reference
design around the AM62x SoM.
This series depends on the following two patches:
- [PATCH v2] arm: mach-k3: am62a7: Provide a way to obtain boot device for non SPL
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2024-October/570156.html
- [PATCH] board: phytec: common: Introduce CONFIG_PHYTEC_K3_DDR_PATCH
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2024-November/571543.html
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241118231606.3161665-1-ggiordano@phytec.com
[trini: Fix warning in board/phytec/common/k3/board.c when
CONFIG_EFI_HAVE_CAPSULE_SUPPORT is not enabled]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce get_boot_device() to obtain the booting device. Make it also
available for non SPL builds so u-boot can also know the device it
is booting from.
Signed-off-by: Garrett Giordano <ggiordano@phytec.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
The module pid4 currently corresponds to the index of the toradex_module
array. If a new pid4 is introduced that does not follow the sequence of
the previous entries, it will create a gap in the array.
To address this, embed pid4 within the toradex_som structure and
implement a function to retrieve the index corresponding to pid4.
Signed-off-by: Vitor Soares <vitor.soares@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Enable raw & on disk capsule updates and provide configs required
for updating MTD devices. Also resync after savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com> says:
Hello,
This series adds support for USB DFU boot on TI's AM62A SoC which has
two instances of DWC3 USB Controllers namely USB0 and USB1. The USB0
instance of the USB Controller supports USB DFU boot:
ROM => tiboot3.bin => tispl.bin => u-boot.img
USB DFU Boot requires the USB Controller to be configured for Gadget
mode of operation. Since the USB0 instance of the DWC3 USB Controller
supports both Host and Gadget modes of operation via the Type-C interface
on the AM62A7-SK board, the device-tree specifies the "dr_mode" as "OTG".
However, there is currently no support for dynamically switching the "mode"
from Host to Gadget and vice-versa with the help of a state-machine.
The OTG mode is treated as a separate mode in itself rather than being
treated as an intermediate stage before assuming the Host/Gadget mode.
Due to this, USB DFU boot via the Type-C interface doesn't work as the
USB Controller hasn't been appropriately configured for Device/Gadget
mode of operation. One option is to change the device-tree to specify
"dr_mode" as "peripheral" and force the controller to assume the Device
role. This will imply that the U-Boot device-tree for AM62A diverges
from its Linux counterpart. Therefore, with the intent of keeping the
device-tree uniform across Linux and U-Boot, and at the same time, in
order to enable USB DFU boot in "OTG" mode with the DWC3 Controller,
the first patch in this series sets the "mode" on the basis of the
caller function, rather than using the "dr_mode" property in the
device-tree. There are only two callers of "dwc3_generic_probe()",
each of which clearly specify the expected mode of configuration.
This will enable both Host and Device mode of operation based on the
command executed by the user, thereby truly supporting "OTG"
functionality when the USB Controller supports it.
The second patch in this series adds USB DFU environment for AM62A,
enabling USB DFU Boot and USB DFU flash on AM62A.
In addition to the patches in this series, the following device-tree
changes will be required to test USB DFU on AM62A (bootph-all property
to be added to ensure that USB Controller is present at all stages
for DFU Boot):
https://gist.github.com/Siddharth-Vadapalli-at-TI/53ba02cb0ff4a09c47e920d08247065f
The above device-tree changes will be made to the Linux device-tree,
which shall ensure that the same shall be a part of U-Boot device-tree
eventually.
The USB DFU config fragments for AM62x have been used for enabling
USB DFU boot on AM62a as follows:
R5 => am62ax_evm_r5_defconfig + am62x_r5_usbdfu.config
A53 => am62ax_evm_a53_defconfig + am62x_a53_usbdfu.config
Logs validating USB DFU boot with this series:
https://gist.github.com/Siddharth-Vadapalli-at-TI/daa71da1b0e478a51afea42605fb2d2c
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241126120322.1760862-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
Include the TI K3 DFU environment to support DFU Boot and DFU Flash.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
There are only two callers of "dwc3_generic_probe()", namely:
1. dwc3_generic_peripheral_probe()
2. dwc3_generic_host_probe()
Currently, the "mode" is set based on the device-tree node of the
platform device. Also, the DWC3 core doesn't support updating the "mode"
dynamically at runtime if it is set to "OTG", i.e. "OTG" is treated as a
separate mode in itself, rather than being treated as a mode which should
eventually lead to "host"/"peripheral".
Given that the callers of "dwc3_generic_probe()" clarify the expected
"mode" of the USB Controller, use that "mode" instead of the one
specified in the device-tree. This shall allow the USB Controller to
function both as a "Host" and as a "Peripheral" when the "mode" is "otg"
in the device-tree, based on the caller of "dwc3_generic_probe()".
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Enables ESM configs for j721s2 and disables them for AM68 as AM68
includes J721s2 configs by default.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Initialize the 3 instances of SOC ESM & PMIC ESM.
This is needed for watchdog functionality.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Enable Quality of Service (QoS) blocks for Display SubSystem (DSS), by
servicing the DSS - DDR traffic from the Real-Time (RT) queue. This is
done by setting the DSS DMA orderID to greater than 7.
DDR intensive software applications can overwhelm the DSS's access to
the DDR because of their higher frequency DDR accesses. This can cause
flickering in display with certain applications running parallely if
the DSS traffic is being serviced through non-RT queue.
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Enable Quality of Service (QoS) blocks for Display SubSystem (DSS), by
servicing the DSS - DDR traffic from the Real-Time (RT) queue. This is
done by setting the DSS DMA orderID to greater than 7.
The C7x and VPAC can overwhelm the DSS's access to the DDR because of
their higher frequency DDR accesses. This can cause flickering in
display with certain edgeAI models running parallely if the DSS traffic
is being serviced through non-RT queue.
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
This reverts commit 1fdf53ace1, reversing
changes made to e5aef1bbf1.
I had missed that this caused too much size growth on rcar3_salvator-x.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
VBE uses a crc8 checksum to verify that the nvdata is valid, so make
sure it is available if VBE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With VBE we want to use FIT in all phases of the boot. Add Kconfig
options to support this.
Disable the options for sandbox_vpl for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variable 'ret' is defined twice, which is not intended. This may
have been a local merge error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 2eefeb6d893 ("spl: Report a loader failure")
U-Boot uses ulong for addresses. It is confusing to use uintptr_t in a
few places, since it makes people wonder if the types are compatible.
Change the few occurences in SPL to use ulong
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current check looks only at SPL, but TPL or VPL might have a
different setting. Update the condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current check looks only at SPL, but TPL or VPL might have a
different setting. Update the condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a loader returns an error code it is silently ignored. Show a message
to at least provide some feedback to the user.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some code has crept in which ignores this parameter. Fix this and add a
little debugging.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: b1307f884a ("fit: Support compression for non-kernel components (e.g. FDT)")
The name of the bootdev device is not that important, particular in SPL.
Save a little code space by using a simpler name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the best-match feature fails to find something, use the provided
config name as a fallback. The allows SPL to select a suitable config
when best-match is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The for() loop ends up being in the code even if the log_debug() does
nothing. Add a condition to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Sometimes clocks provided to a consumer might not have .set_rate
operation (like gate or mux clocks), but have CLK_SET_PARENT_RATE flag
set. In that case it's usually possible to find a parent up the tree
which is capable of setting the rate (div, pll, etc). Implement a simple
lookup procedure for such cases, to traverse the clock tree until
.set_rate capable parent is found, and use that parent to actually
change the rate. The search will stop once the first .set_rate capable
clock is found, which is usually enough to handle most cases.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
The boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions() function can be called twice, e.g.
first time during the board init (as a part of LMB init), and then when
booting the OS with 'booti' command:
lmb_add_region_flags
lmb_reserve_flags
boot_fdt_reserve_region
boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions
^
|
+-----------------------+
| (1) | (2)
lmb_reserve_common image_setup_linux
lmb_init ...
initr_lmb do_booti
board_init_r 'booti'
That consequently leads to the attempt of reserving the same memory
areas (described in the 'reserved-memory' dts node) in LMB. The
lmb_add_region_flags() returns -EEXIST error code in such cases, but
boot_fdt_reserve_region() handles all negative error codes as a failure
to reserve fdt memory region, printing corresponding error messages,
which are essentially harmless, but misleading. For example, this is the
output of 'booti' command on E850-96 board:
=> booti $loadaddr - $fdtaddr
...
ERROR: reserving fdt memory region failed
(addr=bab00000 size=5500000 flags=2)
ERROR: reserving fdt memory region failed
(addr=f0000000 size=200000 flags=4)
...
Starting kernel ...
The mentioned false positive error messages are observed starting with
commit 1d9aa4a283 ("lmb: Fix the allocation of overlapping memory
areas with !LMB_NONE"), which removes the check for the already added
memory regions in lmb_add_region_flags(), making it return -1 for
!LMB_NONE cases. Another commit 827dee587b ("fdt: lmb: add reserved
regions as no-overwrite") changes flags used for reserving memory in
boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions() from LMB_NONE to LMB_NOOVERWRITE. So
together with the patch mentioned earlier, it makes
lmb_add_region_flags() return -1 when called from
boot_fdt_reserve_region().
Since then, the different patch was implemented, returning -EEXIST error
code in described cases, which is:
lmb: Return -EEXIST in lmb_add_region_flags() if region already added
Handle -EEXIST error code as a normal (successful) case in
lmb_reserve_flags() and don't print any messages.
Fixes: 1d9aa4a283 ("lmb: Fix the allocation of overlapping memory areas with !LMB_NONE")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
An attempt to add the already added LMB region using
lmb_add_region_flags() ends up in lmb_addrs_overlap() check, which
eventually leads to either returning 0 if 'flags' is LMB_NONE, or -1
otherwise. It makes it impossible for the user of this function to catch
the case when the region is already added and differentiate it from
regular errors. That in turn may lead to incorrect error handling in the
caller code, like reporting misleading errors or interrupting the normal
code path where it could be treated as the normal case. An example is
boot_fdt_reserve_region() function, which might be called twice (e.g.
during board startup in initr_lmb(), and then during 'booti' command
booting the OS), thus trying to reserve exactly the same memory regions
described in the device tree twice, which produces an error message on
second call.
Return -EEXIST error code in case when the added region exists and it's
not LMB_NONE; for LMB_NONE return 0, to conform to unit tests
(specifically test_alloc_addr() in test/lib/lmb.c) and the preferred
behavior described in commit 1d9aa4a283 ("lmb: Fix the allocation of
overlapping memory areas with !LMB_NONE"). The change of
lmb_add_region_flags() return values is described in the table below:
Return case Pre-1d9 1d9 New
-----------------------------------------------------------
Added successfully 0 0 0
Failed to add -1 -1 -1
Already added, flags == LMB_NONE 0 0 0
Already added, flags != LMB_NONE 0 -1 -EEXIST
Rework all affected functions and their documentation. Also fix the
corresponding unit test which checks reserving the same region with the
same flags to account for the changed return value.
No functional change is intended (by this patch itself).
Fixes: 1d9aa4a283 ("lmb: Fix the allocation of overlapping memory areas with !LMB_NONE")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Since RPI works well using EFI and has no size limitations with regards
to U-Boot, add the needed structures to support capsule updates.
While at it update the most commonly used defconfigs and include capsule
support and U-Boot commands needed by EFI
Tested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
For a lot of usecases, such as display, camera, media
the Raspberry Pi needs a lot more CMA than distros
configure as default so we should pass this parameter
through so things work as expected. Fix a spelling
mistake while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Comment changes only, no functional change.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Kconfig strings and comment changes only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The correct spelling is R-Car, including the dash, update the usage.
Comment change only, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The U-Boot is currently not capable of handling ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c45
PHYs correctly, and also does not handle MDIO bus wide reset-gpios property.
Until proper C45 PHY support lands in U-Boot, disable AVB1/AVB2 interfaces.
This only disables the two MACs with 88Q2110/88Q2112 100/1000BASE-T1 PHYs
on ethenet sub-board, the main board AVB0 ethernet is unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In rzg2l_pinconf_set(), there are no new variables defined in the case
statement for PIN_CONFIG_INPUT_ENABLE so no additional scope is needed.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
On the RZ/G2L SoC family, the direction of the Ethernet TXC/TX_CLK
signal is selectable to support an Ethernet PHY operating in either MII
or RGMII mode. By default, the signal is configured as an input and MII
mode is supported. The ETH_MODE register can be modified to configure
this signal as an output to support RGMII mode.
As this signal is be default an input, and can optionally be switched to
an output, it maps neatly onto an `output-enable` property in the device
tree.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Ethenet interfaces on the Renesas RZ/G2L SoC family can operate at
multiple power supply voltages: 3.3V (default value), 2.5V and 1.8V.
rzg2l_pinconf_set() is extended to support the 2.5V setting, with a
check to ensure this is only used on Ethernet interfaces as it is not
supported on the SD & QSPI interfaces.
While we're modifying rzg2l_pinconf_set(), drop the unnecessary default
value for pwr_reg as it is set in every branch of the following if
condition.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In the RZ/G2L family, core clocks are always on and can't be disabled.
However, drivers which are shared with other SoCs may call clk_enable()
or clk_enable_bulk() for a clock referenced in the device tree which
happens to be a core clock on the RZ/G2L. To avoid the need for
conditionals in these drivers, simply ignore attempts to enable a core
clock.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The env variable "SN" is used to store the serial number on DH electronics
SoMs. New SoMs will use the variable "dh_som_serial_number". To ensure
compatibility, these env variables are synchronized. This is achieved
using callback functions.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case there are two variables which each implement env callback
that performs env_set() on the other variable, the callbacks will
call each other recursively until the stack runs out. Prevent such
a recursion from happening.
Example which triggers this behavior:
static int on_foo(...) { env_set("bar", 0); ... }
static int on_bar(...) { env_set("foo", 0); ... }
U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK(foo, on_foo);
U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK(bar, on_bar);
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Suggested-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The new i.MX8M Plus DHCOM rev.200 is populated with M24C32-D EEPROM
that contains an additional write-lockable page called ID page, which
is populated with a structure containing ethernet MAC addresses, DH
item number and DH serial number.
Because the write-lockable page is not present on rev.100 i.MX8MP DHCOM
SoM, test whether EEPROM ID page exists by setting up the i2c driver.
There may be multiple EEPROMs with an ID page on this platform, always
use the first one. The evaluation of the EEPROM ID page is done in two
steps. First, the content is read and checked. This is done to cache
the content of the EEPROM ID page. Second, the content is extracted
from the EEPROM buffer by requesting it.
For the ethernet MAC address the i.MX8M Plus DHCOM currently supports
parsing address from multiple sources in the following priority order:
1) U-Boot environment 'ethaddr'/'eth1addr' environment variable
2) SoC OTP fuses
3) On-SoM EEPROM
Add support for parsing the content of this new EEPROM ID page and place
it between 2) and 3) on the priority list. The new entry is 2.5) On-SoM
EEPROM write-lockable page.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The new i.MX8M Plus DHCOM rev.200 is populated with M24C32-D EEPROM
that contains an additional write-lockable page called ID page. Add
aliases eeprom0wl and eeprom1wl for the access to the EEPROM ID
page node.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
iMX91 reuses iMX93 controller and PHY, but with lower speed,
so add new DDR rates for i.MX91.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX91 is a derived from i.MX93, and most clocks could be reused from
i.MX93. Also Update imx93-clock.h to sync with linux next.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
iMX91 is reduced part from iMX93 with part number: i.MX9131/11/01
It removed A55_1, M33, MIPI DSI, LVDS, etc.
i.MX9131:
- Support 2.4GT/s DDR and HWFFC at 1.2GT/s
i.MX9121:
- A55 at 800Mhz and DDR at 1600MTS, with low drive mode.
i.MX9111:
- Support 1.6GT/s DDR and HWFFC at 800MT/s
i.MX9101:
- Support 800Mhz ARM clock
- Support 1.6GT/s DDR and HWFFC at 800MT/s
- No parallel display, eQOS, flexcan
Updated Clock/Container/CPU and etc for i.MX91
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to iMX93 fuse burn plan, all 9x9 parts will have USB2,
ENET1 (FEC), LVDS1, CSI1 and DSI1 disabled. The codes missed ENET1
fuse when detecting 9x9. Although it still can detect 9x9 correctly,
we add the ENET1 fuse to the check to be more accurate.
Fixes: 58da865e27 ("imx9: add i.MX93 variants support")
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Replace '#if DEBUG' with '#ifdef DEBUG', otherwise '#define DEBUG 1'
should be used and conflict with '#define DEBUG' in include/log.h
Fixes: 5fda95fb94 ("imx: imx9: Add TRDC driver for TRDC init")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
have_dual_base is set to false, so the 8ulp_data will be put in BSS
section which conflicts with the area of u-boot.dtb which padded just
after u-boot-nodtb.bin. So move 8ulp_data to data section to avoid
its content being corrupted by dtb.
Fixes: 51cfa66f2c ("gpio: imx_rgpio2p: support one address")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Move the environment into the board directory and convert header to a
txt file. In addition, this patch also applies following changes:
- Change default nfsroot path to /srv/nfs due to compliance with Linux
FHS 3.0.
- Rename specific variables as stated in the bootstd documentation.
Renamed variables:
fdt_addr => fdt_addr_r
fdt_file => fdtfile
Signed-off-by: Yunus Bas <y.bas@phytec.de>
When MbedTLS TLS features were added MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME was defined as part
of enabling https:// support. However that pointed to the wrong function
which could crash if it received a NULL pointer.
Looking closer that function is not really needed, as it only seems to
increase the RNG entropy by using 4b of the current time and date.
The reason that was enabled is that lwIP was unconditionally requiring it,
although it's configurable and can be turned off.
Since lwIP doesn't use that field anywhere else, make it conditional and
disable it from our config.
Fixes: commit a564f5094f ("mbedtls: Enable TLS 1.2 support")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add a missing comma in the update_info structure declaration.
This fixes the following build error when building with
EFI_RUNTIME_UPDATE_CAPSULE or EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK:
board/emulation/qemu-arm/qemu-arm.c:52:9: error: request for member ‘images’ in something not a structure or union
Fixes: cccea18813 ("efi_loader: add the number of image entries in efi_capsule_update_info")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Cc: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Building qemu_arm64_defconfig with CONFIGS_DM_RTC=n and CONFIGS_RTC_PL031=y
leads to a build failure.
Adjust the vexpress64 configuration to avoid circular dependency.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
There are platforms which set the value of ram_top based on certain
restrictions that the platform might have in accessing memory above
ram_top, even when the memory region is in the same DRAM bank. So,
even though the LMB allocator works as expected, when trying to
allocate memory above ram_top, prohibit this by marking all memory
above ram_top as reserved, even if the said memory region is from the
same bank.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com> says:
Hello Everyone!
This small series converts TI's AM65x reference board to use
CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM and removes the unused device tree files from
arch/arm/dts.
Because it's the last board using a AM65x without enabling OF_UPSTREAM
it allows us to also remove all the SoC FDT files as well and keep a
single version of the SoC's DT files in the dts/upstream directory going
forward.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241121-am65x-v1-0-fe87aff1b5fc@ti.com
Rather than rely on manual updates from the arch/arm/dts directory,
enable CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM to receive automatic device tree updates for
the am65x reference board.
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Based on the recommendation from HW team make modifications to
the sequence for more robustness.
- Unlock the PLL registers
- Enable external bypass
- Disable the PLL
- Program pllm and pllf
- Program Ref divider
- Enable other PLL controls like DSM_EN, DAC_EN,etc
- Enable calibration if available
- Enable PLL
- Wait for PLL lock and Calibration lock
- Remove external bypass
Re-write the full sequence from scratch as the previous sequence was way
off and keep it in a single commit for bisectability.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
base is more appropriate for the usage as the variable stores the base
address and seems more accurate w.r.t reg. Change reg to base.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Updated PLL driver sequencing requires us to use udelay in the PLL
driver as there is no poll bit to get the status of operations.
tick-timer(mcu_timer0/main_timer0) setting up the clocks for itself is
something that won't work as the PLL driver will be using udelay and
PLLs are configured during clock probe which would end up in a recursive
probe.
tick-timer being used by K3 devices are configured by ROM and we really
don't need to configure any of the clocks.
Remove the clock dependency from R5 stage as we don't need to setup
clocks for it.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Switch the callback static list from the board configuration variable
CFG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC to Kconfig CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Those debug() calls might be useful, but beware. They can cause the DDR
controller to hang if we do not run the sequence quickly enough.
They usually are not an issue with upstream U-Boot and the default DDR
config, but they have become troublesome with custom DDR configs.
Drop those debug() statements that shouldn't be present in
time-sensitive code, to avoid anyone else falling into the trap.
Signed-off-by: Théo Lebrun <theo.lebrun@bootlin.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This series is split in 2 part.
While adapting the LED boot and activity code to the new property
accepted by Rob in dt-schema repository, a big BUG was discovered.
The reason wasn't clear at start and took me some days to figure it
out.
This was triggered by adding a new phandle in the test.dts to
introduce test for the new OPs.
This single addition caused the sandbox CI test to fail in the
dm_test_ofnode_phandle_ot test.
This doesn't make sense as reverting the change made the CI test
to correctly finish. Also moving the uboot node down
after the first phandle (in test.dts the gpio one) also made
the CI test to correctly finish.
A little bit of searching and debugging made me realize the
parse phandle OPs didn't support other.dts at all and they
were still referencing phandle index from test.dts.
(more info in the related commit)
In short the test was broken all along and was working by
pure luck. The first 4 patch address and fix the problem for good.
The other 4 patch expand and address the property change for
LED boot/activity.
Posting in a single series as changes are trivial and just
to speedup review process. (and also because the second
part depends on the first)
All CI tested with azure pipeline.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241110115054.2555-1-ansuelsmth@gmail.com
Update test for LED activity and boot to follow new implementation with
property set to the LED node phandle.
Also update a copy-paste error in the function name for the activity
tests and actually enable the test with the DM_TEST macro.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update LED boot/activity to reference by phandle instead of label and
add to period property the "-ms" suffix.
This is a followup request by dt-schema maintainers that required LED
node to be referenced by a phandle to the node instead of indirectly by
the LED label and for timevalue to have a suffix.
While at it generalize the LED node label parsing since the logic is
common for generic LED bind and LED activity/boot.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add test for ofnode options phandle helper and add new property in the
sandbox test dts.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement ofnode_options phandle helper to get an ofnode from a phandle
option in /options/u-boot.
This helper can be useful since new DT yaml usually require to link a
phandle of a node instead of referencing it by name or other indirect
way.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand dm_test_ofnode_phandle(_ot) with new ofnode/tree_parse_phandle() op.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement ofnode/tree_parse_phandle() helper as an equivalent of
of_parse_phandle to handle simple single value phandle.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix broken dm_test_ofnode_phandle_ot test. They never actually worked
and were passing test by pure luck by having the same phandle index of
test.dts that coincicentally had #gpio-cells in the same index node.
It was sufficient to add a phandle to test.dts to make the test fail.
To correctly test these feature, make use oif the new OPs oftree to
parse phandle.
For consistency with the dm_test_ofnode_phandle, rework the test and
other.dts to use the same property with the other- prefix to every
node.
Also fix dm_test_ofnode_get_by_phandle_ot by making it more robust and
renaming the phandle property to other-phandle.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement oftree variant of parse_phandle OPs.
There is currently a very hidden and laten BUG with parse_phandle OPs
that doesn't permit the support of multiple DTS in a system. One usage
example if sandbox with the usage of other.dts
The BUG is only present on live scenario where of_... OPs are used and
it's not present when fdt... OPs are used.
This is caused by an assumption made in __of_parse_phandle_with_args,
with the of_find_node_by_phandle call that pass the first arg as NULL.
This makes of_find_node_by_phandle use the default root node of the
system and doesn't permit the usage of alternative tree. This is correct
for normal system and also for the linux kernel where it's assumed a
single device tree.
It's problematic if other device tree needs to be used.
To fix this, introduce __of_root_parse_phandle_with_args to define a
root device tree for of_find_node_by_phandle.
Introduce all the variant OPs for this and in ofnode, the oftree OPs
following how it's done for other OPs with similar task.
For FDT scenario, ofnode_from_fdtdec_phandle_args is reworked to accept
a new variable, node and noffset_to_ofnode is used instead of
offset_to_ofnode. This is required to support multiple FDB blob to
calculate the correct of_offset of the ofnode.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-tpm/-/pipelines/23719
Two fixes for the EFI subsystem coming via the TPM tree as agreed by Heinrich
The LMB patch fixes a failure in SystemReady testing. Nothing bad happens
without the patch in the device operation, but the return values are wrong
and SCT tests fail for MemoryAllocationServicesTest category.
The second is a shielding the device against mistakes in the definition of
struct fields needed by the capsule update mechanism. Instead of crashing,
print a humna readable message of what's wrong.
At the moment the LMB allocator will return 'success' immediately on two
consecutive allocations if the second one is smaller and the flags match
without resizing the reserved area.
This is problematic for two reasons, first of all the new updated
allocation won't update the size and we end up holding more memory than
needed, but most importantly it breaks the EFI SCT tests since EFI
now allocates via LMB.
More specifically when EFI requests a specific address twice with the
EFI_ALLOCATE_ADDRESS flag set, the first allocation will succeed and
update the EFI memory map. Due to the LMB behavior the second allocation
will also succeed but the address ranges are already in the EFI memory
map due the first allocation. EFI will then fail to update the memory map,
returning EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES instead of EFI_NOT_FOUND which break EFI
conformance.
So let's remove the fast check with is problematic anyway and leave LMB
resize and calculate address properly. LMB will now
- try to resize the reservations for LMB_NONE
- return -1 if the memory is not LMB_NONE and already reserved
The LMB code needs some cleanup in that part, but since we are close to
2025.01 do the easy fix and plan to refactor it later.
Also update the dm tests with the new behavior.
Fixes: commit 22f2c9ed9f ("efi: memory: use the lmb API's for allocating and freeing memory")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The gen_v5_guid() is a void and does no error checking with pointers
being available etc. Instead it expects all things to be in place to
generate GUIDs. If a board capsule definition is buggy and does not
define the firmware names when enabling capsule updates, the board will
crash trying to bring up the EFI subsystem.
Check for a valid firmware name before generating GUIDs.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com> says:
This series adds OPP_LOW spec data in k3_avs driver and enables a config
option to select the OPP_LOW performance point.
J7200 SOC supports OPP_LOW and OPP_NOM as two Operating Performance
Points as per (7.5 Operating Performance Points) section in the
Datasheet [0].
- A72SS/MSMC at 2 GHz/1GHz operation must use OPP_NOM.
- A72SS/MSMC at 1 GHz/500 MHz operation can use OPP_NOM or OPP_LOW
voltage (though OPP_LOW voltage is recommended to reduce power
consumption).
The actual OPP voltage for the device is read from the efuse and
updated in k3_avs_probe().
The default j7200 devicetree and k3_avs driver set OPP_NOM spec
frequency and voltage.
In the board init file, if K3_OPP_LOW config is enabled, Check if
OPP_LOW AVS voltage read from efuse is valid and update frequency (A72
and MSMC) and voltage (VDD_CPU) as per the OPP_LOW spec.
[0]: https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/dra821u (J7200 Datasheet)
Test logs:
https://gist.github.com/aniket-l/328ad93ed60c2419ed7be9f85e6b6075
- With series applied on master and CONFIG_K3_OPP_LOW enabled in
j7200_evm_r5_defconfig
- Logs shown with and without efuse register programmed for OPP_0
(Errors out if OPP_0 not found, programs OPP_LOW spec if found)
- Voltage update verified using 'i2c md 0x4c 0xe' in u-boot
- Frequency update verified using 'k3conf clock dump' in linux
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241119003617.1871183-1-a-limaye@ti.com
Define new CONFIG_K3_OPP_LOW under arm/mach-k3/r5/Kconfig and add
default value to j7200_evm_r5_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Reid Tonking <reidt@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
The default j7200 devicetree and k3_avs driver set 2GHz/1GHz frequency
for A72/MSMC clks and the OPP_NOM voltage.
J7200 SOCs may support OPP_LOW Operating Performance Point:
1GHz/500MHz clks for A72/MSMC and OPP_LOW AVS voltage read from efuse.
Hence, add a config check in board_init_f() to select OPP_LOW specs:
- Check if OPP_LOW AVS voltage read from efuse is valid.
- Use the device IDs and clock IDs (TISCI docs [0]) to find the A72 and
MSMC clock frequencies in the devicetree.
- Fixup the clock frequencies in devicetree as per OPP_LOW spec.
k3_avs driver programs the OPP_LOW AVS voltage for VDD_CPU through
k3_avs_notify_freq() callback from clk_k3.
[0]: https://software-dl.ti.com/tisci/esd/latest/5_soc_doc/j7200/clocks.html
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
k3_avs driver checks opp_ids when probing and overwrites the voltage
values in vd_data for the respective board. The new k3_avs_check_opp()
can be called from board files to check the efuse data and returns 0 if
valid.
Also add the same check in k3_avs_program_voltage() to error out if
the efuse data was not valid.
Signed-off-by: Reid Tonking <reidt@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
J7200 SOC supports OPP_LOW and OPP_NOM as two Operating Performance
Points as per (7.5 Operating Performance Points) section in the
Datasheet [0].
- A72SS/MSMC at 2 GHz/1GHz operation must use OPP_NOM.
- A72SS/MSMC at 1 GHz/500 MHz operation can use OPP_NOM or OPP_LOW
voltage (though OPP_LOW voltage is recommended to reduce power
consumption).
Add OPP_LOW frequency->voltage entry to vd_data.
The actual OPP voltage for the device is read from the efuse and
updated in k3_avs_probe().
OPP_NOM corresponds to OPP_1 and OPP_LOW to OPP_0 efuse register
fields, as described in the Datasheet [0]
The register offsets and fields are described in the TRM (5.2.6.1.5
WKUP_VTM_VD_OPPVID_j Register) [1].
[0]: https://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/dra821u (J7200 Datasheet)
[1]: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruiu1 (J7200 TRM)
Signed-off-by: Reid Tonking <reidt@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Enable AVS support on J784S4 along with regulator.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Add the VTM node to the R5 boot stage so that AVS is correctly
configured for AM68 SK.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Add VTM node to R5 boot stage so that AVS gets correctly configured for
J784S4 EVM and AM69 SK.
Signed-off-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Currently in _dm_gpio_set_flags() when set_flags ops is not implemented
direction_output()/_input() is used, but pull up/down is not supported by
these ops.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Avoid crashing U-Boot when the GPIO controller for a button is disabled
or failed to probe. We also need to check the priv data for each button
since even if a button fails to probe it will still be polled by the
core code.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Introduce CONFIG_PHYTEC_K3_DDR_PATCH to make DDR timing patch code
optional for PHYTEC K3 boards. This allows better control over which
boards receive DDR timing patches, rather than compiling the code for
all boards with K3_DDRSS enabled.
Also enable the feature by default for PHYCORE_AM62X_R5.
Signed-off-by: Garrett Giordano <ggiordano@phytec.com>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
The ST M24256E behaves as a regular M24C256, except for the E variant
which uses up another I2C address for Additional Write lockable page.
This page is 64 Bytes long and can contain additional data. Add entry
for it, so users can describe that page in DT. Note that users still
have to describe the main M24C256 area separately as that is on separate
I2C address from this page.
Unlike M24C32-D and M24C64-D, this part is specifically ST and does not
have any comparable M24* counterparts from other vendors, hence the st,
vendor prefix. Furthermore, the part name is M24256E without C between
the 24 and 256, this is not a typo. Finally, there is M24C256-D part,
which does contain 32 Bytes long Additional Write lockable page, which
is a different part and not supported by this patch.
Datasheet: https://www.st.com/resource/en/datasheet/m24256e-f.pdf
From Linux kernel commit:
339cb28b9ee6 ("eeprom: at24: add ST M24256E Additional Write lockable page support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Given that ARCH_SUNXI already implies that USB_GADGET should be enable,
we should also imply USB being enabled.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Given that OF_LIBFDT is library functionality, the feature of EFI_LOADER
needs to select OF_LIBFDT rather than depend on it being already
enabled.
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
It is not the case that we can only pick ASPEED_AST2500 if DM_RESET
is enabled, but rather choosing ASPEED_AST2500 means we must select
DM_RESET.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/23707
With this pull request support for the EFI_HTTP_PROTOCOL and
EFI_IP4_CONFIG2 protocols are added. This allows EFI applications
to load files via HTTP.
UEFI:
add efi_dp_from_ipv4 function
add efi_net_set_addr, efi_net_get_addr functions
add support for HTTP device path
set EFI bootdevice device path to HTTP when loaded from wget
add support to send http requests and parse http headers
provide EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL
provide EFI_HTTP_PROTOCOL
support IPv4() in device path to text protocol
provide unit tests for the HTTP and IPv4 Config2 protocols
Network:
zero terminate string with headers in wget_fill_info()
zero terminate string with headers in wget_lwip_fill_info()
pass port and server_name via wget_ctx in lwIP network stack
let wget_with_dns work with dns disabled
Others:
Add HTTP and IPV4 Config II protocols to UUID library functions.
Add a test for the EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL. The test sets the ip
policy to static, adds an ip address, and then reads the current
ip address and checks for it to be the same as the one that was set.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Add an EFI HTTP driver. This commit implements the
EFI_HTTP_PROTOCOL and the EFI_HTTP_SERVICE_BINDING_PROTOCOL.
The latter is attached to the handle of th efi network
device. This is the same handle where snp, pxe, and ipconfig
are attached to.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Add an implementation of the EFI_IP4_CONFIG2_PROTOCOL. The protocol
is attached to the handle of the efi network device. This is the same
handle where snp and pxe are attached to.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Add network-stack agnostic way to send an http request and
parse http headers from efi drivers. This uses wget as a
backend and communicates with it via efi_wget_info.
The function efi_net_do_request allocates a buffer on behalf of an
efi application using efi_alloc and passes it to wget to receive
the data. If the method is GET and the buffer is too small, it
re-allocates the buffer based on the last received Content-Length
header and tries again. If the method is HEAD it just issues one
request. So issuing a HEAD request (to update Content-Length) and
then a GET request is preferred but not required.
The function efi_net_parse_headers parses a raw buffer containing
an http header into an array of EFI specific 'http_header' structs.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set the device path of the efi boot device to an HTTP device path
(as formed by efi_dp_from_http) when the next boot stage is loaded
using wget (i.e., when wget is used with wget_info.set_bootdev=1).
When loaded from HTTP, the device path should account for it so that
the next boot stage is aware (e.g. grub only loads its http stack if
it itself was loaded from http, and it checks this from its device path).
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add efi_dp_from_http to form a device path from HTTP. The
device path is the concatenation of the device path returned
by efi_dp_from_ipv4 together with an URI node and an END node.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add the functions efi_net_set_addr and efi_net_get_addr to set
and get the ip address from efi code in a network agnostic way.
This could also go in net_common, or be compiled conditionally
for each network stack.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This was marked as TODO in the code:
- Enable use of wget_with_dns even if CMD_DNS is disabled if
the given uri has the ip address for the http server.
- Move the check for CMD_DNS inside wget_with_dns.
- Rename wget_with_dns to wget_do_request
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
This patch comes as a companion to the same patch but for the legacy
net stack. Commit 1327c2a8d6 ("net/lwip: wget: integrate struct wget_info
into wget code") introduced function wget_fill_info() which retrieves
the headers from the HTTP server response. As we want to parse the
string in later patches we need to ensure that it is NUL terminated.
We must further check that wget_info->headers in not NULL.
Otherwise a crash occurs.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Commit 2dd076a9c1 ("net: wget: integrate struct wget_info into legacy
wget code") introduced function wget_fill_info() which retrieves the
headers from the HTTP server response. As we want to parse the string in
later patches we need to ensure that it is NUL terminated.
We must further check that wget_info->headers in not NULL.
Otherwise a crash occurs.
Fixes: 2dd076a9c1 ("net: wget: integrate struct wget_info into legacy wget code")
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Commit 5907c81 ("net: lwip: Enable https:// support for wget") was not
correctly rebased on top of the changes introduced by Commit 6cc4d04
("net/lwip: wget: put server_name and port into wget_ctx") in next.
This commit re-applies a couple of lines from 6cc4d04.
Fixes: Commit 5907c81 ("net: lwip: Enable https:// support for wget")
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
AMD/Xilinx changes for v2025.04-rc1
binman:
- Separate binman description from main DT
zynqmp:
- Enable binman for ZynqMP platforms
- DT sync with Linux v6.12
- Update usb5744 hub for SOMs
common:
- Drop SPL_FIT_GENERATOR support
versal2
- Enable OPTEE layers
ospi:
- Refactor the flash reset functionality
pytest:
- Fix tcminit mode handling
Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> says:
Hey all,
This is picking up Simon's v5 of the above-named series and making a few
more changes so that the follow-up series I have leads to arm64 being
supported for almost all jobs. To quote Simon's cover letter:
All gitlab runners are currently amd64 machines. This series attempts to
create a docker image which can also support arm64 so that sandbox tests
can be run on it.
The TARGET_... environment variables for grub could perhaps be adjusted,
using the new variables, but I have not done that for now.
Adding to what Simon said, we now build grub for all architectures as
the reason to install it was to be able to use the binaries in QEMU.
That won't provide us with amd64 binaries on arm64 hosts so we can't use
that shortcut anymore.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241127172247.1488685-1-trini@konsulko.com
PSCI reset is not implemented in Exynos850 EL3 firmware. Disable it to
fix the reset in cases where it can be used, e.g. when running EFI
selftest.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Refactor the code to support downloading toolchains for arm64 as well as
x86_64
There doesn't seem to be an xtensa toolchain for arm64 at the same
location, so download that only on x86
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix a warning due to the syntax used for PYTHONPATH:
LegacyKeyValueFormat: "ENV key=value" should be used instead of
legacy "ENV key value" format (line 304)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We no longer need to install libc6-i386 so we can drop that. Switch to
installing linux-image-generic as that will be available on all hosts,
to provide the /boot/vmlinu* file that's requires for various tools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add instructions on how to build the file for multiple architectures.
Add a message indicating what is happening.
Update the documentation as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of deleting /var/lib/apt/lists after each relevant RUN line, use
a cache mount as is the current best practices.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For consistency now, and future ease of testing with non-amd64 hosts,
build grub for all architectures rather than relying on host binaries
for i386/x86_64.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current release of grub is 2.12 and it will be good to pick this up
now so that we can update other parts of our stack.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We had a few places that were not using "make -j$(nproc)" but instead
just plain "make" and so slowing down the overall build.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add in the x86_64 toolchain, but do not enforce using it for sandbox.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since char is unsigned on arm64, this test currently fails. It seems
better to use unsigned anyway, since 0xff is written into the string at
the start. Update the terminator-assert to use a character instead of a
byte.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Changes in v6:
- Re-introduce
Changes in v2:
- Use '\0' instead of 0
test/print_ut.c | 8 ++++----
1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)
The cache-flush function is incorrect which causes a crash in the
remoteproc tests with arm64.
Fix both problems by using map_sysmem() to convert an address to a
pointer and map_to_sysmem() to convert a pointer to an address.
Also update the image-loader's cache-flushing logic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 3286d223fd ("sandbox: implement invalidate_icache_all()")
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Changes in v6:
- Re-introduce
Changes in v2:
- Drop message about EFI_LOADER
arch/sandbox/cpu/cache.c | 8 +++++++-
drivers/remoteproc/rproc-elf-loader.c | 18 +++++++++++-------
lib/efi_loader/efi_image_loader.c | 3 ++-
3 files changed, 20 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Patch resolves two kind of bugs, one of which is vulnerability related
to KASLR.
=== Issue briefly ===
Working with FDT (via non-relocated gd::fdt_blob) from inside bootm
command may lead to the reading the garbage instead of FDT nodes. And
this can result in various side-effects depending on DTS nodes, being
parsed during bootm.
But below is my specific story how I faced with this issue due to
MESON_RNG probing failure.
=== Bugs description ===
1) Bug is revealed on:
* configuration below
* U-boot 2024.10 - f919c3a889 ("Prepare v2024.10")
It seems, the following patch is a trigger:
ea955eea4f ("fdt: automatically add /chosen/kaslr-seed if DM_RNG is enabled")
Generally, CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y & CONFIG_RNG_MESON=y are the most
valuable ones for reproducing the issue.
```
CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY=y
CONFIG_CMD_FDT=y
CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE=""
CONFIG_FDT_64BIT=y
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP=y
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL=y
CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y
CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_ASSUME_MASK=0x0
CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY=y
CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT=y
CONFIG_OF_LIST="meson-axg-our-device-name"
CONFIG_OF_REAL=y
CONFIG_OF_TRANSLATE=y
CONFIG_SUPPORT_OF_CONTROL=y
CONFIG_SYS_FDT_PAD=0x3000
CONFIG_TOOLS_OF_LIBFDT=y
CONFIG_DM_RNG=y
CONFIG_RNG_MESON=y
```
2) Due to CONFIG_OF_EMBED, the DTS is embedded into U-boot ELF and
accessible via __dtb_dt_begin symbol.
On early boot stage (board_f.c) the fdtdec_setup() is called only
once before U-boot's relocation into top of RAM. fdtdec_setup()
initializes gd::fdt_blob for FDTSRC_EMBED case:
```
gd->fdt_blob = dtb_dt_embedded();
gd->fdt_src = FDTSRC_EMBED;
```
3) Then reloc_fdt() is called in board_f.c
But due to CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y the reloc_fdt() does not update
gd::fdt_blob value (strictly speaking, it is impossible for
CONFIG_OF_EMBED=y, because U-boot ELF has not been relocated yet
at this moment).
As a result after relocation we get fdt_blob, pointing to DTS address
before relocation:
```
# bdinfo
<...>
relocaddr = 0x000000000fedf000
reloc off = 0x000000000eedf000
<...>
fdt_blob = 0x010ce6c0 << points to __dtb_dt_begin before relocation
new_fdt = 0x0000000000000000 << empty erroneously
fdt_size = 0x0000000000000000 << zero erroneously
```
4) During bootm command (according to our ITS-config file) the Linux
is loaded into 0x01080000 (which is very close to fdt_blob addr
0x010ce6c0).
```
## Loading kernel from FIT Image at 04000000 ...
Trying 'kernel' kernel subimage
<...>
Load Address: 0x01080000
```
So Linux image overwrites the gd::fdt_blob memory location
in RAM (0x010ce6c0).
5) Issue:
Hence any manipulation with DTS (say, via FDT API) inside
implementation of bootm command leads to accessing the fdt_blob area
with garbage, that can lead to two situations:
5.1) Abort.
Call to fdt_off_dt_struct() from fdt_next_tag() :: fdt_offset_ptr()::
fdt_offset_ptr_() returns with garbage, that leads to tagp value
being out of RAM top addr (256 Mb in our board), causing the abort:
```
Boot cmd: bootm 0x4000000#boot_evt1
bootm_run_states()
<...>
image_setup_libfdt()
fdt_chosen()
fdt_kaslrseed()
uclass_get_device()
uclass_get_device_tail()
device_probe()
device_of_to_plat()
meson_rng_of_to_plat()
clk_get_by_name_optional()
clk_get_by_name()
clk_get_by_name_nodev()
ofnode_stringlist_search()
fdt_stringlist_search()
fdt_getprop()
fdt_get_property_namelen_()
fdt_first_property_offset()
fdt_check_node_offset_()
fdt_next_tag():
```
tagp = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset, FDT_TAGSIZE);
```
fdt_next_tag() tagp:0x22890766
fdt_next_tag() ram_top:0x10000000 (tagp OUT of RAM)
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000010, far 0x22890766
elr: 000000000108be24 lr : 000000000108be24 (reloc)
elr: 000000000ff6fe24 lr : 000000000ff6fe24
x0 : 0000000000000041 x1 : 0000000000000000
x2 : 000000000ff3b57c x3 : 0000000000000012
x4 : 000000000ded2ad5 x5 : 0000000000000020
x6 : 00000000ffffffe8 x7 : 000000000ded2f40
x8 : 00000000ffffffd8 x9 : 000000000000000d
x10: 0000000000000006 x11: 000000000001869f
x12: 000000000fffffff x13: 000000000fffffff
x14: 0000000000000000 x15: 000000000ded2abb
x16: 000000000ff3b080 x17: 0000000000000001
x18: 000000000ded3dc0 x19: 0000000022890766
x20: 00000000010cb0f0 x21: 00000000000015e4
x22: 000000000ff8f4d8 x23: 000000000000000b
x24: 000000000ded2fbc x25: 000000000ffe2000
x22: 000000000ff8f4d8 x23: 000000000000000b
x24: 000000000ded2fbc x25: 000000000ffe2000
x26: 000000000ffe2000 x27: 000000000000000b
x28: 000000000ff9cf2d x29: 000000000ded2f40
Code: aa1603e1 91197484 52801742 94004de8 (b9400276)
```
5.2) Vulnerability situation "KASLR is disabled".
Almost the same as in (5.1), but 2 situations happen (depending on
the value of garbage):
* call to fdt_offset_ptr_() :: fdt_off_dt_struct(fdt)
returns not so big garbage, leading to tagp, being inside RAM.
* or calculations of absoffset inside fdt_offset_ptr() leads to
failure of the one of if() conditions with NULL as retval.
Result is fdt_next_tag() interprets the tagp as FDT_END. And we are
returning from our callstack via functions' error paths, leading to
"No RNG device" and "KASLR disabled due to lack of seed":
```
fdt_kaslrseed()
uclass_get_device()
<...>
device_probe()
device_of_to_plat()
meson_rng_of_to_plat()
clk_get_by_name()
clk_get_by_name_nodev()
<...>
fdt_stringlist_search()
fdt_getprop()
fdt_get_property_namelen_()
fdt_first_property_offset()
fdt_check_node_offset_()
fdt_next_tag():
```
tagp = fdt_offset_ptr(fdt, offset, FDT_TAGSIZE);
```
fdt_next_tag() tagp:0000000001890677
fdt_next_tag() ram_top:0x10000000 (tagp is inside RAM)
uclass_get_device_tail():486 device_probe() ret:-22
No RNG device
Starting kernel ...
[ 0.000000] Linux version 6.9.12
[ 0.000000] KASLR disabled due to lack of seed
```
Signed-off-by: Evgeny Bachinin <EABachinin@salutedevices.com>
This breaks chromebook_coral which says:
Video: No video mode configured in FSP!
This reverts commit 2e9313179a.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A recent lwip change stopped binman's init from working, so it is not
possible to read nodes from the image description anymore.
Correct this by dropping the offending line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 4d4d783812 net: lwip: add TFTP support and tftpboot command
It doesn't make sense for these files to have the x bit set. It was,
probably accidentally, added in:
Fixes: 2c494e62c3 (arm: dts: Stratix10: Add QSPI node)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
The '?' that is used in the sed expression that determines MK_ARCH
is part of the extended regular expression syntax, but the default
behaviour of sed as specified by POSIX is to use only basic regular
expression syntax. Use the equivalent '\{0,1\}' instead as
suggested by the OpenBSD re_format(7) man page.
Fixes: 04b1d84221 ("Makefile: fix empty MK_ARCH when using ccache")
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Commit 356011f7ac ("lwip: fix code style issues") has inadvertently
broken the support for the legacy syntax:
=> wget 192.168.0.16:test.bin
invalid uri, no file path
Invalid URL. Use http(s)://
The reason is two calls to strncpy() were replaced by strlcpy() without
paying attention to the fact that they are not equivalent in the present
case. Since we are using a character counter (n) and since we do not
depend on having a properly null-terminated string at each step in the
parsing, strlcpy() is not justified and strncpy() is the right tool for
the job. So use it again.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
This reverts commit ("commit a68c9ac5d8 ("efi_memory: do not add
U-Boot memory to the memory map").
This code was removed when the EFI subsystem started using LMB calls for
the reservations. In hindsight it unearthed two problems.
The e820 code is adding u-boot memory as EfiReservedMemory while it
should look at what LMB added and decide instead of blindly overwriting
it. The reason this worked is that we marked that code properly late,
when the EFI came up. But now with the LMB changes, the EFI map gets
added first and the e820 code overwrites it.
The second problem is that we never mark SetVirtualAddressMap as runtime
code, which we should according to the spec. Until we fix this the
current hack can't go away, at least for architectures that *need* to
call SVAM.
More specifically x86 currently requires SVAM and sets the NX bit for
pages not marked as *_CODE. So unless we do that late, it will crash
trying to execute from non-executable memory. It's also worth noting
that x86 calls SVAM late in the boot, so this will work until someone
decides to overwrite/use BootServicesCode from the OS.
Notably arm64 disables it explicitly if the VA space is > 48bits, so
doesn't suffer from any of these problems.
This doesn't really deserve a fixes tag, since it brings back a hack to
remedy a situation that was wrong long before that commit, but in case
anyone hits the same bug ...
Simon sent the original revert in the link, but we need a proper
justification for it.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20241112131830.576864-1-sjg@chromium.org/
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/23643
- Make DRAM coding GPIOs available before relocation on Data Modul
i.MX8M Mini/Plus eDM SBC because the DRAM configuration GPIO straps
must be accessible in SPL and before relocation because the GPIOs are
sampled both in U-Boot SPL as well as early on in U-Boot proper.
- Pick safe DRAM size on failure on Data Modul i.MX8M Mini/Plus eDM SBC
instead of failing with hang() or panic().
- Replace YModem with SDP on Data Modul i.MX8M Mini eDM SBC SPL since
SDP is much more flexible.
- Deduplicate Data Modul i.MX8M eDM SBC defconfigs.
- Perform plain boot in altbootcmd on Data Modul i.MX8M Mini/Plus eDM
SBC.
When a timeout occurs while executing a command a 'Boot fail' message is
written and testing is stopped. The user is left in the dark about the
failure cause.
! _pytest.outcomes.Exit: Boot fail: Marking connection bad - no other tests will run !
Add the executed command to the message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When a timeout occurs while executing a command a 'Lab failure' message is
written and testing is stopped. The user is left in the dark about the
failure cause.
! _pytest.outcomes.Exit: Lab failure: Marking connection bad - no other tests will run !
Add the word 'Timeout' and the executed command to the message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a small utility for displaying some information about U-Boot and the
hardware it's running on in a similar fashion to the popular neofetch
tool for Linux [1].
While the output is meant to be useful, it should also be pleasing to
look at and perhaps entertaining. The ufetch command aims to bring this
to U-Boot, featuring a colorful ASCII art version of the U-Boot logo.
[1]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neofetch
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # vim3
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org> # on SM8560-QRD
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
We don't need the fallback anymore. Remove the code which uses these
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
We don't need the fallback anymore. As a first step to removing it,
drop the try...except clauses and unindent the code.
This produces a large diff but there are no other code changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like for test_fs, no need to mess with loop mounts.
Tweaks to reduce diff (keep mnt variable):
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a parameter to indicate the size of the image to build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Since no mounting happens anymore, rename the "mnt"
directory to "scratch" and the related variables.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no need to mount the filesystem on the host side.
All filesystem tools offer some way to fill the fs without mounting.
So, create the content on the host side, create and fill the fs
without mounting.
No more sudo or guestmount needed.
This new approach works because the tests don't care about user IDs
and no device files are needed.
If user IDs start to matter it's still possible to use wrapper
tools like fakeroot in future while filling the fs.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Since net_test_wget() is testing a command and is in test/cmd it should
be in the 'cmd' test suite, not 'lib'.
Saving and restoring the values of the environment variables that the
test manipulates is necessary to avoid a regression when running the
whole ut test suite. A minimal reproducer is:
$ ./u-boot -T -c "ut cmd net_test_wget; ut dm dm_test_eth_act" | \
grep -E "(Test:|Failures:)"
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
While I had thought this commit was a cherry-pick from upstream, it is
not. And so, this is not allowed here.
This reverts commit dfe5f16a33.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the flash reset is handled in spi nor core, removing the
flash reset functionality. As the configuration like tristate
and hysterisis need to be enabled by the cdo. Handle the flash
reset only for mini u-boot case.
Rename the "cadence_qspi_versal_flash_reset" to generic name
"cadence_qspi_flash_reset" as this can be used by other platforms
as well.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241108063537.13180-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Enable PCIe/NVMe support on Data Modul i.MX8M Mini eDM SBC. Except for
the configuration options which are enabled, add slight adjustment
to board u-boot.dtsi, which is necessary as there is currently no
driver for the I2C PCIe clock generator. Since the generator is
strapped to be always on, it is possible to supplant the generator
functionality by fixed-clock.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The YModem support in SPL was never really used on this device,
the SDP support is much more convenient on i.MX8M Mini based
hardware. Replace the YModem support with SDP support.
The SDP can be utilized by forcing the board into SDP boot mode
by grounding test point right next to silkscreen label U30, and
then by using mfgtools 'uuu -brun spl flash.bin' once the device
enumerates on host system USB bus. The SDP capable USB port is
available on the USB micro-B port on the base board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all Data Modul i.MX8M eDM SBC systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic imx8m_data_modul.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is almost
identical for all Data Modul i.MX8M eDM SBC systems, except for slight
alignment in DEBUG_UART and SYS_PBSIZE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current A/B switching preparatory altbootcmd is confusing
to users, replace it with plain 'run bootcmd' which can be
replaced by proper A/B switching altbootcmd when the matching
updater is added on top of the platform. By default, keep the
boot counter incrementing, but do not do any A/B partition
switching.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case gpio_request_list_by_name_nodev() in board dmo_get_memcfg()
returns error code, pick a safe default DRAM configuration instead
of bailing out with some sort of hang() or panic(). The BIT(2)|BIT(0)
strap option is the lowest known option of 2 GiB , use that.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The DRAM configuration GPIO straps must be accessible in SPL and before
relocation because the GPIOs are sampled both in U-Boot SPL as well as early
on in U-Boot proper. The already present bootph-pre-ram DT property made the
GPIO controllers available in SPL, but not early on in U-Boot proper, which
made gpio_request_list_by_name_nodev() in board dmo_get_memcfg() fail. Add
missing bootph-some-ram DT property to all GPIO controllers which are
referenced in dmo,ram-coding-gpios DT property to make those GPIO
controllers available early in U-Boot proper as well.
Fixes: 8c103c33fb ("dm: dts: Convert driver model tags to use new schema")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Always probing pmecc in the generic nand controller probe function and
bailing out if pmecc is missing, prevents the driver to be usable for
SoCs which do not have a pmecc hardware ecc engine like older sam9 SoCs,
for example at91sam9g20. Tested on sam9x60 that the call, which the
comment was moved to, is sufficient to probe the pmecc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
The bad CRC error message has transposed characters, which render the
output useless:
"bad CRC at record 213: #08x, not #08x" instead of
"bad CRC at record 213: #00000000, not #4be31f4d"
Fix the error message.
Signed-off-by: Benedikt Spranger <b.spranger@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: John Ogness <john.ogness@linutronix.de>
A NULL pointer argument to %s causes a NULL pointer dereference in the
fixed width numerical printout code, since p is overwritten with NULL.
In case of %s width is 0. Check width before dereferencing the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Benedikt Spranger <b.spranger@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: John Ogness <john.ogness@linutronix.de>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash/-/pipelines/23584
Remove device specific nand driver files as they are now replaced by a
common driver bcmbca_nand.c
Make use of OF_UPSTREAM which uses Linux dts.
Implement a minimal set of defconfig options to enable basic NAND
functionality. Tested on:
47622
63146
63158
63178
6813
Set parameter_page_big_endian to zero for bcmbca.
Update log level messages so that more critical messages can be logged
to console and help the troubleshooting with field devices.
Currently, the PCI subsystem selects the small "region 2" (which starts at 0x7000000)
as bus_addr/phys_addr. As a consequence, the BAR0 on PCIe video card cannot be initialized,
because it simply doesn't fit into 0x1000000 bytes size of "region 2".
U-Boot should use "region 1" instead (the one which starts at 0x60090000), because
it has much bigger size (0xFF70000), and easily accomodates BAR0 of the video card.
Linux kernel also uses 0x60090000 as bus_start/phys_start.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@vodafonemail.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
To restore MMC boot, enable SPL_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE and recover
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION and
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION.
Fixes: 2a00d73d08 ("spl: mmc: Try to clean up raw-mode options")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
With the move from script based booting to using bootmeth a lot of
environment variables have changed. To always use the default environment
it is recommendable to erase the environment stored in the SPI flash.
This can be done with the 'env erase' sub-command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If BIOSEMU is compiled for RISC-V (SiFive Unmatched board) and the function
dm_pci_run_vga_bios() is executed, U-Boot stops with error message saying
that the SPL malloc pool is too small. So increase the default pool size
when both BIOSEMU and RISCV parameters are set.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
There is necessary to do some steps to compose boot images. These steps
were in scripts in layers for a while. That's why introduce description via
binman to simplify wiring and remove all scripting around.
This should make sure that everybody is up2date with the latest versions.
The first step is to create fit image with DTBs with descriptions in
configuration node which is written as regular expression to match all SOM
versions.
Description is there for k24 and k26 in spite of low level psu_init
configuration is different. The reason is that it goes to u-boot.itb image
which is the same for k24 and k26.
u-boot.itb is another image which is generated. It is normally generated
via arch/arm/mach-zynqmp/mkimage_fit_atf.sh but this script is supposed to
be deprecated.
FIT image by purpose is using 64bit addresses to have default option to
move images to high DDR (above 4GB). TF-A and TEE are optional components
but in the most cases TF-A is present all the time and TEE(OP-TEE) is used
by some configurations too.
3rd generated image is boot.bin with updated user field which contains
version number. This image can be used with updated Image Selector
which supports A/B update mechanisms with rollback protection.
4th image is image.bin which binary file which contains boot.bin and
u-boot.itb together and can be programmed via origin Image Selector.
This image can be also used for creating one capsule which contains both
boot images (in SPL boot flow).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/35bc47a4a4799c5f5dbea56a45340a2810538330.1730452668.git.michal.simek@amd.com
We don't need the fallback anymore. Remove the code which uses these
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
We don't need the fallback anymore. As a first step to removing it,
drop the try...except clauses and unindent the code.
This produces a large diff but there are no other code changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like for test_fs, no need to mess with loop mounts.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Tweaks to reduce diff (keep mnt variable):
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a parameter to indicate the size of the image to build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Since no mounting happens anymore, rename the "mnt"
directory to "scratch" and the related variables.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is no need to mount the filesystem on the host side.
All filesystem tools offer some way to fill the fs without mounting.
So, create the content on the host side, create and fill the fs
without mounting.
No more sudo or guestmount needed.
This new approach works because the tests don't care about user IDs
and no device files are needed.
If user IDs start to matter it's still possible to use wrapper
tools like fakeroot in future while filling the fs.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/23573
Android:
- bootstd: Implement bootimage v2 support
- bootstd: Support non-A/B in bootmeth_android
- Migrate VIM3 and VIM3L to use bootmeth_android
- bootstd: Additional test for bootimage v2
- bootstd: Optimize load time when reading partitions
The x250 and SE250 are series of 10G L2+ switches from Allied Telesis.
There are a number of them in the range but as far as U-Boot is
concerned all the CPU block components are the same so there's only one
board defined.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The x530 board doesn't use EFI and our toolchains don't include gnutls
so disable the tool in the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
As things have been moved to Kconfig there are a number of dead comments
left over in x530.h. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The x240 board doesn't use EFI and our toolchains don't include gnutls
so disable the tool in the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use standard boot instead of the distro boot scripts. Regenerate the
board defconfig now that some options are selected automatically.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove CFG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE as there's no reason not to use the
defaults defined via config_fallbacks.h.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The current implementation is reading the whole partition for boot and
vendor_boot image which can be long following the size of the
partition or the time to read blocks (driver/SoC specific).
For example with mediatek mt8365 EVK board, we have a 64MiB boot
partition and the boot image flashed in this partition is only 42MiB.
It takes ~8-9 secs to read the boot partition.
Instead we can retrieved the boot image and vendor boot image size
with these new functions:
- android_image_get_bootimg_size
- android_image_get_vendor_bootimg_size
Use these information and read only the necessary.
By doing this with mt8365 EVK board, we read boot image in ~5 secs.
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241121-bootmeth-android-part-sizes-v1-1-25760bbd0f08@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Rename actual android bootmethod test to specify it's for boot image
version 4.
Add a unit test for testing the Android bootmethod with boot image
version 2.
This requires another mmc image (mmc8) to contain the following
partitions:
- misc: contains the Bootloader Control Block (BCB)
- boot_a: contains a fake generic kernel image
we can test this with:
$ ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox --build -k test_ut # build the mmc8.img
$ ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox --build -k bootflow_android
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241126-adnroidv2-v4-5-11636106dc69@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The phyCORE-i.MX 93 is available in various variants (e.g. different ram
sizes, eMMC HS400 yes/no). Enable hardware introspection for the
imx93-phyboard-segin_defconfig, so that during startup the SOM module
variant can be detected, and the hardware can be configured accordingly.
The resulting SPL and u-boot binary shall able to boot each
phyCORE-i.MX 93 module variant on each carrier board. Finally rename
imx93-phyboard-segin_defconfig to imx93-phycore_defconfig, to highlight
its SOM scope.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Stoidner <c.stoidner@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
The phyCORE-i.MX 93 is available in various variants. Relevant variant
options for the spl/u-boot are:
- with or without HS400 support for the eMMC
- with 1GB ram chip, or 2GB ram chip
The phyCORE's eeprom contains all information about the existing variant
options. Add evaluation of the eeprom data to the spl/u-boot to
enable/disable HS400 and to select the appropriate ram configuration at
startup.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Stoidner <c.stoidner@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Yannic Moog <y.moog@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
The phyCORE-i.MX 93 is available with a 1GB ram chip or a 2GB ram chip.
Add the ram timings for the 2GB chip, in form of a diff compared
to the existing LPDDR4X 1GB timings. With that, the SPL can select the
appropriate timings at startup.
Update also the 1GB ram timings with new version of the DDR Tool.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Stoidner <c.stoidner@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Primoz Fiser <primoz.fiser@norik.com>
The signal integrity test generates pattern on DDR lines
for certification. The signals must be as fast as possible
and unidirectional.
The test is required from our HW team. The available
u-boot memory test doesn't full fill the our requirements.
The test is planed to be used in all new siemens boards.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Leto <enrico.leto@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add siemens specific memory test. Enable it through Kconfig option
SPL_CMT. The test is required from our HW team. It runs over
temperature during many days:
* must run indefinitively through the *whole* DDR area,
so we cannot use linux memtest for example.
* must write/read/check all values
Signed-off-by: Enrico Leto <enrico.leto@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The eeprom contains the information on which module
we are running, so read it from the eeprom and print
it on the console.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Leto <enrico.leto@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Get the memory region information from system controller to reduce the
number of platform specific headers. We were aligned on NXP mek board
implementation. This need at least 1 header per memory configuration.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Leto <enrico.leto@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add the HW version read directly from EEPROM.
EEPROM chip data structure is now in a .h file common to draco
and capricorn.
Therefore move out the definitions in draco board to siemens
common place.
From: Alessandro Zini <alessandro.zini@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Alessandro Zini <alessandro.zini@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
with newest SCFW build_info() works now, so call it
from checkboard() now.
As we only use uart2 as console, do not init uart0.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
make savedefconfig and add SCU_WDT and fix environment
offsets, as since silicon c0 the boot container takes place
at offset 0 and so the u-boot-env must be moved outside of
the boot container area.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Boards which use DCD data in SCFW can drop SPL.
We tried in our mainline rework to use this approach
too as other imx8qxp boards do in mainline. But we
failed ... it was a hard way to understand the
reason!
We cannot use DCD image in container as the SCFW
from siemens, does the RAM init on boot itself!
Siemens SCFW reads the RAM config from i2c eeprom and
dependent on this settings, initializes the RAM.
Adding DCD data to the bootcontainer will result in
hang of the SCFW, also DCD data in container image is
static which do not fit our needs.
So we must drop DCD data image, and this has the side
effect that we need SPL, as the task which loads the images
from the container only loads the images to addresses,
and if executed bit is set, starts them.
As now RAM is not initialized from it, and there is no
option to "wait until SCFW has setup RAM", we can only
load SPL into internal RAM at this point, as than SPL
and SCFW boot parallel.
The SPL itself then uses the SCU API to communicate
with the SCFW and it seems that SCFW only responds to
this API requests when RAM setup is already done by the
SCFW, which has a side-effect of a "sync" for the RAM
setup is done by SCFW!
We checked if SPL is always save in accessing RAM for
loading images to it! For tests, we added in our RAM
init part in the SCFW long delays (10 seconds and more)
as we thought there is such a sync missing, and we can
break the board through delaying RAM setup... but we
did not managed to fail booting U-Boot from SPL!
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
current generated flash.bin image does not longer
boot on cxg3 board.
Rename bootph-pre-ram to bootph-all so flash.bin
boots again!
Add u-boot specific change (add bootph-all property)
in A35_0 node to imx8qxp-capricorn-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
We have many HW with capricorn i.MX8X boards. The difference in u-boot is
at all by the display of the LEDs.
* put upstream a reference project & board for DT and defconfig
* use the capricorn prefix outside the board/siemens/capricorn folder
Signed-off-by: Enrico Leto <enrico.leto@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
imx8qxp based boards which use SPL drop error when
calling make all:
"""
Writing image to './flash.bin'
Node '/binman/imx-boot/spl': GetData: size 0x0
Node '/binman/imx-boot': GetPaddedDataForEntry: size 0x0
Node '/binman/imx-boot': GetData: 1 entries, total size 0x0
Node '/binman/imx-boot': GetPaddedDataForEntry: size 0x0
Wrote 0x0 bytes
Image 'imx-boot' is missing external blobs and is non-functional: spl
/binman/imx-boot/spl (spl.bin):
Missing blob
Some images are invalid
"""
Guard creation of flash.bin with CONFIG_XPL_BUILD option.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Fixes: c9713c1551 ("imx8-u-boot: Fix SPL guard option")
when building U-Boot on imx8qxp and the board port uses
SPL, U-boot build shows
WARNING '.../spl/u-boot-spl.bin' not found, resulting binary is not-functional
This is because U-Boot binary is build first and Makefile
calls script imx_cntr_image.sh which checks if files
exists... but of course as spl is not yet build the
file `spl/u-boot-spl.bin` does not exist yet, so prevent
this warning.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Improve error message "header tag mismatched"
Add filename to error message to see, which file
is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
probing on capricorn board (imx8qxp based) brings:
Can't find FEC0 clk rate: -19
Cause is that when probing fec_mxc driver, fec_mii_setspeed()
is called which calls fec_get_clk_rate().
fec_mii_setspeed() calls fec_get_clk_rate with NULL pointer
for udev and so as in IMX8QXP case CLK_CCF is enabled
udev gets searched with:
uclass_get_device_by_seq(UCLASS_ETH, idx, &dev);
but we do not have yet a UCLASS_ETH ! as we just probing it!
Prevent this by passing udev to fec_get_clk_rate()
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Driver for a PMIC watchdog timer controlled via Siemens SCU firmware
extensions. Only useful on some Siemens i.MX8-based platforms as
special SCFW is needed which provides the needed SCU API.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Valek <andrej.valek@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
u-boot was crashing in qemu as the modeled hardware enforced overly
strict memory reads.
While this code will work on existing hardware, fix to avoid future issues.
Fixes: 12770d0df0 ("ast2600: spl: Add boot mode detection")
Link: https://gitlab.com/qemu-project/qemu/-/issues/2636
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
The compiler will ignore it anyway:
include/linux/mtd/mtd.h:342:15: warning: type qualifiers ignored on function return type [-Wignored-qualifiers]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The ASIX 88179A drops packets when receiving fragmented packets larger
than the MTU size due to an insufficient URB buffer size. This change
synchronizes the URB buffer size with the configuration used in the
Linux kernel, resolving the packet drop issue.
To reproduce the issue, set the following configuration:
CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG=y
CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE=16352
Then, run the `tftp` command. It will fail with a timeout error:
U-Boot> tftp zero.bin
Using ax88179_eth device
TFTP from server 10.0.0.196; our IP address is 10.0.0.18
Filename 'zero.bin'
Load address: 0x10000000
Loading: T T T T T T T T T T T
Retry count exceeded; starting again
Signed-off-by: Khoa Hoang <admin@khoahoang.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The ASIX AX88179A locks up when the ADVERTISE_NPAGE bit is set in the
MII_ADVERTISE register, suggesting that this feature may be broken or
unsupported on this chip. In the Linux kernel, this bit is not set,
and enabling it also causes the PHY to lock up and stay in a
link-down state.
Additionally, the AX88179 and AX88179A variants do not appear to
support the ADVERTISE_LPACK bit, as setting it consistently reads
back as 0.
This patch removes the ADVERTISE_NPAGE and ADVERTISE_LPACK bits from
the MII_ADVERTISE register configuration. It also resets the PHY
before modifying the MII_ADVERTISE register, then restarts
auto-negotiation, following the same flow used in the U-Boot asix.c
driver.
Signed-off-by: Khoa Hoang <admin@khoahoang.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The .bind function is implemented to bind the correct
"half" of the hub that the driver wants to bind,
and returning -ENODEV for the other "half".
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add i2c initialization hook and set usb5744 platform
data with function having required i2c initialization sequence.
Apart from the USB command attach, prevent the hub from suspend.
when the “USB Attach with SMBUS (0xAA56)” command is issued to the hub,
the hub is getting enumerated and then it puts in a suspend mode.
This causes the hub to NAK any SMBUS access made by the SMBUS Master
during this period and not able to see the hub's slave address while
running the "i2c probe" command.
Prevent the MCU from the putting the HUB in suspend mode through register
write. The BYPASS_UDC_SUSPEND bit (Bit 3) of the RuntimeFlags2 register at
address 0x411D controls this aspect of the hub. The BYPASS_UDC_SUSPEND
bit in register 0x411Dh must be set to ensure that the MCU is always
enabled and ready to respond to SMBus runtime commands. This register
needs to be written before the USB attach command is issued.
The byte sequence is as follows:
Slave addr: 0x2d 00 00 05 00 01 41 1D 08
Slave addr: 0x2d 99 37 00
Slave addr: 0x2d AA 56 00
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for the Microchip USB5744 USB3.0 and USB2.0 Hub.
The usb5744 driver trigger hub reset signal after soft reset.
The usb5744 hub need to reset after the phy initialization,
which toggles the gpio.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Don't error out if there is no vdd regulator supply, as these are
optional properties.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
As part of the reset, sets the direction of the pin to output before
toggling the pin. Delay of millisecond is added in between low and
high to meet the setup and hold time requirement of the reset.
Update the usb2514 hub_data with the reset delay and power on
delay values.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net> says:
Starting with v2024.10 dev_iommu_dma_unmap calls during device removal
trigger a NULL pointer dereference in the Apple dart iommu driver. The
iommu device is removed before its user. The sparsely used DM_FLAG_VITAL
flag is intended to describe this dependency. Add it to the driver.
Adding this flag is unfortunately not enough since the boot routines
except the arm one simply remove all drivers. Add and use a new function
which calls
dm_remove_devioce_flags(DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL | DM_REMOVE_NON_VITAL);
dm_remove_devices_flags(DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL);
to ensure this order dependency is head consistently.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241123-iommu_apple_dart_ordering-v2-0-cc2ade6dde97@jannau.net
This replaces dm_remove_devices_flags() calls in all boot
implementations to ensure non vital devices are consistently removed
first. All boot implementation except arch/arm/lib/bootm.c currently
just call dm_remove_devices_flags(DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL). This can result
in crashes when dependencies between devices exists. The driver model's
design document describes DM_FLAG_VITAL as "indicates that the device is
'vital' to the operation of other devices". Device removal at boot
should follow this.
Instead of adding dm_remove_devices_flags() with (DM_REMOVE_ACTIVE_ALL |
DM_REMOVE_NON_VITAL) everywhere add dm_remove_devices_active() which
does this.
Fixes a NULL pointer deref in the apple dart IOMMU driver during EFI
boot. The xhci-pci (driver which depends on the IOMMU to work) removes
its mapping on removal. This explodes when the IOMMU device was removed
first.
dm_remove_devices_flags() is kept since it is used for testing of
device_remove() calls in dm.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Avoids NULL pointer dereferences in apple_dart_unmap when the iommu
device is removed before its user. U-boot's device model does not track
dependencies between devices.
Observed on a M1 Ultra Mac Studio with v2024.10.
Acked-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
We never free and unmap the memory on errors and we never unmap it when
freeing it. The latter won't cause any problems even on sandbox, but for
consistency always use unmap_sysmem()
Fixes: commit 22f2c9ed9f ("efi: memory: use the lmb API's for allocating and freeing memory")
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Our MMC driver for JH7110 boards only supports reading to the low 4 GiB of
memory. Booting boards with more memory requires EFI_LOADER_BOUNCE_BUFFER.
Reported-by: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
Commit 775f7657ba ("Kconfig: clean up the efi configuration status")
by mistake revoked commit dcd1b63b70 ("efi_loader: allow
EFI_LOADER_BOUNCE_BUFFER on all architectures").
Fixes: 775f7657ba ("Kconfig: clean up the efi configuration status")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Loic Devulder <ldevulder@suse.com>
The lwIP version of wget supports a different syntax with a URL,
in addition to the legacy syntax. Document that.
While we're at it, fix a couple of minor issues in the legacy
syntax:
- hostIPaddr can be a DNS name if CONFIG_CMD_DNS is enabled
- path is mandatory
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* format according to Sphinx style
* add link to Linux Kconfig documentation
* sort table alphabetically in 'Conversion from boards.cfg to Kconfig'
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The value of variable nt is never used. Just use NULL when calling
efi_check_pe().
The API function is not expected to write to the console. Such output might
have unwanted side effects on the screen layout of an EFI application.
Leave error handling to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since 50cdd3f74a ("clk: imx: clk-imx8mn Fix nand and spi clock parent"),
drivers/clk/imx/clk-imx8mn.c clk_get_by_name(dev, "osc_24m", &osc_24m_clk)
fails with error -22 EINVAL in SPL. This is because clk_get_by_name() in the
end calls fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args(), which iterates over all phandles
in clock-controller@30380000 { clocks = <&osc_32k>, <&osc_24m>, ... } node
'clocks' property in an attempt to find the "osc_24m" clock, but fails to
resolve the &osc_32k phandle and returns with -EINVAL.
Include the osc_32k clock in SPL DTs as a low risk fix for v2025.01 release.
This way, fdtdec_parse_phandle_with_args() can resolve both the osc_32k and
following osc_24m phandle and successfully look up the osc_24m clock.
Fixes: 50cdd3f74a ("clk: imx: clk-imx8mn Fix nand and spi clock parent")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mn-beacon
The dhcp command is supposed to have the following syntax as per
"help dhcp":
dhcp [loadAddress] [[hostIPaddr:]bootfilename]
In other words, any arguments should be passed to an implicit
tftpboot command after the DHCP exchange has occurred.
Add the missing code to the lwIP version of do_dhcp().
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
We currently provide entropy to mbedTLS using 8b chunks.
Take into account the 'len' parameter passed by MBed TLS to the entropy
gathering function instead. Note that the current code works because len
is always 128 (defined at compile time), therefore mbedtls_hardware_poll()
is called repeatedly and the buffer is filled correctly. But passing 'len'
to dm_rng_read() is both better and simpler.
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While at the base level, this conversion looks equivalent, we now see
both of these tests failing (due to exceeding their allowed margin for
being too slow) in Azure with a very high frequency.
This reverts commit 88db4fc5fe.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The local variables ipstr, maskstr and gwstr in static function
dhcp_loop() cannot be pointers to read-only data, since they may be
written to in case the device index is > 0. Therefore make them char
arrays allocated on the stack.
Reported-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We make fewer calls to dm_test_restore() since
commit fbdac8155c ("test: Expand implementation of ut_list_has_dm_tests()")
Because of this some valid test combinations are now broken:
$ ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox --build -k test_ut
$ ./test/py/test.py --bd sandbox --build -k "bootflow_android or bootflow_cros"
Shows:
Expected ' 2 cros ready mmc 4 mmc5.bootdev.part_4 ',
got ' 2 cros ready mmc 2 mmc5.bootdev.part_2 '
Here prep_mmc_bootdev() is called twice and it will bind bootmeth_cros twice.
Since bootmeth_cros is bound twice, 'bootflow scan' will find 2x the
expected bootflows.
Before
commit fbdac8155c ("test: Expand implementation of ut_list_has_dm_tests()")
this did not happen because a cleanup was called each time.
Add UTF_DM and UTF_SCAN_FDT flags to both tests to make sure that the
bootmeths are unbound after the test finishes.
Fixes: fbdac8155c ("test: Expand implementation of ut_list_has_dm_tests()")
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-snapdragon/-/pipelines/23474
- UFS support is enabled for SC7280 and SM8150 platforms.
- Qualcomm dt-bindings headers are all dropped in favour of
dts/upstream.
- The SMMU driver now correctly handles stream ID 0 and is disabled in
EL2.
- Initial support for capsule updates (using the new dynamic UUIDs) is
added for the RB3 Gen 2 board alongside a new SCSI backend for DFU.
- CONFIG_PINCONF is enabled in qcom_defconfig.
- The vqmmc supply is now enabled for sdcard support on boards that need
it.
- A quirk is added for reading GPIOs on the PM8550 PMIC
Some dt-binding headers mask the upstream ones which can lead to build
failures, or worse: super weird bugs, if they get out of sync.
Remove these headers so our devicetree and binding headers will both be
in sync with upstream.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
We only need to configure the SMMU when running in EL1. In EL2 the
hypervisor isn't running so peripherals can just do DMA as they wish.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
It turns out this is a very real stream ID. Who woulda thought?
Drop the 0 check on the SID, there's no reason for it to be there in the first
place.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Enable all the necessary options for capsule updates to work, as well as
a few additional EFI features.
Capsule updates themselves are only enabled for the RB3 Gen 2, since the
exact details on where to flash U-Boot (or how to handle multiple boot
methods) has not been finalised for other boards.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Qualcomm boards flash U-Boot a variety of partitions, implement support
for determining which slot U-Boot is running from, finding the correct
partition for that slot and configuring the appropriate DFU string.
Initially, we only support the RB3 Gen 2 where U-Boot is flashed to the
UEFI partition, and ignore handling of slots. In the future we will
additionally support booting U-Boot from other partitions (e.g. boot)
and correct handling for A/B.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
GPT partition tables include two bytes worth of vendor defined
attributes, per partition. ChromeOS and Qualcomm both use these (with
different encoding!) to handle A/B slot switching with a retry counter.
Expose these via the disk_partition struct so that they can be parsed by
the relevant board code.
This will be used on Qualcomm boards to determine which slot we're
booting on so that we can flash capsule updates to the correct one.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This is extremely similar to the MMC backend, but there are some notable
differences.
Works with a DFU string like
scsi 4=u-boot-bin part 11
Where "4" is the SCSI dev number (sequential LUN across all SCSI devices)
and "11" is the partition number.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Now the Qualcomm controller and PHY drivers were accepted,
enable then in the qcom_defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The ufsphy_v2_regs_layout is not used, drop it and fix:
phy-qcom-qmp-ufs.c:87:27: warning: ‘ufsphy_v2_regs_layout’ defined but not used [-Wunused-const-variable=]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The qcom_pmic code is broken for new PMICs and should be fixed,
without the QUIRK the code is broken and the GPIOs don't work
anymore on SM8550 and SM8650 platforms.
Partially revert the revert and only add the quirk on the PM8550
PMIC, making the buttons and MMC detect gpio work again.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
On earlier platforms, the vqmmc regulator was enabled by the
previous bootloader, but on the newest (SM8650) it's not
and we need vqmmc to be enabled in order to have the card
to respond.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Fastboot is very hungry when it flashes larges chunks, and 8MiB
is way too small, allocate a much bigger size like other platforms
using Fastboot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org> # rb1
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The SM8550 and SM8650 SoCs requires PINCONF to properly
setup SDC pins in order to function correctly.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This is used by some boards in U-Boot and is a convenient way to deal
with common settings where using a Kconfig files is not desirable.
Detect #include files and process them as if they were part of the
original file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/issues/30
This code is tested by test_scan_defconfigs() but it is useful to have
some specific tests for the KconfigScanner's operation in U-Boot. Add
a test which checks that the values are obtained correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Moving the hw_reset function from the controller driver to
the NOR framework has caused the OSPI reset not to be triggered
in the Cadence driver's probe function. As a result, reading the
flash ID during SPI calibration is incorrect, and the
CQSPI_REG_RD_DATA_CAPTURE is set with an invalid value.This makes
it unable to read the flash ID properly.
To solve this problem, it's suggested to skip SPI calibration and
instead retrieve the read_delay directly from the device tree.
Skipping SPI calibration doesn't bring harm since there's no need
for the flash golden values stored during SPI calibration.
Instead, they are now read during the spi_nor_read_id call in the
NOR framework.
Signed-off-by: Tejas Bhumkar <tejas.arvind.bhumkar@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241114062045.17581-1-venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
In getvar_partition_type() we attempt to find a filesystem driver for
the partition (of the list of driver enabled in U-Boot), on failure we
return the error to fastboot and completely bail out of the operation.
However, this should not be a failure, instead we should just default to
"raw". This allows commands like "fastboot format:ext4 userdata" to work
if userdata didn't already have an ext4 partition table (or if FS_EXT4
is disabled in U-Boot), as failing to determine the current partition
type is not an error in this case.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241113050607.1850472-1-caleb.connolly@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
ut_check_console_line() does include an assert.
Pass the result to ut_assertok().
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 514958 Error handling issues
Fixes: 7dfafcd65e ("test: unit test for hash command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some Kconfig symbols introduced in commit 8cb330355b ("net: introduce
alternative implementation as net/lwip/") need a full description. The
NET symbol needs one, too.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/-/pipelines/23430
- Prepare for implementing the EFI_HTTP_PROTOCOL:
- Make wget functionality callable even if the wget command is not
built (add CONFIG_WGET symbol).
- Ensure that wget_with_dns() works the same with the old network
stack and with lwIP.
- Put server_name and port into wget_ctx.
- Integrate struct wget_info into wget code.
- Move ip_to_string to lib/net_utils.c
The function string_to_ip is already in net_utils, which is
compiled unconditionally, but ip_to_string is currently only
accessible if the legacy network stack is selected. This
commit puts ip_to_string in net_utils.c and removes it from the
legacy network code.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Nam Cao <namcao@linutronix.de> says:
We observed the following sporadic boot failure while booting from MMC
device:
=> boot
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
** Booting bootflow 'mmc@2194000.bootdev.part_1' with extlinux
Ignoring unknown command: �D���D��
Boot failed (err=-14)
The reason is because while allocating buffer to read a file from MMC,
alignment of 1 byte is used. Thus, the buffer doesn't work for performing
DMA, and garbage data is read.
While looking at this issue, I also noticed that if no alignment specified
(align=0) then fs_read_alloc() is documented to use the default. But the
default is no alignment. Therefore, other users of fs_read_alloc() which
specify align=0 may be broken as well.
The first patch changes extlinux_read_bootflow() to use proper buffer
alignment for DMA.
The second patch changes the default alignment of fs_read_alloc() to be
DMA-suitable, to fix other potential bugs.
The comment above fs_read_alloc() explains:
@align: Alignment to use for memory allocation (0 for default)
However, in the actual implementation, there is no alignment when @align is
zero.
This current default is probably fine for most cases. But for some block
devices which transfer data via DMA, ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN is needed.
Change the default alignment to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN.
Fixes: de7b5a8a1a ("fs: Create functions to load and allocate a file")
Signed-off-by: Nam Cao <namcao@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Javier Fernandez Pastrana <javier.pastrana@linutronix.de>
extlinux_read_bootflow() allocates a buffer to read from file system
without any alignment.
But for some block devices which transfer data via DMA, ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN
alignment is required. For example, due to misaligned buffer, the below
boot failure is observed.
=> boot
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [9efa25f8, 9efa27f8]
** Booting bootflow 'mmc@2194000.bootdev.part_1' with extlinux
Ignoring unknown command: �D���D��
Boot failed (err=-14)
Change the buffer alignment to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN.
Fixes: 31aefaf89a ("bootstd: Add an implementation of distro boot")
Signed-off-by: Nam Cao <namcao@linutronix.de>
Tested-by: Javier Fernandez Pastrana <javier.pastrana@linutronix.de>
Currently, MMC test runs on default mmc modes, adding a provision to
support multiple mmc modes through user defined parameters.
Signed-off-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
'usb part' command shows the partition maps and shows the partition type
by displaying number such as 0c, 83 etc. Observed that ext2 and ext4
partitions shows the same number, i.e, 83, so, using the fstype command
to distiniguish between ext2 and ext4 partitions.
Signed-off-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
'mmc part' command shows the partition maps and shows the partition type
by displaying number such as 0c, 83 etc. Observed that ext2 and ext4
partitions shows the same number, i.e, 83, so, using the fstype command
to distiniguish between ext2 and ext4 partitions.
Signed-off-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
The lowlevel debug with CONFIG_DEBUG_UART has printascii for string
print, and no need to convert to use printch now.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Usually ARMv8 platforms allow unaligned access for Normal memory. But
some chips might not allow it by default, having SCTLR.A bit set to 1
before U-Boot execution. One such example is Exynos850 SoC. As
allow_unaligned() is not implemented for ARMv8 at the moment, its __weak
implementation is used, which does nothing. That might lead to unaligned
access abort, for example when running EFI selftest. Fix that by
implementing allow_unaligned() for ARMv8.
The issue was found when running EFI selftest on E850-96 board
(Exynos850 based):
=> bootefi selftest $fdtcontroladdr
...
Executing 'HII database protocols'
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000021, far 0xbaac0991
...
resetting ...
Unaligned abort happens in u16_strnlen(), which is called from
efi_hii_sibt_string_ucs2_block_next():
u16_strlen(blk->string_text)
where 'blk' type is struct efi_hii_sibt_string_ucs2_block. Because this
struct is packed, doing "->string_text" makes 'blk' address incremented
by 1 byte, which makes it unaligned. Although allow_unaligned() was
called in efi_init_early() before EFI selftest execution, it wasn't
implemented for ARMv8 CPUs, so data abort happened.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Some of the bootm tests rely on state that is assumed to be
correct but is changed by the tests. This means that running
'ut bootm' twice will result in failures on the second run
as the state left by the first run is not what the tests
expect.
Fix this by ensuring the state is as expected by explicitly
setting that state.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We are about to add a large number of new entries. Update the prefix to
be a little shorter.
For SMBIOS items, use SYSID_SM_ (for System Management) which is enough
to distinguish it. For now at least, it seems that most items will be
for SMBIOS.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
When compiling with X86EMU_DEBUG, the compiler complains that debug.c misses
two include files. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
Currently the PM_{inp,outp}* macros are completely broken on non-x86 architectures,
because they will essentially access random memory locations if called (and produce
a lot of rightful compilation warnings too). For now, replace those macros with
warnings (until the code is fixed), so the user at least knows that the emulator
attempted to access some x86 I/O port.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
These fields are currently set on exactly two platforms today, and used
by only one of them. Update pic32mzdask to use CFG_SYS_SRAM* in the one
location it needs it and otherwise drop this field from the bd_info
struct.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We don't have audio support in U-Boot, but we do have boot menus. Add an
option to re-map the volume and power buttons to up/down/enter so that
in situations where these are the only available buttons (such as on
mobile phones) it's still possible to navigate menus built in U-Boot or
an external EFI app like GRUB or systemd-boot.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Dragan Simic <dsimic@manjaro.org>
Each wget request now fills the struct wget_info. Also, the
efi bootdevice is now set conditionally to the set_bootdevice
variable in wget_info and a buffer size check is performed if
check_buffer_size is set.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Currently server_name and port are local variables in wget_loop.
This commit puts them inside ctx, so that they are accessible
from the http callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
There are two wget_with_dns functions, one in the legacy network
stack and one in lwip, but the return values are not compatible.
This commit modifies the legacy version of wget_with_dns so that
the return values are compatible: 0 on success, otherwise a negative
error. This way wget_with_dns can be called in a network stack
agnostic way.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Each wget request now fills the struct wget_info. The efi
bootdevice is now set conditionally to the set_bootdevice
variable in wget_info, and the same holds for lmb memory check.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Declare and define a global default struct wget_http_info
and an interface to issue wget requests providing a custom
struct wget_http_info. This code is common to legacy wget
and lwip wget. The idea is that the command wget should use
the default wget_http_info and other internal u-boot code
can call wget_request with their own wget_http_info struct.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
The struct wget_http_info exposes the HTTP information of the last HTTP
request issued by wget, and it controls whether the efi bootdevice is set,
and whether the buffer size needs to be checked (lwip stack only). This
information is otherwise discarded. The wget_http_info struct can be used
by HTTP drivers to have more control over HTTP requests.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Let net/wget.c and net/lwip/wget.c depend on CONFIG_WGET, and
cmd/wget.c depend on CONFIG_CMD_WGET. This way, the wget code
can be used regardless of whether the wget command is available.
Signed-off-by: Adriano Cordova <adrianox@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk> says:
Doing bringup of a board, part of my bootstrap logic is in U-Boot. So
when tweaking that logic, I was bitten by a previous completed
bootstrap having left a copy of the environment on the device, which
was imported and thus overrided the new logic.
So I thought, "ok, I'll just make sure to put 'env default -a' as the
first part of the bootstrap logic so I'm not bitten again". Alas, my
logic also relies on certain variables that are set by C code
(e.g. for detecting board variant), and doing 'env default -a' also
eliminates those.
Looking around, the hashtab code already supports a flag that does
exactly what I need, and exposing that is (morally) a one-liner.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241030213404.2894247-1-ravi@prevas.dk
Check that the new -k flag works as expected.
This also adds a test of the -a flag, which was previously missing,
and as the comment says, perhaps for a good reason. At least now we
have a test for it in combination with -k (and -f, because the ethaddr
variables otherwise cause complaining).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Instead of testing the same expected behaviour for both
non_default_varX, test that when var1 is not in the default env but is
mentioned in the "env default" cmdline, it is removed, while var2 is
untouched.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
It can be useful to set all variables defined in the default
environment to the value they have there, but without removing
variables that are only defined at runtime. This can sort-of be done
today, by using the "env default var1 var2 ..." variant, but that
requires listing all variables defined in the default
environment. It's much more convenient to be able to say
env default -k -a
The -k flag is also meaningful in the other case: If var1 is not
defined in the default environment, but var2 is,
env default var1 var2
would emit a warning about var1 not being in the default env and thus
being deleted. With -k, there's no warning, and var1 is kept as-is.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Running commands such as 'load mmc 2:1 $addr $path' when path does not
exists will print an error twice if the file does not exist, e.g.:
```
Cannot lookup file boot/boot.scr
Failed to load 'boot/boot.scr'
```
(where the first line is printed by btrfs and the second by common fs
code)
Historically other filesystems such as ext4 or fat have not been
printing a message here, so do the same here to avoid duplicate.
The other error messages in this function are also somewhat redundant,
but bring useful diagnostics if they happen somewhere, so have been left
as printf.
Note that if a user wants no message to be printed for optional file
loads, they have to check for file existence first with other commands
such as 'size'.
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@atmark-techno.com>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Fix the critical thermal threshold for i.MX processors, this was changed
while moving the code from imx8m/imx9 directories into a shared place.
There is no need to keep the critical threshold 5 degrees less than the
SoC maximum temperature threshold, what is actually going to happen in
practice is that we are going to power-off the board when the SoC is
still within its working temperature range.
In addition to that this is a change in the actual behavior, that is
introducing a regression to users, and it was hidden within a software
refactoring.
Fixes: d0fe80890a ("imx: Generalize fixup_thermal_trips")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Add native support of the bootcount mechanism in the ZynqMP by
utilising internal PMU registers. The Persistent Global Storage
Registers of the Platform Management Unit can keep their value
during reboot cycles unless there is a POR reset, making them
appropriate for the bootcount mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Vasileios Amoiridis <vasileios.amoiridis@cern.ch>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241105132744.1572759-2-vassilisamir@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The cpu release command for r5 mode (lockstep/split) argument
accepts only string. But the zynqmp tcminit command accepts
string or number for r5 mode (lockstep/split or 0/1) argument.
To fix the r5 mode argument, the common argument (lockstep/split
or 0/1) is used across different u-boot commands. Use the strcmp()
instead of strncmp() to make uniform the r5 mode (lockstep/split
or 0/1) for the zynqmp tcminit and cpu release command.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241104122750.96251-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add generic logic to determine the ram_top value for boards. Earlier,
this was achieved in an indirect manner through a set of LMB API's.
That has since changed so that the LMB code is available only after
relocation. Replace those LMB calls with a single call to
get_mem_top() to determine the value of ram_top.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241025172724.195093-2-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add test overlay .S and u_boot_logo file to gitignore as these files are
generated and should not be committed but ignored.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
In the message string " %s[%d]\t[0x%llx-0x%llx], 0x%08llx bytes flags: "
a comma is missing before flags.
To avoid increasing the code size replace '0x%' by '%#'.
Printing the size with leading zeros but not the addresses does not really
make sense. Remove the leading zeros from the size output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
[trini: Fix test/cmd/bdinfo.c for these changes]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For printing size_t we must use %zd and not %ld to avoid
a -Wformat error on 32-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Availability of %ls in printf() depends on having
CONFIG_EFI_LOADER or CONFIG_EFI_APP.
Respect this when testing.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We want to completely initialize the mbr and embr buffers. This requires
passing the buffer size and not the size of a pointer to the buffer.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510454 Wrong sizeof argument
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When calling decode_addr_size() we must pass the size of the device-tree
property and not sizeof(void *).
Fixes: 90469da3da ("upl: Add support for reading a upl handoff")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510459 Wrong sizeof argument
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
do_upl_write() calls upl_get_test_data() which may increment the fail
count in the unit test state. We should initialize it.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510465 Uninitialized scalar variable
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Falltroughs in switch statements should be explicit.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 131162 Missing break in switch
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Commit c3cf0dc64f ("lmb: add a check to prevent memory overrun")
addressed a possible buffer overrun using assert_noisy().
Resetting via panic() in lmb_print_region() while allowing invalid
lmb flags elsewhere is not reasonable.
Instead of panicking print a message indicating the problem.
fls() returns an int. Using a u64 for bitpos does not match.
Use int instead.
fls() takes an int as argument. Using 1ull << bitpos generates a u64.
Use 1u << bitpos instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
RFC 3447 says that Typical salt length are either 0 or the length
of the output of the digest algorithm, RFC 4055 also recommends
hash value length as the salt length. Moreover, By convention,
most of the signing infrastructures/libraries use the length of
the digest algorithm (such as google cloud kms:
https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/algorithms).
If the salt-length parameter is not set, openssl default to the
maximum allowed value, which is a openssl 'specificity', so this
works well for local signing, but restricts compatibility with
other engines (e.g pkcs11/libkmsp11):
```
returning 0x71 from C_SignInit due to status INVALID_ARGUMENT:
at rsassa_pss.cc:53: expected salt length for key XX is 32,
but 478 was supplied in the parameters
Could not obtain signature: error:41000070:PKCS#11 module::Mechanism invalid
```
To improve compatibility, we set the default RSA-PSS salt-length
value to the conventional one. A further improvement could consist
in making it configurable as signature FIT node attribute.
rfc3447: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3447
rfc4055: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4055
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
One can use ccache by prefixing the typical CROSS_COMPILE value with
"ccache " (e.g. "ccache aarch64-gnu-linux-" for Aarch64). This however
makes the MK_ARCH empty because sed won't find a match anymore since it
expects the CROSS_COMPILE value to start with the actual toolchain (with
an unlimited number of white spaces before).
This is failing builds since commit 7506c15669 ("sandbox: Report host
default-filename in native mode").
Add "ccache" prefix to ignore but participate in the matching regex used
by sed to identify the target architecture.
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Commit f9886bc60f ("Added arm64 assembly for examples/api crt0")
added a 64-bit target for the examples but did not adjust the demo
code to be 64-bit compatible.
Change variable size for pointers.
Use %p to print pointers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Change the load address on arm64 such that it is compatible with the memory
available on qemu_arm64_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Commit f9886bc60f ("Added arm64 assembly for examples/api crt0") tried to
add arm64 support to the examples but crt0.S does not even build for
qemu_arm64_defconfig with CONFIG_API=y, CONFIG_EXAMPLES=y:
examples/api/crt0.S: Assembler messages:
examples/api/crt0.S:32: Error:
expected a register at operand 1 -- `ldr ip,=search_hint'
examples/api/crt0.S:33: Error:
unexpected register type at operand 1 -- `str sp,[ip]'
make[2]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:292: examples/api/crt0.o] Error 1
Do not define _start twice.
Use valid register names.
Move syscall_ptr and search_hint to the data section to avoid an invalid
relocation.
Fixes: f9886bc60f ("Added arm64 assembly for examples/api crt0")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de> says:
Our SoMs are available in multiple configurations, managed via device
tree overlays. To determine the specific variant in use, we read the
EEPROM and apply the appropriate overlays during boot to the device tree
used by the OS.
Apply overlays for phyCORE-AM62x and phyCORE-AM64x SoMs.
Future K3 SoMs will be able to reuse this logic and overlays.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241030164815.1763506-1-w.egorov@phytec.de
Since commit 348ea87850 ("cmd: hash: fix param count check") the hash
command cannot be used without the optional variable name parameter if
CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY=y. 'hash sha1 $loadaddr $filesize' returns
CMD_RET_USAGE.
The minimum number of arguments is four no matter if verification is
enabled or not.
Fixes: 348ea87850 ("cmd: hash: fix param count check")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@gmail.com>
Our SoMs are available in multiple configurations, managed via device
tree overlays. To determine the specific variant in use, we read the
EEPROM and apply the appropriate overlays during boot to the device tree
used by the OS.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Acked-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Include SoM dt-overlays that handle variants of our SoMs into
u-boot's FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Include SoM dt-overlays that handle variants of our SoMs into
u-boot's FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Include SoM dt-overlays for DT control so we can include them
into our u-boot FIT image.
While at it also resync after savedefconfig.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
Labgrid provides access to a hardware lab in an automated way. It is
possible to boot U-Boot on boards in the lab without physically touching
them. It relies on relays, USB UARTs and SD muxes, among other things.
By way of background, about 4 years ago I wrong a thing called Labman[1]
which allowed my lab of about 30 devices to be operated remotely, using
tbot for the console and build integration. While it worked OK and I
used it for many bisects, I didn't take it any further.
It turns out that there was already an existing program, called Labgrid,
which I did not know about at time (thank you Tom for telling me). It is
more rounded than Labman and has a number of advantages:
- does not need udev rules, mostly
- has several existing users who rely on it
- supports multiple machines exporting their devices
It lacks a 'lab check' feature and a few other things, but these can be
remedied.
On and off over the past several weeks I have been experimenting with
Labgrid. I have managed to create an initial U-Boot integration (this
series) by adding various features to Labgrid[2] and the U-Boot test
hooks.
I hope that this might inspire others to set up boards and run tests
automatically, rather than relying on infrequent, manual test. Perhaps
it may even be possible to have a number of labs available.
Included in the integration are a number of simple scripts which make it
easy to connect to boards and run tests:
ub-int <target>
Build and boot on a target, starting an interactive session
ub-cli <target>
Build and boot on a target, ensure U-Boot starts and provide an interactive
session from there
ub-smoke <target>
Smoke test U-Boot to check that it boots to a prompt on a target
ub-bisect <target>
Bisect a git tree to locate a failure on a particular target
ub-pyt <target> <testspec>
Run U-Boot pytests on a target
Some of these help to provide the same tbot[4] workflow which I have
relied on for several years, albeit much simpler versions.
The goal here is to create some sort of script which can collect
patches from the mailing list, apply them and test them on a selection
of boards. I suspect that script already exists, so please let me know
what you suggest.
I hope you find this interesting and take a look!
[1] https://github.com/sjg20/u-boot/tree/lab6a
[2] https://github.com/labgrid-project/labgrid/pull/1411
[3] https://github.com/sjg20/uboot-test-hooks/tree/labgrid
[4] https://tbot.tools/index.html
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241112141326.643128-1-sjg@chromium.org
[trini: Move the sjg-lab job to prior to world build, to fix pipeline
status]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sometimes this breaks, so add a build to keep it working. Since sandbox
enables a lot of options, it is a good board to use. The new config is
created simply by copying the existing sandbox and turning off CMDLINE
Once we have tests for non-CMDLINE operation, this can be adjusted to
run those tests.
Create a new build which will be picked up by CI. Update the maintainer
entry as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add a way to run tests on a real hardware lab. This is in the very early
experimental stages. There are only 23 boards and 3 of those are broken!
(bob, ff3399, samus). A fourth fails due to problems with the TPM tests.
To try this, assuming you have gitlab access, set SJG_LAB=1, e.g.:
git push -o ci.variable="SJG_LAB=1" dm HEAD:try
This relies on the two previous series targeted at -next as well as the
bugfix series for -master
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrejs Cainikovs <andrejs.cainikovs@toradex.com>
Use an 'r' string to avoid a warning:
test/py/tests/test_spi.py:698: DeprecationWarning: invalid escape
sequence '\s'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Beagleplay board uses an SoC from the TI K3 family. This has both a
Cortex-R core and a Cortex-A core and the R core needs to come up before
the A core. In both cases we have U-Boot SPL then U-Boot proper being
used.
In practice this means we need two entirely separate builds to produce
an image.
Handle this in test.py by adding more parameters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This can take a while and involve multiple steps (e.g. turning the board
back off). Add a section for it and show the output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Send the Labgrid quit characters to ask it to exit gracefully. This
typically allows it to power off the board being used. Only do this when
labgrid is being used (detected with an env var).
If that doesn't work, try the less graceful approach.
The normal approach for pytest is to simply kill the child process. This
makes Labgrid exit immediately. Thus it does not get a chance to execute
the 'off' part of strategy (which may power it off) and release the
device.
Without this, every board disconnect leaves the board in a bad state,
requiring separate steps to recover the board, then power it off.
The action is conditional on since USE_LABGRID_SJG being set, so only
affects operation if the Labgrid-sjg integration is being used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is a very annoying bug at present where the terminal echos part
of the first command sent to the board. This happens because the
terminal is still set to echo for a period until Labgrid starts up and
can change this.
Fix this by disabling echo (and other terminal features) as soon as the
spawn happens.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We expect commands to be echoed and this should happen quite quickly,
since U-Boot is sitting at the prompt waiting for a command.
Reduce the timeout for this situation. Try to produce a more useful
error message when something goes wrong. Also handle the case where the
connection has gone away since the last command was issued.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is quite a bit of code in pytest to try to start up U-Boot on a
board, with timeouts, expects, etc.
This is tedious to maintain and is peripheral to the test system's
purpose. It seems better to put this logic in the lab itself, where is
can provide such support.
With Labgrid we can use the UbootStrategy class to get the board into a
useful state, however it needs to do it. Then it can report to pytest
by writing a suitable string along with the U-Boot version it detected.
Add support for detecting 'lab mode' and simply assume that all is well
in that case. Collect the version string when Labgrid says it is ready.
This is only used with the Labgrid-sjg integration. When Labgrid starts
the UbootStrategy it checks if U_BOOT_SOURCE_DIR is set. If so it emits
a string '{lab mode}' that tells test.py to simply wait for an
indication that the board is ready. All banner-checking is skipped. The
indication comes in the form of another string 'Lab: Board is ready'
which Labgrid sends once the board is sitting at a prompt ready to run
tests. Then test.py emits 'U-Boot is ready' and continues with testing.
Note that Labgrid has the same kind of "check for a string" logic that
is in test.py, except it's not caring about the correct number / order
of banner prints. This checking could be added, however. If something
fails, the complete output is shown, so it is possible to see what went
wrong.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In Labgrid there is the concept of a 'role', which is similar to the
U-Boot board ID in U-Boot's pytest subsystem.
The role indicates both the target and information about the U-Boot
build to use. It can also provide any amount of other configuration.
The information is obtained using the 'labgrid-client query' operation.
Using this role, all required configuration for the board is stored
within the Labgrid environment, with pytest simply querying it. This
allows connecting to boards using an interactive console, something that
isn't possible without some kind of mapping. It also means that we don't
need to replicate the pytest functionality in tbot, since Labgrid can
handle the console and kick off builds as needed.
Make use of this in tests, so that only the role is required in gitlab
and other situations. The board type and other things can be queried
as needed.
Use a new 'u-boot-test-getrole' script to obtain the requested
information.
With this it is possible to run lab tests in gitlab with just a single
'ROLE' variable for each board.
Note that, without this feature:
- interactive use of boards with Labgrid-sjg would require repeating the
id/board in a separate configuration file
- Gitlab yaml file would need to specify both the id and board
This feature is entirely optional, however, with the code gracefully
falling back to using a separate ID and board.
Link: https://tbot.tools
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes we know that the board is already running the right software,
so provide an option to allow running of tests directly, without first
resetting the board.
This saves time when re-running a test where only the Python code is
changing.
Note that this feature is open to errors, since the user must know that
the board is in a fit state to execute tests. It is useful for repeated
iteration on a particular test, where it can save quite a bit of time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a board is finished with, the lab may want to power it off, or
perform some other function. Add a new script which is called when tests
are complete.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When Labgrid is used, it can get U-Boot ready for running tests. It
prints a message when it has done so.
Add logic to detect this message and accept it.
Note that this does not change pytest, which still (also) looks for the
U-Boot banner. This change merely makes it possible for pytest to
believe Labgrid when it says that the board is ready for use.
In several cases, the board starts up and Labgrid receives some initial
output, then pytest starts and misses some of that output, because it
came in while Labgrid had the console open. Then pytest fails because
it doesn't see the expected banners.
With this change, Labgrid handles getting U-Boot to a prompt, in a
fully reliable manner. Then pytest starts up and can simply start
running its tests.
But, again, this does not prevent pytest from handling a banner if one
is provided (e.g. if not using the Labgrid integration).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When mentioning a test name, add single quotes to make it easier to see.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This should show the test name, not the selected name, since the user
may be running all tests, in which case 'select_name' is NULL
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
Rather than returning various error codes, use assertions to check that
the test passes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
There is no particular need for the time tests to have their own test
command. Move them into the lib suite instead.
Update the test functions to match the normal unit-test signature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the lib/
directory, to match its implementation. Rename it to drop the
unnecessary _ut suffix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
There is no particular need for the unicode tests to have their own test
suite. Move them into the lib suite instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the lib/
directory, to match its implementation. Rename it to drop the
unnecessary _ut suffix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
There is no particular need for the str tests to have their own test
suite. Move them into the lib suite instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the lib/
directory, to match (most of) its implementation. Rename it to drop the
unnecessary _ut suffix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
There is no particular need for bloblist to have its own test suite.
Move it into the common suite instead.
Add the missing help for 'common'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the common/
directory, to match its implementation. Rename it to drop the
unnecessary _ut suffix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the boot/
directory, to match its implementation.
This test is currently dependent on bloblist, but the real dependency is
on sandbox, so update that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
Rather than enabled DEBUG and using assert(), use the unit-test
functions now provided.
Drop a check that causes pytest to fail.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
The command test was the very first test written in U-Boot, some 12
years ago. It predates the unit-test subsystem and was never converted
over.
There is no particular need for the command test to have its own
command. It is also confusing to have it separate from the normal test
suites. At present this test is not run in CI.
Move it into the cmd suite instead, updating it to become a unit test.
One of the checks is dropped to avoid an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the lib/
directory, since that is where compression is implemented.
Rename it to just 'command', since it is obviously a unit test and the
_ut suffix does not add much except to make it different from the names
of other test files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
There is no particular need for compression to have its own test suite.
Move it into the lib suite instead.
Add the missing help for 'common' and update the docs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the lib/
directory, since that is where compression is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
The trace feature is now tested in CI so there is no need for these old
script. Also they don't work. Drop them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This pointer is not used any more, so drop the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
This test doesn't belong at the top level. Move it into the common/
directory, to match its implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> # rpi_3, rpi_4, rpi_arm64, am64x_evm_a53, am64-sk
For Amlogic A1, we have to use dtsi from dts/upstream folder.
The only difference between this two files is the added cpu temperature
node definition in upstream version and additional assigned-clock for
USB. This patch is tested on a device with A113L SoC (AD401-like) and
everything is okay.
So, we can remove legacy arch/arm/dts/meson-a1.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Romanov <avromanov@salutedevices.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241112125836.3239832-2-avromanov@salutedevices.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
This flag was lost by a previous change and has never been restored.
Without it, binman cannot fully handle missing blobs which are
themselves inputs to mkimage.
Discussion on this at [1] indicated that this was necessary but the
patch was not updated.
Restore the flag so that all missing blobs are reported.
Link: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20221206020336.315465-1-trini@konsulko.com/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 93685d0dcb ("Makefile: With BINMAN_ALLOW_MISSING=1 don't error")
qemu_arm64_defconfig with CONFIG_HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR=n leads to a
build error:
arch/arm/lib/crt0_64.S:85:
Error: constant expression expected at operand 2 --
`ldr x0,=((CFG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR+CFG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE-480))'
We do not define CFG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR and CFG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE for QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We have only implemented longjmp() on the EFI architectures.
Define a symbol CONFIG_HAVE_SETJMP and have it selected by the relevant
architectures.
Use CONFIG_HAVE_SETJMP to decide if the longjmp test shall be built.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Avoid a build failure when building with CONFIG_API=y, CONFIG_EXAMPLES=y:
lib/vsprintf.c:312:14: warning:
‘device_path_string’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
312 | static char *device_path_string(char *buf, char *end, void *dp, int field_width,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: 64b5ba4d29 ("efi_loader: make device path to text protocol customizable")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com> says:
The lib_test_uuid_to_le and lib lib_test_dynamic_uuid tests fail on
32-bit systems. But we never caught this in our CI because we never
ran any of our C unit tests on 32-bit.
Enable CONFIG_UNIT_TEST on qemu_arm_defconfig.
hextoul() cannot convert a string to a 64-bit number on a 32-bit system.
Use the new function hextoull() instead.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241103224223.195255-1-heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com
The lib_test_uuid_to_le test fails on 32-bit systems. But we never caught
this in our CI because we never ran any of our C unit tests on 32-bit.
Enable CONFIG_UNIT_TEST on qemu_arm_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the recent changes of lwip & mbedTLS we can now download from
https:// urls instead of just http://.
Adjust our wget lwip version parsing to support both URLs.
While at it adjust the default TCP window for QEMU since https seems to
require at least 16384
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
We now can use a combination og lwIP & mbedTLS and download from
https://. Describe the config options needed to enable it as well
as some limitations
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
SNI, or Server Name Indication, is an addition to the TLS encryption
protocol that enables a client device to specify the domain name it is
trying to reach in the first step of the TLS handshake, preventing
common name mismatch errors and not reaching to HTTPS server that
enforce this condition. Since most of the websites require it nowadays
add support for it.
It's worth noting that this is already sent to lwIP [0]
[0] https://github.com/lwip-tcpip/lwip/pull/47
Signed-off-by: Javier Tia <javier.tia@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
QEMU already has an lwip variant of a defconfig. That defconfig
is also configured with mbedTLS by default. So let's enable the
remaining config options to enable wget for https:// as well
and test that codepath in the CI
Reviewed-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The current code support mbedTLS 2.28. Since we are using a newer
version in U-Boot, update the necessary accessors and the lwIP codebase
to work with mbedTLS 3.6.0. It's worth noting that the patches are
already sent to lwIP [0]
While at it enable LWIP_ALTCP_TLS and enable TLS support in lwIP
[0] https://github.com/lwip-tcpip/lwip/pull/47
Signed-off-by: Javier Tia <javier.tia@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Since lwIP and mbedTLS have been merged we can tweak the config options
and enable TLS1.2 support. Add RSA and ECDSA by default and enable
enough block cipher modes of operation to be comatible with modern
TLS requirements and webservers
Reviewed-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We don't do anything with Content-Length except a debug print, and the
strict_strtoul() call is incorrect (it always returns -EINVAL and leaves
content_length to zero due to the presence of trailing characters after
the decimal valuoe of Content-Length). So let's just drop this piece of
code.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add manufacturing environment into STM32MP15xx DH electronics DHSOM
configuration. This environment is part of every board build, but only
takes effect on systems booted with the dh,stm32mp15xx-dhcor-testbench
device tree, i.e. systems populated with factory build of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all DH STM32MP1xx DHSOM systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic stm32mp_dhsom.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all DH STM32MP1xx DHSOM systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all DH STM32MP15xx DHSOM systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic stm32mp15_dhsom.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all DH STM32MP15xx DHSOM systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The ethernet0_rmii_pins_a pinmux change has no effect on any
DHSOM based hardware. The mco2_pins_a and mco2_sleep_pins_a
are both part of stm32mp15-pinctrl.dtsi . Drop both pinmux
changes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Use RTC available in HW on Kria SOM without using emulation that's why
configure it properly and disable emulated one.
Power on reset value of RTC Calibration register without battery backup is
not matching with crystal frequency which leads to RTC time drift. That's
why write CALIB_WRITE register with crystal frequency (0x7FFF). There is
also an option to write zero so that Linux will set default value (0x7FFF)
in driver probe but calibration 0 is not permited by DT schema.
Co-developed-by: Srinivas Goud <srinivas.goud@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Goud <srinivas.goud@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/9b684faeec85381b9b8fe796aaebc2ee79f17b8e.1729663761.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net> says:
The changes in "Make LMB memory map global and persistent" [1] break
mapping DMA memory in the USB xHCI driver when using the apple_dart
iommu present on Apple silicon systems.
The IOVA space used by the u-boot driver (low 4GB) and physical memory
do not overlap. The physical memory on this systems starts depending on
the SoC either at 0x10_0000_0000 or 0x100_0000_0000. It make no sense to
manage these distinct regions in a single LMB map. In addition every
device has its own iommu and IO address space so sharing a single memory
map between all iommu instances is not necessary.
To fix this issue restore the used subset (add, alloc and free) of the
previous pointer based LMB interface with "io_" as prefix.
To ensure that low level lmb functions do not use the global LMB
variable reorder lib/lmb.c so that the variable is not visible.
Tested with patches from my "Fix device removal order for Apple dart
iommu" series [2] to fix a separate issue.
The cosmetic commit has two checkpatch warnings in existing code which I
ignored.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20240826115940.3233167-1-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20241031-iommu_apple_dart_ordering-v1-0-8a6877946d6b@jannau.net/
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241111-io_lmb_apple_dart_iommu-v3-0-32c05da51d72@jannau.net
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no overlap between the IOVA space managed by the iommu (here
the 32-bit address space) and physical RAM on Apple silicon systems. The
RAM starts at 0x10_0000_0000 or 0x100_0000_0000 so it's not possible to
manage the IOVA with the global memory LMB and use 1:1 translation.
In addition each device has its own iommu and does not need to share the
address space with all other devices. This should not be problem for
u-boot's limited use and hardware support.
Restore the private per instance LMB IOVA map.
Fixes: ed17a33fed ("lmb: make LMB memory map persistent and global")
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
These functions can be used with struct lmb pointers and will be used to
manage IOVA space in the apple_dart iommu driver. This restores part of
the pointer base struct lmb API from before commit ed17a33fed ("lmb:
make LMB memory map persistent and global").
io_lmb_add() and io_lmb_free() can trivially reuse exisiting lmb
functions. io_lmb_setup() is separate for unique error log messages.
io_lmb_alloc() is a simplified copy of _lmb_alloc_base() since the
later has unused features and internal use of the global LMB memory map.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
Low lovel LMB functionality will be used to manage IOVA space in the
Apple dart iommu driver. This reordering ensures that those function
can not access the global LMB memory map variable.
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
It will be re-used with a lmb list pointer as argument for IOVA
allocations in the apple_dart iommu driver.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Janne Grunau <j@jannau.net>
If TPL_GPIO and TPL_PINCTRL_ROCKCHIP are enabled and a sysreset-gpio is
provided in the TPL Device Tree, this will trigger a system reset
similar to what's currently been done in SPL whenever the RK3399 "warm"
boots. Because there's currently only one user of sysreset-gpio logic,
and TPL is enabled on that board, so let's migrate the logic and that
board to do it in TPL.
There are three reasons for moving this earlier:
- faster boot time as we don't need to reach SPL to be able to reset the
system on a condition we know is already met in TPL,
- have less code to be impacted by the issue this system reset works
around (that is, "unclean" SoC registers after a reboot),
- less confusion around the reason for restarting. Indeed when done from
SPL, the following log can be observed:
"""
U-Boot TPL 2025.01-rc1-00165-gd79216ca9878-dirty (Nov 05 2024 - 15:31:45)
Channel 0: DDR3, 666MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=16 CS=1 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
Channel 1: DDR3, 666MHz
BW=32 Col=10 Bk=8 CS0 Row=16 CS=1 Die BW=16 Size=2048MB
256B stride
Trying to boot from BOOTROM
Returning to boot ROM...
U-Boot SPL 2025.01-rc1-00165-gd79216ca9878-dirty (Nov 05 2024 - 15:31:45 +0100)
Trying to boot from MMC2
U-Boot TPL 2025.01-rc1-00165-gd79216ca9878-dirty (Nov 05 2024 - 15:31:45)
"""
possibly hinting at an issue within the SPL when loading the fitImage
from MMC2 instead of the normal course of events (a system reset).
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This defines a weak tpl_board_init function that can be used for running
board/SoC-specific code before the DRAM init happens, similarly to
spl_board_init() for SPL.
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
To prepare to support forcing power on reset from TPL which would have
the exact same logic, just in an earlier stage, let's merge the CRU
check that triggers the power on reset with the rest of the logic.
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
A later commit will make use of the pinctrl driver in TPL so let's add
the ability to build the Rockchip pinctrl driver in TPL.
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Disable DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE as the early boardinfo print of Model
should be enough.
U-Boot 2025.01-rc1 (Nov 02 2024 - 16:04:16 +0000)
Model: Generic RK3566/RK3568
DRAM: 8 GiB (effective 7.7 GiB)
Core: 250 devices, 24 uclasses, devicetree: separate
MMC: mmc@fe2b0000: 1, mmc@fe310000: 0
Loading Environment from nowhere... OK
In: serial@fe660000
Out: serial@fe660000
Err: serial@fe660000
Model: Generic RK3566/RK3568
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
=>
Enable CMD_MISC to make it easier to inspect data in OTP.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The FriendlyElec NanoPi R2S Plus is a single-board computer based on
Rockchip RK3328 SoC. It features e.g. 1 GB DDR4 RAM, 32 GB eMMC,
SD-card, 2x GbE LAN, optional M.2 SDIO Wi-Fi and 2x USB 2.0 host.
Features tested on a NanoPi R2S Plus 2309:
- SD-card boot
- eMMC boot
- Ethernet
- USB gadget
- USB host
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The R2S Plus is basically an R2S with additional eMMC.
The eMMC configuration for the DTS has been extracted and copied from
rk3328-nanopi-r2.dts, v2017.09 branch from the friendlyarm/uboot-rockchip
repository.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Bostandzhyan <jin@mediatomb.cc>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240814170048.23816-2-jin@mediatomb.cc
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: b8c02878292200ebb5b4a8cfc9dbf227327908bd ]
(cherry picked from commit c9bf98827964441f4dd16faa45bd4046f472e693)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add support for Cool Pi GenBook, it works as a carrier board
connect with CM5 SOM.
Specification:
- Rockchip RK3588
- LPDDR5X 8/32 GB
- eMMC 64 GB
- HDMI Type A out x 1
- USB 3.0 Host x 1
- USB-C 3.0 with DisplayPort AltMode
- PCIE M.2 E Key for RTL8852BE Wireless connection
- PCIE M.2 M Key for NVME connection
- eDP panel with 1920x1080
Tested by Armbian boot on USB disk.
Change-Id: I4d9b8572dc7c400077dde666633f3fea1b47dd03
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some board may want to have a different boot priority(a laptop
may want to usb has the highest boot priority for third-part
os installation). So let the board can define it's own
boot_targets.
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cool Pi CM5 GenBook works as a carrier board connect with CM5 [0].
Specification:
- Rockchip RK3588
- LPDDR5X 8/32 GB
- eMMC 64 GB
- HDMI Type A out x 1
- USB 3.0 Host x 1
- USB-C 3.0 with DisplayPort AltMode
- PCIE M.2 E Key for RTL8852BE Wireless connection
- PCIE M.2 M Key for NVME connection
- eDP panel with 1920x1080
This patch add basic support to bringup eMMC/USB HOST/WiFi/TouchPad/
Battery/PCIE NVME, and can also drive a HDMI output with out of tree
hdmi patches.
[0] https://www.crowdsupply.com/shenzhen-tianmao-technology-co-ltd/genbook-rk3588
Signed-off-by: Andy Yan <andyshrk@163.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240730102433.540260-3-andyshrk@163.com
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 4a8c1161b843c366776fc872a6fe45b743b2983e ]
(cherry picked from commit dc6316da23734d9321e09f8c8a7669f4b4cb9f75)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Qnap TS433 is a 4-bay NAS based around the RK3568.
Two SATA bays are connected to the RK3568's own SATA controllers while
the other two are connected to a JMicron SATA controller living on the
PCIe bus.
It provides one 2.5Gb and one 1Gb ethernet port as well as 3 usb ports.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
adds new SPI bus flags, but also introduces a completely new set of
SPI bus flags in another location. The existing flags field is type
u8, while the new separate flags are BIT(8) and higher. Use of those
new flags triggers integer overflow.
Drop the newly introduced flags which were never used anywhere in the
code. Move the one remaining flag which was used in the correct place
and change it from BIT(8) to BIT(6) so it fits the u8 flags.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510804 Extra high-order bits
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
For upstream Linux kernel we use below DTBs for HiHope boards:
- r8a774a1-hihope-rzg2m-ex.dtb
- r8a774e1-hihope-rzg2h-ex.dtb
- r8a774b1-hihope-rzg2n-ex.dtb
Update the CONFIG_OF_LIST to match the above. Now that we have switched
upstream DTS, drop deleting the nodes and also rename the
r8a774*-u-boot.dtsi files to r8a774*-ex-u-boot.dtsi to match the OF_LIST
files so that the `bootph-all` property gets applied to required nodes
in upstream DTS.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Paterson <chris.paterson2@renesas.com>
Currently we set CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV=1 which is wrong:
Loading Environment from MMC... MMC: no card present
*** Warning - No block device, using default environment
This issue was introduced when we switched to using upstream Linux device
trees for the hihope boards which named the MMC devices differently.
Correct to dev 0 so that the U-Boot environment can be loaded from the
correct storage device.
Fixes: 18fb23b131 ("ARM: dts: renesas: Switch to using upstream DT on 64bit Renesas SoCs")
Signed-off-by: Chris Paterson <chris.paterson2@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
When support for the Renesas RZ/G2L SoC was added, the GICR base address
for CPU1 was accidentally used. We should instead supply the GICR base
address for CPU0 so that interrupts are correctly configured for the
CPU core that U-Boot is actually using.
Fixes: 387d4275ab ("arm: rmobile: Add basic RZ/G2L family support")
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
We are now using the dts/upstream subtree for the RZ/G2L SoC family so
we can drop unused devicetree files from arch/arm/dts.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
We are now using the dts/upstream subtree for the RZ/G2L SoC family, so
update the board MAINTAINERS file to match rz-smarc dtsi files in this
subtree.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/23262
- Improve imx9 boot medium autodection.
- Add possibility to skip DCD on i.MX8.
- Switch to using upstream DT on DH i.MX6 DHCOM.
- Add support for i.MX6DL DHCOM SoM on PDK2 carrier board.
- Handle FIELD_RETURN on i.MX HAB.
Pull request efi-2025-01-rc2-2
Documentation:
* correct title and author of rst2pdf generated pdf
* describe CONFIG_DEBUG_SBI_CONSOLE
* remove vile language
UEFI
* correct printf codes in mkeficapsule
* add an EFI test app
* move default filename to a function
* move get_efi_pxe_arch() to efi_helper
* allow reporting the host defaults in efidebug
* drop sandbox PXE architecture
Other:
* do not reserve extra 16 KiB of stack in lmb
* disable the sandbox virtio blk device
* provide -N command line flag to control EFI default boot file name
on the sandbox
* provide a unit test for the efi bootmeth
Working with HAB on the i.MX8MP we've encountered a case where a board
that successfully authenticates u-boot when booting Linux subsequently
fails to properly bring up the RTC.
The RTC registers live in the low-power block of the Secure Non-Volatile
Storage (SNVS) block.
The root cause of the error has been traced to the HAB handing off the
SNVS-RTC in a state where HPCOMR::NPSWA_EN = 0 in other words where the
Non-Privileged Software Access Enable bit is zero.
Configure SNVS to allow unpriv access to SNVS LP for imx8m and imx8mp.
This commit generalizes 723f8359c1 ("imx: mx7: snvs: Add an SNVS init
routine") to also be used on i.MX8M SoCs, and was testeed on i.MX8MP.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@gehealthcare.com>
Commit 723f8359c1 ("imx: mx7: snvs: Add an SNVS init routine") noted
that the init_snvs() call likely applies to other i.MX processors, and
this has been found to be true for i.MX8MP.
Move snvs module for future re-use.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@gehealthcare.com>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM to use upstream DT and add nxp/imx/ prefix to the
DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE. And thereby directly build DTB from dts/upstream/src/
including *-u-boot.dtsi files from arch/$(ARCH)/dts/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add support for the DH electronics i.MX6DL DHCOM SoM and a PDK2 evaluation
board. The evaluation board features three serial ports, USB OTG, USB host
with an USB hub, Fast or Gigabit ethernet, eMMC, uSD, SD, analog audio,
PCIe and HDMI video output.
All of the aforementioned features except for mSATA are supported, mSATA
is not available on i.MX6DL and is only available on DHCOM populated with
i.MX6Q SoC which is already supported upstream.
Backport from linux-next commit
c3f5d76a6e03 ("ARM: dts: imx6dl: Add support for i.MX6DL DHCOM SoM on PDK2 carrier board")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
Currently U-Boot always adds DCD Image to boot container.
On imx8qxp SoC it is possible to init RAM from within SCFW,
and adding a DCD image type to the boot container in this case
breaks booting (No debug output anymore from SCFW! Nor any
output from SPL), so we need to configure a dcd skip somehow.
This patch adds a new imx8image_cmd entry CMD_DCD_SKIP and a
new entry in imximage.cfg "DCD_SKIP". If set to "true"
no DCD image type will be added to the container.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Improve "mmcautodetect=yes" boot mode autodetection to able to use it
if CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE=y is used for i.MX9 SoCs and i.MX93 EVK board.
If both CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC=y and CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE=y are in the
defconfig, CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC=y will be overiden default
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE settings.
Goal is in this patch to able to use the boot mode autodetection
if defconfig use only CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE=y option
(without CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) for any i.MX9 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Szőke <egyszeregy@freemail.hu>
The decision on whether HAB is enabled is solely based on the SEC_CONFIG
fuse. The HAB FIELD_RETURN feature is able to permanently disable HAB on
a CPU, after which it is able to boot unsigned firmware. U-Boot however
does not take into account the FIELD_RETURN mode, and refuses to boot
unsigned software when the feature is enabled.
Also take the FIELD_RETURN fuse into account when deciding whether HAB
is enabled. When The FIELD_RETURN fuse is blown, HAB is not enabled.
Tested on i.MX8M Mini, i.MX8M Plus, i.MX8M Nano and i.MX6ULL
Signed-off-by: Paul Geurts <paul.geurts@prodrive-technologies.com>
The imx_sec_config_fuse_t structure is not specific to the sec_config
fuse, but can be used for all fuse words.
Rename the structure to a more generic name to be reused for other
fuses.
Signed-off-by: Paul Geurts <paul.geurts@prodrive-technologies.com>
Add a simple test of booting with the EFI bootmeth, which runs the app
and checks that it can call 'exit boot-services' (to check that all the
device-removal code doesn't break anything) and then exit back to
U-Boot.
This uses a disk image containing the testapp, ready for execution by
sandbox when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Create a new disk for use with tests, which contains the new 'testapp'
EFI app specifically intended for testing the EFI loader.
Attach it to the USB device, since most testing is currently done with
mmc.
Initially this image will be used to test the EFI bootmeth.
Fix a stale comment in prep_mmc_bootdev() while we are here.
For now this uses sudo and a compressed fallback file, like all the
other bootstd tests. Once this series is in, the patch which moves
this to use user-space tools will be cleaned up and re-submitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the --native flag is given, pretend to be running the host
architecture rather than sandbox.
Allow the same control for PXE too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this function from the EFI bootmeth to the common efi_helper file.
No functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox is its own architecture, but sometimes we want to mimic the host
architecture, e.g. when running an EFI app not built by U-Boot.
Add a -N/--native flag which tells sandbox to reflect the architecture
of the host.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a simple app to use for testing. This is intended to do whatever it
needs to for testing purposes. For now it just prints a message and
exits boot services.
There was a considerable amount of discussion about whether it is OK to
call exit-boot-services and then return to U-Boot. This is not normally
done in a real application, since exit-boot-services is used to
completely disconnect from U-Boot. For now, this part is skipped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Adjust the PDF output options for rst2pdf:
* Set start document to 'index'.
* Set title to 'Das U-Boot'.
* Set author to 'The U-Boot development community'.
Correct documentation link.
Remove obsolete FIXME.
Link: https://rst2pdf.org/static/manual.html
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
All call sites are using size rather than end addresses,
so instead - as previously done - calculating an end address
everywhere, just modify the function to use size and internally
calculate the end address
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Wildt <pwildt@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is already a defined stack-size which is used to reserve space for
the stack. It is confusing to add more in the lmb module, since then the
memory map (with meminfo command) seems to have a hole in it.
Drop this unnecessary feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The device contains two i2c-connected eeproms holding some product-
specific values. One sitting on the mainboard and one on the statically
connected backplane.
While the eeprom chips themself have a size of 512 byte, the eeprom data
only uses 256 byte each, probably to stay compatible with other models.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240810211438.286441-3-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: da6f4130234448122fe3e66c8116f7d9eea8a5c7 ]
(cherry picked from commit 0b3109708caf5002ba188ae28eae9ce46b2c39b4)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Contrary to the vendor-kernel the pmu-io-domains are not enabled by
default. This resulted in the value not being set according to the
regulator, which in turn made the gmac0 interface that is connected
to the vccio4 supply inoperable.
Fixes: 64b7f16fb394 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: add 2 pmu_io_domain supplies for Qnap-TS433")
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240805162052.3345768-1-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 40cc4257169712f0ae3835820a4c5afbdd1a16ff ]
(cherry picked from commit f509fcb1fb82117e551b489592ac5714a6c5cd8d)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
While it requires to have the right phy driver loaded (i.e. motorcomm)
to make the phy asserting the right delays, this is generally the
preferred way to define the MAC <-> PHY connection.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240304084612.711678-2-ukleinek@debian.org
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: e8d45544f806f3b55c30345de84262cbb9504902 ]
(cherry picked from commit e0bbe061fd537bd7b113c53eb046bbcbf0e6597d)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The TS433 doesn't provide display output, but the gpu nevertheless can be
used for compute tasks for example.
So there is no reason not to enable it.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-14-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 9130eb62586f4cef0557d0378fb7e78d7397ab2d ]
(cherry picked from commit e324a9e8ea083ebdca207b5ca2ed86d2b5f862a0)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fill in the missing pieces for RK809 pmic used on the TS433.
The regulator setup comes from the vendor-devicetree, so without proper
schematics its accuracy is somewhat unclear, but it looks really similar
to all the other rk3568 boards, so follows the reference design it seems.
The one caveat is related to vcc3v3_sd. This regulator needs to stay on.
When turned off because of no users, access to both PCIe controllers
will stall. Maybe this rail does supply the 100MHz refclk generation
or so.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-13-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: ee078c7daa98353496410b715a5acbb41d7d3a90 ]
(cherry picked from commit 48951cb085998a5c8e3650351a794b136dac648f)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The TS433 seems to use a silergy,syr827 regulator for the cpu supply.
At least that is the compatible used in the vendor devicetree, though
it could very well also be another fan53555 clone.
Define the needed regulator node and hook up the cpu-supply to the
cpu cores.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-12-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 99b36ba910d896bddbb9a190ca686c6d9cd0325f ]
(cherry picked from commit 2f0afd1a3cbf6f3192dc7a5c496affab718671b3)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The TS433 has 3 buttons, power and copy in the front as well as a reset
pinhole button on the back. The power-button is connected to the embedded
controller while the other two buttons are just gpio connected.
Add the gpio-keys definition for the two buttons we can handle right now.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-11-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 9b682d31b24f1f70b5b4d0618095d46e0722b9d8 ]
(cherry picked from commit f0b858c751382ee9faf18f9b19b0817c6b50ac1c)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the 4 gpio-controlled LEDs to the Qnap-TS433.
They are meant for individual disk activitivy, but I haven't found a
way for how to connect them to their individual sata slot yet.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-9-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: ea91aabf18bcad6f5eceae6848ea6570ea61f126 ]
(cherry picked from commit 5a11b1bb40ac7b39e04077c045c3e3409fa352e2)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add the aliases for the internal network interface as well as the emmc
on the board and make sure the dedicated RTC is always the first one.
The TS433 actually has two rtc devices. One coming from the rk809 pmic
without added functionality and also a dedicated RTC from Mycrocrystal
that is battery backed to keep the time.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-8-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: dadd4256e12360d3ff1f6481b2e4697f9d890caf ]
(cherry picked from commit cb53815764403f7f17967a32eec2aeb6625b396f)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The TS433 has 4 bays. The last two are accessed via a pci-connected
sata controller, while the first two are accessed via the rk3568's
sata controllers. Enable these two now.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-7-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 673c1353b3d476b9c5df6b84a777ed171e5594f5 ]
(cherry picked from commit dfa45bbda057851d0c2167b4c311c0301637cc19)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable usb controllers and phys and add regulator infrastructure for the
usb ports on the TS433.
Of course there are no schematics available for the device, so the
regulator information comes from the vendor-devicetree with unknown
accuracy.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-5-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: d992203f57c5caad0dbd4a9c669d79b315873c81 ]
(cherry picked from commit bb745ef13efb9f6589f9eda8f66664bf263a13f3)
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The TS433 uses both pcie controllers for sata and the 2nd network
interface. Set the needed data-lanes in the pcie3 phy and enable
the second pcie controller, as well as remove the bifurcation comment.
Tested-by: Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240723195538.1133436-3-heiko@sntech.de
[ upstream commit: 0f5f87a1d602a33028522784eb005647fa1b5c11 ]
(cherry picked from commit 7d8f260e65cc84076ec9456954de0f136948a2c8)
The commit 7576ab2fac ("riscv: Add support for AMD/Xilinx MicroBlaze V")
added support for 32bit version. 64bit version is also available that's why
wire it up too.
DT is providing description for generic QEMU target.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Align smode defconfig with upstream QEMU. It could be the part of commit
9d688e6da5 ("riscv: mbv: Align DT with QEMU").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
DTB should be also placed to DDR. It should be the part of commit
9d688e6da5 ("riscv: mbv: Align DT with QEMU").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
To restore MMC boot, enable SPL_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE and recover
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_USE_PARTITION and
SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION.
Fixes: 2a00d73d08 ("spl: mmc: Try to clean up raw-mode options")
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable the clock gating bit of ccache when the platform has the ccache0.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hu <nick.hu@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Commit 136b7b6d2e ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.11-dts' of dts repo [1] into
dts/upstream") updates the upstream dts for E850-96 board, bringing
upstream TRNG node. There is no need to keep TRNG node in appended dts
anymore, so remove it.
Tested on E850-96 board by running 'rng' command in U-Boot shell.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
unsigned int count is used to capture return of dev_read_string_count.
When an error occurs dev_read_string_count returns -ve, which can
hence not be handled correctly. Use int instead of unsigned int so
that errors are detected.
Fixes: 16ca80adc5 ("pinctrl: Add pinctrl driver support for Exynos7420 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
When compiling for riscv64, a bunch of warning is produced for the file
drivers/bios_emulator/besys.c. This patch fixes a portion of those warnings,
caused by incorrect first argument to pci_{read,write}_config_* functions.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
MTRR functionality is available only on x86, so this driver cannot be compiled
on other architectures. Fix this with preprocessor directives.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
The bios_emulator driver cannot be compiled for RISC-V because the x86emu.h
header file doesn't define the comment symbol ("#") for the assembler.
With this patch, use the same symbol as for e.g. x86.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Zaporozhets <yuriz@qrv-systems.net>
This patch adds a new callback named need_reprint for menu.
The need_reprint will be called before printing the menu. If the
callback exists and returns FALSE, menu printing will be canceled.
This is very useful if the menu was not changed. It can save time
for serial-based menu to handle more input data.
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
It's observed that the bootmenu on a serial console sometimes
incorrectly quitted with superfluous characters filled to command
line input:
> *** U-Boot Boot Menu ***
>
> 1. Startup system (Default)
> 2. Upgrade firmware
> 3. Upgrade ATF BL2
> 4. Upgrade ATF FIP
> 5. Load image
> 0. U-Boot console
>
>
> Press UP/DOWN to move, ENTER to select, ESC to quit
>MT7988> [B
Analysis shows it was caused by the wrong logic of bootmenu_loop:
At first the bootmenu_loop received the first ESC char correctly.
However, during the second call to bootmenu_loop, there's no data
in the UART Rx FIFO. Due to the low baudrate, the second char of
the down array key sequence hasn't be fully received.
But bootmenu_loop just did a mdelay(10), and then treated it as a
single ESC key press event. It didn't even try tstc() again after
the 10ms timeout.
This patch fixes this issue by letting bootmenu_loop check tstc()
twice.
Tested-By: E Shattow <lucent@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com> says:
This patch series is to refine the booting on Arm Total Compuate
platform.
It changes to use the info passed in DTB for initialization DRAM info,
and dynamically initializes the booting envoironment variables.
Another big change is to use an envoironment file for boot commands,
based on it, the series extends to support multiple block devices
(MMC and virtio). And the env file is extended for booting Debian.
The last commit is to update memory mapping info based on the DRAM info
passed via DT binding.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241025171821.624702-1-leo.yan@arm.com
This commit introduces build_mem_map() function for updating the mem_map
structure with copying info from gd->bd->bi_dram, so that it can keep
the consistence for DRAM info passed via DT.
The page table size is calculated prior to mem_map is ready, introduce
the get_page_table_size() function for a predefined table size.
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
Dynamically detect block device in the boot command, this allows to
support both MMC and virtio block devices.
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
The boot command for Total Compute has many aspects and changes from time
to time. So move it to an .env file where it can be a proper script.
Signed-off-by: Boyan Karatotev <boyan.karatotev@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
The whole DRAM bank is used for loading and U-boot can detect the
overlap between the kernel and initramfs. So it is safe to drop
bootm_size.
Signed-off-by: Boyan Karatotev <boyan.karatotev@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
Initialize the environment variables 'fdt_addr_r' and 'kernel_addr_r'
during the misc init phase. The static configurations are not needed,
remove them.
Signed-off-by: Boyan Karatotev <boyan.karatotev@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
On Total Compute, TF-A passes the info via DT binding for the hardware
description - includes the serial, memory, and arm_ffa nodes.
This commit initializes the fdt base address based on the passed the
register x1.
The similar implementation has already been done for the raspberry pi,
so borrow a lot of it.
Co-developed-by: Jackson Cooper-Driver <jackson.cooper-driver@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jackson Cooper-Driver <jackson.cooper-driver@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Boyan Karatotev <boyan.karatotev@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Leo Yan <leo.yan@arm.com>
Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org> says:
Starting a sandbox session and running 'ut bootm' on the command
line instead of using pytest with --verbose will result in some
test failures. This series makes the tests more deterministic so
that they will better control their environment and hence will
work as expected whether or not they are invoked with '--verbose'.
The series starts with a small fix to the parameters of
bootm_process_cmdline that one commit incorrectly added using a bool
when it had been updated to take flags by the preceeding commit.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241101130254.473017-1-andrew.goodbody@linaro.org
Some bootm tests expect that GD_FLG_SILENT is reset in order
to work as expected. This is the state if the test is run with
'pytest --verbose' but not if run from, say, the sandbox command
line.
So reset the flag for those tests that rely on it being reset. This
has to be done in each test as the test infrastructure will set it
again before every test when not invoked with 'pytest --verbose'.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The function bootm_process_cmdline_env takes flags as its third
parameter, not a bool. Correct the usage by replacing 'true'
with BOOTM_CL_ALL so that the intent is clear.
A similar change was made throughtout this file in the previous
commit to the one mentioned below as being fixed.
Fixes: 4448fe8e4e ("bootm: Allow updating the bootargs in a buffer")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
The tests test_usb_ext4load_ext4write, test_usb_ext2load and
test_usb_load depend on the command ext4write being present not just
the feature of being able to write to an ext4 file system. So update
their dependencies to include the ext4write command itself. This will
prevent spurious test failures when running the USB tests against USB
storage with an ext2/ext4 partition but no ext4write command available.
Fixes: 1c5b6edad3 ("test/py: usb: Add tests for USB device")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
When test_usb_load finds multiple partitions of the same type then
it will cause a test failure. The call to write the test file will
write a different test file to each partition but only return the
name and size of the last one written. So the test then fails to
load the test file from the first partition as it uses the name of
a file on a different partition.
Refactor the code so that only one test file is written at a time
and is written to only the partition being tested at that time. This
allows the correct file name to always be available to the code that
runs the load command. This reduces the number of files written and
also the number of calls to crc32 needed.
Fixes: 1c5b6edad3 ("test/py: usb: Add tests for USB device")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
This is mostly hidden in the background, but it is sometimes useful to
look at it. Add a function to allow this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tests which create a new bloblist overwrite the existing one in sandbox.
Provide a flag for tests to declare this behaviour. Save and restore the
bloblist pointer so that other tests remain unaffected.
Note that when sandbox is running normally, the bloblist has been
relocated to high in memory. The existing bloblist tests create a new
bloblist low in memory, so they do not conflict.
Correct a build error on coreboot by using accessors for gd->bloblist:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot provides the CMOS layout in the tables it passes to U-Boot.
Use that to build an editor for the CMOS settings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot tables provide information about the CMOS-RAM checksum. Add a
command which can check and update this.
With this it is possible to adjust CMOS-RAM settings and tidy up the
checksum afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the cbsysinfo command to show the contents of the CMOS option
table.
While we are here, add some example output for this command, along with
mention of what the unimplemented tags are.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The timer counter on Rockchip SoCs may be reset in TF-A, this may cause
the bootstage records to be printed out of order and with an incorrect
elapsed time.
Fix this by not sorting the bootstage records.
Before on a Radxa ZERO 3W (RK3566) board:
=> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (12 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
7,436 7,436 board_init_f
164,826 157,390 SPL
375,392 210,566 end phase
423,909 48,517 board_init_r
472,973 49,064 eth_common_init
476,848 3,875 main_loop
477,003 155 cli_loop
Accumulated time:
7,181 of_live
14,739 dm_spl
15,029 dm_r
315,150 dm_f
With this the records can be printed in chronological order when the
counter is reset and SPL and board_init_r records show correct elapsed
time.
=> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (12 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
164,437 164,437 SPL
375,023 210,586 end phase
7,437 7,437 board_init_f
424,390 416,953 board_init_r
473,515 49,125 eth_common_init
477,402 3,887 main_loop
477,571 169 cli_loop
Accumulated time:
14,734 dm_spl
315,646 dm_f
7,339 of_live
14,977 dm_r
For the tested board external TPL and BROM take ~164 ms to initialize
DRAM and load SPL, SPL take ~210ms to load images from FIT and U-Boot
proper take ~477ms to reach cli prompt.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
When the buffer address is not set, say so, rather than showing an
address which looks very strange, on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function assumes that all tests in a suite are being run. This
means that it can sometimes call dm_test_restore() when it should not.
The impact of this is that it is not possible, for example, to run
'ut bootstd bootflow_cros' and then check the state of bootstd
afterwards, since all devices are removed and recreated.
Update the function to take account of any selected test, to avoid this
problem.
Add a comment for test_insert while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the bootflow tests the script bootmeth is bound with the name
bootmeth_script whereas the others have a name without the bootmeth_
prefix. Adjust it to be the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
All the uclass functions for finding a device end up creating a uclass
if it doesn't exist. Add a function which instead returns NULL in this
case.
This is useful when in the 'unbind' path, since we don't want to undo
any unbinding which has already happened.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Unlike linked lists, it is inefficient to remove items from an alist,
particularly if it is large. If most items need to be removed, then the
time-complexity approaches O(n2).
Provide a way to do this efficiently, by working through the alist once
and copying elements down.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to empty the list without de-allocating any of
the memory used, e.g. when the list will be re-populated immediately
afterwards.
Add a new function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some macros which permit easy iteration through an alist, similar to
those provided by the 'list' implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current documentation build dependencies are not compatible with
Python 3.9. Update to Python 3.12.
Use the current Ubuntu LTS release, i.e. 24.04 Noble Numbat.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Deduplicate common Renesas defconfig by factoring out the common
parts into generic renesas_rcar_defconfig and including those using
the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current set of
board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config are
identical for all Renesas systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all Renesas R-Car 64bit systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic renesas_rcar64.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all Renesas R-Car 64bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all Renesas R-Car Gen4 systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic renesas_rcar4.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all Renesas R-Car Gen4 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all Renesas R-Car Gen3 systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic renesas_rcar3.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all Renesas R-Car Gen3 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all Renesas R-Car Gen2 systems by factoring
out the common parts into generic renesas_rcar2.config and including
those using the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro in the current
set of board specific defconfigs. The preprocessor macro is applicable
to defconfigs as well.
This introduces no functional change, the resulting .config is identical
for all Renesas R-Car Gen2 systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In case lists_driver_lookup_name("rst_gen3") fails, the clk_gen3 driver
has to be unbound before erroring out. Reorder the function such that
both clk_gen3 and rst_gen3 drivers are looked up first, if either look
up fails then the function errors out right away. Second, the clk_gen3
is bound, if binding fails, the function still errors out right away
because there is nothing to undo after either lists_driver_lookup_name()
call. Finally, rst_gen3 is bound and if this binding fails, then that
is the only place where clk_gen3 has to be unbound before erroring out.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
In the bootflow tests the script bootmeth is bound with the name
bootmeth_script whereas the others have a name without the bootmeth_
prefix. Adjust it to be the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
All the uclass functions for finding a device end up creating a uclass
if it doesn't exist. Add a function which instead returns NULL in this
case.
This is useful when in the 'unbind' path, since we don't want to undo
any unbinding which has already happened.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Unlike linked lists, it is inefficient to remove items from an alist,
particularly if it is large. If most items need to be removed, then the
time-complexity approaches O(n2).
Provide a way to do this efficiently, by working through the alist once
and copying elements down.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to empty the list without de-allocating any of
the memory used, e.g. when the list will be re-populated immediately
afterwards.
Add a new function for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some macros which permit easy iteration through an alist, similar to
those provided by the 'list' implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com> says:
With this series opendir, readdir, closedir are implemented for ext4.
These functions are needed for the UEFI sub-system to interact with
the ext4 file system.
To reduce code growth the functions are reused to implement the ls
command for ext4.
A memory leak in ext4fs_exists is resolved.
ext4fs_iterate_dir is simplified by removing a redundant pointer copy.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241026064048.370062-1-heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com
Now that opendir, readir, closedir are implemented for ext4 we can use
fs_ls_generic() for implementing the ls command.
Adjust the unit tests:
* fs_ls_generic() produces more spaces between file size and name.
* The ext4 specific message "** Can not find directory. **\n" is not
written anymore.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Some of our file system drivers cannot report a file size for
directories. Use a dummy value in this case.
* For SetInfo the UEFI spec requires to ignore the file size field.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For accessing directories from the EFI sub-system a file system must
implement opendir, readdir, closedir. Provide the missing implementation.
With this patch the eficonfig command can be used to define load options
for the ext4 file system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When reading/writing to memory we cannot assume that a base address of
0x0 is correct and functional. So use CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR as the base
from which we add a bit more padding and being our tests.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update spi negative test case to prevent SF command
from overwriting relocation memory area.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
SCSI READ CAPACITY reports the address of the last block and the block
size. The total number of blocks is thus last block address plus one.
This also fixes the corresponding test case.
Fix "Integer handling issues (SIGN_EXTENSION)" in newly added code:
Cast serial_info.reg_offset to u64 to prevent an integer overflow when
shifted too many bits to the left. Currently this never happens as the
shift is supposed to be less than 4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
While we want to compile the SPI_STACKED_PARALLEL code everywhere we
can, it must first be guarded with an #if for DM_SPI as not all cases
where we have this code built, such as in SPL, will have the relevant
DM_SPI option enabled.
Fixes: 43423cdc5d ("mtd: spi-nor: Always build SPI_STACKED_PARALLEL code")
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Prevent the code gated by SPI_STACKED_PARALLEL from bitrot
by using if (CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SPI_STACKED_PARALLEL)) around
it. That way, it is always at least compiled.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The SPI_ADVANCE description does not explain what the switch does.
It does not have anything to do with any advanced functionality, it
only gates off support for stacked and parallel SPI NORs. Rename the
Kconfig symbol, update description, and move it right next to Xilinx
hardware as it seems to be specific to this hardware. Make sure the
symbol is also protected by if DM_SPI in Kconfig.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Rewrite the code to make it clear exactly where the
SNOR_F_HAS_PARALLEL flag leads to *2 and /2 operation
compared to regular code path. No functional change.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The offset variable is set, but never used afterward.
Fix indent. Fix predecrement without justification.
Remove use of parenthesis where unnecessary.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove undocumented SST special case. This was added in commit
5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
without any explanation in the commit message. Remove it.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove undocumented write_disable() call. This was added in commit
5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
without any explanation in the commit message. Remove it.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove undocumented set_4byte() call. This was added in commit
5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
without any explanation in the commit message. Remove it.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove undocumented spi_nor_wait_till_ready() call. This was added in commit
5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
without any explanation in the commit message. Remove it.
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Remove undocumented nor->addr_width == 3 test. This was added in commit
5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
without any explanation in the commit message. Remove it.
This also has a bad side-effect which breaks READ operation of every SPI NOR
which does not use addr_width == 3, e.g. s25fs512s does not work at all. This
is because if addr_width != 3, rem_bank_len is always 0, and if rem_bank_len
is 0, then read_len is 0 and if read_len is 0, then the spi_nor_read() returns
-EIO.
Basic reproducer is as follows:
"
=> sf probe ; sf read 0x50000000 0 0x10000
SF: Detected s25fs512s with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 256 KiB, total 64 MiB
device 0 offset 0x0, size 0x10000
SF: 65536 bytes @ 0x0 Read: ERROR -5
"
Fixes: 5d40b3d384 ("mtd: spi-nor: Add parallel and stacked memories support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Pull request efi-2025-01-rc2
Documentation:
* include semihosting and K3 boards only once in table of contents
* include file-system API into HTML docs
* describe struct ext2_inode
* update Python requirements
UEFI:
* mark local functions static
* simplify efi_free_pages()
* pass correct end address value to efi_dp_from_mem()
* fix typos in HII test and eficonfig command
The function expects an end address but is being called with
an size instead.
Fixes: 6422820ac3 ("efi_loader: split unrelated code from efi_bootmgr.c")
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <pwildt@google.com>
That variable is defined and assigned a value in two functions
but it's never used.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Mark functions that are only used locally as static and
quiesce W=1 warnings
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
A few functions are only used locally but miss the 'static' keyword.
Add it and quiesce W=1 build wanrings
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To conform with other messages capitalize the first letter:
%s/enter description/Enter description/g
Adjust the unit tests accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We currently call efi_free_pages() with a notify flag and explicitly
update the efi memory map. That's not needed as lmb_free_flags() will do
that for us if the LMB_NONOTIFY flag is removed
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Sphinx writes a warning if a page is included twice in the table of
contents. Use references instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Sphinx warns if a page is added to the table of contents twice.
Add a reference instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Swig has changed language specific AppendOutput functions. The helper
macro SWIG_AppendOutput remains unchanged. Use that instead
of SWIG_Python_AppendOutput, which would require an extra parameter
since swig 4.3.0.
/home/flk/poky/build-test/tmp/work/qemux86_64-poky-linux/u-boot/2024.10/git/arch/x86/cpu/u-boot-64.lds
| scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/libfdt_wrap.c: In function ‘_wrap_fdt_next_node’:
| scripts/dtc/pylibfdt/libfdt_wrap.c:5581:17: error: too few arguments to function ‘SWIG_Python_AppendOutput’
| 5581 | resultobj = SWIG_Python_AppendOutput(resultobj, val);
| | ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Markus Volk <f_l_k@t-online.de>
Reported-by: Rudi Heitbaum <rudi@heitbaum.com>
Link: https://github.com/dgibson/dtc/pull/154
We never unmap the memory used to update the EFI memory map after
notifications
Fixes: commit 2f6191526a ("lmb: notify of any changes to the LMB memory map")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Create an SoC R5 dtsi file that could be used at board level R5 files. This
would help in keeping the SoC level changes in sync across board files.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
I'd like to get Cc'ed to u-boot's SPI NOR patches to help review them.
The ultimate goal is to have an aligned approach in u-boot and linux.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CONFIG_CMD_DNS and CONFIG_CMD_WGET depend on CONFIG_CMD_NET.
CONFIG_CMD_NET depends on CONFIG_NET or CONFIG_NET_LWIP.
We shall only enable CONFIG_EFI_HTTP if there is network support.
We have to select CONFIG_CMD_NET.
Fixes: d7d07a8b50 ("efi_loader: support boot from URI device path")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Variables that are only used locally in a module should not be exported.
* Make the HII test data variables static.
* Remove unused GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com> says:
Hi all,
This patch series aims to add DM support for the AEMIF controller that
can be found in the DaVinci SoCs.
This controller has already a driver used by the Keystone SoCs so I
add my work to it.
As we can now easily import Linux device-trees, I try to stick the
most I can to the Linux bindings of the AEMIF controller. To do so I add
an 'intermediate' driver called 'ti-aemif-cs'. It's in charge of
configuring timings for a given chip select of the AEMIF controller.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241021151330.1860929-1-bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com
The Linux bindings of the AEMIF offer properties that specify the
transaction timings for each chips select.
Add parsing of these properties to calculate the chip select's
configuration from them and the rate of the AEMIF's reference clock.
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
The AEMIF's bindings in the Linux tree have a node for the AEMIF
controller and then a node for each AEMIF's chip select. This CS node
doesn't have a compatible property but describes the timing parameters
used by a given chip select.
The U-Boot DM framework expects every node to have a 'compatible'
property. If no 'compatible' is present in a node, its children won't be
parsed by u-boot.
Add DM support to the ti-aemif driver.
Add a new ti-aemif-cs driver to comply with the Linux bindings and the
U-Boot's DM philosophy. This driver handles the timing parameters
of an AEMIF's chip select so move aemif_cs_configure() from ti-aemif.c
to ti-aemif-cs.c.
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
Wrap the CS configuration into a aemif_configure_cs() to ease its
migration to another driver when adding DM support.
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
TI_AEMIF configuration doesn't depend on ARCH_DAVINCI while the AEMIF
controller is present in the DaVinci SoCs.
Add ARCH_DAVINCI to the potential users of the TI_AEMIF driver
Add <asm/io.h> to driver's includes to fix build issue on ARCH_DAVINCI
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AEMIF controller is present on other SoCs than the Keystone ones.
Remove Keystone specificities from the driver to be able to use it from
other architectures.
Adapt the ks2_evm/board.c to fit the new driver.
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix following CHECK pointed out by checkpatch:
CHECK: Macro argument 'cs' may be better as '(cs)' to avoid precedence issues
#62: FILE: drivers/memory/ti-aemif.c:15:
+#define AEMIF_CONFIG(cs) (0x10 + (cs * 4))
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "dollar" tests require CONFIG_CONSOLE_RECORD to be enabled so guard
with that.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, the "dm" suite in unit tests (ut) is only available on
sandbox. Make sure that all cmd tests that are part of this suite are
only available on sandbox and not attempted to be run on hardware (where
it will fail to be able to be started).
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These were missed when removing the rest of the tricorder platform.
Fixes: d137604c20 ("arm: Remove tricorder board")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Mark all the functions that are only defined locally as static and
quiesce W=1 warnings
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[trini: Add __maybe_unused as it's now seen as unused in some cases]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
lmb_alloc_flags() & lmb_alloc_base_flags() are just a wrappers for
_lmb_alloc_base(). Since the only difference is the max address of the
allowed allocation which _lmb_alloc_base() already supports with the
LMB_ALLOC_ANYWHERE flag, remove one of them.
Keep the lmb_alloc_base_flags() which also prints an error on failures
and adjust efi_allocate_pages() to only use one of them.
While at it clean up the duplicate function description from the header
file.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We never call lmb_map_update_notify() without checking the result of
lmb_should_notify(). Instead of running that function everytime fold it
in there and add the additional flags parameter
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The function description says this should return 0 or -1 on failures.
When regions coalesce though this returns the number of coalescedregions
which is confusing and requires special handling of the return code.
On top of that no one is using the number of coalesced regions.
So let's just return 0 on success and adjust our selftests accordingly
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
efi_loader.h is included twice. Remove one and move the other in
alphabetical order
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Due to the removal of weak functions in 7d6cee2cd0 ("cmd: cache: Remove
weak function"), U-Boot fails to compile after updating to v2024.10 for
mediatek target in OpenWrt with GCC-14 with error:
cmd/cache.c: In function 'do_dcache':
cmd/cache.c:57:25: error: implicit declaration of function
'noncached_set_region' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
Thus, provide a prototype in include/cpu_func.h to fix a build
error in cmd/cache.c, since related prototypes are also located there.
The issue occurred after the update of uboot-mediatek in OpenWrt to
v2024.10, in combination with GCC-14 toolchain. It was reported and
discussed in https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/16697, and
temporarily fixed with
92ca322dd1.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Jelonek <jelonek.jonas@gmail.com>
Link: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/16697
Link: 92ca322dd1
Fixes: 7d6cee2cd0 ("cmd: cache: Remove weak function")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, a number of generic cache related functions have their common
prototype declared in include/cpu_func.h. Move the current set of
noncached functions there as well to match.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
They were added with commit 0e9d23945c ("net: eqos: implement callbaks
to get interface and set txclk rate") but were not removed with
commit 5fc783b5d9 ("net: dwc_eth_qos: move i.MX code out") when i.MX
specific code was moved to a separate file.
Signed-off-by: Erik Schumacher <erik.schumacher@iris-sensing.com>
The EQOS on i.MX93 fails to finish the reset procedure in RMII mode.
This is described in errata ERR051683. This patch implements the
provided workaround which sets the PS and FES bits after the SWR is set
by using the eqos_fix_soc_reset function.
Adapted from linux-kernel commit b536f32b5b03 ("net: stmmac: dwmac-imx:
use platform specific reset for imx93 SoCs")
Signed-off-by: Erik Schumacher <erik.schumacher@iris-sensing.com>
This patch adds support for optional platform specific reset logic in
the dwc_eth_qos driver. This new function 'eqos_fix_soc_reset' is called
after the EQOS_DMA_MODE_SWR is set and before the driver waits for this
bit to clear.
Signed-off-by: Erik Schumacher <erik.schumacher@iris-sensing.com>
The Emcraft Systems NavQ+ kit is a mobile robotics platform
based on NXP i.MX8 MPlus SoC.
The following interfaces and devices are enabled:
- eMMC
- Gigabit Ethernet (through eQOS interface)
- SD-Card
- UART console
The device tree file is taken from upstream Linux Kernel
through OF_UPSTREAM
Signed-off-by: Gilles Talis <gilles.talis@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Loading flash.bin using uuu fails when flash.bin does not have the
right size.
When flash.bin is loaded from some storage medium (sd card/emmc), SPL
just loads some random garbage bytes from beyond what has been
populated when flash.bin was written, but when loaded via uuu, SPL
hangs waiting for the host to send the expected number of bytes. Which
is (size of FIT image aligned to 0x1000)+CONFIG_CSF_SIZE. The
alignment to 0x1000 is already done and is necessary in all cases
because that's the exact expected location of the 32 byte IVT
header. But the IVT+CSF blob tacked onto the end must be a total of
CONFIG_CSF_SIZE.
This is exactly the same fix as 89f19f45d6, except that this time
around I don't know how to cleanly get CONFIG_CSF_SIZE.
Fixes: bc6beae7c5 (binman: Add nxp_imx8mcst etype for i.MX8M flash.bin signing)
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The Aspeed SGPIO driver supports the SGPIO controllers found in the
AST2400, AST2500 and AST2600 BMC SoCs. The implementation is a cut-down
copy of the upstream Linux kernel driver, adapted for u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
The boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions() function reserves the memreserve and
reserved-memory regions. These regions are being set with the LMB_NONE
flag which allows overwriting and re-using the regions. This was fine
earlier when the LMB memory map was local and not enforced
globally. But that is no longer the case. Mark these regions as
LMB_NOOVERWRITE so that they cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reported-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
When printing the LMB flags for a memory region, there is a need to
check that the array index that is computed is a sane value. Put a
noisy assert in case this check fails, as that implies something with
the LMB code is not working as expected.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID 510463)
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
/Makefile already adds lib include paths to UBOOTINCLUDE. There is no point
in adding the same paths again.
Clearly separate the lines relating to NET and to NET_LWIP.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
People complained that enabling (SPL_)DM_WARN was now totally unusable
due to the amount of messages printed on the console.
Let's downgrade the log level of some messages that are clearly not on
the error path.
Note that there's one pr_debug in there, because it is followed by
pr_cont so it made sense to reuse the same family of functions.
Reported-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Fixes: 6afdb15851 ("dm: core: migrate debug() messages to use dm_warn")
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com> says:
This adds support for the new IOT2050 SM variant, introduces a sysinfo
driver which also permits SMBIOS support and switches the board to
OF_UPSTREAM. There are some further fixes for the boards included as well.
Not yet included is configuration support for DMA isolation via the PVU as
this depends on not yet merged DT bindings and another overlay.
[trini: This is just the first 10 patches in the series for now]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1729577070.git.jan.kiszka@siemens.com
Main differences between the new variant and Advanced PG2:
1. Arduino interface is removed. Instead, an new ASIC is added for
communicating with PLC 1200 signal modules.
2. USB 3.0 type A connector is removed, only USB 2.0 type A connector is
available.
3. DP interface is tailored down. Instead, to communicate with the
PLC 1200 signal modules, a USB 3.0 type B connector is added but the
signal is not USB.
4. DDR size is increased to 4 GB.
5. Two sensors are added, one tilt sensor and one light sensor.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
[Jan: rebased over OF_UPSTREAM]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The U-Boot copy of the mpfs devicetree has, in general, been neglected
somewhat in comparison to the one in Linux. Moving to OF_UPSTREAM to
keep both in sync should serve to eliminate that discrepancy.
Additionally, moving to OF_UPSTREAM will let U-Boot automatically pick
up the devicetree rework that is in progress at [1].
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20241002-private-unequal-33cfa6101338@spud/ [1]
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
The clock driver for PolarFire SoC now requires syscon and regmap
features, so imply them to preserve implication of the clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Why get a devicetree description wrong once when you can get it wrong
twice? The original mistake, which the driver supports was failing to
describe the main PLL that the "cfg" and "periph" clocks parented by.
The second mistake was describing the "cfg" and "periph" clocks a
reg region within the clock controller, rather as two registers within
a syscon region that also contains pinctrl, interrupt muxing controls
and other functions.
Make up for lost time and describe these regions as they should have
been originally, preserving support for the existing two configurations
for the sake of existing systems with firmware-provided devicetrees.
Signed-off-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If we take an exception before u-boot is relocated, there's a good
chance we will end up in an endless loop of exceptions because resume is
invalid until after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <antonb@tenstorrent.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Align U-Boot with QEMU amd-microblaze-v-virt platform to be able to wire
it with CI.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
This requires some tweaking of the defconfig and
board_fit_config_name_match so that the new sources are taken into
account.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
To allow firmware to pick up all DTs from here, move the overlays that
are normally applied during DT fixup to the kernel source as well. Hook
then into the build nevertheless to ensure that regular checks are
performed.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/91f8b825467651ebd51a4051f153ab136eeb1849.1724830741.git.jan.kiszka@siemens.com
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
[ upstream commit: dba27d026fc841d28a0ed373f617cc84ec0e4504 ]
(cherry picked from commit 741915246a92fc4c21537f9623a69612f7cef03a)
The PG1 A variant of the iot2050 series has been identified which
partially lacks support for lock-step mode. This implies that all
iot2050 boards can't support this mode. As a result, lock-step mode has
been disabled across all iot2050 boards for consistency and to avoid
potential issues.
Signed-off-by: Li Hua Qian <huaqian.li@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/d1f5f84db7a1597cd29628a0b503e578367b7b40.1724830741.git.jan.kiszka@siemens.com
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
[ upstream commit: e0133f883cf115d9e97e704169a9fb6003caefb2 ]
(cherry picked from commit 4b4872feb66a9043741819a57af280ffb4a96608)
We can simply use the default DT, Basic PG1, because no nodes that are
different between the variants play a role for SPL. Will help with the
migration to OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The fdt fixup logic actually also applies to other possible variants who
also have device tree overlays. So generalize this part by extracting
it from the m.2 specific function and make it a standalone one.
Since now we only have M.2 variant consuming the overlay, it may not
have immediate effect for other variant, however this makes the future
variant more easier to apply fdt fixups.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Due to new DDR size introduction, the current logic of determining the
DDR size is not able to get the correct size.
Instead, the DDR size is determined by the FSBL(SEBOOT) then passed to
u-boot through the scratchpad info.
The SEBoot version must be >= D/V01.04.01.02 to support this change.
Also now for some variants, the DDR size may > 2GB, so borrow some code
from the TI evm to iot2050 to support more than 2GB DDR.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The power control pin of pcie interface not only works for M.2 interface
but also for miniPCIE, so promote this logic to all variants to
workaround the module hang issue.
Signed-off-by: Baocheng Su <baocheng.su@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
This prevented to set m2_manual_config - as evaluated by
m2_connector_setup - under strict configurations for secure boot.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
This commit introduces a number of failure to build issues. For now,
revert it and we will wait for v2 to address the issue and the build
problems as well.
This reverts commit e1c3c720e7.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix "Integer handling issues (SIGN_EXTENSION)" in newly added code:
Cast serial_info.reg_offset to u64 to prevent an integer overflow when
shifted too many bits to the left. Currently this never happens as the
shift is supposed to be less than 4.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
After the recent dts/upstream subtree merge, the sdhi compatible string
used in the device tree for RZ/G2L family SoCs is "renesas,rzg2l-sdhi"
not "renesas,rcar-gen3-sdhi". This broke the ability to access the eMMC
and SD card devices on RZ/G2L boards.
Fix this by adding the new compatible string to the sdhi driver.
Fixes: 136b7b6d2e ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.11-dts' of dts repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Add top level board/renesas/ MAINTAINERS file to catch all the common
Renesas file patterns and put people on CC via get_maintainer.pl script.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas R-Car systems use mainline Linux DTs for U-Boot via OF_UPSTREAM,
which also includes headers from dts/upstream/include/dt-bindings/power .
Remove unused legacy DT header files from include/dt-bindings/power .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Renesas R-Car systems use mainline Linux DTs for U-Boot via OF_UPSTREAM,
which also includes headers from dts/upstream/include/dt-bindings/clock .
Remove unused legacy DT header files from include/dt-bindings/clock .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker.ct@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Define CBO inval and flush instructions and use those for the
dcache inval and flush operations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Chitale <mchitale@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add insn-def.h which is similar to that in linux and contains the macros
to generate any instruction of type 'I' using the assembler's .insn
directive.
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Chitale <mchitale@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Milk-V Mars vendor board support package has value 0xa (multiplier=150) for both
rx and tx delay. Upstream Linux has this as 1500 for both rx and tx delay. There
is no documentation for why this should remain 1900 so correct it now. Mars CM
and Mars CM Lite follow the same network phy delay values as Mars in the vendor
board support package.
Fixes: 92db23f766
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Fix bad delay values copied from vendor board support package of Star64, improves
performance and reliability of bottom network port.
Fixes: 7ebf7e77c0
Signed-off-by: E Shattow <e@freeshell.de>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
When moving from vendor U-Boot to the upstream U-Boot it is necessary to
reset the environment.
Provide the 'env erase' sub-command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
* Messages written with log_err() should be terminated with linefeed.
* Spell device-tree with hyphen as elsewhere in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This patch series enables full RVVM virtual machine support which was
earlier inconveniently provided as out-of-tree patchset.
This should be cleaner than a separate board config, since both
emulators provide similar feature set.
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable framebuffer for better virtual machine integration.
Some guests need EFI FB to work properly.
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
QEMU supports NVMe devices, but U-Boot only tries to boot from Virtio.
This is problematic when explicitly using NVMe, so fix that.
Additionally, RVVM virtual machine is almost fully compatible with QEMU,
except it only implements NVMe drives instead of VirtIO.
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable GPIO command and DWAPB_GPIO driver for LicheePi4A board.
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Starting with Linux commit 7569486d79ae ("gpio: dwapb: Add ngpios
DT-property support") the "snps,nr-gpios" property was marked
as deprecated.
And since all newly added dw-apb-gpio nodes are described using generic
"ngpios" property, it's time to add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The config setting CMD_BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE was removed in favour
of BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE but the usage in this Makefile was not
updated. Fix it.
Fixes: 6fe80876dc ("efi_loader: Rename and move CMD_BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The config setting CMD_BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE was removed in favour
of BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE but the dependency for
test_efi_helloworld_net_http was not updated and so is now incorrect
preventing the test from ever running. Fix it.
Fixes: 6fe80876dc ("efi_loader: Rename and move CMD_BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com> says:
Based on the existing work done by Simon Glass this series adds
support for booting aarch64 devices using ACPI only.
As first target QEMU SBSA support is added, which relies on ACPI
only to boot an OS. As secondary target the Raspberry Pi4 was used,
which is broadly available and allows easy testing of the proposed
solution.
The series is split into ACPI cleanups and code movements, adding
Arm specific ACPI tables and finally SoC and mainboard related
changes to boot a Linux on the QEMU SBSA and RPi4. Currently only the
mandatory ACPI tables are supported, allowing to boot into Linux
without errors.
The QEMU SBSA support is feature complete and provides the same
functionality as the EDK2 implementation.
The changes were tested on real hardware as well on QEMU v9.0:
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine sbsa-ref -nographic -cpu cortex-a57 \
-pflash secure-world.rom \
-pflash unsecure-world.rom
qemu-system-aarch64 -machine raspi4b -kernel u-boot.bin -cpu cortex-a72 \
-smp 4 -m 2G -drive file=raspbian.img,format=raw,index=0 \
-dtb bcm2711-rpi-4-b.dtb -nographic
Tested against FWTS V24.03.00.
Known issues:
- The QEMU rpi4 support is currently limited as it doesn't emulate PCI,
USB or ethernet devices!
- The SMP bringup doesn't work on RPi4, but works in QEMU (Possibly
cache related).
- PCI on RPI4 isn't working on real hardware since the pcie_brcmstb
Linux kernel module doesn't support ACPI yet.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241023132116.970117-1-patrick.rudolph@9elements.com
Add QEMU's SBSA ref board to azure pipelines and gitlab CI to run tests on it.
TEST: Run on Azure pipelines and confirmed that tests succeed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Initialize addr to zero which allows to build on the CI
which is more strict.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On FDT platforms the APs are brought out of reset using the spin-table
as defined in the DT. On ACPI enabled platforms there's no FDT, thus
enable the ARMV8_MULTIENTRY and BLOBLIST to use the ACPI parking
protocol instead.
TEST: - APs enter Linux when run on qemu-system-aarch64 -machine raspi4b
- APs on real hardware do not enter Linux, but continue spinning in
their ACPI parking protocol spinloop. To be investigated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When ACPI is enabled over FDT the APs cannot be brought out of reset
by the OS using the "FDT spin-table" mechanism, as no FDT is provided
to the OS. The APs must be released out of reset in u-boot and then
brought up in an ACPI compliant fashion.
When ARMV8_MULTIENTRY is specified, the APs are released from reset
and will enter U-Boot after it has been relocated as well.
By default ARMV8_MULTIENTRY is not selected, keeping existing behaviour.
TEST: All APs enter U-Boot when run on qemu-system-aarch64 and on
real hardware.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Implement read_mpidr() on armv7 to make use of it in generic
code that compiles on both armv7 and armv8.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the generic entry point code to support the ACPI parking protocol.
The ACPI parking protocol can be used when PSCI is not available to bring
up secondary CPU cores.
When enabled secondary CPUs will enter U-Boot proper and spin in their own
4KiB reserved memory page, which also acts as mailbox with the OS to
release the CPU.
TEST: Boots all CPUs on qemu-system-aarch64 -machine raspi4b
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On Arm platforms that use ACPI they cannot rely on the "spin-table"
CPU bringup usually defined in the FDT. Thus implement the
'ACPI Multi-processor Startup for ARM Platforms', also referred to as
'ACPI parking protocol'.
The ACPI parking protocol works similar to the spin-table mechanism, but
the specification also covers lots of shortcomings of the spin-table
implementations.
Every CPU defined in the ACPI MADT table has it's own 4K page where the
spinloop code and the OS mailbox resides. When selected the U-Boot board
code must make sure that the secondary CPUs enter u-boot after relocation
as well, so that they can enter the spinloop code residing in the ACPI
parking protocol pages.
The OS will then write to the mailbox and generate an IPI to release the
CPUs from the spinloop code.
For now it's only implemented on ARMv8, but can easily be extended to
other platforms, like ARMv7.
TEST: Boots all CPUs on qemu-system-aarch64 -machine raspi4b
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add the necessary DSDT files copied from tianocore to boot the RPi4.
In addition generate a board specific SSDT to dynamically enable/disable
ACPI devices based on FDT. This is required to support the various variants
and boot options. It also allows to test the code on QEMU 9.0 without
modifications, since it doesn't emulate PCIe yet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Generate SoC specific ACPI tables for BCM2711:
- FADT
- PPTT
- GTDT
Board specific tables like DSDT and SSDT are added in a separate patch.
MADT is already properly generated from the FDT.
When ACPI is enabled for a different SoC compliation will fail by
design, indicating the required functions that needs to be implemented.
When ACPI is not enabled the added code does nothing, keeping existing
behaviour.
TEST: Booted on RPi4 with only ACPI enabled, providing no FDT to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for Arm sbsa [1] v0.3+ that is supported by QEMU [2].
Unlike other Arm based platforms the machine only provides a minimal
FDT that contains number of CPUs, ammount of memory and machine-version.
The boot firmware has to provide ACPI tables to the OS.
Due to this design a full DTB is added here as well that allows U-Boot's
driver to properly function. The DTB is appended at the end of the U-Boot
image and will be merged with the QEMU provided DTB.
In addition provide documentation how to use, enable binman to fabricate both
ROMs that are required to boot and add ACPI tables to make it full compatible
to the EDK2 reference implementation.
The board was tested using Fedora 40 Aarch64 Workstation. It's able
to boot from USB and AHCI or network.
Tested and found working:
- serial
- PCI
- xHCI
- Bochs display
- AHCI
- network using e1000e
- CPU init
- Booting Fedora 40
1: Server Base System Architecture (SBSA)
2: https://www.qemu.org/docs/master/system/arm/sbsa.html
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Cc: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fill the MADT table in the GIC driver and armv8 CPU driver to
drop SoC specific code. While the GIC only needs devicetree
data, the CPU driver needs additional information stored in
the cpu_plat struct.
While on it update the only board making use of the existing
drivers and writing ACPI MADT in mainboard code.
TEST: Booted on QEMU sbsa-ref using GICV3 driver model generated MADT.
Booted on QEMU raspb4 using GICV2 driver model generated MADT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support reading the "interrupts" property from the devicetree in case
the "interrupts-extended" property isn't found. As the "interrupts"
property is commonly used, this allows to parse all existing FDT and
makes irq_get_by_index() more useful.
The "interrupts" property doesn't contain a phandle as "interrupts-extended"
does, so implement a new method to locate the interrupt-parent called
irq_get_interrupt_parent().
TEST: Read the interrupts from the GIC node for ACPI MADT generation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
Add a generic GICV2 driver that:
- parses the DT and generates the ACPI MADT subtables
- implement of_xlate() and allows irq_get_by_index() to return the
correct interrupt mappings
Map DT interrupts to ARM GIC interrupts as follows:
- Interrupt numbers ID32-ID1019 are used for SPIs
- ID0-ID15 are used for SGIs
- ID16-ID31 are used for PPIs
TEST: Booted on QEMU raspb4 using GICV2 driver model generated MADT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Translate IRQs by implementing of_xlate() as required by
irq_get_by_index() to parse interrupt properties.
Map DT interrupts to ARM GIC interrupts as follows:
- Interrupt numbers ID32-ID1019 are used for SPIs
- ID0-ID15 are used for SGIs
- ID16-ID31 are used for PPIs
TEST: Booted on qemu sbsa-ref that has a GICV3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
The code accesses the gic-v3 node, but not the gic-v3-its node,
thus rename the objects to clarify which node it operates on.
The following commit will make use of the gic-v3-its node for real.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a generic driver that binds to armv8 CPU nodes. The generic driver allows
- to enumerate CPUs present in a system, even when no other driver binds it
- generates ACPI SSDT code for each CPU
- Fill the ACPI MADT table (implemented in a follow up patch)
The newly introduced code could also be reused on other CPU drivers that are
compatible with armv8.
TEST: Booted on QEMU sbsa and verify the driver binds to CPU nodes.
Confirmed with FWTS that all ACPI processor devices are present.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename 'ahci_mvebu' to 'ahci_generic' and select it by default.
The AHCI driver contains no SoC specific code and only expects the
base address to be passed, thus rename it to ahci_generic and add the
DT compatible string "generic-ahci".
Update existing defconfigs to use the new Kconfig name as well.
TEST: Booted on QEMU sbsa using the generic-ahci node.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Add support for the generic XHCI driver that contains no SoC
specific code. It can be used on platforms that simply work out
of the box, like on emulated platforms.
TEST: Booted on QEMU sbsa machine using the generic xhci driver.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add a new method to write the processor device identified by _HID
ACPI0007, that is preferred over the Processor OpCode since ACPI 6.0.
Fixes booting arm using ACPI only since the Processor OpCode isn't
found valid by the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allocate memory for ACPI tables in generic acpi code. When ACPI wasn't
installed in other places, install the ACPI table using BLOBLISTs.
This allows non x86 platforms to boot using ACPI only in case the
EFI loader is being used, since EFI is necessary to advertise the location
of the ACPI tables in memory.
TEST: Booted QEMU SBSA (no QFW) using EFI and ACPI only.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since ACPI 2.0 the RSDT is deprecated and the XSDT should be preferred.
Until now the RSDT and XSDT entries were keept in sync as all platforms
that installed ACPI tables placed them below 4GiB and thus the address
would fit into the 32bit RSDT.
On platforms that do not have usable DRAM below 4GiB, like QEMU sbsa,
the RSDT cannot be used. Allow both RSDT and XSDT to be null and only
fill those tables that are present in acpi_add_table().
TEST: Fixes a crash on QEMU sbsa and allows to boot on QEMU sbsa.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Allow other architectures to use acpi_create_mcfg_mmconfig as well
by moving the function prototype to common code.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SoC can implement acpi_fill_iort to update the IORT table.
Add a helper function to fill out the NAMED_COMPONENT node.
TEST=Run FWTS V24.03.00 on RPi4 and round no problems.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Return the ACPI table revision in acpi_get_table_revision() for
PPTT and GTDT. Match both to ACPI 6.2.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The FADT structure found in U-Boot represents FADT revision 6 and the
GICC and GICD structures defined in U-Boot are based on ACPI revision
6.3.
Bump the table revision to fix FWTS failures seen on aarch64.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new method to acpi_ops to let drivers fill out ACPI MADT.
The code is unused for now until drivers implement the new ops.
TEST: Booted on QEMU sbsa using driver model generated MADT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add generic ACPI code to generate
- MADT GICC
- MADT GICD
- MADT GICR
- MADT GIC ITS
- PPTT processor
- PPTT cache
as commonly used on arm platforms.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Write the FADT in common code since it's used on all architectures.
Since the FADT is mandatory all SoCs or mainboards must implement the
introduced function acpi_fill_fadt() and properly update the FADT.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Rudolph <patrick.rudolph@9elements.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr> says:
We are using a custom board where an ethernet switch device KSZ9896 is
available. This family of devices can use several types of serial bus
as management interface: mdio, i2c or SPI. Due to board design
constraints and because we initially planned to use this device only
from Linux, the SPI bus was used.
Luckily we are using a recent enough u-boot release where KSZ9477
driver is available... but only for the i2c interface. Indeed, unlike
the kernel driver, the KSZ9477 driver doesn't use the regmap API to
access the underlying bus since the regmap API is limited to direct
memory access [1].
Until regmap API with bus support is available in U-boot, we introduced
struct ksz_phy_ops to store low-level ksz bus operations (I2C or SPI).
This series has been tested on the current master branch (after v2024.10
release).
[1] https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/blob/v2024.10-rc5/drivers/core/Kconfig?ref_type=tags#L188
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241008075435.1572727-1-romain.naour@smile.fr
Some drivers do not behave properly when free_pkt() is called with a
length of zero. It is an issue I observed when developing the lwIP
series [1] (see "QEMU CI tests for r2dplus_i82557c, r2dplus_rtl8139"
in the change log) and which I fixed incorrectly by not calling
free_pkt() when recv() returns 0. That turned out to be wrong for two
reasons:
1. The DM documentation [2] clearly requires it:
"The **recv** function polls for availability of a new packet. [...]
If there is an error [...], return 0 if you require the packet to
be cleaned up normally, or a negative error code otherwise (cleanup
not necessary or already done).
If **free_pkt** is defined, U-Boot will call it after a received
packet has been processed [...]. free_pkt() will be called after
recv(), for the same packet [...]"
2. The imx8mp_evk platform will fail with OOM errors if free_pkt() is
not called after recv() returns 0:
u-boot=> tftp 192.168.0.16:50M
Using ethernet@30be0000 device
TFTP from server 192.168.0.16; our IP address is 192.168.0.48
Filename '50M'.
Load address: 0x40480000
Loading: #######################fecmxc_recv: error allocating packetp
fecmxc_recv: error allocating packetp
fecmxc_recv: error allocating packetp
...
Therefore, make recv() return -EAGAIN instead of 0 when no packet is
available and the driver doesn't expect free_pkt() to be called
subsequently.
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2024-August/562861.html
[2] doc/develop/driver-model/ethernet.rst
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Microchip KSZ Gigabit Ethernet Switches support
SGMII/RGMII/MII/RMII with register access via SPI, I2C, or MDIO.
Since this driver is now able to check the underlying bus type,
handle the case when the SPI bus is used.
The SPI bus is only used for 8/16/32 wide access of registers.
Reword Kconfig option to include SPI bus support.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
With the upcoming ksz9477 SPI support added, the I2C support
will be optional. Either the I2C or the SPI bus will be used.
For now, DM_I2C is still mandatory.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
In order to support management bus other than the I2C, rename
ksz_i2c_probe() to ksz_probe() since this function is no longer
specific to the I2C bus.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
The ksz9477 Linux kernel driver is based on regmap API to seamlessly
communicate to switch devices connected via different buses like SPI
or I2C. The current regmap implementation in U-Boot only supports
memory-mapped registers access [1].
Until regmap API with bus support is available in U-boot, introduce
struct ksz_phy_ops to store low-level ksz bus operations (I2C for now).
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2018-May/329392.html
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
In order to add ksz9477 SPI bus support, check parent bus
is an I2C bus before calling i2c_set_offset_len().
Doing so, ksz_i2c_probe() will now return an error (-EINVAL) if
the parent bus is not the one expected by the ksz-switch u-boot
driver.
Indeed, the DSA KSZ devicetree binding doesn't specify anything
about the underlying bus between the SoC and the DSA switch, so
the same "compatible" string can be used wathever the management
interface used (SPI or I2C).
The ksz-switch u-boot driver currently only support I2C interface
but will match a compatible "microchip,ksz9xxx" located under
under an SPI bus node.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
The DSA KSZ devicetree binding doesn't specify anything about the
underlying bus between the SoC and the DSA switch, so the same
"compatible" string can be used wathever the management interface
used. The driver must be able to access the underlying bus without
any help from the compatible string (like for TPM2 TIS devices).
So, rename udevice_id tab to ksz_ids since it's not specific to i2c
bus.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
Add support for the KSZ9896 6-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch to the
ksz9477 driver.
The KSZ9896 is similar to KSZ9897 but has only one configurable
MII/RMII/RGMII/GMII cpu port.
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
The ksz9477 is currently the only driver using dev_set_parent_priv()
outside of the driver model. Also, there was no explanation in the
commit adding ksz9477 driver and why dev_set_parent_priv() is
required.
Actually there is a typo in ksz_mdio_probe() while retrieving
the parent (switch@0) private data:
- priv->ksz = dev_get_parent_priv(dev->parent);
+ priv->ksz = dev_get_priv(dev->parent);
Printing the address of struct ksz_dsa_priv *priv allows
to notice the slight difference:
ksz_i2c_probe: ksz_dsa_priv *priv 0xfdf45768 // address of the saved priv
ksz_mdio_bind: ksz_dsa_priv *priv 0xfdf45798 // address returned by dev_get_parent_priv(dev->parent)
ksz_mdio_bind: ksz_dsa_priv *priv 0xfdf45768 // address returned by dev_get_priv(dev->parent)
The ksz_mdio driver get the wrong data and without
dev_set_parent_priv() the mdio driver fail to access the underlying
bus.
While it doesn't cause any issue with I2C bus, it override the
per-child data used by the SPI bus (struct spi_slave) and prevent
further bus access (even with sspi command).
Signed-off-by: Romain Naour <romain.naour@smile.fr>
Add a driver for the motorcomm YT8821 2.5G ethernet phy which works in
2500base-x mode.
Verify the driver on BPI-R3(with MediaTek MT7986(Filogic 830) SoC) evb.
Signed-off-by: Frank Sae <Frank.Sae@motor-comm.com>
Remove the OMR_PM flag and choose 16 perfect filtering mode since in
modern networks there're plenty of multicasts and set ORM_PM flag will
increase the dc2114x's workload and ask the U-Boot to handle packets
not related to itself. And most of the time, U-Boot does not need this
feature.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
Some IP cores of dc2114x or its variants do not comply so well with
the behaviors described by the official document. Originally this
driver uses only one tx descriptor and organizes it as a ring buffer,
which would lead to a problem that one packet would be sent twice.
This commit adds support to prevent this bug if you are using IP
cores with this issue, by using multiple tx descriptors and
organizing them as a real well-defined ring buffer.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
Some IP cores of dc2114x or its variants do not comply so well with
the behaviors described by the official document. A packet could be
sent successfully but reported with No Carrier error. Latest drivers
of this IP core have not detect this error anymore.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
This commit fixes a problem that even though the network card does not report
any issues in transmitting a setup frame, the driver prints the error status
every time. Let's set it for debug use.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
This commit adds support for the MIPS and LoongArch CPUs, which would use cache
after they jump into U-Boot. This commit requests the CPU to return the
addresses in uncached windows and flushes the cache in need, to make sure the
memory between the CPU and the network card is in consistency.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
Let this old driver work like the other newer network card drivers, loading the
MAC address from environment, which could be more flexible to set.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
There're a few ethernet IP cores which have the same functions with dc2114x,
and can be connected to CPU by AXI or other buses. This commit adds support
for the platforms that do not have PCI controllers, using MMIO to communicate
with the dc2114x IP core.
Signed-off-by: Hanyuan Zhao <zhaohy22@mails.tsinghua.edu.cn>
Update defconfig to enable features included in pending upstream DT and
implement board_fit_config_name_match() to load correct DT for LTS and
non-LTS version of the NanoPC-T6.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Change to use vdd-microvolts prop value as voltage reference when the
supply regulator is missing or when DM_REGULATOR=n is used.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
When DM_REGULATOR=n is used the device_get_supply_regulator() function
always return -ENOSYS.
Change to treat missing support for regulators as a missing optional
vdd/vss-supply regulator to reduce error messages being logged.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPI flash node has been added in upstream DT, drop all props beside
bootph-* props from the SPI flash related nodes from u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the LTS (2310) version the miniPCIe slot got removed and USB 2.0
setup has changed. There are two external accessible ports and two ports
on the internal header.
There is an on-board USB hub which provides:
- one external connector (bottom one)
- two internal ports on pin header
- one port for m.2 E connector
The top USB 2.0 connector comes directly from the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin.juszkiewicz@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240829-friendlyelec-nanopc-t6-lts-v6-4-edff247e8c02@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: db1dcbe5f752d423421f77d54d246398b196f670 ]
(cherry picked from commit f4a834fbc8cdb40fddd63d083e8d1c6189ba62dc)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPI flash node has been added in upstream DT, drop all props beside
bootph-* props from the SPI flash related nodes in u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SPI flash node has been added in upstream DT, drop all props beside
bootph-* props from the SPI flash related nodes in u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22989
- Remove unneeded USB board code and fix reset on mx6ul_14x14_evk.
- Update fastboot buffer size/address for verdin-imx8m{m|p}.
- Fix imxrt1050-evk boot and convert it to standard boot.
- Fix imx8qxp-mek and imx8qm-mek boot.
- Add support for the i.MX93 9X9 QSB board.
- Make livetree API to work on i.MX.
- Set sane default value for i.MX8M SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS.
- Deduplicate DH i.MX8MP/i.MX6 DHSOM defconfigs.
- Select default TEXT_BASE for i.MX6/i.MX7.
- Several updates for DH i.MX8MP DRC02.
Move i.MX7 TEXT_BASE/SPL_TEXT_BASE to Kconfig and common/spl/Kconfig
which is the best practice.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Select default U-Boot and SPL text base for the i.MX6 SoC. The U-Boot
and SPL text base is picked as the one used by various i.MX6 boards.
Update all the boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Two of the clocks required by the usdhc1 controller are missing from the
clock controller node. A recent change enables all the clocks in the
esdhc node, which fails as they are not defined in the clock controller.
Fixes: 76332fae76 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: Enable AHB/IPG clk with clk bulk API")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The init_r parsing of U-Boot device tree to search the binman
information errors. set CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT to no to fix this.
Fixes: 7079eeb72f ("imx: imxrt1050-evk: Add support for SPI flash booting
s")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all DH i.MX6 DHSOM by including common
configs/imx_dhsom_defconfig . This does introduce changes to the
board configuration, namely it enables commands used on all DHSOM
devices consistenty, the prompt is changed to u-boot=>, support for
booting non-Linux OS which was likely never used is disabled, GPT
partition table support is enabled, generic MTD support is enabled,
LED support is enabled, DM PHY, PMIC and regulator support is also
enabled, KASLR command is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Deduplicate defconfigs for all DH i.MX8MP DHSOM by factoring out the
common parts into generic _dhsom_defconfig and including those using
the #include <configs/...> preprocessor macro, which is applicable to
defconfigs as well. This enables CMD_EXPORTENV on all iMX8MP DHSOM
systems to be consistent with other DHSOM systems.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Neither the DRC02 nor PicoITX carrier board contains the PCA954x I2C mux
chip, the chip is only present on PDK3 carrier board. Disable support for
the PCA954x mux chip and I2C mux altogether on both i.MX8MP DHCOM DRC02 and
PicoITX.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Make sure DM regulator support is enabled on this board, just like on all
the other DH i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM based boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Provide a way to access this data structure so that the meminfo command
can use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot has a fairly rigid memory map which is normally not visible
unless debugging is enabled in board_f.c
Update the 'meminfo' command to show it. This command does not cover
arch-specific pieces but gives a good overview of where things are.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In preparation for expanding this command, move it into a separate file.
Rename the function to remove the extra underscore. Update the number of
arguments to 1, since 3 is incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The bootstage array includes pointers to strings but not the strings
themselves. The strings are added when stashing, but including them in
the size calculation gives an inflated view of the amount of space used
by the array.
Update this function so it can return the amount of memory used by the
bootstage structures themselves, without the strings which they point
to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The call to malloc() is a bit strange. The naming of the arguments
suggests that an address is passed, but in fact it is a pointer, at
least in the board_init_r() function and SPL equivalent.
Update it to work as described. Add a function comment as well.
Note that this does adjustment does not extend into the malloc()
implementation itself, apart from changing mem_malloc_init(), since
there are lots of casts and pointers and integers are used
interchangeably.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/22962
Dfu:
- Rely on device tree for spi speed/mode on spi flash
Android Image:
- Fix booting on platforms having > 4GiB of memory
- Decompress boot image to kernel_addr_r when compression is enabled
- Honor CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR when mkbootimg uses default address
Bcb:
- Rework bcb command to use U_BOOT_LONGHELP
- Move ab_select cmd to bcb cmd
- Implement ab_dump command in bcb
- bcb: Write '_<slot>' instead of '<slot>' to misc partition
The Hardkernel ODROID-M1S is a single-board computer based on Rockchip
RK3566 SoC. It features e.g. 4/8 GB LPDDR4 RAM, 64 GB eMMC, SD-card,
GbE LAN, HDMI 2.0, M.2 NVMe and USB 2.0/3.0.
Features tested on a ODROID-M1S 8GB rev1.0 20230906:
- SD-card boot
- eMMC boot
- Ethernet
- PCIe/NVMe
- USB gadget
- USB host
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Hardkernel ODROID-M1S is a single-board computer based on Rockchip
RK3566 SoC. It features e.g. 4/8 GB LPDDR4 RAM, 64 GB eMMC, SD-card,
GbE LAN, HDMI 2.0, M.2 NVMe and USB 2.0/3.0.
Add initial support for eMMC, SD-card, Ethernet, HDMI, PCIe and USB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240827211825.1419820-5-jonas@kwiboo.se
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 10dc64fe0f980c47c7e747885ddf7a8c12780337 ]
(cherry picked from commit f811548e758b52896f725753086c42b49dc42c0d)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The vendor prefix for Hardkernel ODROID-M1 is incorrectly listed as
rockchip. Use the proper hardkernel vendor prefix for this board, while
at it also drop the redundant soc prefix.
Fixes: fd3583267703 ("arm64: dts: rockchip: Add Hardkernel ODROID-M1 board")
Reviewed-by: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240827211825.1419820-3-jonas@kwiboo.se
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: 735065e774dcfc62e38df01a535862138b6c92ed ]
(cherry picked from commit e7259a2c4a6f2ebdfc96b8bbffc77fe67604b11f)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Acked-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
After the full convertion of usb gadget interrupt handling to
usb_gadget_generic_ops, it is now possible to use DM_USB_GADGET,
DWC2_OTG and DWC3_GENERIC together without causing a build error.
Change to use USB_DWC3_GENERIC instead of USB_XHCI_DWC3 to complte the
migration initiated in commit 1bc4e8eb1d ("rockchip: Migrate to use
DM_USB_GADGET on RK3328"). No functional change is intended.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Hardkernel ODROID-M2 is a single-board computer based on Rockchip
RK3588S2 SoC. It features e.g. 8/16 GB LPDDR5 RAM, 64 GB eMMC, SD-card,
GbE LAN, HDMI 2.0, M.2 NVMe and USB 2.0/3.0/Type-C.
Features tested on a ODROID-M2 16GB rev1.0 20240611:
- SD-card boot
- eMMC boot
- Ethernet
- PCIe/NVMe
- USB gadget
- USB host
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Hardkernel ODROID-M2 is a single-board computer based on Rockchip
RK3588S2 SoC. It features e.g. 8/16 GB LPDDR5 RAM, 64 GB eMMC, SD-card,
GbE LAN, HDMI 2.0, M.2 NVMe and USB 2.0/3.0/Type-C.
Add initial support for eMMC, SD-card, Ethernet, PCIe and USB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240901112020.3224704-3-jonas@kwiboo.se
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
[ upstream commit: ce48b8c976ce439c336def6e06bf8224a8ff9125 ]
(cherry picked from commit 7ba62d8b4cb010c6fcb7077550b46d5f5fb5af6d)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove config options for ARM SCMI. It is not required to boot the
board and when using the most recent mainline A-TF it actually causes
the device to freeze during boot due to missing SCMI support.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Some of the Powkiddy devices switched to using a different vendor for
the vdd_cpu regulator. Unfortunately the device does not have a new
revision to denote this, so users have no way of knowing in advance.
Add code to detect if a device is present at addresses 0x1c or 0x40 on
the i2c0 bus and update the devicetree if needed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Refactor the board detection logic (again) to make it compatible with
the upstream device-trees, and switch to OF_UPSTREAM.
Now the device boots with the device-tree for the 353P, and then
loads the correct device tree (of 10) in the later stages of SPL.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add dedicated getter and setter for SCLK_UART0_PMU.
This allows the driver to correctly handle UART0 clocks, and thus
it fixes the issues with UART0 not working in case DEBUG_UART is
disabled.
Unlike other Rockchip SoCs, i.e. rk3399, in the PX30 the default
clock source for UART is GPLL, instead of external oscillator.
If the DEBUG_UART is enabled, the clock source is changed in
board_debug_uart_init function to 24Mhz oscillator, which also
matches the fallback value obtained from DT node.
In case the DEBUG_UART is disabled, the UART clock source remains
default, and the DM serial driver wrongly configures the baud rate,
resulting in broken communication.
By implementing the UART clock getter/setter, the serial driver
can probe the actual configuration and corectly configure itself.
The DEBUG_UART settings now should not affect it.
The driver supports GPLL and 24M oscillator. NPLL and USBPHY480M
sources, that are managed by CRU, are not yet handled, as likely
they won't be used in real scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Czechowski <lukasz.czechowski@thaumatec.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Basically, Radxa's boards are intended to turn LEDs on at U-Boot.
add `default-state = "on"` to u-boot.dtsi.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Basically, Radxa's boards are intended to turn LEDs on at U-Boot.
enable gpio-leds driver and led command.
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
ROCK Pi 4 series and ROCK 4C+ cannot share .dtsi file because 4C+ is
different board.
add rk3399-rock-pi-4-u-boot.dtsi contents and remove dependency of it.
no functional change is intended.
Fixes: 71a95e2efd ("arm: dts: rockchip: add Radxa ROCK 4C+")
Suggested-by: Dragan Simic <dsimic@manjaro.org>
Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naoki@radxa.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Fix the issue introduced by commit fed064477c2c
("arm64: zynqmp: Print an error for split to lock mode switch").
The mini u-boot is hanging, because of the tcm is not initialized.
The mini u-boot is using the tcm to reserve the mmu table and
currently it is not initialized, so allowing u-boot to initialize
the tcm.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241011113435.1966604-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
As per bootmenu support added default boot options to CC on AMD CCs and
default to SOM on others.
However, if no secondary boot device is enabled in the design,it should
be the default boot option for SOM when combined with AMD CCs because it
only contains SOM peripherals.
To address this issue, The conditional check for the bootmenu_default
variable was removed, and it has always been set to SOM as the default
boot option.
In this way, users can choose preferred boot options from the bootmenu
based on the boot devices configured in the design for AMD CCs.
Fixes: 61bf0fa866 ("xilinx: zynqmp: Add bootmenu support")
Signed-off-by: John Vicky Vykuntapu <johnvicky.vykuntapu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/0e30b44ce3b478fdec21edad8d896f4d438ce331.1727867715.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Fix the issue introduced by commit 067e029480
("board: xilinx: Remove conditional check for Microblaze").
The scriptaddr should be physical location not really offset
from start of DDR. When U-Boot is not found boot.scr script
address in device tree, then it is assigned based on script
address and ram base address for Microblaze and i.e exceeding
DDR memory. To fix this, the script address is assigned
initially with offset instead of address. Later it is added
with ram base address and gets the physical address.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241001082537.830286-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The RPU pytest introduced by commit e894c10c04
("test/py: zynqmp_rpu: Add test for loading RPU apps") expects
3rd parameter as string not a number that's why extend command
to actually handle both. The issue with existing code is that
when any non number string is passed hextoul returns 0. For
backward compatibility zynqmp tcminit 0/1 can be still used but
it is recommended to use strings instead.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240930043814.530181-3-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
The zynqmp tcminit crashes the U-Boot when switching from
r5-mode "split" to "lockstep" instead it should throw an error.
When cpu is enabled, the check_tcm_mode() function checks
if the previous mode is "split", switch mode is "lockstep" then
it returns the error code and the initialize_tcm() function is not
updating the global control register of the RPU instead it prints
the error message. When cpu is disabled, the check_tcm_mode()
function returns the success code for switch split to lockstep mode.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240930043814.530181-2-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
I enabled IMX_HAB on an imx8mp board, but even though I knew about the
implementation, I forgot that I had to provide a sane value for
SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS. The help text for IMX_HAB doesn't mention this
implicit requirement, and there's no build-time warning; the default
0x0 value just ends up being returned from
board_spl_fit_buffer_addr(), obviously resulting in a non-booting
board.
The existing imx8m* board configs that set a non-zero value currently
all use 0x44000000. The actual value doesn't matter too much, but 0 is
always wrong for imx8m platforms. So just use 0x44000000 as default
for those platforms.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Convert to using livetree API functions.
Without this if livetree is enabled (OF_LIVE) the fsl_esdhc_imx
driver will fail to read vendor-specific properties from the dt.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Convert to using livetree API functions.
Without this if livetree is enabled (OF_LIVE) the mxc-i2c
driver will fail to support scl-gpios and sda-gpios for
i2c bus recovery.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Convert to using livetree API functions.
Without this if livetree is enabled (OF_LIVE) the imx8m-power-domain
driver will (silently) fail to probe its children leaving you with
no power domain support causing issues with certain devices.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Convert to using livetree API functions.
Without this if livetree is enabled (OF_LIVE) the imx8mq-pinctrl
driver will (silently) fail to probe causing issues with multiple
devices.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Remove FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE from verdin-imx8mm_defconfig and
verdin-imx8mp_defconfig to use the default value of 0x7000000, aligning
with other Toradex boards.
Update FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR to 0x44200000, consistent with the value in
previous downstream NXP U-Boot releases. This will make fastboot
applications continue working with upstream U-Boot by using the same
address.
Signed-off-by: Hiago De Franco <hiago.franco@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
serial_init runs into panic because no serial device found.
Update the device tree to include bootph-some-ram for some critial
devices needed in pre-reloc stage
Also update usdhc related properties to avoid card initialization
failure.
Fixes: 8c103c33fb ("dm: dts: Convert driver model tags to use new schema")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
serial_init runs into panic because no serial device found.
Update the device tree to include bootph-some-ram for some critial
devices needed in pre-reloc tage
Fixes: 8c103c33fb ("dm: dts: Convert driver model tags to use new schema")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Commit 68dcbdd594 ("ARM: imx: Add weak default reset_cpu()") caused
the 'reset' command in U-Boot to not cause a board reset.
Fix it by switching to the watchdog driver model via sysreset, which
is the preferred method for implementing the watchdog reset.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With CONFIG_DM_USB, there is no longer the need for any USB board code
anymore.
Remove the unneeded USB board code.
While at it, also remove the uneeeded CONFIG_USB_MAX_CONTROLLER_COUNT
option.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The function prototypes that are defined in the header most likely has
to be marked as static inline. This helps avoiding the compiler warnings:
include/mux.h:120:14: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mux_control_states’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:125:18: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mux_control_select’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:133:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mux_control_deselect’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:138:21: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mux_control_get’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:143:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mux_control_put’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:147:21: warning: no previous prototype for ‘devm_mux_control_get’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
include/mux.h:153:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘dm_mux_init’ [-Wmissing-prototype ]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Some functions are not used anywhere except the same file
where they are defined. Mark them static. This helps avoiding
the compiler warnings:
cmd/nvedit.c:201:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_env_ask’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
cmd/nvedit.c:315:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_env_callback’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
cmd/nvedit.c:384:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_env_flags’ [-Wmissing-prototype ]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are no users of the blk_create_device() function outside the uclass.
Let's make it static. This will ensure that new block drivers will use
blk_create_devicef().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By using blk_create_devicef() instead of blk_create_devicef() the driver
can be simplified and brought into line with other block device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Add the latest 4000 MT/s DDR config generated by
Jacinto7_DDRSS_RegConfigTool Rev 0.11 for J722S , make it the
default config and update A53 default clock to 1.4 GHz matching
the default speed grade (K).
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
The bootflow_menu.c code depends on e.g. scene_txt_set_font(),
which is only built when CONFIG_EXPO is enabled. Introduce new
Kconfig symbol BOOTSTD_MENU which depends on EXPO to prevent
triggering errors like these in case e.g. CONFIG_VIDEO=n :
"
boot/bootflow_menu.c:158:(.text+0x8851): undefined reference to `scene_txt_set_font'
"
Make the symbol depend on BOOTSTD_FULL as well to get rid of
the Makefile dependency workaround. Since BOOTSTD_FULL is not
available in SPL, do not define SPL variant of BOOTSTD_MENU.
Fix up bootflow test accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The two tools that create android boot images, mkbootimg and the fastboot
client, set the kernel address by default to 0x11008000.
U-boot always honors this field, and will try to copy the ramdisk to
whatever value is set in the header, which won't be mapped to the actual
RAM on most platforms, resulting in the kernel obviously not booting.
All the targets in U-Boot right now will download the android boot image
to CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR, which means that it will already have been
downloaded to some location that is suitable to use the ramdisk in-place
for header version 0 to 2. For header version 3 and later, the ramdisk
can't be used in-place to use ramdisk_addr_r in this case.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241017-topic-fastboot-fixes-mkbootimg-v2-3-c3927102d931@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
It's really helpful to have the ability to dump BCB block for debugging
A/B logic on the board supported this partition schema.
Command 'bcb ab_dump' prints all fields of bootloader_control struct
including slot_metadata for all presented slots.
Output example:
=====
> board# bcb ab_dump ubi 0#misc
> Read 512 bytes from volume misc to 000000000bf07580
> Read 512 bytes from volume misc to 000000000bf42f40
> Bootloader Control: [misc]
> Active Slot: _a
> Magic Number: 0x42414342
> Version: 1
> Number of Slots: 2
> Recovery Tries Remaining: 0
> CRC: 0x2c8b50bc (Valid)
>
> Slot[0] Metadata:
> - Priority: 15
> - Tries Remaining: 0
> - Successful Boot: 1
> - Verity Corrupted: 0
>
> Slot[1] Metadata:
> - Priority: 14
> - Tries Remaining: 7
> - Successful Boot: 0
> - Verity Corrupted: 0
====
The ab_dump command allows you to display ABC data directly on the
U-Boot console. During an A/B test execution, this test verifies the
accuracy of each field within the ABC data.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Rokosov <ddrokosov@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # vim3_android
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241017-android_ab_master-v5-5-43bfcc096d95@salutedevices.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Align with cmd_sf, and try to rely on DT for spi speed and mode,
and still fallback on spi_flash_probe() if it fails.
With the current scheme, spi_flash_probe() will be called
with CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE
with are set to 0 by default on DT platforms using DM_SPI_FLASH.
Like cmd_sf, keep the option to specify the speed and mode
from the dfu_alt_mode string, but rely on DT properties
if not specified.
Using CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE
makes the SPIFC controller on Amlogic Meson G12B & SM1
hardware fail and is unable to recover until a system reboot.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241001-uboot-topic-dfu-sf-dt-v2-2-67f7acfa3ff5@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
To smoothly handle the transition from the legacy SPI FLASH
API to the driver model API, add the DM functions
as dummy inline functions.
Today, client code uses #if/#else conditionals, but it's better
to use if(IS_ENABLED()) to make sure all code builds fine
and avoid configuration hell, leaving the compiler remove
the dead code.
An example is cmd/sf, which could make use of those dummy
functions to drop the conditional compilation.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241001-uboot-topic-dfu-sf-dt-v2-1-67f7acfa3ff5@linaro.org
[mkorpershoek: removed duplicate "the" from commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
CI: https://dev.azure.com/sr0718/u-boot/_build/results?buildId=378&view=results
* watchdog: gpio_wdt: add support for stoppable devices (Rasmus)
* watchdog: Add DaVinci's watchdog support (Bastien)
* cyclic: disentangling cyclic API from schedule() (Rasmus)
* watchdog: introduce separate SPL symbol for WDT_GPIO (Rasmus)
Currently, enabling WDT_GPIO on a board which uses SPL, but does not
have SPL_WDT, SPL_DM_GPIO or SPL_OF_CONTROL enabled, breaks the build.
Make it possible to use the WDT_GPIO driver on such boards by
introducing a separate symbol controlling whether the driver is built
for SPL. Make it default to WDT_GPIO such that boards that already
have it enabled and all the SPL prerequisites satisfied will continue
to have it in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Nothing in cyclic.h is needed to define struct global_data, so do not
include that header.
If any .c file relies on getting cyclic.h through asm/global_data.h,
it needs to include it itself.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This TU currently relies on getting a declaration of schedule()
through some nested include. Include the proper header directly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These TUs currently rely on getting a declaration of schedule()
through some nested include. Include the proper header directly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This TU currently relies on getting a declaration of schedule()
through some nested include. Include the proper header directly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These library routines obviously do not make use of the
cyclic_register() etc. API, but do need to call schedule(). Include
the proper header.
Eventually, their ifdef logic should be updated to avoid talking about
CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Nobody relies on getting the cyclic API declared by including the
watchdog.h header, but for historical reasons, many TUs include
watchdog.h to get a declaration of schedule(). Now that we have a
dedicated header for just that, include that header instead of
cyclic.h.
Eventually, all TUs that call schedule() should themselves include
u-boot/schedule.h, but this is a step towards getting rid of
unnecessary include statements in cyclic.h and global_data.h.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The only caller left is schedule(); everybody outside cyclic.c now
calls or references schedule().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is the last place outside of cyclic.c that references
cyclic_run() directly. Replace by schedule(), so that cyclic_run() can
be made private. This also better matches what I believe commit
29caf9305b ("cyclic: Use schedule() instead of WATCHDOG_RESET()")
intended to do.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Prior to commit 29caf9305b ("cyclic: Use schedule() instead of
WATCHDOG_RESET()") we had
/* Currently only needed for fs/cramfs/uncompress.c */
static inline void watchdog_reset_func(void)
{
WATCHDOG_RESET();
}
and .outcb was set to that watchdog_reset_func(). Said commit changed
that .outcb to cyclic_run instead of schedule, which would otherwise
match all the other WATCHDOG_RESET replacements done. As the
HW_WATCHDOG case is not handled by cyclic_run, this seems to be an
oversight.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Modifying a generic header like watchdog.h, removing not directly used
asm/ptrace.h header relies on whoever includes it to already have
included something that defines the type ulong.
Make the asm/ptrace.h header self-contained by including the proper
header.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This makes use of the cyclic API but relies on implicitly getting the
appropriate declarations through some nested include. Include the
cyclic.h header directly.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
I noticed an "unnecessary" include of <cyclic.h> in
global_data.h, in the sense that nothing in cyclic.h is needed in
order to define 'struct global_data'.
Well, it's not unnecessary, as it implicitly ensures that everybody
gets a declaration of schedule(), and schedule() is (obviously) called
all over the tree. Almost none of those places directly include
<cyclic.h>, but for historical reasons, many do include
<watchdog.h> (most schedule() instances are replacements of
WATCHDOG_RESET()).
However, very few TUs actually need the declarations of the
cyclic_register() and struct cyclic_info, and they also don't really
need anything from the watchdog.h header.
So introduce a new header which just contains a declaration of
schedule(), which can then be included from all the places that do
call schedule(). I removed the direct reference to cyclic_run(),
because we shouldn't have two public functions for doing roughly the
same without being very explicit about when one should call one or the
other.
Testing of later patches that explicitly include <schedule.h> when
schedule() is used revealed a problem with host tool build on win32,
which apparently picked up a host <schedule.h>. To avoid that problem,
put the new header in include/u-boot/ and hence make the include
statements say <u-boot/schedule.h>.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
WATCHDOG_RESET is no more. Replace the reference by schedule().
While here, rearrange the sentence a bit so that "cyclic_run()"
becomes the object and "the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions" a parenthetical rather than the other way
around, which at least to me makes it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Back when I added this driver in commit 2ac8490412, I wrote
The corresponding linux driver apparently has support for some
watchdog circuits which can be disabled by tri-stating the gpio, but I
have never actually encountered such a chip in the wild;
That has changed now; I have a board with just such a watchdog on my
desk currently. Add support for that.
- For a hw_algo="toggle" device, the gpio is requested as output if the
always-running flag is set, otherwise as input.
- The ->start() method is updated to change the direction to output when
required (i.e. it is not always-running).
- The ->stop() method is implemented, but of course reports failure if
always-running.
As I still haven't met any hw_algo="level" devices, I'm not entirely
sure how they fit in, but I'm borrowing logic from the corresponding
linux driver:
- In ->probe(), such devices always request the gpio as GPIOD_IS_OUT.
- In ->stop(), the linux driver has an "eternal ping" comment and sets
the gpio to (logic) high.
Stefan:
Added necessary changes in test/dm/wdt.c to fix CI build breakage, as
suggested by Rasmus.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-video/-/pipelines/22907
* VNBYTES() comment fix
* add VIDEO dependency for FDT_SIMPLEFB
* fdt_simplefb: drop not needed CONFIG_VIDEO check
* am62x,evm: preserve splash screen while OS is booting
* simplefb: warning fix for CONFIG_FDT_64BIT=n
Fix compile warning with !CONFIG_FDT_64BIT by
casting the variable in the debug print.
Signed-off-by: Eva Kurchatova <lekkit@at.encryp.ch>
Reported-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Update simple-framebuffer device-tree node by enumerating framebuffer
related information in existing simple-framebuffer node in Linux
device-tree file and enabling it.
In case there is no simple-framebuffer stub detected in Linux kernel
device-tree and video is still active, then update the device-tree to
reserve the framebuffer region for the active splash screen.
This helps preserve the splash screen till the display server takes over
after OS is booted.
Signed-off-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
CONFIG_VIDEO conditional compilation checks are no longer needed since
FDT_SIMPLEFB Kconfig now depends on VIDEO Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The fdt_simplefb.c APIs rely on video-uclass APIs and structures to
fill/update framebuffer information, so compile it only when VIDEO
Kconfig is enabled, as otherwise below warning can be seen if VIDEO
Kconfig is disabled:
"boot/fdt_simplefb.c:96:12: warning: fdt_simplefb_enable_existing_node
defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
96 | static int fdt_simplefb_enable_existing_node(void *blob)"
Reported-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Devarsh Thakkar <devarsht@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
In v2024.10, "make envtools" is broken for at least these defconfigs:
am335x_evm_defconfig
rpi_3_defconfig
rpi_4_defconfig
mx7dsabresd_defconfig
wandboard_defconfig
imx8mp_evk_defconfig
The only defconfig we use for which it is not broken is
stm32mp13_defconfig. They all work just fine in v2024.07.
The symptoms are slightly different, but all related to the fact that
some transitively included header uses IS_ENABLED or CONFIG_IS_ENABLED
without linux/kconfig.h having already been included.
A simple git bisect doesn't produce anything sensible, it ends up at
3a9f642ca9 (crypto: nuvoton: npcm_sha: Support SHA 384/512) which
clearly has nothing to do with this. But digging deeper, one
eventually finds 0f92fa4560 ("env: Remove <common.h> and add needed
includes").
So at first I tried adding "#include <linux/kconfig.h>" in
include/env_default.h and include/env_flags.h. That fixes it for some,
but not all, of the above. For example rpi_3_defconfig still fails,
then in log.h complaining about BIT() and u8 not being defined. At
least BIT() is should have gotten from bitops.h, except that that's
behind ifdef __KERNEL__, so not set for the envtools build.
It turns out that the envtools source code in fw_env_private.h already
has some hackery to deal with all this, in the form of the __ASSEMBLY__
games it plays before including config.h. It seems that if we just
make sure to do that include early enough, so that config.h is indeed
parsed with that __ASSEMBLY__ hackery in place, everything builds
fine.
Fixes: 0f92fa4560 ("env: Remove <common.h> and add needed includes")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com> says:
Aspeed AST2700 SoCs integrates the Caliptra secure IP, where an ECDSA384
signature verification HW interface is exported for SoC crypto needs.
This patch series firstly extends the FIT image signing/verify common
code to support the ECDSA384 algorithm. For better convenience, the
device tree for ECDSA public key storage is also revised by referring
to RSA implementations.
After the FIT common code revision, the driver is implemented for
AST2700 to leverage the Caliptra ECDSA384 signature verification.
These are verified by signed FIT images with the algorithm "sha384,ecdsa384".
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241014095620.216936-1-chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com
Aspeed AST27xx SoCs integrate the CPTRA 1.0 secure IP, which export
an ECDSA384_SIGNATURE_VERIFY mailbox command service for SoC to use.
This patch is verified by the FIT signature verification using the
"sha384,ecdsa384" algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The padding algorithm is not mandatory for all signing algorithm.
For example, ECDSA does not require a padding method.
For RSA requiring PKCS padding, the belonging info->crypto(), assigned
with rsa_verify_key(), also has the check on the validity of info->padding().
Thus, remove the info->padding check from the upper, general layer.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add AVS and PMIC regulator configs
Also, disable it explicitly in am68_sk_r5_defconfig as it includes
j721s2_evm_r5_defconfig for re-usability.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Also adds bootph-pre-ram property to VTM node and the pmic node.
vdd-supply is used to assign the buck regulator that the AVS driver can
use to program the proper voltage which it picked up from e-fuse.
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) Class 0 is a procedure for lowering the
voltage on certain device power rails. Initialize AVS Class 0.
Link: https://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruj28 (Section 5.2.3.3.2.5 AVS-Class0)
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Different devices have different MPU clk and dev ID. Currently it had
been hardcoded. Move it to DT based extraction.
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Check if AVS could not be programmed and print a warning.
Fixes: 9d233b4e3e ("misc: k3_avs: add driver for K3 Adaptive Voltage Scaling Class 0")
Reviewed-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
This Kconfig depends on DM_PMIC but hadn't be explicitly stated which
could cause config related issues.
Adds the dependency in Kconfig for tps65941.
Fixes: 6b86dd0c1e ("power: pmic: tps65941: Add support for tps65941 family of PMICs")
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Manorit Chawdhry <m-chawdhry@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com> says:
Hello,
This series adds support for the Cadence PCIe controller on TI's K3
family of SoCs to which the J7200 SoC belongs. The driver is an adaptation
of the Linux driver (drivers/pci/controller/cadence/pci-j721e.c) and has
been implemented specifically for Root-Complex mode of operation on the
J7200 SoC. A minor set of changes will be sufficient to support other K3
SoCs as well with plans to implement it in the near future.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241014053924.4027491-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
TI's J7200 SoC has a single instance of PCIe Controller namely PCIe1 which
is a Cadence PCIe Controller. To support PCIe functionality with the PCIe1
instance of PCIe, enable the corresponding configs.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Add support for the Cadence PCIe Controller present on TI's K3 SoCs.
This driver is an adaptation of the Linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On Qualcomm systems, the setup buffer and even buffers are in
a bad state at interrupt handling, so invalidate the dcache lines
for the setup_buf and event buffer to make sure we read correct
data written by the hardware.
This fixes the following error:
dwc3-generic-peripheral usb@a600000: UNKNOWN IRQ type -1
dwc3-generic-peripheral usb@a600000: UNKNOWN IRQ type 4673109
and invalid situation in dwc3_gadget_giveback() because setup_buf content
is read at 0s and leads to fatal crash fixed by [1].
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20240528-topic-sm8x50-dwc3-gadget-crash-fix-v1-1-58434ab4b3d3@linaro.org/
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The current flush operation will omit doing a flush/invalidate on
the first and last bytes if the base address and size are not aligned
with CACHELINE_SIZE.
This causes operation failures Qualcomm platforms.
Take in account the alignment and size of the buffer and also
flush the previous and last cacheline.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since setup_buf is also consumed by hardware DMA, aligns it's
allocation like other hardware buffers by introduce setup_buf_addr
populated by dma_alloc_coherent(), and use it to pass the physical
address of the buffer to the hardware.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
i2c updates for v2025.01-rc1
- Add support for the following Maxim chips using the existing PCA954x
driver from Maxim:
- MAX7356
- MAX7357
- MAX7358
- MAX7367
- MAX7368
- MAX7369
- introduce "i2c-gpio,sda-output-only" functionality
from Alex
Some I2C slave devices are read-only and don't even answer with NACK.
For example FD65x segment LED controllers.
Make them usable with i2c-gpio,sda-output-only that are already supported
by Linux 6.3+.
Signed-off-by: Alex Shumsky <alexthreed@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add support for the following Maxim chips using the existing PCA954x
driver:
- MAX7356
- MAX7357
- MAX7358
- MAX7367
- MAX7368
- MAX7369
All added Maxim chips behave like the PCA954x, where a single SMBUS byte
write selects up to 8 channels to be bridged to the primary bus.
Tested using the MAX7358.
Signed-off-by: Maksim Kiselev <bigunclemax@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Move the SR3 bit definition in the right place. Fix
what is likely a rebase artifact. No functional change.
Fixes: 215f1d5794 ("mtd: spi-nor: Clear Winbond SR3 WPS bit on boot")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Fixes of unreleased buffer, deadcode and wrong variable type detected
by coverity scan.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510809: Resource leaks (RESOURCE_LEAK)
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510806: Control flow issues (DEADCODE)
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 510794 Control flow issues (NO_EFFECT)
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Building on 32-bit results in a build failure:
cmd/upl.c:75:51: warning: format ‘%lx’ expects argument of type
‘long unsigned int’, but argument 3 has type ‘size_t’
{aka ‘unsigned int’} [-Wformat=]
75 | printf("UPL handoff written to %lx size %lx\n", addr, abuf_size(&buf));
| ~~^ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| | |
| | size_t {aka unsigned int}
| long unsigned int
| %x
Fixes: 264f4b0b34 ("upl: Add a command")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
lmb_add_region() returns a positive integer if the added regions causes
existing regions to be coalesced. We still want to notify the EFI
subsystem about these added regions though, so adjust lmb_add() to only
bail on errors.
This fixes EFI memory allocation on boards with adjacent memory banks as is the
case on several Qualcomm boards like the RB3 Gen 2.
Fixes: 2f6191526a (lmb: notify of any changes to the LMB memory map)
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Without asm/cpu_x86.h inclusion a compiler is not happy:
arch/x86/cpu/cpu_x86.c:14:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘cpu_x86_bind’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/cpu_x86.c:29:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘cpu_x86_get_vendor’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/cpu_x86.c:41:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘cpu_x86_get_desc’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/cpu_x86.c:55:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘cpu_x86_get_count’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Add missing header inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The compiler is not happy to have no prototypes for the functions that
are not defined static. Add them. This helps avoiding the compiler warnings:
arch/x86/cpu/cpu.c:197:13: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_final_init’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/cpu.c:205:13: warning: no previous prototype for ‘board_final_cleanup’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/cpu.c:307:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘reserve_arch’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some functions are not used anywhere except the same file
where they are defined. Mark them static. This helps avoiding
the compiler warnings:
arch/x86/cpu/cpu.c:343:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘detect_coreboot_table_at’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/mtrr.c:90:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘mtrr_write_all’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
arch/x86/cpu/i386/interrupt.c:240:6: warning: no previous prototype for ‘__do_irq’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most of the copies of the print_cpuinfo() call the default method.
Remove all of those in order to have only the default one when
no `cpu` command is compiled.
This also helps avoiding compiler warning, e.g.:
arch/x86/cpu/tangier/tangier.c:23:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘print_cpuinfo’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The real-time clock is needed for most X86 systems and it is useful to
be able to read from it. Enable the rtc command by default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update to a newer version which supports settings in CMOS RAM and
linear framebuffer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The scene_txt_str() function calls expo_str() so there is no need to
call it beforehand. Drop this unnecessary code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present menu items are stored according to their sequence number in
the menu. In some cases we may want to have holes in that sequence, or
not use a sequence at all.
Add a new 'value' property for menu items. This will be used for
reading and writing, if present. If there is no 'value' property, then
the normal sequence number will be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set aside some expo IDs for 'save' and 'discard' buttons. This avoids
needing to store the IDs for these. Adjust the documentation and expo
tool for the new EXPOID_BASE_ID value.
Ignore these objects when saving and loading the cedit, since they do
not contain real data.
Adjust 'cedit run' to return failure when the user exits the expo
without saving. Update the test for this change as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If expo_set_dynamic_start() is never called, the first scene created
will have an ID of 0, which is invalid. Correct this by setting a
default value.
Add a test to check this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present a fixed position is used for menu items, 200 pixels to the
right of the left side of the labels. This means that a menu item with
a very long label may overlap the items.
It seems better to calculate the maximum label width and then place the
items to the right of all of them.
To implement this, add a new struct to containing arrangement
information. Calculate it before doing the actual arrangement. Add a
new style item which sets the amount of space from the right side of
the labels to left side of the items.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When starting a new text line, an assumption is made that the current
vertical position is a multiple of the character height. When this is
not true, characters can be written after the end of the framebuffer.
This can causes crashes and strange errors from QEMU.
Adjust the scrolling check when processing a newline character, to
avoid any problems.
Add some comments to make things a little clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is useful for highlighting something with a black background, as
is needed with cedit when using a white-on-black console. Add this as
a new colour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This phandle was missing in the sandbox DT, add it, otherwise sandbox-i2c
driver cannot look up the emulator via i2c_emul_find(). This fixes the
following i2c_emul_find() error:
"
$ ./u-boot -Dc ""
...
i2c_emul_find() No emulators for device 'sandbox_pmic'
sandbox_pmic_write() write error to device: 0000000018c568d0 register: 0x0!
out_set_value() PMIC write failed: -5
i2c_emul_find() No emulators for device 'sandbox_pmic'
sandbox_pmic_write() write error to device: 0000000018c568d0 register: 0x0!
out_set_value() PMIC write failed: -5
...
"
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a short description of how tests work, why they are so critical
and how to resolve gaps in Binman's test coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Pass the arguments through to test_util so that a single test can be
used.
Update the docs and add some missing backquotes in the same section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present run_test_coverage() assumes you want code coverage for the
entire code base. This is the normal situation, but sometimes it is
useful to see the coverage provided by just a single test. Add support
for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With sandbox_spl we want to use the file-based boot in CI, so that this
flow is tested. The recent UPL change enabled booting via that method,
thus overriding the file-based boot.
Correct this by using UPL only when the --upl flag is given.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 91fde8e176 ("sandbox: Add an SPL loader for UPL")
The patch implement new property 'fit,sign' that can be declared
at the top-level 'fit' node. If that option is declared, fit tryies
to detect private keys directory among binman include directories.
That directory than passed to mkimage using '-k' flag and that enable
signing of FIT.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Renumbered files, moved new tests to end:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix error message like this:
Can't add verification data for node 'fdt-1' (<unknown error>)
We get unknown error because we decode error as fdt error
but actually it is system error.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FIT use mkimage from BuildSectionData() to build FIT entry contents.
BuildSectionData() get called several times during building FIT image.
Currently when fit inserts loadables, it use self._loadables property that
contain loadables computed during previuos BuildSectionData() invocation.
So for the first run it use empty list and pass no loadables to mkimage.
That makes problem for adding signature to FIT image because mkimage
fails to add signature and aborts building FIT if no loadables provided.
The patch fixes described behaviour in a way that BuildSectionData() uses
recently calculated loadables value, not previosly calculated.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When BLK is not enabled but BOOTSTD is, some features of standard boot
become unavailable. Add a check for this in the only site that is
currently apparent.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some boards still don't enable BLK but we want to be able to at least
compile the code which relies on this. For example, bootstd includes
calls to blk_...() functions, albeit with a check for BLK so that the
code is eliminated by the compiler.
Reduce the scope of the BLK #ifdef to help with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Receiving timestamps from coreboot was unceremoniously dropped some time
ago. Add it back.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 8ad01ce36f ("x86: Remove x86 specific GD flags as they are...")
Rather than using a special variable, get the timestamp info from the
coreboot sysinfo struct. Return a proper error as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to obtain the results of MSR queries as well as to update
MSR registers, so add a command these tasks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the clock speed is above about 4GHz, e.g. on modern PC hardware,
the timer overflows, resulting in a much lower frequency than expected.
Deal with this by capping the clock speed.
It would be possible to move to a 64-bit value for the clock, but that
is a pain to deal with. A better approach might be to express the clock
in MHz but that is left for later consideration.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When bootstage is used the timer can be inited before the CPU identity
is set up, resulting in the checks for the vendor not working.
Add a special call to work around this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While a few SoCs have a unique print_cpuinfo function, a number of them
just use default_print_cpuinfo. Make default_print_cpuinfo have a weak
alias to provie print_cpuinfo.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The default font is proportional, with different character widths.
Select a monospace font for coreboot so that the 'dm tree' output lines
up correctly.
Update the coreboot tests to match.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EFI block device driver is the only user of blk_create_device() outside
the block device uclass. Use blk_create_devicef() instead like other block
device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not write "ERROR:" or "WARNING:" when using log_err() or
log_warning(). These prefixed don't provide additional information.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22796
- Switch to using upstream DT on DH i.MX8MP DHCOM PDK2/PDK3.
- Add ability to build fallback DTBOs from arch/$(ARCH)/dts.
- Remove fdt_high and initrd_high env variables from imx6-dhcom.
- Add dummy clk for imx8.
- Fix DT corruption in imx8_cpu.
- Improve DDR stability on pico-imx7d.
First set of u-boot-at91 fixes for the 2025.01 cycle:
This small set includes the maintainer e-mail update and a missing
header that was causing some build issues.
Soon Azure will be removing the macOS-12 container in following their
normal support schedule. Move us to macOS-14 so we won't have problems
there for a while. At the same time, our Windows container is the oldest
supported, so move to the newer option. Finally, Ubuntu 22.04 is the
middle option currently, but 24.04 should be fine.
Link: https://github.com/actions/runner-images/issues/10721
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
EFI variables can be stored in a file on the EFI system partition. If that
partition is missing we are writing two error messages per variable. This
is too noisy.
Just warn once about the missing ESP.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
U-Boot device tree is padded just after U-Boot proper.
After the whole stuff loaded to DRAM space, the device tree
area is conflict with BSS region before U-Boot relocation.
So any write to BSS area before reloc_fdt will corrupt the
device tree. Without the fix, there is issue that “binman_init
failed:-2” on i.MX8MP-EVK board.
Drop 'revision' and use malloc area in cpu_imx_plat->rev.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Increase ODT resistor value from 60 to 120 ohm to improve DRAM stability.
Based on the following commit from TechNexion U-Boot:
8a00e57b69
Signed-off-by: Ray Chang <ray.chang@technexion.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Szőke <egyszeregy@freemail.hu>
There is a dummy clk entry for i.MX8QM/QXP, so add the dummy clk enable
and get rate. Otherwise "__imx8_clk_enable(Invalid clk ID #0)".
Fixes: 76332fae76 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: Enable AHB/IPG clk with clk bulk API")
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Remove both "fdt_high" and "initrd_high" environment variables
in favor of "bootm_size" to safely contain a kernel, device tree
and initrd for relocation inside of 256 MiB region of DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM to use upstream DT and add freescale/ prefix to the
DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE. And thereby directly build DTB from dts/upstream/src/
including *-u-boot.dtsi and DTBOs from arch/$(ARCH)/dts/ directory.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Currently the enablement of OF_UPSTREAM results on the build system
searching for DTs only in dts/upstream/ . There are platforms which
use U-Boot specific DTBOs applied on top of U-Boot control DT during
SPL stage, and source DTs for these are located in arch/$(ARCH)/dtb.
Add dedicated 'dtbos' target which builds only .dtbos and not .dtbs and
in case CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM_INCLUDE_LOCAL_FALLBACK_DTBOS is enabled, build
this target for arch/$(ARCH)/dtb to generate local U-Boot specific DTBOs.
Adjust top level Makefile so binman would search for .dtb and .dtbo in
both OF_UPSTREAM specific paths and arch/$(ARCH)/dtb for the .dtbo case
in case CONFIG_OF_UPSTREAM_INCLUDE_LOCAL_FALLBACK_DTBOS is enabled.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In one inline function in this header `readl()` is used, but the
declaration was not found, so buildman gave this warning:
w+include/asm/arch/clk.h: In function 'get_h32mxdiv':
w+include/asm/arch/clk.h:65:16: warning: implicit declaration of function 'readl' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
Fixes: 927b901b47 ("ARM: atmel: add sama5d4ek board support")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com> says:
The channel allocation and deallocation for dma copy was happening on every
dma transfer. This is a overhead for transactions like NAND, which does
page reads recursively for complete data.
So, moving the dma allocation to probe and implement corresponding
remove function and cleanup dma device while exiting from spl.
Enable SPL_DM_DEVICE_REMOVE, for device removal capability in SPL.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241009145703.1970034-1-p-mantena@ti.com
Currently, the allocation of DMA channel[0] for memcpy is happening
in udma_transfer() for every transfer, which leads to a huge overhead
for each transfer, especially in case of nand page reads. So, move this
allocation to udma_probe(), as a result, the allocation is done once
during probe.
Introduce udma_remove() for the cleanup of allocated channel during
probe.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
The udma_probe() function was placed above many important APIs
related to bcdma, pktdma, which restricts these APIs to be accessed
during probe. So, move udma_probe() below all of them.
Signed-off-by: Santhosh Kumar K <s-k6@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
While exiting from spl, remove any dma device active through
spl_board_prepare_for_boot(). This is required for cleaning up
any dma channels being used in spl and avoid issues with overlapping
channel allocation in the next stage bootloaders.
Signed-off-by: Prasanth Babu Mantena <p-mantena@ti.com>
J722S SOC have two variants as HS-FS and HS-SE.
Add binman support for HS-SE variant.
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
[j-choudhary@ti.com: Fix load-dm-data entry and indentation]
Signed-off-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Add clk and device data which can be used by wkup_uart driver
to configure clocks and PSC.
Signed-off-by: Bhavya Kapoor <b-kapoor@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Move do_irqinfo() prototype to a header file, otherwise compiler is not
happy:
arch/x86/lib/interrupts.c:130:5: warning: no previous prototype for ‘do_irqinfo’ [-Wmissing-prototypes]
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add 'struct cmd_tbl;' to irq_func.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
AM62x devices now support CPU throttling based on thermal alerts
with a Linux commit 10e7bfd8114c ("arm64: dts: ti: k3-am62: Enable
CPU freq throttling on thermal alert"). However, this functionality
does not work correctly across all variants of the AM62x SoCs
which have different numbers of Cortex-A CPU cores: AM62x1 (1 core),
AM62x2 (2 cores), and AM62x4 (4 cores). On single-core and dual-core
AM62x devices, the following error is observed in the Linux kernel:
OF: /thermal-zones/main0-thermal/cooling-maps/map0: could not find
phandle 94
OF: /thermal-zones/main1-thermal/cooling-maps/map0: could not find
phandle 94
This commit adds a fixup to dynamically adjust the cooling-device
nodes in the thermal zones based on the actual number of CPU cores
available. This resolves the issue of CPU throttling not working
correctly on single-core and dual-core AM62x devices, while
maintaining the functionality for AM62x quad-core devices.
A similar approach is implemented for example on i.MX8MM SoC.
Signed-off-by: Parth Pancholi <parth.pancholi@toradex.com>
It might happen that CONFIG_GZIP and CONFIG_LZO are enabled but we might
have CONFIG_MULTI_DTB_FIT_LZO enabled in this case in the code path of
uncompress_blob() we parse the gzip headers first which results in
`Error: Bad gzipped data` being printed. To avoid this parse the gzip/lzo
headers only when dependencies have met.
Signed-off-by: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Allow to use OF_OVERLAY_LIST also for the case that the overlays just
need be built, e.g. when they will be picked up by binman as artifacts
of the final U-Boot image. The IOT2050 boards have such a need when
switching to OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SPL_FIT_SOURCE is long superseded by SPL_FIT_GENERATOR which
is long superseded by binman, drop SPL_FIT_SOURCE support as there
are no more users.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm/-/pipelines/22732
- stm32mp: fix boot issue with OP-TEE
- stm32mp: Add script to install U-Boot from SD/eMMC to SPI NOR on DH STM32MP15xx
- stm32mp: Switch to using upstream DT on DH STM32 DHSOM
- stm32mp: Generate u-boot.itb using binman on DH STM32 DHSOM
Add new section for USB TypeC Port Manager (TCPM) support, which
is needed to figure out cable orientation of USB-C plus and to do
USB PD communication.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Add USB-C controller (fusb302), which will be used by U-Boot to
initialize USB-PD. This is needed, because USB-PD communication
must happen within 5 seconds after the USB-C connector got plugged.
On my Rock 5B it often takes 5 seconds to jump to the Linux binary,
so it must happen before Linux is initialized.
This adds the DT node to the U-Boot specific file, since the Linux
kernel DT currently does not describe it to avoid a system reset.
The plan is to add it to the Linux DT with status = 'fail' and then
let U-Boot mark it as status = 'okay' if it properly dealt with
early USB-PD initialization. Until the Kernel DT has the node, let's
add it in U-Boot to get things going.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Since older U-Boot releases do not negotiate USB PD, the kernel
DT may not enable the USB-C controller by default to avoid a
regression. The plan is to upstream it with 'status = "fail";'
instead. U-Boot should then mark it as 'status = "okay";' if
it negotiated USB PD. Currently existing upstream kernel DTs do
not yet have the USB-C controller at all, so we ignore any
failures.
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Now that the TCPM framework exists we can introduce fusb302
driver using it. This chip is a very common USB-C controller
chip with PD support, which can be found in the Radxa Rock 5B
among many other boards. Apart from Power Delivery, it also
handles detection of the cable orientation. That can be used
to control a mux for connecting the right USB3 lane pair to
the USB3 controller.
The driver is originally from the Linux kernel, but has been
adapted to the requirements of U-Boot and its TCPM framework.
Co-developed-by: Wang Jie <dave.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Jie <dave.wang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
This adds TCPM framework in preparation for fusb302 support, which can
handle USB power delivery messages. This is needed to solve issues with
devices, that are running from a USB-C port supporting USB-PD, but not
having a battery.
Such a device currently boots to the kernel without interacting with
the power-supply at all. If there are no USB-PD message replies within
5 seconds, the power-supply assumes the peripheral is not capable of
USB-PD. It usually takes more than 5 seconds for the system to reach
the kernel and probe the I2C based fusb302 chip driver. Thus the
system always runs into this state. The power-supply's solution to
fix this error state is a hard reset, which involves removing the
power from VBUS. Boards without a battery (or huge capacitors) will
reset at this point resulting in a boot loop.
This imports the TCPM framework from the kernel. The porting has
originally been done by Rockchip using hardware timers and the Linux
kernel's TCPM code from some years ago.
I had a look at upgrading to the latest TCPM kernel code, but that
beast became a lot more complex due to adding more USB-C features.
I believe these features are not needed in U-Boot and with multiple
kthreads and hrtimers being involved it is non-trivial to port them.
Instead I worked on stripping down features from the Rockchip port
to an even more basic level. Also the TCPM code has been reworked
to avoid complete use of any timers (Rockchip used SoC specific
hardware timers + IRQ to implement delayed work mechanism). Instead
the delayed state changes are handled directly from the poll loop.
Note, that (in contrast to the original Rockchip port) the state
machine has the same hard reset quirk, that the kernel has - i.e.
it avoids disabling the CC pin resistors for devices that are not
self-powered. Without that quirk, the Radxa Rock 5B will not just
end up doing a machine reset when a hard reset is triggered, but will
not even recover, because the CPU will loose power and the FUSB302
will keep this state because of leak voltage arriving through the RX
serial pin (assuming a serial adapter is connected).
This also includes a 'tcpm' command, which can be used to get
information about the current state and the negotiated voltage
and current.
Co-developed-by: Wang Jie <dave.wang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Jie <dave.wang@rock-chips.com>
Tested-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
The initialization of upriv->buf doesn't check for a NULL return. But
there's actually no point in doing a separate, unconditional malloc()
in post_probe; we can just make serial_dev_priv contain the rx buffer
itself, and let the (larger) allocation be handled by the driver core
when it allocates the ->per_device_auto. The total run-time memory
used is mostly the same, we reduce the code size a little, and as a
bonus, struct serial_dev_priv does not contain the unused members when
!SERIAL_RX_BUFFER.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The help text says it must be a power of 2, and the implementation
does rely on that. Enforce it.
A violation gives a wall of text, but the last few lines should be
reasonably obvious:
drivers/serial/serial-uclass.c:334:9: note: in expansion of macro ‘BUILD_BUG_ON_NOT_POWER_OF_2’
334 | BUILD_BUG_ON_NOT_POWER_OF_2(CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER_SIZE);
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before the previous patch, pasting a string of length x >
CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER_SIZE results in getting the
last (x%CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER_SIZE) characters from that string.
With the previous patch, one instead gets the last
CONFIG_SERIAL_RX_BUFFER_SIZE characters repeatedly until the ->rd_ptr
catches up.
Both behaviours are counter-intuitive, and happen because the code
that checks for a character available from the hardware does not
account for whether there is actually room in the software buffer to
receive it. Fix that by adding such accounting. This also brings the
software buffering more in line with how most hardware FIFOs
behave (first received characters are kept, overflowing characters are
dropped).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation of the circular rx buffer falls into a
common trap with circular buffers: It keeps the head/tail indices
reduced modulo the buffer size. The problem with that is that it makes
it impossible to distinguish "buffer full" from "buffer empty",
because in both situations one has head==tail.
This can easily be demonstrated: Build sandbox with RX_BUFFER enabled,
set the RX_BUFFER_SIZE to 32, and try pasting the string
01234567890123456789012345678901
Nothing seems to happen, but in reality, all characters have been read
and put into the buffer, but then tstc ends up believing nothing is in
the buffer anyway because upriv->rd_ptr == upriv->wr_ptr.
A better approach is to let the indices be free-running, and only
reduce them modulo the buffer size when accessing the array. Then
"empty" is head-tail==0 and "full" is head-tail==size. This does rely
on the buffer size being a power-of-two and the free-running
indices simply wrapping around to 0 when incremented beyond the
maximal positive value.
Incidentally, that change from signed to unsigned int also improves
code generation quite a bit: In C, (signed int)%(signed int) is
defined to have the sign of the dividend (so (-35) % 32 is -3, not
29), and hence despite the modulus being a power-of-two, x % 32 does
not actually compile to the same as a simple x & 31 - on x86 with -Os,
it seems that gcc ends up emitting an idiv instruction, which is quite
expensive.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <ravi@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is cosmetic change.
Remove the empty comment blocks remaining after conversion to Kconfig
of CONFIG_SYS_MAX_NAND_DEVICE and CONFIG_SERVERIP.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Make the dh_update_sd_to_sf script generic, rename it to dh_update_block_to_sf
and implement two specific dh_update_sd_to_sf and dh_update_emmc_to_sf scripts
which load U-Boot from either SD or eMMC and install it into SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In OP-TEE, the "optee_core@" node is reserved, appended in non secure
device tree (see mark_tzdram_as_reserved() function under CFG_DT) so
this name must be checked in optee_get_reserved_memory().
We keep the check on /reserved-memory/optee@ node to have backward
compatibility with STMT32Image booting, when the reserved node is
already present in U-Boot or SPL device tree with name "optee@".
This patch solves a boot issue on board with OP-TEE for U-Boot
compiled with stm32mp15_defconfig and without secure configuration
device tree (stm32mp157c-dk2.dts for example).
Fixes: 5fe9e0deab ("stm32mp: allow calling optee_get_reserved_memory()
from U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Clarify the usage of SCMI specific device tree to use with
stm32mp15_defconfig and with OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Move the stm32mp1 data cache reconfiguration after the lmb init call
board_r::initr_lmb to allow parsing of the reserved region with
no-map tag.
After this patch the DDR is not fully mapped up to arch_early_init_r()
call, only the relocation region is mapped, but it is enough for
the first board_r initialization phases; later, when arch_early_init_r()
is called, the LMB is already initialized and the function
lmb_is_reserved_flags() function is functional, this LMB function
is called in the weak function dram_bank_mmu_setup() when
dcache_enable() is executed.
Without this change, as LMB is not initialized when it is used in
dram_bank_mmu_setup, the OP-TEE region is mapped cache-able by U-Boot
and we have some firewall violation since "LMB memory map global and
persistent" series.
Fixes: ed17a33fed ("lmb: make LMB memory map persistent and global")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reserved memory for OP-TEE is located at end of DDR for STM32MP1 SoC only
(STM32MP13 and STM32MP15) and the OP-TEE reserved memory is located at the
beginning of DDR for STM32MP25 SoC, before CONFIG_TEXT_BASE and
with reserved memory for companion coprocessor. So the ram_top is limited
by OP-TEE reserved memory only for STM32MP1 SoC.
This patch solves an issue for ram_top value on STM32MP25 SoC because the
generic reserved memory management, based on LMB, is no more used before
relocation.
Fixes: 8242f14a3e ("stm32mp: compute ram_top based on the optee base address")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Describe the u-boot.its generation in stm32mp15xx-dhsom-u-boot.dtsi
binman {} DT node as a replacement for current CONFIG_SPL_FIT_SOURCE
use, dispose of both u-boot-dhcom.its and u-boot-dhcor.its.
Use fdt-SEQ/config-SEQ to generate a list of fdt-N fitImage images {} and
matching configuration {} node entries. The configuration node entry names
no longer encode _somrevN_boardrevN suffix, which was never really used, so
drop this functionality by default. Rework board_fit_config_name_match() to
match on the new configuration node entry names.
Users who do need the match on _somrevN_boardrevN can either replace the
fdt-SEQ/config-SEQ with fixed fdt-N/config-N nodes which each encode the
matching 'description = "NAME_somrevN_boardrevN"' to restore the old
behavior verbatim, or better use SPL DT overlays for U-Boot control DT
the same way e.g. i.MX8MP DHCOM does to support multiple SoM and board
variants.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM to use upstream DT and add st/ prefix to the
DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE. And thereby directly build DTB from dts/upstream/src/
including *-u-boot.dtsi from arch/$(ARCH)/dts/ directory.
The previous setup used generic SoC prefix like stm32mp15xx-dhco* for
generic DTs which could be used on any STM32MP15xx DHSOM variant. The
new setup uses specific SoC prefix stm32mp157c-dhco* to match Linux DT
names. Since the hardware present on STM32MP153 and STM32MP157 is not
enabled in the board configuration and not supported by U-Boot except
for the DSI host, using the existing Linux DTs poses no issue even on
plain STM32MP151A based SoMs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The cpu0-opp-table {} node does not exist in upstream Linux stm32mp151.dtsi
file, in order to enable conversion to OF_UPSTREAM, duplicate the node from
current U-Boot stm32mp151.dtsi into stm32mp15-u-boot.dtsi. This makes STM32
DTs buildable even with OF_UPSTREAM enabled. No functional change, since the
current U-Boot stm32mp151.dtsi already contains the cpu0-opp-table {} node,
stm32mp15-u-boot.dtsi is applied at the end, and does not bring in any new
content.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org> says:
This is a rework of a patch series by Maxim Uvarov: "net/lwip: add lwip
library for the network stack" [1]. The goal is to introduce the lwIP TCP/IP
stack [2] [3] as an alternative to the current implementation in net/,
selectable with Kconfig, and ultimately keep only lwIP if possible. Some
reasons for doing so are:
- Make the support of HTTPS in the wget command easier. Javier T. and
Raymond M. (CC'd) have some additional lwIP and Mbed TLS patches to do
so. With that it becomes possible to fetch and launch a distro installer
such as Debian etc. using a secure, authenticated connection directly
from the U-Boot shell. Several use cases:
* Authentication: prevent MITM attack (third party replacing the
binary with a different one)
* Confidentiality: prevent third parties from grabbing a copy of the
image as it is being downloaded
* Allow connection to servers that do not support plain HTTP anymore
(this is becoming more and more common on the Internet these days)
- Possibly benefit from additional features implemented in lwIP
- Less code to maintain in U-Boot
Prior to applying this series, the lwIP stack needs to be added as a
Git subtree with the following command:
$ git subtree add --squash --prefix lib/lwip/lwip \
https://github.com/lwip-tcpip/lwip.git STABLE-2_2_0_RELEASE
Notes
1. A number of features are currently incompatible with NET_LWIP:
DFU_TFTP, FASTBOOT, SPL_NET, ETH_SANDBOX, ETH_SANDBOX_RAW, DM_ETH. They
all make assumptions on how the network stack is implemented and/or
pull sybols that are not trivially exported from lwIP. Some interface
rework may be needed.
2. Due to the above, and in order to provide some level of testing of the
lwIP code in CI even when the legacy NET is the default, a new QEMU
configuration is introduced (qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig) which is
based on qemu_arm64_defconfig with NET_LWIP and CMD_*_LWIP enabled.
In addition to that, this series has some [TESTING] patches
which make NET_LWIP the default.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20231127125726.3735-1-maxim.uvarov@linaro.org/
[2] https://www.nongnu.org/lwip/
[3] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LwIP
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1729070678.git.jerome.forissier@linaro.org
Add myself as a maintainer for the lwIP network stack integration code
and network commands as well as the sandbox ethernet driver for lwIP.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Build and run qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig in CI. This tests the lightweight
IP (lwIP) implementation of the dhcp, tftpboot and ping commands.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Add support for setting the TFTP block size. The default value (1468)
is fine for Ethernet and allows a better throughput than the TFTP
default (512), if the server supports the blksize option of course.
I tested this change with qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig. The throughput is
now 875 KiB/s vs. 313 KiB/s before. That is still a low number, but I
think we can't expect more without implementing the windowsize option.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The TFTP protocol uses a default block size of 512 bytes. This value is
sub-optimal for ethernet devices, which have a MTU (Maximum Transmission
Unit) of 1500 bytes. When taking into acount the overhead of the IP and
UDP layers, this leaves 1468 bytes for the TFTP payload.
This patch introduces a new function: tftp_client_set_blksize() which
may be used to change the block size from the default. It has to be
called after tftp_client_init() and before tftp_get(). If the server
does not support the option, the client will still accept to receive
512-byte blocks.
Submitted upstream: https://savannah.nongnu.org/patch/index.php?10462
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add qemu_arm64_lwip_defconfig which #include's qemu_arm64_defconfig and
selects NET_LWIP instead of NET. This config has all the supported net
commands enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When DSA_SANDBOX is not set, the sandbox tests fail as follows:
$ ./test/py/test.py --build-dir=$(pwd) -k bootdev_test_any
[...]
Scanning for bootflows with label '9'
[...]
Cannot find '9' (err=-19)
This is due to the device list containing two less entries than
expected. Therefore, look for label '7' when DSA_SANDBOX is disabled.
The actual use case is NET_LWIP=y (to be introduced in later patches)
which implies DSA_SANDBOX=n for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
When DSA_SANDBOX is not set, the sandbox tests fail as follows:
$ ./test/py/test.py --build-dir=$(pwd) -k bootdev_test_any
[...]
Test: bootdev_test_any: bootdev.c
test/boot/bootdev.c:156, bootdev_test_any(): "mmc2" = media->name: Expected "mmc2", got "mmc0"
[...]
This is due to the device list containing two less entries than
expected. Therefore, adjust the expected index to be two less when
DSA_SANDBOX is disabled.
The actual use case is NET_LWIP=y (to be introduced in later patches)
which implies DSA_SANDBOX=n for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the wget command with NET_LWIP. The command normally
expects a URL: wget [loadaddr] url, but it also accepts the legacy
syntax: wget [loadaddr] [server:]file.
The server IP may alternatively be supplied via ${httpserverip} which
has higher priority than ${serverip}.
Based on code initially developed by Maxim U.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Co-developed-by: Maxim Uvarov <muvarov@gmail.com>
Cc: Maxim Uvarov <muvarov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Introduce ETH_SANDBOX_LWIP which enables a mock driver similar to
ETH_SANDOX but without the dependencies on the legacy network stack
(NET) so that it may be enabled when the lwIP stack (NET_LWIP) is
introduced. The driver does nothing at this stage but its presence
will allow dm_test_iommu_noiommu [1] to pass.
[1] ./u-boot -T -c "ut dm dm_test_iommu_noiommu"
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Extract some code from cmd/net.c that will be useful in a subsequent
commit to implement wget with NET_LWIP.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for the the ping command with NET_LWIP. The implementation
is derived from lwIP's contrib/apps/ping/ping.c.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Implement do_tftpb(). This implementation of the tftp command
supports an optional port number. For example:
tftp 192.168.0.30:9069:file.bin
It also supports taking the server IP from ${tftpserverip} if
defined, before falling back to ${serverip}.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The TFTP app should not bind to the TFTP server port when configured as
a client. Instead, the local port should be chosen from the dynamic
range (49152 ~ 65535) so that if the application is stopped and started
again, the remote server will not consider the new packets as part of
the same context (which would cause an error since a new RRQ would be
unexpected).
Submitted upstream: https://savannah.nongnu.org/patch/?10480
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add what it takes to enable NETDEVICES with NET_LWIP and enable DHCP as
well as the dhcp command. CMD_TFTPBOOT is selected by BOOTMETH_EFI due
to this code having an implicit dependency on do_tftpb().
Note that PXE is likely non-fonctional with NET_LWIP (or at least not
100% functional) because DHCP option 209 is not supported by the lwIP
library. Therefore, BOOTP_PXE_DHCP_OPTION cannot be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Build the lwIP library when NET_LWIP is enabled. The following files
are adaptation layers written specially for U-Boot:
lib/lwip/u-boot/arch/cc.h
lib/lwip/u-boot/arch/sys_arch.h (empty)
lib/lwip/u-boot/limits.h (empty)
lib/lwip/u-boot/lwipopts.h
They were initially contributed by Maxim in a previous RFC patch series.
The lwIP stack needs to be added as a Git subtree with the following
command:
$ git subtree add --squash --prefix lib/lwip/lwip \
https://github.com/lwip-tcpip/lwip.git STABLE-2_2_0_RELEASE
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Co-developed-by: Maxim Uvarov <muvarov@gmail.com>
Cc: Maxim Uvarov <muvarov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Make net.h a wrapper which includes net-common.h and either
net-legacy.h or net-lwip.h based on NET_LWIP. The function
copy_filename() can be useful when NET_LWIP is enabled, therefore
move it out of net/net.c which is built only when networking choice
is NET and create a new file net/net-common.c.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Prepare the introduction of the lwIP (lightweight IP) TCP/IP stack by
adding a new net/lwip/ directory and the NET_LWIP symbol. Network
support is either NO_NET, NET (legacy stack) or NET_LWIP. Subsequent
commits will introduce the lwIP code, re-work the NETDEVICE integration
and port some of the NET commands and features to lwIP.
SPL_NET cannot be enabled when NET_LWIP=y. SPL_NET pulls some symbols
that are part of NET (such as arp_init(), arp_timeout_check(),
arp_receive(), net_arp_wait_packet_ip()). lwIP support in SPL may be
added later.
Similarly, DFU_TFTP and FASTBOOT are not compatible with NET_LWIP
because of dependencies on net_loop(), tftp_timeout_ms,
tftp_timeout_count_max and other NET things. Let's add a dependency on
!NET_LWIP for now.
SANDBOX can select NET_LWIP but doing so will currently disable the eth
dm tests as well as the wget tests which have strong dependencies on the
NET code.
Other adjustments to Kconfig files are made to fix "unmet direct
dependencies detected" for USB_FUNCTION_SDP and CMD_FASTBOOT when
the default networking stack is set to NET_LWIP ("default NET_LWIP"
instead of "default NET" in Kconfig).
The networking stack is now a choice between NO_NET,
NET and NET_LWIP. Therefore '# CONFIG_NET is not set' should be
'CONFIG_NO_NET=y'. Adjust the defconfigs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
:hile we had hoped to be able to remove these options finally, it was
missed that zynq still requires these currently.
This reverts commit 5b9261fb0b and
commit 099b6df556.
Reported-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org> says:
This is part two of the series to have the EFI and LMB modules have a
coherent view of memory. Part one of this goal was to change the LMB
module to have a global and persistent memory map. Those patches have
now been applied to the next branch.
These patches are changing the EFI memory allocation API's such that
they rely on the LMB module to allocate RAM memory. This fixes the
current scenario where the EFI memory module has no visibility of the
allocations/reservations made by the LMB module. One thing to note
here is that this is limited to the RAM memory region, i.e. the
EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY type. Any other memory type that is to be
added to the EFI memory map, still gets handled by the EFI memory
module.
Changes since V3:
* Add comments for the LMB_NOOVERWRITE and LMB_NONOTIFY flags
* Drop use of is_addr_in_ram() function
* Drop use of CONFIG_MEM_MAP_UPDATE_NOTIFY symbol to check if the
notification needs to be sent.
* s/lmb_notify/lmb_should_notify
* Put a check for EFI_LOADER in the lmb_should_notify() function
Some test logs to highlight the issue that is being fixed by the series.
Without patch series
--------------------
lmb_dump_all:
memory.count = 0x1
memory[0] [0x40000000-0x820fffff], 0x42100000 bytes flags: none
reserved.count = 0x3
reserved[0] [0xe100000-0xeffffff], 0x00f00000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[1] [0x42000000-0x421fffff], 0x00200000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[2] [0x7f77da00-0x820fffff], 0x02982600 bytes flags: no-overwrite
=> efidebug memmap -- does not show regions allocated by lmb
Missing TPMv2 device for EFI_TCG_PROTOCOL
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
CONVENTIONAL 0000000040000000-000000007f751000 WB
BOOT DATA 000000007f751000-000000007f756000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f756000-000000007f757000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f757000-000000007f758000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f758000-000000007f77a000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f77a000-000000007f781000 WB
BOOT CODE 000000007f781000-00000000807b5000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 00000000807b5000-00000000807b6000 WB|RT
BOOT CODE 00000000807b6000-00000000817c0000 WB
RUNTIME CODE 00000000817c0000-00000000817d0000 WB|RT
BOOT CODE 00000000817d0000-0000000082100000 WB
=>
Trying to allocate EFI memory with already allocated region succeeds(should fail)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=> efi_mem alloc 2000 42000000
Address returned 0x42000000
=> efidebug memmap
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
CONVENTIONAL 0000000040000000-0000000042000000 WB
BOOT DATA 0000000042000000-0000000042002000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000042002000-000000007f751000 WB
BOOT DATA 000000007f751000-000000007f756000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f756000-000000007f757000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f757000-000000007f758000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f758000-000000007f77a000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f77a000-000000007f781000 WB
BOOT CODE 000000007f781000-00000000807b5000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 00000000807b5000-00000000807b6000 WB|RT
BOOT CODE 00000000807b6000-00000000817c0000 WB
RUNTIME CODE 00000000817c0000-00000000817d0000 WB|RT
BOOT CODE 00000000817d0000-0000000082100000 WB
=>
With patch series
-----------------
lmb_dump_all:
memory.count = 0x1
memory[0] [0x40000000-0x820fffff], 0x42100000 bytes flags: none
reserved.count = 0x4
reserved[0] [0xe100000-0xeffffff], 0x00f00000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[1] [0x42000000-0x421fffff], 0x00200000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[2] [0x7f74f000-0x7f77dfff], 0x0002f000 bytes flags: no-notify, no-overwrite
reserved[3] [0x7f77ea00-0x820fffff], 0x02981600 bytes flags: no-overwrite
=> efidebug memmap
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
BOOT DATA 000000000e100000-000000000f000000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000040000000-0000000042000000 WB
BOOT DATA 0000000042000000-0000000042200000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000042200000-000000007f74e000 WB
BOOT DATA 000000007f74e000-000000007f753000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f753000-000000007f754000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f754000-000000007f755000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f755000-000000007f777000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f777000-00000000807b6000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 00000000807b6000-00000000807b7000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 00000000807b7000-00000000817c0000 WB
RUNTIME CODE 00000000817c0000-00000000817d0000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 00000000817d0000-0000000082100000 WB
Trying to allocate EFI memory with already allocated region fails
-----------------------------------------------------------------
=> efi_mem alloc 2000 42000000
efi_allocate_pages failed 800000000000000e
=>
Trying to allocate EFI memory with non-allocated region succeeds
----------------------------------------------------------------
=> efi_mem alloc 2000 42200000
Address returned 0x42200000
=> efidebug memmap
Type Start End Attributes
================ ================ ================ ==========
BOOT DATA 000000000e100000-000000000f000000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000040000000-0000000042000000 WB
BOOT DATA 0000000042000000-0000000042202000 WB
CONVENTIONAL 0000000042202000-000000007f74d000 WB
BOOT DATA 000000007f74d000-000000007f752000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f752000-000000007f753000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f753000-000000007f754000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 000000007f754000-000000007f776000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 000000007f776000-00000000807b5000 WB
RUNTIME DATA 00000000807b5000-00000000807b6000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 00000000807b6000-00000000817c0000 WB
RUNTIME CODE 00000000817c0000-00000000817d0000 WB|RT
BOOT DATA 00000000817d0000-0000000082100000 WB
=>
lmb_dump_all:
memory.count = 0x1
memory[0] [0x40000000-0x820fffff], 0x42100000 bytes flags: none
reserved.count = 0x5
reserved[0] [0xe100000-0xeffffff], 0x00f00000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[1] [0x42000000-0x421fffff], 0x00200000 bytes flags: no-map
reserved[2] [0x42200000-0x42201fff], 0x00002000 bytes flags: no-notify, no-overwrite
reserved[3] [0x7f74e000-0x7f77cfff], 0x0002f000 bytes flags: no-notify, no-overwrite
reserved[4] [0x7f77da00-0x820fffff], 0x02982600 bytes flags: no-overwrite
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241015153717.401371-1-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org
A bunch of static functions in the LMB module have used a
double-undersore for the function names. It was suggested to use a
single-underscore instead, as the double-underscore is usually used
by library functions. Replace the double-underscore with
single-underscore for all functions.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The variable overlap_only_ram is used to specify that the new memory
region that is being created needs to come from the free memory pool
-- this is done by carving out the memory region from the free
memory. The name is a bit confusing though, as other allocated memory
regions, like boot-services code and data are also part of the RAM
memory. Rename the variable to overlap_conventional to highlight the
fact that it is the free/conventional memory that is being referred to
in this context.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EFI memory allocations are now being done through the LMB
module. With this change, there is no need to get the EFI memory map
and set aside EFI allocated memory.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY type, which is the usable RAM memory is
now being managed by the LMB module. Remove the addition of this
memory type to the EFI memory map. This memory now gets added to the
EFI memory map as part of the LMB memory map update event handler.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY type is now being managed through the LMB
module. Add a separate function, lmb_arch_add_memory() to add the RAM
memory to the LMB memory map. The efi_add_known_memory() function is
now used for adding any other memory type to the EFI memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The EFI memory allocations are now being done through the LMB module,
and hence the memory map is maintained by the LMB module. Use the
lmb_arch_add_memory() API function to add the usable RAM memory to the
LMB's memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Some architectures have special or unique aspects which need
consideration when adding memory ranges to the list of available
memory map. Enable this config in such scenarios which allow
architectures and boards to define their own memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The efi_add_known_memory() function for the stm32mp platforms is adding
the EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY type. This memory is now being handled
through the LMB module -- the lmb_add_memory() adds this memory to the
memory map. Remove the definition of the now superfluous
efi_add_known_memory() function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The efi_add_known_memory() function for the TI K3 platforms is adding
the EFI_CONVENTIONAL_MEMORY type. This memory is now being handled
through the LMB module -- the lmb_add_memory() adds this memory to the
memory map. Remove the definition of the now superfluous
efi_add_known_memory() function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The memory region occupied by U-Boot is reserved by LMB, and gets
added to the EFI memory map through a call from the LMB module. Remove
this superfluous addition to the EFI memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In U-Boot, LMB and EFI are two primary modules who provide memory
allocation and reservation API's. Both these modules operate with the
same regions of memory for allocations. Use the LMB memory map update
event to notify other interested listeners about a change in it's
memory map. This can then be used by the other module to keep track of
available and used memory.
There is no need to send these notifications when the LMB module is
being unit-tested. Add a flag to the lmb structure to indicate if the
memory map is being used for tests, and suppress sending any
notifications when running these unit tests.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Use the LMB API's for allocating and freeing up memory. With this, the
LMB module becomes the common backend for managing non U-Boot image
memory that might be requested by other modules.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
U-Boot does not use memory above ram_top. However, this memory does
need to get registered as part of the memory map, so that subsystems
like EFI pass it on to the operating system as part of the EFI memory
map. Add memory above ram_top and reserve it with the LMB_NOOVERWRITE
flag so that it does not get allocated or re-used.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Add a flag LMB_NONOTIFY that can be passed to the LMB API's for
reserving memory. This will then result in no notification being sent
from the LMB module for the changes to the LMB's memory map.
While here, also add a description of the memory attributes that the
flags signify.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The LMB module is to be used as a backend for allocating and freeing
up memory requested from other modules like EFI. These memory requests
are different from the typical LMB reservations in that memory
required by the EFI module cannot be overwritten, or re-requested. Add
versions of the LMB API functions with flags for allocating and
freeing up memory. The caller can then use these API's for specifying
the type of memory that is required. For now, these functions will be
used by the EFI memory module.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A comment in test-main.c was not updated with the recent rename. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
The SPL_FIT_GENERATOR is long superseded by binman, drop SPL_FIT_GENERATOR
support as there are no more users.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SPL_FIT_SOURCE is long superseded by SPL_FIT_GENERATOR which
is long superseded by binman, drop SPL_FIT_SOURCE support as there
are no more users.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
When the config option CMD_MISC was renamed to CMD_SLEEP the check
in the test for the sleep command was not updated. Do that now.
Fixes: 1606085409 ("cmd: Rename CMD_MISC to CMD_SLEEP")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Goodbody <andrew.goodbody@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have platforms being emulated by QEMU we cannot rely on the
"sleep" command running for the expected wall-clock amount of time. Even
with our current allowance for deviation from expected time, it will
still fail from time to time. Exclude the sleep test here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
After downloading a file with wget the file size may be needed in follow up
actions, e.g.
* write file to device
* calculate hash
Let wget set the environment variable filesize.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The commit 0252924ac6 ("mmc: dw_mmc: Extract FIFO data transfer into a
separate routine") unintentionally changed behavior of the FIFO data
transfer routine.
When data is read and size reaches 0 the original loop would wait on
DWMCI_INTMSK_DTO or timeout. The remaining size to read and buf position
is no longer tracked across dwmci_data_transfer_fifo() calls and because
of this an extra call to fifo() and dwmci_fifo_ready() may now trigger a
FIFO underflow timeout error and slows down FIFO reading.
Buswidth = 4, clock: 50000000
Sending CMD16
Sending CMD17
dwmci_fifo_ready: FIFO underflow timeout
Sending CMD16
Sending CMD18
dwmci_fifo_ready: FIFO underflow timeout
Sending CMD12
## Checking hash(es) for config config-1 ... OK
This reverts commit 0252924ac6 to restore
the old working behavior.
Fixes: 0252924ac6 ("mmc: dw_mmc: Extract FIFO data transfer into a separate routine")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Tested-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de> # RK3588 Tiger
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have added a "set" sub command to bootmeth, add some tests to check
it's operation.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have previously added logic to allow a "fallback" option to be
specified in the extlinux configuration. Provide a command that allows
us to set this as the preferred default option when booting.
Combined with the bootcount functionality, this allows the "altbootcmd"
to provide a means of falling back to a previously known good state
after a failed update. For example, if "bootcmd" is set to:
bootflow scan -lb
We would set "altbootcmd" to:
bootmeth set extlinux fallback 1; bootflow scan -lb
Causing the boot process to boot from the fallback option.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
The "fallback" extlinux config option allows us to set an alternative
default boot option for when it has been detected that the default is
failing. Implement the logic required to boot from this option when
desired.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the connection to a board dies, assume it is dead forever until
some user action is taken. Skip all remaining tests. This avoids CI
runs taking an hour, with hundreds of 30-second timeouts all to no
avail.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When configured correctly, we can detect when boot fails after the boot
process has been handed over to the kernel through the use of U-Boot's
bootcount support. In some instances, such as when we are performing
atomic updates via a system such as OSTree, it is desirable to provide a
fallback option so that we can return to a previous (hopefully working)
state.
Add a "fallback" option to the supported extlinux configuration options
that points to a label like "default" so that we can utilise this in
later commits.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests currently catch a very broad Exception in each case. This is
thrown even in the event of a coding error.
We want to handle exceptions differently depending on their severity,
so that we can avoid hour-long delays waiting for a board that is
clearly broken.
As a first step, create some new exception types, separating out those
which are simply an unexpected result from executed a command, from
those which indicate some kind of hardware failure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is quite a bit of code to deal with receiving data from the target
so move it into its own receive() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The settings are decoded in two places. Combine them into a new
function, before (in a future patch) expanding the number of items.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a test returns -EAGAIN this should not be considered a failure.
Fix what seems to be a problem case, where the pytests see a failure
when a test has merely been skipped.
We cannot squash the -EAGAIN error in ut_run_test() since the failure
count is incremented by its caller, ut_run_test_live_flat()
The specific example here is on snow, where a test is compiled into the
image but cannot run, so returns -EAGAIN to skip:
test/py/tests/test_ut.py sssnow # ut bdinfo bdinfo_test_eth
Test: bdinfo_test_eth: bdinfo.c
Skipping: Console recording disabled
test/test-main.c:486, ut_run_test_live_flat(): 0 == ut_run_test(uts,
test, test->name): Expected 0x0 (0), got 0xfffffff5 (-11)
Test bdinfo_test_eth failed 1 times
Skipped: 1, Failures: 1
snow # F+u-boot-test-reset snow snow
The fix is simply to respect the return code from ut_run_test(), so do
that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Declare a constant rather than open-coding the same value twice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com> says:
This series is equivalent to the one for Linux MTD submitted by
Pratyush Yadav.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/linux-mtd/list/?series=217759&state=*
Changes in v3:
- Rebase
Changes in v2:
- Fix an issue in setting macronix_octal_fixups
- Rework fixup hooks
Takahiro Kuwano (6):
mtd: ubi: Do not zero out EC and VID on ECC-ed NOR flashes
mtd: spi-nor: Allow flashes to specify MTD writesize
mtd: spi-nor: Check nor->info before setting macronix_octal_fixups
mtd: spi-nor: Replace default_init() hook with late_init()
mtd: spi-nor: Call spi_nor_post_sfdp_fixups() only after
spi_nor_parse_sfdp()
mtd: spi-nor: Set ECC unit size to MTD writesize in Infineon SEMPER
flashes
drivers/mtd/spi/spi-nor-core.c | 88 +++++++++++++++++++++-------------
drivers/mtd/ubi/build.c | 4 +-
drivers/mtd/ubi/io.c | 9 +++-
include/linux/mtd/spi-nor.h | 1 +
4 files changed, 65 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-)
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/cover.1728964655.git.Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com
The Infineon SEMPER NOR flash family uses 2-bit ECC by default with each
ECC block being 16 bytes. Under this scheme multi-pass programming to an
ECC block is not allowed. Set the writesize to make sure multi-pass
programming is not attempted on the flash.
Acked-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
This patch follows the upstream linux commit:
5273cc6df984("mtd: spi-nor: core: Call spi_nor_post_sfdp_fixups() only
when SFDP is defined")
spi_nor_post_sfdp_fixups() was called regardless of if
spi_nor_parse_sfdp() had been called or not. late_init() should be
instead used to initialize the parameters that are not defined in SFDP.
Ideally spi_nor_post_sfdp_fixups() is called only after successful parse
of SFDP. However, in case SFDP support is disabled by .config, that can
break current functionality. Therefore, we would call it after
spi_nor_parse_sfdp() regardless of its return value.
Acked-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
default_init() is wrong, it contributes to the maze of initializing
flash parameters. We'd like to get rid of it because the flash
parameters that it initializes are not really used at SFDP parsing time,
thus they can be initialized later.
Ideally we want SFDP to initialize all the flash parameters. If (when)
SFDP tables are wrong, we fix them with the post_sfdp/bfpt hooks, to
emphasize that SFDP is indeed wrong. When there are parameters that are
not covered by SFDP, we initialize them in late_init() - these
parameters have nothing to do with SFDP and they are not needed earlier.
With this we'll have a clearer view of who initializes what.
There are six default_init() hooks implemented just for initializing
octal_dtr_enable() and/or setup() hooks that called later on.
Just moving those to late_init() does not change functionality.
Suggested-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Some flashes like the Infineon SEMPER NOR flash family use ECC. Under
this ECC scheme, multi-pass writes to an ECC block is not allowed.
In other words, once data is programmed to an ECC block, it can't be
programmed again without erasing it first.
Upper layers like file systems need to be given this information so they
do not cause error conditions on the flash by attempting multi-pass
programming. This can be done by setting 'writesize' in 'struct
mtd_info'.
Set the default to 1 but allow flashes to modify it in fixup hooks. If
more flashes show up with this constraint in the future it might be
worth it to add it to 'struct flash_info', but for now increasing its
size is not worth it.
This patch replicates the following upstream linux commit:
afd473e85827 ("mtd: spi-nor: core: Allow flashes to specify MTD writesize")
Acked-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
For NOR flashes EC and VID are zeroed out before an erase is issued to
make sure UBI does not mistakenly treat the PEB as used and associate it
with an LEB.
But on some flashes, like the Infineon Semper NOR flash family,
multi-pass page programming is not allowed on the default ECC scheme.
This means zeroing out these magic numbers will result in the flash
throwing a page programming error.
Do not zero out EC and VID for such flashes. A writesize > 1 is an
indication of an ECC-ed flash.
This patch replicates the following upstream linux commit:
f669e74be820 ("ubi: Do not zero out EC and VID on ECC-ed NOR flashes")
Acked-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <pratyush@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
The dtbs: target is almost identical in all architecture Makefiles.
All architecture Makefiles include scripts/Makefile.dts . Deduplicate
the dtbs: target into scripts/Makefile.dts . No functional change.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org> #qcom, OF_UPSTREAM
Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org> says:
Integrate MbedTLS v3.6 LTS (currently v3.6.0) with U-Boot.
Motivations:
------------
1. MbedTLS is well maintained with LTS versions.
2. LWIP is integrated with MbedTLS and easily to enable HTTPS.
3. MbedTLS recently switched license back to GPLv2.
Prerequisite:
-------------
This patch series requires mbedtls git repo to be added as a
subtree to the main U-Boot repo via:
$ git subtree add --prefix lib/mbedtls/external/mbedtls \
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls.git \
v3.6.0 --squash
Moreover, due to the Windows-style files from mbedtls git repo,
we need to convert the CRLF endings to LF and do a commit manually:
$ git add --renormalize .
$ git commit
New Kconfig options:
--------------------
`MBEDTLS_LIB` is for MbedTLS general switch.
`MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO` is for replacing original digest and crypto libs with
MbedTLS.
`MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO_ALT` is for using original U-Boot crypto libs as
MbedTLS crypto alternatives.
`MBEDTLS_LIB_X509` is for replacing original X509, PKCS7, MSCode, ASN1,
and Pubkey parser with MbedTLS.
By default `MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO_ALT` and `MBEDTLS_LIB_X509` are selected
when `MBEDTLS_LIB` is enabled.
`LEGACY_CRYPTO` is introduced as a main switch for legacy crypto library.
`LEGACY_CRYPTO_BASIC` is for the basic crypto functionalities and
`LEGACY_CRYPTO_CERT` is for the certificate related functionalities.
For each of the algorithm, a pair of `<alg>_LEGACY` and `<alg>_MBEDTLS`
Kconfig options are introduced. Meanwhile, `SPL_` Kconfig options are
introduced.
In this patch set, MBEDTLS_LIB, MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO and MBEDTLS_LIB_X509
are by default enabled in qemu_arm64_defconfig and sandbox_defconfig
for testing purpose.
Patches for external MbedTLS project:
-------------------------------------
Since U-Boot uses Microsoft Authentication Code to verify PE/COFFs
executables which is not supported by MbedTLS at the moment,
addtional patches for MbedTLS are created to adapt with the EFI loader:
1. Decoding of Microsoft Authentication Code.
2. Decoding of PKCS#9 Authenticate Attributes.
3. Extending MbedTLS PKCS#7 lib to support multiple signer's certificates.
4. MbedTLS native test suites for PKCS#7 signer's info.
All above 4 patches (tagged with `mbedtls/external`) are submitted to
MbedTLS project and being reviewed, eventually they should be part of
MbedTLS LTS release.
But before that, please merge them into U-Boot, otherwise the building
will be broken when MBEDTLS_LIB_X509 is enabled.
See below PR link for the reference:
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/pull/9001
Miscellaneous:
--------------
Optimized MbedTLS library size by tailoring the config file
and disabling all unnecessary features for EFI loader.
From v2, original libs (rsa, asn1_decoder, rsa_helper, md5, sha1, sha256,
sha512) are completely replaced when MbedTLS is enabled.
From v3, the size-growth is slightly reduced by refactoring Hash functions.
From v6, smaller implementations for SHA256 and SHA512 are enabled and
target size reduce significantly.
Target(QEMU arm64) size-growth when enabling MbedTLS:
v1: 6.03%
v2: 4.66%
v3 - v5: 4.55%
v6: 2.90%
Tests done:
-----------
EFI Secure Boot test (EFI variables loading and verifying, EFI signed image
verifying and booting) via U-Boot console.
EFI Secure Boot and Capsule sandbox test passed.
Known issues:
-------------
None.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20241003215112.3103601-1-raymond.mao@linaro.org/
With MBEDTLS_LIB_X509 enabled, we don't build the original ASN1 lib,
So remove it from test.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When building with MbedTLS, we are using MbedTLS to decode ASN1 data
for x509, pkcs7 and mscode.
Introduce _LEGACY and _MBEDTLS kconfigs for ASN1 decoder legacy and
MbedTLS implementations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Previous patch has introduced MbedTLS porting layer for RSA helper,
here to adjust the makefile accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add RSA helper layer on top on MbedTLS PK and RSA library.
Introduce _LEGACY and _MBEDTLS kconfigs for RSA helper legacy and
MbedTLS implementations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Previous patch has introduced MbedTLS porting layer for mscode parser,
here to adjust the header and makefiles accordingly.
Adding _LEGACY Kconfig for legacy mscode implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add porting layer for MSCode on top of MbedTLS ASN1 library.
Introduce _MBEDTLS kconfigs for MSCode MbedTLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Previous patch has introduced MbedTLS porting layer for PKCS7 parser,
here to adjust the header and makefiles accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add porting layer for PKCS7 parser on top of MbedTLS PKCS7 library.
Introduce _LEGACY and _MBEDTLS kconfigs for PKCS7 parser legacy and
MbedTLS implementations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Previous patch has introduced MbedTLS porting layer for x509 cert parser,
here to adjust the header and makefiles accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Add porting layer for X509 cert parser on top of MbedTLS X509
library.
Introduce _LEGACY and _MBEDTLS kconfigs for X509 cert parser legacy
and MbedTLS implementations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Previous patch has introduced MbedTLS porting layer for public key,
here to adjust the header and makefiles accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add porting layer for public key on top of MbedTLS X509 library.
Introduce _LEGACY and _MBEDTLS kconfigs for public key legacy and
MbedTLS implementations respectively.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Move pkcs7_get_content_data as a helper function that can be
shared by legacy crypto lib and MbedTLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Move x509_check_for_self_signed as a common helper function
that can be shared by legacy crypto lib and MbedTLS implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Move public_key_free and public_key_signature_free as helper
functions that can be shared by legacy crypto lib and MbedTLS
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Update the PKCS7 test suites for multiple certs.
The PR for this patch is at:
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/pull/9001
For enabling EFI loader PKCS7 features with MbedTLS build,
we need this patch on top of MbedTLS v3.6.0 before it is merged into
the next MbedTLS LTS release.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Support decoding multiple signer's cert in the signed data within
a PKCS7 message.
The PR for this patch is at:
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/pull/9001
For enabling EFI loader PKCS7 features with MbedTLS build,
we need this patch on top of MbedTLS v3.6.0 before it is merged into
the next MbedTLS LTS release.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Populate PKCS9 Authenticate Attributes from signer info if it exists
in a PKCS7 message.
Add OIDs for describing objects using for Authenticate Attributes.
The PR for this patch is at:
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/pull/9001
For enabling EFI loader PKCS7 features with MbedTLS build,
we need this patch on top of MbedTLS v3.6.0 before it is merged into
the next MbedTLS LTS release.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Populate Microsoft Authentication Code from the content data
into PKCS7 decoding context if it exists in a PKCS7 message.
Add OIDs for describing objects using for Microsoft Authentication
Code.
The PR for this patch is at:
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/pull/9001
For enabling EFI loader PKCS7 features with MbedTLS build,
we need this patch on top of MbedTLS v3.6.0 before it is merged into
the next MbedTLS LTS release.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Smaller implementation for SHA256 and SHA512 helps to reduce the
ROM footprint though it has a certain impact on performance.
As a trade-off, enable it as a default config when MbedTLS is
enabled can reduce the target size significantly with acceptable
performance loss.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Implement digest shim layer on top of MbedTLS crypto library.
Introduce <alg>_MBEDTLS kconfig for MbedTLS crypto implementations.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
We don't need an API specially for non-watchdog since sha1_csum_wd
supports it by disabling CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG and CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Set 0x10000 as default chunk size for SHA1.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We don't need an API specially for non-watchdog since md5_wd supports
it by disabling CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG and CONFIG_WATCHDOG.
Set 0x10000 as default chunk size for MD5.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Adapt digest header files to support both original libs and MbedTLS
by switching on/off MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO.
Introduce <alg>_LEGACY kconfig for legacy hash implementations.
sha256.o should depend on SHA256 kconfig only but not SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB,
SHA256 should be selected when SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB is enabled instead.
`IS_ENABLED` or `CONFIG_IS_ENABLED` is not applicable here, since
including <linux/kconfig.h> causes undefined reference on schedule()
with sandbox build, as <linux/kconfig.h> includes <generated/autoconf.h>
which enables `CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG` and `CONFIG_WATCHDOG` but no schedule()
are defined in sandbox build,
Thus we use `#if defined(CONFIG_MBEDTLS_LIB_CRYPTO)` instead.
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Port mbedtls with adapted libc header files.
Add mbedtls default config header file.
Optimize mbedtls default config by disabling unused features to
reduce the target size.
Add mbedtls kbuild makefile.
Add Kconfig skeleton and config submenu entry for selecting
crypto libraries between mbedtls and legacy ones.
Add the mbedtls include directories into the build system.
Port u-boot hash functions as MbedTLS crypto alternatives and set
it as default.
Subsequent patches will separate those Kconfigs into pairs of
_LEGACY and _MBEDTLS for controlling the implementations of legacy
crypto libraries and MbedTLS ones respectively.
The motivation of moving and adapting *INT* macros from kernel.h
to limits.h is to fulfill the MbedTLS building requirement.
The conditional compilation statements in MbedTLS expects the
*INT* macros as constant expressions, thus expressions like
`((int)(~0U >> 1))` will not work.
Prerequisite
------------
This patch series requires mbedtls git repo to be added as a
subtree to the main U-Boot repo via:
$ git subtree add --prefix lib/mbedtls/external/mbedtls \
https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls.git \
v3.6.0 --squash
Moreover, due to the Windows-style files from mbedtls git repo,
we need to convert the CRLF endings to LF and do a commit manually:
$ git add --renormalize .
$ git commit
Signed-off-by: Raymond Mao <raymond.mao@linaro.org>
On some platforms with low USB throughput, tranfers
of huge files take a long time and watchdog timer can
expire resulting in hardware reset. Avoid this by
petting the watchdog as long as we have pending transfers.
Signed-off-by: Godfrey Mwangi <godmwan@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
- Add Libre Computer boards into proper libre-computer board directory
- Add new Boards:
- Libre Computer aml-s905d3-cc
- Libre Computer aml-a311d-cc
- Add capsule update to libretech-ac and the new boards since they have an onboard SPI nor flash
- Fix HDMI support after sync to v6.11 and regulator enable from Marek
- Fix khadas-vim3 android config for android-mainline kernel
- Disable meson64 boot targets when configs are not eavailable
When populating BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES on Amlogic Meson platforms, verify
that the shell commands for accessing the relevant media have been
enabled in the build configuration.
This was already being done for USB, NVME and SCSI devices, but not
for MMC devices or network boot. This meant that configuring U-Boot
without the networking or MMC subsystems/drivers would cause an error
to be thrown during preprocessing.
Signed-off-by: Callum Parsey <callum@neoninteger.au>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241012080340.2596-1-callum@neoninteger.au
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Add support for the Libre Computer aml-s905d3-cc "Solitude" board:
https://libre.computer/products/aml-s905d3-cc/
The Solitude board has a Credit Card form factor, similar to the
the previous "Le Potato" card, but with the Amlogic A311D SoC,
MIPI DSI and CSI connectors. PoE header and a single USB2 Type-C
connector replacing the microUSB one for power and USB 2.0.
The board has an embedded SPI NOR flash, and EFI Capsule support
is added.
The GUID is dynamically generated for the board, to get it:
=> efidebug capsule esrt
========================================
ESRT: fw_resource_count=1
ESRT: fw_resource_count_max=1
ESRT: fw_resource_version=1
[entry 0]==============================
ESRT: fw_class=4302C3CB-2502-5EFE-87E0-894A8A322893
ESRT: fw_type=unknown
ESRT: fw_version=0
ESRT: lowest_supported_fw_version=0
ESRT: capsule_flags=0
ESRT: last_attempt_version=0
ESRT: last_attempt_status=success
========================================
On the host (with the aml_encrypt_g12a result binary):
$ eficapsule --guid 4302C3CB-2502-5EFE-87E0-894A8A322893 -i 1 u-boot.bin u-boot.cap
On the board (from USB disk containing u-boot.cap at root):
=> load usb 0:1 $kernel_addr_r u-boot.cap
=> efidebug capsule update $kernel_addr_r
The binary will then be flashed on the SPI.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240920-u-boot-topic-libre-computer-solitude-alta-v1-2-8915b108840b@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Add support for the Libre Computer aml-a311d-cc "Alta" board:
https://libre.computer/products/aml-a311d-cc/
The Alta board has a Credit Card form factor, similar to the
the prvevious "Le Potato" card, but with the Amlogic A311D SoC,
MIPI DSI and CSI connectors. PoE header and a single USB2 Type-C
connector replacing the microUSB one for power and USB 2.0.
The board has an embedded SPI NOR flash, and EFI Capsule support
is added.
The GUID is dynamically generated for the board, to get it:
=> efidebug capsule esrt
========================================
ESRT: fw_resource_count=1
ESRT: fw_resource_count_max=1
ESRT: fw_resource_version=1
[entry 0]==============================
ESRT: fw_class=17E07D9D-4D91-53F4-8780-1D91F279C1A5
ESRT: fw_type=unknown
ESRT: fw_version=0
ESRT: lowest_supported_fw_version=0
ESRT: capsule_flags=0
ESRT: last_attempt_version=0
ESRT: last_attempt_status=success
========================================
On the host (with the aml_encrypt_g12a result binary):
$ eficapsule --guid 17E07D9D-4D91-53F4-8780-1D91F279C1A5 -i 1 u-boot.bin u-boot.cap
On the board (from USB disk containing u-boot.cap at root):
=> load usb 0:1 $kernel_addr_r u-boot.cap
=> efidebug capsule update $kernel_addr_r
The binary will then be flashed on the SPI.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240920-u-boot-topic-libre-computer-solitude-alta-v1-1-8915b108840b@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Since the aml-s805-cc works well using EFI, and now the capsule updates
backend has been merged, let's enable the missing configs and add
the required structures to support it.
The GUID is dynamically generated for the board, to get it:
=> efidebug capsule esrt
========================================
ESRT: fw_resource_count=1
ESRT: fw_resource_count_max=1
ESRT: fw_resource_version=1
[entry 0]==============================
ESRT: fw_class=B8079027-9B2C-57D4-86AA-CC782ADA598C
ESRT: fw_type=unknown
ESRT: fw_version=0
ESRT: lowest_supported_fw_version=0
ESRT: capsule_flags=0
ESRT: last_attempt_version=0
ESRT: last_attempt_status=success
========================================
On the host (with the aml_encrypt_gxl result binary):
$ eficapsule --guid B8079027-9B2C-57D4-86AA-CC782ADA598C -i 1 u-boot.bin u-boot.cap
On the board (from USB disk containing u-boot.cap at root):
=> load usb 0:1 $kernel_addr_r u-boot.cap
=> efidebug capsule update $kernel_addr_r
The binary will then be flashed on the SPI.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240917-u-boot-topic-dynamic-uuid-v2-2-416e39c6e271@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The link_startup_again logic was added in Linux to handle device
that were set in LinkDown state, which should not be the case since U-boot
doesn't set LinkDown state are init, and Linux sets the device active
in ufshcd_init() for the first link startup.
ufshcd_set_ufs_dev_active(hba) is called at ufshcd_init() right before
scheduling an ufshcd_async_scan that will call ufshcd_device_init() then ufshcd_link_startup().
The comment in probe says:
/*
* We are assuming that device wasn't put in sleep/power-down
* state exclusively during the boot stage before kernel.
* This assumption helps avoid doing link startup twice during
* ufshcd_probe_hba().
*/
we can assume the same from U-Boot.
While it worked to far, it breaks link startup for Qualcomm Controllers v5,
let's just remove the logic.
Tested-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Tested-by: Julius Lehmann <lehmanju@devpi.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240930-topic-ufs-enhancements-v3-12-58234f84ab89@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
There is no need to flush and invalidate all data updated by the
driver, mainly because on ARM platforms flush also invalidates
the cachelines.
Split the function in two and add the appropriate cacheline
invalidates after the UFS DMA operation finishes to make sure
we read from memory.
Flushing then invalidating cacheline unaligned data causes data
corruption issues on Qualcomm platforms, and is largely unnecessary
anyway, so let's cleanup the cache operations.
Reviewed-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
Tested-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Tested-by: Julius Lehmann <lehmanju@devpi.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240930-topic-ufs-enhancements-v3-3-58234f84ab89@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
This switches all boards with the Allwinner H616/H618/H313/H700 SoCs over to
use OF_UPSTREAM. We are doing it for this SoC family only since the DTs
between the U-Boot and the kernel repo are exactly identical, whereas other
families have one compatibility fix in U-Boot to allow booting older kernels.
Other will follow if this plays out well.
The biggest chunk otherwise is adding support for an Anbernic game console,
using the H700 SoC. For that we need to enhance the DRAM support code, and
pick two DT commits from the mainline kernel/DT rebasing repo, followed
by the defconfig patch.
On top of that two small fixes for the old Allwinner A80.
Gitlab CI passed, and I booted that briefly on some boards, including an
H616 and an H618 one (with LPDDR4).
Assorted Tegra enhancements. Merged with the recent XPL_BUILD changes,
resolve some whitespace issues and fix the name of the new apalis-tk1
env file by Tom.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This module is a color active matrix LCD module incorporating
Oxide TFT (Thin Film Transistor). It is composed of a color TFT-LCD
panel, driver ICs, a control circuit and power supply circuit, and
a backlight unit. Graphics and texts can be displayed on a 2560×1600
dots panel with (16,777,216) colors by using MIPI DUAL DSI interface,
supplying +3.3V DC supply voltage for TFT-LCD panel driving and
supplying DC supply voltage for LED Backlight.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Implement ganged mode support for the Tegra DSI driver. The DSI host
controller to gang up with is specified via a phandle in the device tree
and the resolved DSI host controller used for the programming of the
ganged-mode registers.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
It seems that DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR use is not needed and video system
works perfectly fine without it.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Obtain USB phy configuration from phy node if such exists
and is enabled. If no, set default values.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Add previously undocumented SKU - AP20H found in LG Optimus 2X (P990).
Correct existing T20_7 name as it's proper name is AP20.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Change %02X to %02x since it always displayed 00 otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
In some cases access to GPIOs is needed so early that DM
is not ready even nearly. These functions are exactly for
this case.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Buildman has difficulties with constructing multi-dtb images, so
let's add a temporary custom recipe for it.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tegra 3 has UART-E exposable via SD card slot which may be
handy for debugging. This change only adds funcmux part, to
use UART-E on the device you additionally would need:
- set stdout-path to serial@70006400 (uarte)
- configure sdmmc1_dat3_py4 and sdmmc1_dat2_py5 pinmux for
uarte
- disable or remove sdhci@7800000 node
- enable CONFIG_TEGRA_ENABLE_UARTE in defconfig
- set CFG_SYS_NS16550_COM to NV_PA_APB_UARTE_BASE in device
header
Signed-off-by: Jonas Schwöbel <jonasschwoebel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Convert boards to use text based env. This is the first stage of
conversion, common inclusions should be converted next.
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com> # Toradex Apalis TK1
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
TegraPT is compatible with EFI part but it can't pass Protective MBR check.
Skip this check if CONFIG_TEGRA_PARTITION is enabled, storage uclass is MMC
and devnum is 0. Note, eMMC on supported devices MUST be aliased to mmc0.
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Device tree for this board can be deleted. Device tree location
now points to the freescale/ directory.
Use absolute path to PMIC node entry and its regulators as
device tree in kernel does not provide corresponding labels
Signed-off-by: Gilles Talis <gilles.talis@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The SCU API alreay has been converted to return Linux error code,
using SCU error code is not correct here, although SC_ERR_NONE is value
as 0.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Simplify code and conform to the style guide used in the project by
making the following changes:
* Capitalize global constants
* Use single quotes for multiline strings (except docstrings)
* Fix line width to 79 cols
* Use f-string instead of formatting a regular string or using a
complicated concatenation
* Move common suffix used in keys to a global variable "KEY_NAME"
to reduce the likelihood of typos and making future changes
easier
Signed-off-by: Brian Ruley <brian.ruley@gehealthcare.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
When OSCCA is enabled, FSB fuse shadow (offset 0x8000)
access is disabled for SOC. So update the driver to read fuse
from ELE API. The ELE has supported to read all shadow fuses like
FSB, reuse the table of FSB for the word index used by ELE API.
Add ELE shadow fuse read and write to current ELE fuse driver.
But when LC is OEM closed, the ELE read/write shadow fuse APIs are
forbidden. Reading from any fuse will return error. This causes
problem to u-boot which must read out some fuse no matter whatever LC.
So we have to change back to read from FSB and ELE common fuse read API.
For using ELE shadow read API for development purpose like checking
the ELE shadow fuse write result, user can set env variable
"enable_ele_shd" to y to switch it.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
There is a bug when checking fuse word with redundancy fuse in FSB
table. The redundancy fuses are combined into 4 words, so we can't
directly use word index to do the check, otherwise the high 4 words
will fail to match.
And When calling ELE API, res parameter will pass to ELE API to get ELE
response value for failure. So most of usage does not initialize
this variable and print it after calling ELE API.
However, when ELE API returns failure, we can't ensure this res is
always set because there may be other failure like MU failure.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On iMX8ULP, the word index 1 is used to read OTP_UNIQ_ID with 4 words
data responsed. However this special index does not apply others.
So restrict the check to i.MX8ULP to avoid problem when reading from
fuse word 1 for others, such as i.MX93.
Also update header order
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When OS is doing ELE API call, before OS get the response, OS is force
reseted, then it is possible that MU RR has data during initialization
in SPL stage. So clear the RR registers, otherwise SPL ELE API call will
work abnormal.
Cc: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The MU parameter register can provide the TR and RR number.
For i.MX95 which has 8 RR is different with i.MX93 and i.MX8ULP,
so update the driver to read the PAR for exact TR and RR number.
Also update compatible string for i.MX95 ELE MU.
Cc: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
This board clearly develops first in Linux which had more
hardware listed, so let's start to use OF_UPSTREAM.
This makes the NAND driver work.
Suggested-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
This adds reasonable NAND options to the BCM96846 reference design:
- CMD_NAND, MTD_RAW_NAND
- Disable SYS_NAND_ONFI_DETECTION as this just give error messages
- MTD, MTDPARTS with DM and related config options
- CMD_UBI and CMD_UBIFS as this is likely used with ubi/ubifs
What I didn't add was something like the following:
CONFIG_MTDPARTS_DEFAULT="nand0:256k(cfi),257024k(image)"
Because I don't actually have a BCM96846 reference design. These
are only available to Broadcom and their customers I think,
but perhaps the people at Broadcom can provide the detail of
the flash layout for BCM96846 so we can add this too so the
bcm96846_config is usable out of the box.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The Broadcom BCA platforms are broadband access SoCs.
This is a port of the upstream Linux driver to U-Boot.
It was based on drivers/mtd/nand/raw/brcmnand/bcmbca_nand.c
from Linux v6.11.
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
When ECC parameters are not specified in DT, first try ONFI ECC parameters
before fallback to maximum strength.
It's the Linux driver behavior since the driver rewriting in f88fc12.
From then 2 nand system refactors have been done in 6a1b66d6 and 53576c7b,
chip->ecc_strength_ds and chip->ecc_step_ds became
nanddev_get_ecc_requirements(). U-Boot didn't follow the refactor and
always use these 2 fields.
v2: Fix formatting, add upstream commit hash.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <zli@ogga.fr>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Balamanikandan Gunasundar
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
When the SPL build-phase was first created it was designed to solve a
particular problem (the need to init SDRAM so that U-Boot proper could
be loaded). It has since expanded to become an important part of U-Boot,
with three phases now present: TPL, VPL and SPL
Due to this history, the term 'SPL' is used to mean both a particular
phase (the one before U-Boot proper) and all the non-proper phases.
This has become confusing.
For a similar reason CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is set to 'y' for all 'SPL'
phases, not just SPL. So code which can only be compiled for actual SPL,
for example, must use something like this:
#if defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) && !defined(CONFIG_TPL_BUILD)
In Makefiles we have similar issues. SPL_ has been used as a variable
which expands to either SPL_ or nothing, to chose between options like
CONFIG_BLK and CONFIG_SPL_BLK. When TPL appeared, a new SPL_TPL variable
was created which expanded to 'SPL_', 'TPL_' or nothing. Later it was
updated to support 'VPL_' as well.
This series starts a change in terminology and usage to resolve the
above issues:
- The word 'xPL' is used instead of 'SPL' to mean a non-proper build
- A new CONFIG_XPL_BUILD define indicates that the current build is an
'xPL' build
- The existing CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is changed to mean SPL; it is not now
defined for TPL and VPL phases
- The existing SPL_ Makefile variable is renamed to SPL_
- The existing SPL_TPL Makefile variable is renamed to PHASE_
It should be noted that xpl_phase() can generally be used instead of
the above CONFIGs without a code-space or run-time penalty.
This series does not attempt to convert all of U-Boot to use this new
terminology but it makes a start. In particular, renaming spl.h and
common/spl seems like a bridge too far at this point.
The series is fully bisectable. It has also been checked to ensure there
are no code-size changes on any commit.
Use PHASE_ as the symbol to select a particular XPL build. This means
that SPL_TPL_ is no-longer set.
Update the comment in bootstage to refer to this symbol, instead of
SPL_
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that SPL means SPL (only) and is not defined for other phases,
update kconfig rules.
This is done in one patch since otherwise many Binman tests fail.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Complete this rename for all directories outside arch/ board/ drivers/
and include/
Use the new symbol to refer to any 'SPL' build, including TPL and VPL
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the various references to SPL in this document. Make sure to
refer to 'phases' instead of 'stages', which is not a U-Boot term.
Fix a few U-boot typos and try to improve grammar a little while we are
here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The new name 'xPL' is intended to indicate a build of any phase which is
not U-Boot proper. Define it for all such phases.
Note that we also define CONFIG_SPL_BUILD for all xPL builds. This
preserves existing behaviour, but future patches will adjust that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the conversion of all CONFIG options to Kconfig is complete,
these files only contain the xPL_BUILD defines. Add a comment to make
this clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename this file to indicate that it refers to any non-U-Boot-proper
phase, not just SPL, which is the phase immediately before U-Boot
proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is always enabled for U-Boot proper, so simplify the condition
in the common Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SPL_BUILD is not a Kconfig symbol. Perhaps the intent here is to use
SPL instead. However, this causes build errors, e.g. with T1024RDB_NAND
So drop the dependency on !SPL_BUILD since it does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SPL_BUILD is not a Kconfig symbol so perhaps the intent here is to
use SPL instead. But that changes the output size.
So drop the dependency on !SPL_BUILD since it does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function cdns3_ep_config() calculates the maximum packet size based
on the Endpoint Type and the Gadget Speed and stores it in the variable
"max_packet_size". This value is then programmed in the USB Controller
for the corresponding Endpoint. This may result in a mismatch between
the maximum packet size programmed in the USB controller and the maximum
packet size seen by the UDC Core via "maxpacket" member of "struct usb_ep".
Additionally, since TD_SIZE is calculated in cdns3_ep_run_transfer() on the
basis of the maximum packet size stored in the "maxpacket" member of
"struct usb_ep", it may lead to an incorrect value of TD_SIZE when compared
with what the USB controller actually expects (max_packet_size).
Fix this.
Fixes: 7e91f6ccdc ("usb: Add Cadence USB3 host and gadget driver")
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20241007121927.1680039-1-s-vadapalli@ti.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
When DM_REGULATOR is disabled, all calls will return -ENOSYS. Account
for that so that targets like the IOT2050 will work again.
Fixes: de451d5d5b ("usb: dwc3-generic: support external vbus regulator")
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
This series is a reworked version of the previous seried:
misc: introduce STATUS LED activity function
This series port and expand the legacy concept of LED boot from
the legacy Status LED API to new LED API.
One thing that many device need is a way to communicate to the
user that the device is actually doing something.
This is especially useful for recovery steps where an
user (for example) insert an USB drive, keep a button pressed
and the device autorecover.
There is currently no way to signal the user externally that
the bootloader is processing/recoverying aside from setting
a LED on.
A solid LED on is not enough and won't actually signal any
kind of progress.
Solution is the good old blinking LED but uboot doesn't
suggest (and support) interrupts and almost all the LED
are usually GPIO LED that doesn't support HW blink.
Additional Kconfg are also introduced to set the LED boot and
activity. Those are referenced by label.
A documentation for old and these new LED API is created.
Expand ofnode options test with new generic helper for bool, int and
string.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add tests for LED boot and activity feature and add required property in
sandbox test DTS.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce simple led.rst documentation to document all the additional
Kconfig and the current limitation of LED_BLINK and GPIO software blink.
Also add missing definition for sw_blink in led_uc_plat struct.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement support for LED activity. If the feature is enabled,
make the defined ACTIVITY LED to signal ubi write operation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement support for LED activity. If the feature is enabled,
make the defined ACTIVITY LED to signal mtd operations.
LED activity is implemented HERE and not in the subsystem side to limit
any performance degradation in case multiple call to MTD subsystem read/write
are done.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement support for LED activity. If the feature is enabled,
make the defined ACTIVITY LED to signal traffic.
Also turn the ACTIVITY LED OFF if a CTRL-C is detected in the main
net loop function.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement LED activity API similar to BOOT LED API.
Usual activity might be a file transfer with TFTP, a flash write...
User of this API will call led_activity_on/off/blink() to signal these
kind of activity.
New Kconfig is implemented similar to BOOT LED, LED_ACTIVITY to
enable support for it.
It's introduced a new /options/u-boot property "activity-led" and
"activity-led-period" to define the activity LED label and the
default period when the activity LED is set to blink mode.
If "activity-led-period" is not defined, the value of 250 (ms) is
used by default.
If CONFIG_LED_BLINK or CONFIG_LED_SW_BLINK is not enabled,
led_boot_blink call will fallback to simple LED ON.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rework BOOT LED handling. There is currently one legacy implementation
for BOOT LED from Status Led API.
This work on ancient implementation used by BOOTP by setting the LED
to Blink on boot and to turn it OFF when the firmware was correctly
received by network.
Now that we new LED implementation have support for LED boot, rework
this by also set the new BOOT LED to blink and also set it to ON before
entering main loop to confirm successful boot.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement LED boot API to signal correct boot of the system.
led_boot_on/off/blink() are introduced to turn ON, OFF and BLINK the
designated boot LED.
New Kconfig is introduced, CONFIG_LED_BOOT to enable the feature.
This makes use of the /options/u-boot property "boot-led" to the
define the boot LED.
It's also introduced a new /options/u-boot property "boot-led-period"
to define the default period when the LED is set to blink mode.
If "boot-led-period" is not defined, the value of 250 (ms) is
used by default.
If CONFIG_LED_BLINK or CONFIG_LED_SW_BLINK is not enabled,
led_boot_blink call will fallback to simple LED ON.
To cache the data we repurpose the now unused led_uc_priv for storage of
global LED uclass info.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Implement ofnode_options helpers to read options in /options/u-boot to
adapt to the new way to declare options as described in [1].
[1] dtschema/schemas/options/u-boot.yaml
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We currently init the LED OFF when SW blink is triggered when
on_state_change() is called. This can be problematic for very short
period as the ON/OFF blink might never trigger.
Toggle the LED (ON if OFF, OFF if ON) on initial SW blink to handle this
corner case and better display a LED blink from the user.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
The pmic could be trimed with updated BUCK1 range, so update the range
for trimed pmic. The default value of Toff_Deb is used to distinguish
the non-trimed and trimed pmic.
Signed-off-by: Joy Zou <joy.zou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com> says:
S25HS02GT, S25HL02GT, and S28HS02GT are dual-die package parts and do
not support chip erase.
In v2, split the patch and add fixes tag.
Takahiro Kuwano (2):
mtd: spi-nor-ids: Add NO_CHIP_ERASE flag to Infineon s25hl02Gt and
s25hs02gt
mtd: spi-nor-ids: Add NO_CHIP_ERASE flag to Infineon s28hs02gt
S28HS02GT is dual-die package parts and do not support chip erase.
Fixes: 16dd109510 ("mtd: spi-nor-ids: Add Infineon(Cypress) s28hs02gt ID")
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
S25HL02GT and S25HS02GT are dual-die package parts and do not support
chip erase.
Fixes: c95a914aed ("mtd: spi-nor-ids: Add Cypress s25hl-t/s25hs-t")
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
The S25FS064S, S25FS128S, and S25FS256S are the same family of SPI NOR
Flash devices with S25FS512S. Some difference depending on the device
densities are taken care in post SFDP fixup.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <pratyush@kernel.org>
The correct 4KB erase opcode should be selected based on the address width
currently used.
Fixes: 562d166a13 ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Add fixups for s25fs512s")
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <pratyush@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
The mx25u25635f entry exists twice in spi_nor_ids, remove the less
complete variant of the entry and keep only one copy of it.
Fixes: f0084f1dfd ("drivers/mtd/spi/spi-nor-ids.c: add mx25u25635f support")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
The w25q16dw entry exists twice in spi_nor_ids, remove the less
complete variant of the entry and keep only one copy of it.
Fixes: baef13ec9d ("mtd: spi-nor-ids: Add support for flashes tested by xilinx")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@linaro.org>
Some Winbond SPI NORs have special SR3 register which is
used among other things to control whether non-standard
"Individual Block/Sector Write Protection" (WPS bit)
locking scheme is activated. This non-standard locking
scheme is not supported by either U-Boot or Linux SPI
NOR stack so make sure it is disabled, otherwise the
SPI NOR may appear locked for no obvious reason.
This SR3 WPS appears e.g. on W25Q16FW which has the same ID as
W25Q16DW, but the W25Q16DW does not implement the SR3 WPS bit.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Pull request efi-2025-01-rc1
Documentation:
* Move the generic memory-documentation to doc/
* Fix typo boormethod
UEFI:
* Delete rng-seed if having EFI RNG protocol
* Don't call restart_uboot in EFI watchdog test
* Simplify building EFI binaries in Makefile
* Show FirmwareVendor and FirmwareRevision in helloworld
* Add debug output for efi bootmeth
Other:
* CONFIG_CMD_CLK should depend on CONFIG_CLK
* simplify clk command
* enable clk command on the sandbox
The clk command cannot provide useful output without a clock driver.
So let it depend on CONFIG_CLK.
Since commit 258c100238 ("cmd: clk: Use dump function from clk_ops")
the remark about deprecation is obsolete. Remove it.
Since commit 7ab418fbe6 ("clk: add support for setting clk rate from
cmdline") the clk command can be used to set clock frequencies. Mention
it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Calling u_boot_console.restart_uboot() in
test_efi_selftest_watchdog_reboot() may lead to incorrect results.
While the watchdog triggered reboot is running thee test environment may
need some time before triggering a reboot itself. This may lead to
duplicate output of the U-Boot greeter which is recorded as an error.
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fixes: df172e117d ("test/py: test reboot by EFI watchdog")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Show the firmware vendor and revision to make it clear which firmware is
used, e.g. whether U-Boot is providing the boot services.
The output will look like
Firmware vendor: Das U-Boot
Firmware revision: 20241000
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add a way to factor out the CFLAGS changes for each app, since they are
all the same.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We have quite a few apps now, so create a way to specify them as a list
rather than repeating the same rules again and again.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The link rule (for $(obj)/%_efi.so) in scripts/Makefile.lib handles
pulling in efi_crt0.o and efi_reloc.o so drop the 'extra' rules.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is not actually a command so the name is confusing. Use
BOOTEFI_HELLO_COMPILE instead. Put it in the efi_loader directory
with the other such config options.
The link rule (for $(obj)/%_efi.so) in scripts/Makefile.lib handles
pulling in efi_crt0.o and efi_reloc.o so drop the 'extra' rules.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Move this section of the README into doc/ with some minor updates to
mention SPL and user lower-case hex.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For measured be boot we must avoid any volatile values in the device-tree.
We already delete /chosen/kaslr-seed if we provide and EFI RNG protocol.
Additionally remove /chosen/rng-seed provided by QEMU or U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The Anbernic RG35XX series of devices are based around an Allwinner
H700 SoC with 1GB of RAM, 2 SD cards, and multiple input buttons.
This bootloader has been tested on the Anbernic RG35XX-2024 and
RG35XX-H, but should be suitable for the entire lineup of H700 based
devices.
A future series of updates will add board selection logic to identify
and load the correct device tree automatically.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Add pinctrl nodes for the r_i2c node. Without the pinmux defined the
r_i2c bus may fail to work, possibly if the bootloader uses rsb mode
for the PMIC.
Fixes: 0d17c8651188 ("arm64: dts: allwinner: Add Allwinner H616 .dtsi file")
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Fixes: 0d17c8651188 ("arm64: dts: allwinner: Add Allwinner H616 .dtsi file")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240710231718.106894-3-macroalpha82@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: 7c9ea4ab76176f65f4f55aa144f9145a4bccaacb ]
(cherry-picked from commit 1665557aa57c2140d014d68dfe1a1f92f9baac82)
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Change the Anbernic RG35XX series to use the r_i2c bus for the PMIC
instead of the r_rsb bus. This is to keep the device tree consistent
as there are at least 3 devices (the RG35XX-SP, RG28XX, and RG40XX-H)
that have an external RTC on the r_i2c bus.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Tested-by: Ryan Walklin <ryan@testtoast.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240710231718.106894-4-macroalpha82@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
[ upstream commit: c712e5d0985628b1df13930489b49b740e610a2b ]
(cherry picked from commit 43c3a035746af3c8cad5b65055d88f1de8406823)
Reviewed-by-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CSI1 channel (22) is missing and IOMMU (25) has priority flag set in
vendor bootloader. Fix that.
While at it, replace bandwidth flag with priority since original flag has
always value "true".
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
It's safer to start scanning for columns first and then rows. Columns
reside on LSB address pins, which means that second configuration will
already have all needed row pins active.
This is also preparation for introducing DDR4 support, which need scan
for banks and bank groups too.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
When comparing configuration procedure to vendor driver, I noticed that
one command was out of order and that some delays were missing.
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
It seems that different dies need different PHY pin mapping. Select
alternatives at compile time.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
[adapted to switch from runtime to compile time config]
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
When trying to set the DCDC4 regulator, the code was accidentally
setting the voltage register for DCDC5 (VCC-DRAM). The higher voltage
doesn't harm the DRAM chips, but upsets the Linux regulator driver: when
it tried to correct that, it tripped over a separate DT bug.
The DCDC5 DT limits are 1.425 and 1.575V, which cannot bet set with the
rail's resolution of 50mV. The kernel driver gave up, and made in turn
the system hang, as the PMIC powers essential devices.
Fix the copy&paste bug by using the correct PMIC voltage register.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Clock gates and reset lines share a common structure in the sunxi clock
driver descriptions, but use different flags to tell them apart.
The description of the Allwinner A80 MMC clock reset lines was
erroneously using the "GATE" macro, which made the reset driver ignore
that entry, complaining with:
sunxi_set_reset: (RST-reset:#0) unhandled
Change that to the correct "RESET" macro, to make the reset driver
happy.
Fixes e0c7ce7e52 ("sunxi: clk: A80: add MMC clock support")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
With the recent "old-style sunxi" sync and the penultimate OF_UPSTREAM DT
update, both directories were based on the same v6.10 kernel tree.
And while there is one subtle difference in many Allwinner SoC's DT
files, the H616 ones turn out to be identical.
Remove the old copies of the H616 related .dts and .dtsi files, and
switch the whole H616 SoC over to use OF_UPSTREAM. This immediately
benefits from the recent upstream DT update, to kernel v6.11.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
These dependencies are required for building the drivers and create
compile errors if not enabled.
Signed-off-by: John Watts <contact@jookia.org>
[trini: Add ARCH_MVEBU to KIRKWOOD_SPI]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com> says:
This series adds support for Xilinx qspi parallel and
stacked memeories.
In parallel mode, the current implementation assumes that a maximum
of two flashes are connected. The QSPI controller splits the data
evenly between both the flashes so, both the flashes that are connected
in parallel mode should be identical.
During each operation SPI-NOR sets 0th bit for CS0 & 1st bit for CS1 in
nor->flags.
In stacked mode the current implementation assumes that a maximum of two
flashes are connected and both the flashes are of same make but can differ
in sizes. So, except the sizes all other flash parameters of both the flashes
are identical.
Spi-nor will pass on the appropriate flash select flag to low level driver,
and it will select pass all the data to that particular flash.
Write operation in parallel mode are performed in page size * 2 chunks as
each write operation results in writing both the flashes. For doubling the
address space each operation is performed at addr/2 flash offset, where addr
is the address specified by the user.
Similarly for read and erase operations it will read from both flashes, so
size and offset are divided by 2 and send to flash.
Enable the SPI_ADVANCE config option for all xilinx platforms, as
this is required for parallel-memories.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Add support for parallel memories in zynq_qspi.c driver. In case of
parallel memories STRIPE bit is set and sent to the qspi ip, which will
send data bits to both the flashes in parallel. However for few commands
we should not use stripe, instead send same data to both the flashes.
Those commands are exclueded by using zynqmp_qspi_update_stripe().
Also update copyright info for this file.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Add support for parallel memories in zynqmp_gqspi.c driver. In case of
parallel memories STRIPE bit is set and sent to the qspi ip, which will
send data bits to both the flashes in parallel. However for few commands
we should not use stripe, instead send same data to both the flashes.
Those commands are exclueded by using zynqmp_qspi_update_stripe().
Also update copyright info for this file.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Read chipselect properties from DT which are populated using 'reg'
property and save it in plat->cs[] array for later use.
Also read multi chipselect capability which is used for
parallel-memories and return errors if they are passed on using DT but
driver is not capable of handling it.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Add support for parallel memories and stacked memories configuration
in read_bar and write_bar functions.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Add support for parallel memories flash configuration in read status
register and read flag status register functions.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
In parallel mode, the current implementation assumes that a maximum of
two flashes are connected. The QSPI controller splits the data evenly
between both the flashes so, both the flashes that are connected in
parallel mode should be identical.
During each operation SPI-NOR sets 0th bit for CS0 & 1st bit for CS1 in
nor->flags.
In stacked mode the current implementation assumes that a maximum of two
flashes are connected and both the flashes are of same make but can
differ in sizes. So, except the sizes all other flash parameters of both
the flashes are identical
Spi-nor will pass on the appropriate flash select flag to low level
driver, and it will select pass all the data to that particular flash.
Write operation in parallel mode are performed in page size * 2 chunks as
each write operation results in writing both the flashes. For doubling
the address space each operation is performed at addr/2 flash offset,
where addr is the address specified by the user.
Similarly for read and erase operations it will read from both flashes,
so size and offset are divided by 2 and send to flash.
Adding the config option SPI_ADVANCE for non SPL code.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
By default flash lock option is enabled, enable this option only
when it is required. By disabling the lock config will save some
amount of memory.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
During DT sync with kernel 6.6, AVS feature was removed by mistake.
So adding back AVS feature.
Fixes: df73e791ce09("arm: dts: j7200: dts sync with Linux 6.6-rc1")
Signed-off-by: Udit Kumar <u-kumar1@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
There are lots of usecases for running baremetal ELF
binaries via bootelf but if you enable bootelf you
get bootvx as well and you probably don't want or need
it.
Hide bootvx behind it's own configuration option.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Add the "required", "algo", and "key-name-hint" nodes to the
signature/key node if ecdsa256 is used.
This change is mainly copy&paste from rsa_add_verify_data which already
adds these nodes.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Pritschet <matthias.pritschet@itk-engineering.de>
If the signature/key node(s) are not yet present in the U-Boot device
tree, ecdsa_add_verify_data simply fails if it can't find the nodes.
This behaviour differs from rsa_add_verify_data, wich does add the missing
nodes and proceeds in that case.
This change is mainly copy&paste from rsa_add_verify_data to add the
same behaviour to ecdsa_add_verify_data.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Pritschet <matthias.pritschet@itk-engineering.de>
There is no need to define a default for bootcmd in R5 u-boot because
the R5 is directly booting into the next stage A53 bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Initializing a clock driver to read a known static clock rate can take
some time at U-Boot proper pre-reloc phase.
Change to first try and read clock rate from DT to speed up boot time,
fall back to getting the clock rate from clock driver.
This help reduce boot time by around:
- ~35ms on a Radxa ROCK Pi 4 (RK3399)
- ~15ms on a Radxa ZERO 3W (RK3566)
Time that is wasted getting a static rate known at compile time.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mediatek pinctrl drivers call mtk_gpiochip_register() to bind the child
gpio controller as part of mtk_pinctrl_common_probe(). This breaks
gpiohog support because the gpio controller is bound too late for
DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND (set while binding hogs) to work.
Move the mtk_gpiochip_register() to mtk_pinctrl_common_bind() and call
this as the .bind method of each of the mediatek pinctrl drivers.
Signed-off-by: Chris Webb <chris@arachsys.com>
The SSCG is active with MDSEL[12] is not set. Previous commit
99c7e03119 ("clk: renesas: rcar-gen3: Replace SSCG caching
with MDSEL/PE caching") inverted the conditional assignment
of priv->sscg = !(cpg_mode & BIT(12)) during conversion from
(priv->sscg ? 16 : 0) to priv->cpg_mode & BIT(core->offset) ? 16 : 0;
Invert the assignment back to the correct state.
This fixes R8A77980, R8A77990, R8A77995 and R8A774C0.
Fixes: 99c7e03119 ("clk: renesas: rcar-gen3: Replace SSCG caching with MDSEL/PE caching")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
These are a number of assorted upstream Linux fixes to the
BRCMNAND driver.
This patch set lowers the hamming distance between the Linux
and U-Boot drivers a bit as well, while we deviate quite
a bit it is still possible to bring fixes over thanks to
exercises like this.
The patches pass the pipeline CI:
https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash/-/pipelines/22535
Backport from the upstream Linux kernel
commit c2cf7e25eb2a3c915a420fb8ceed8912add7f36c
"mtd: rawnand: brcmnand: Add support for getting ecc setting from strap"
Note: the upstream kernel introduces a new
bool brcmnand_get_sector_size_1k() function because the int
version in U-Boot has been removed in Linux. I kept the old
int-returning version that is already in U-Boot as we depend
on that in other code.
BCMBCA broadband SoC based board design does not specify ecc setting in
dts but rather use the SoC NAND strap info to obtain the ecc strength
and spare area size setting. Add brcm,nand-ecc-use-strap dts propety for
this purpose and update driver to support this option. However these two
options can not be used at the same time.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: David Regan <dregan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20240301173308.226004-1-william.zhang@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Backport of upstream Linux
commit 8e7daa85641c9559c113f6b217bdc923397de77c
"mtd: rawnand: brcmnand: Support write protection setting from dts"
Augmented to also support the "write-protect" boolean property.
The write protection feature is controlled by the module parameter wp_on
with default set to enabled. But not all the board use this feature
especially in BCMBCA broadband board. And module parameter is not
sufficient as different board can have different option. Add a device
tree property and allow this feature to be configured through the board
dts on per board basis.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Kamal Dasu <kamal.dasu@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: David Regan <dregan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20240223034758.13753-14-william.zhang@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
This is a port of the read data bus interface from the Linux
brcmnand driver, commit 546e425991205f59281e160a0d0daed47b7ca9b3
"mtd: rawnand: brcmnand: Add BCMBCA read data bus interface"
This is needed for the BCMBCA RAW NAND driver.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Backport from upstream Linux
commit 60177390fa061c62d156f4a546e3efd90df3c183
"mtd: rawnand: brcmnand: Fix mtd oobsize"
brcmnand controller can only access the flash spare area up to certain
bytes based on the ECC level. It can be less than the actual flash spare
area size. For example, for many NAND chip supporting ECC BCH-8, it has
226 bytes spare area. But controller can only uses 218 bytes. So brcmand
driver overrides the mtd oobsize with the controller's accessible spare
area size. When the nand base driver utilizes the nand_device object, it
resets the oobsize back to the actual flash spare aprea size from
nand_memory_organization structure and controller may not able to access
all the oob area as mtd advises.
This change fixes the issue by overriding the oobsize in the
nand_memory_organization structure to the controller's accessible spare
area size.
Fixes: a7ab085d7c16 ("mtd: rawnand: Initialize the nand_device object")
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mtd/20230706182909.79151-6-william.zhang@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22526
- Add DA9063 watchdog support for the imx6q-lxr2 board.
- Add support for DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM PicoITX
- Add DH i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM on DRC02 carrier board
- Several fsl_esdhc_imx improvements.
- Pas no-mmc-hs400 to mmc2 on imx8mm-cl-iot-gate.
* Initial UFS PHY driver
* Support for SM8150 (clock and pinctrl)
* Allow writing configuration to PMIC GPIOs again
* Support for configuring "special" pins (e.g. UFS reset or sdhc pins)
* Support for "clk dump" command to decode various clocks.
The TF-A URL was updated, as a result the name of the
directory changed as part of the new git URL and not
all the referenced directories were updated.
Fixes: 0ec0207fe0 ("Update the ARM trusted firmware git URL")
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The series "rockchip: Add efuse and otp support to more SoCs" [1],
merged in v2023.04, refactored and extended the Rockchip efuse and otp
driver to support reading eFUSE/OTP for all supported Rockchip SoCs.
Due to use of different licenses the drivers were never combined into a
single driver, however anything non SoC specific should be applied to
both drivers.
The commit fe38b88453 ("rockchip: Provided SPL control over efuse
presence") changed Makefile options for only one of the two drivers,
apply same change to keep these two drivers in sync.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230222224436.1570224-1-jonas@kwiboo.se/
Fixes: fe38b88453 ("rockchip: Provided SPL control over efuse presence")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Add support for dumping a few of the clocks used on Qualcomm platforms.
Naming the Global PLL's, Root Clock Generators, and gate clocks.
This helps a lot with platform bringup and feature enablement by making
it easy to sanity check that the clocks are programmed correctly.
== Usage ==
Enable CONFIG_CMD_CLK and "#define LOG_DEBUG" at the top of
qcom-<soc>.c.
The "clk dump" command should print the states of all the gates, GPLLs
and RCGs for your SoC.
== Glossary ==
RCG: Root Clock Generator
* Takes in some fairly arbitrary high freq clock (configurable clock
source and options for taking just even pulses and other things)
* Output frequency = input_freq * (m/n) * (1/d) where m/n are arbitrary
8 or 16-bit values (depending on the RCG), and d is a number (with
support for .5 offsets).
GPLL: Global Phase Locked Loop
* Crystal as input
* integer multiplier + exponent part (2^-40)
Gate: Simple on/off clock
* Put between RCGs and the peripherals they power
* Required to allow for correct power sequencing
If you do the maths manually using the equations from "clk dump", the
numbers should roughly line up by they're likely to be out by a handful
of MHz. They output is formatted so that it can be pasted directly into
the python interpreter.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This reverts commit 19f000b72b.
The bug in writing was caused by a long-standing error in the SPMI
driver which has since been fixed - c2de620d64 ("spmi: msm: fix
version 5 support"). We can safely enable writing GPIO configuration
now.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add the special pins configuration data to allow setup the bias
of the UFS and SDCard pins on the SM8250 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Leverage the data introduced in the struct msm_special_pin_data to allow
setting the gpio direction and value if supported by the pin data.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add Qualcomm QMP UFS PHY driver which is available on the following
Snapdragon SoCs - SDM845, SM8250, SM8550 and SM8650 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhupesh.sharma@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Import Qualcomm QMP phy related header files from Linux v6.11-rc7,
limit to headers needed to setup QMP v2 to v6 UFS PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Bhupesh Sharma <bhupesh.sharma@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Add pinctrl and GPIO driver for SM8150. Driver code is based on the
similar U-Boot drivers. All constants are taken from the corresponding
Linux driver. This drivers differs from the similar U-Boot drivers,
because SM8150 SoC have different function IDs for the same functions
on different pins.
Co-authored-by: Volodymyr Babchuk <volodymyr_babchuk@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Julius Lehmann <lehmanju@devpi.de>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Add clock, reset and power domain driver for SM8150. Driver code is
based on the similar U-Boot drivers. All constants are taken from the
corresponding Linux driver.
This driver supports clock rate setting only debug UART,
RGMII/Ethernet modules and USB controller.
Co-authored-by: Volodymyr Babchuk <volodymyr_babchuk@epam.com>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Julius Lehmann <lehmanju@devpi.de>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
The LXR2 board has a DA9063 that can provide watchdog functionality.
The DA9063 watchdog can cause a full POR reset, which is preferred
over the built-in i.MX6 watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The DA9063 PMIC is a multi-function device that provides
regulator, watchdog, RTC, and ON key functionalities.
Add support for the DA9063 PMIC watchdog functionality.
Based on the 6.11 kernel drivers/watchdog/da9063_wdt.c driver.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This shows up in 'help' output and introduces bogus gap:
"
mfgprot - Manufacturing Protection
mii - MII utility commands
"
Drop the newline to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The eMMC device on imx8mm-cl-iot-gate seems not support hs400.
When booting 6.1.0 kernel we got the following error.
mmc2: mmc_select_hs400es failed, error -110
mmc2: error -110 whilst initialising MMC card
Add no-mmc-hs400 to mmc2 node solves the problem.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
With the introduction of downstream Linux 6.6, the iMX8MP VPU block
control node in DTS was renamed "blk-ctl@38330000" and will not match
the ones found in `node_path_imx8mp` resulting in the node not being
disabled on the VPU-less variants.
Add an extra node_path entry for imx8mp VPU block control that match
with downstream Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vitor Soares <vitor.soares@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When supporting partition reset for SoC such as i.MX95 , the Linux
Kernel may have configured the tuning, while after force reset by
wdog or else, uboot CMD0 will never pass unless config RSTT to reset
tuning logic.
Since RSTA and RSTT are independent, so need both to be reseted in the
controller.
Acked-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The memory of priv and plat are leaked if max_bus_width is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The plat->cfg is wrongly memset to 0, so the host_caps value configured
in fsl_esdhc_initialize is reset. Remove the unnecessary memset since
plat is allocated via calloc.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to SD and MMC spec, 74 clocks must be sent to device after
power stable. This is need in reinit ops for DM MMC or init ops for
non-DM MMC after power cycle.
So set the INTIA to send 80 clocks in esdhc_init_common and move
its calling from probe to reinit.
However, on 8MQ EVK and 8QXP MEK with some brands of SD cards, sending
80 clocks may not work well.
The root cause is related with power up time. According to spec, after
power stable, host shall supply at least 74 SD clocks to the SD card with
the maximum of 1ms. However, the power ram up time is related with the
characteristic of SD card. At the moment of sending 74 SD clocks, the
power probably not ram up to the operating level on the problematic
cards. Then cause the cards not ready.
This patch changes to send SD clock with 1ms duration to replace 80
SD clocks (0.2ms at 400Khz clock).
This way meets the spec requirement as well, and adds the margin for
power ram up time to be compatible with the problematic SD cards.
This is also aligned with implementation which has FORCE clock
always on.
Reviewed-and-tested-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With partition reset supported for i.MX8QM/QXP/95 and etc, when linux
mmc runtime suspended, the mmc clks are gated off. While at same time
system controller reset Cortex-A cores because of various reasons(
WDOG timeout and etc), with SPL run again, only enable PER clk is not
enough, also need to enable AHB/IPG clk, here use clk bulk API to enable
all the clocks.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for DH electronics i.MX8MP DHCOM SoM on DRC02 carrier board.
This system is populated with two ethernet ports, two CANs, RS485 and RS232,
USB, capacitive buttons and an OLED display.
Matching Linux kernel patch has been posted:
https://lore.kernel.org/imx/20240925160343.84388-2-marex@denx.de/
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add support for DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM SoM on PicoITX carrier board.
This system is populated with serial console, EQoS ethernet, eMMC, SD, SPI NOR,
LEDs and USB 3.0 host used in USB 2.0 mode on PicoITX.
Matching Linux kernel patch has been posted:
https://lore.kernel.org/imx/20240928234949.357893-2-marex@denx.de/
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
u-boot-dfu-next-20241003
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dfu/-/pipelines/22516
DFU:
- Reinitialize only if dfu_alt_info changed
USB Gadget:
- New usb gadget driver for Renesas USBHS
- Simplify kconfig deps for CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE
Android:
- Provide bootloader version to android via kernel commandline
This driver should not generally be present in SPL, even if misc devices
are enabled. Update the Makefile rule accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow MMC init when clock support is not enabled in a particular phase.
Refactor the setting of priv->emmc_clk so it is a bit clearer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When MMC booting fails it is sometimes hard to figure out what went
wrong as there is no error code. It isn't even clear which MMC device
was chosen, since SPL can have its own numbering.
Add some debugging to help with this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Separate BSS is current mandatory on armv8 but this is not useful for
early boot phases. Add support for the combined BSS.
Use an #ifdef to avoid using CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR which is not
valid in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The sprintf() etc. functions are supposed to return the length of the
string written, but do not. Fix this by checking the amount of buffer
space used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before
commit da3447d09f ("android: Fix ramdisk loading for bootimage v3+"),
the ramdisk was loaded from img_data.ramdisk_ptr, ignoring offset
provided via mkbootimg.
commit da3447d09f ("android: Fix ramdisk loading for bootimage v3+")
rightfully fixes this by switching to use img_data.ramdisk_addr instead.
However, it does not copy the ramdisk content to img_data.ramdisk_addr
in case we use boot image v2.
Because of this, we can no longer boot Android on Khadas vim3 board:
[ 3.940361] RAMDISK: Couldn't find valid RAM disk image starting at 0.
Add the missing memcpy() to fix the issue.
Fixes: da3447d09f ("android: Fix ramdisk loading for bootimage v3+")
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com> says:
ADSP-SC5xx is a series of ARM-based DSPs.
This comprises the armv7 based SC57x, SC58x and SC594 series, and the
armv8 based SC598.
This patch series includes configurations, init code, and minimal DTs
to enable Analog Devices' evaluation boards for these SoCs to boot
through SPL and into U-Boot Proper, as well as devicetree schemas for
the added DTs.
This patch series depends on ("arm: Add Analog Devices SC5xx Machine
Type") (https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2024-April/552043.html)
Adds support for Analog Devices' SC589-MINI board. Includes:
- Board specific configs in mach-sc5xx/Kconfig
- Board-specific Kconfig and environment in board/adi/
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Adds support for Analog Devices' SC589-EZKIT board. Includes:
- Board specific configs in mach-sc5xx/Kconfig
- Board-specific Kconfig and environment in board/adi/
- Memory configuration
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Adds support for Analog Devices' SC594-SOM-EZLITE board. Includes:
- Board specific configs in mach-sc5xx/Kconfig
- Board-specific Kconfig and environment in board/adi/
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Adds support for Analog Devices' SC598-SOM-EZLITE board. Includes:
- Board specific configs in mach-sc5xx/Kconfig
- Board-specific Kconfig and environment in board/adi/
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Moves common options between all SC5xx series boards to the ARCH_SC5XX
option instead of duplicating them.
Also, it was possible to select multiple of the SoC support options.
Given a U-Boot binary can only support a single platform, this moves
the SoC selection to a `choice`, making them mutually exclusive.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Adds minimal device tree for Analog Devices' SC573-EZKIT board and
common files for the SC57x/SC5xx family.
This also adds all sc5* devicetrees to ARM SC5XX in MAINTAINERS, and
adds the ADSP Linux mailing list as the list for ARM SC5XX.
Co-developed-by: Greg Malysa <greg.malysa@timesys.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Malysa <greg.malysa@timesys.com>
Co-developed-by: Nathan Barrett-Morrison <nathan.morrison@timesys.com>
Signed-off-by: Nathan Barrett-Morrison <nathan.morrison@timesys.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
The primary upstream URL for tf-a has moved, in some cases
things like tags are not always pushed to the old URL so
update the URLs to the primary upstream project URL.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Yocto build is using EXT_DTB to repack U-Boot during signed
FIT kernel creation. First, it takes the DTB from U-Boot, then
it creates signed FIT kernel image and places kernel key into
the DTB. After that it executes:
make EXT_DTB=/path/to/dtb/with/kernel/key
Despite the fact that in the documentation all examples with EXT_DTB
use only single DTB, the patch allows pass many DTB files separated
by spaces, e.g.:
make EXT_DTB="/path1/to/1.dtb /path2/to/2.dtb"
The first DTB from the list become default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kochetkov <al.kochet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A write to the TX buffer is performed before entering the loop to "avoid
clock starvation". This sometimes results in subsequent writes in
davinci_spi_xfer_data() to occur while the TXFULL bit is asserted,
leading to write failures.
Remove the preload of the TX buffer.
Signed-off-by: Bastien Curutchet <bastien.curutchet@bootlin.com>
When SPL_FS_LOADER is set to y and FS_LOADER is not enabled, the SPL build
fails with the following errors:
AR spl/boot/built-in.o
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/misc/fs_loader.o: in function
`fw_get_filesystem_firmware':
/u-boot/drivers/misc/fs_loader.c:162: undefined reference to
`fs_set_blk_dev'
arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: /home/frh/tdx/src/u-boot/drivers/misc/
fs_loader.c:185: undefined reference to `fs_read'
arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/misc/fs_loader.o: in function
`select_fs_dev':
/u-boot/drivers/misc/fs_loader.c:89: undefined reference to
`fs_set_blk_dev_with_part'
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.spl:527: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:2055: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Fix it by replacing the FS_LOADER with SPL_FS_LOADER in the Makefile, so
the fs.c with the necessary function definitions are compiled.
Fixes: b071a07743 ("drivers: misc: Makefile: Enable fs_loader compilation at SPL Level")
Suggested-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Hiago De Franco <hiago.franco@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Update J722S Resource Management configs to the latest output
generated by K3 Resource Partitioning tool. Main change includes
allocating more BCDMA channels to A53 for CSI2RX to support
4 x CSIRX capture instance simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jayesh Choudhary <j-choudhary@ti.com>
When CONFIG_BOOTMETH_ANDROID is set, enable Android boot flow support.
To build for AM62Px for Android, we can re-use
the am62x_a53_android.config fragment when building A53 bootloaders:
$ make am62px_evm_a53_defconfig
$ make am62x_a53_android.config
$ make
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Beagle Play has a different boot flow than the AM62x SK EVM.
AM62x SK EVM:
1. Boot rom reads UDA (User Data Area), looking for tiboot3
2. Boot rom finds tiboot3 and loads it
Beagle Play:
1. Boot rom looks for tiboot3 in mmc0boot0
2. Boot rom finds tiboot3 and loads it
Because of this difference, we need to have a different
partitioning table than the generic TI one.
Include generic TI android support and override the partitioning table
to boot Android.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
Add Android bootflow support for AM62X SK EVM board with
new android boot method.
To build for AM62x for Android, we use the
am62x_a53_android.config fragment when building A53 bootloaders:
$ make am62x_evm_a53_defconfig
$ make am62x_a53_android.config
$ make
Co-developed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
All three addresses printed are in hexadecimal format, but only the
first two have the "0x" prefix. The patch aligns the format of the
"end" address with the other two by adding the "0x" prefix.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
All three addresses printed are in hexadecimal format, but only the
first two have the "0x" prefix. The patch aligns the format of the
"end" address with the other two by adding the "0x" prefix.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk> says:
I always define a disk layout with two separate partitions for the two
copies of the U-Boot environment and, being the one who introduced the
type GUID for such partitions, of course also set those partitions'
type GUID appropriately.
This has worked just fine, but, it turns out, only because I've never
had CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID enabled on any of my boards; I've
always just set the offsets of the two partitions via the config
variables CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET(,_REDUND).
I didn't even know that env/mmc.c had learnt to look for the env
partition based on the type GUID, or that that would overrule the
ENV_OFFSET config variables, until I experienced weird random
corruption while doing bringup for an stm32 board, where
PARTITION_TYPE_GUID is automatically set because it is select'ed by
CMD_STM32PROG.
These patches try to fix the code to fit my scheme, while not changing
anything for existing setups that use the two-copies-one-partition
scheme, other than complaining loudly if the system is misconfigured
and avoiding such random corruption of neighbouring partitions.
Having two separate partitions for use in a redundant environment
setup works just fine, if one only relies on setting CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
and CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND. However, if CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID
is enabled, the current logic in mmc_env_partition_by_guid() means
that only the first partition will ever be considered, and prior to
the previous commit, lead to silent data corruption.
Extend the logic so that, when we are looking for the location for the
second copy of the environment, we keep track of whether we have
already found one matching partition. If a second match is found,
return that, but also modify *copy so that the logic in the caller
will use the last ENV_SIZE bytes of that second partition - in my
case, and I suppose that would be typical, both partitions have been
created with a size of exactly the desired ENV_SIZE.
When only a single matching partition exists, the behaviour is
unchanged: We return that single partition, and *copy is left as-is,
so the logic in the caller will either use the last (copy==0) or
second-to-last (copy==1) ENV_SIZE bytes.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
I have an GPT layout containing two partitions with the type GUID for
U-Boot environment:
partition U-Boot-env-1 {
offset = 0x1fc000
size = 0x2000
partition-type-uuid = "3de21764-95bd-54bd-a5c3-4abe786f38a8"
}
partition U-Boot-env-2 {
offset = 0x1fe000
size = 0x2000
partition-type-uuid = "3de21764-95bd-54bd-a5c3-4abe786f38a8"
}
and have set CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET=0x1fc000,
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND=0x1fe000 and CCONFIG_ENV_SIZE=0x2000.
This usually works just fine, but on an stm32mp, I was seeing weird
behaviour. It turns out that can be tracked down to that board setting
CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID, so the logic in mmc.c ends up only finding
the first of the two partitions, but then in the copy=1 case ends up
computing 0x1fa000 as the *val returned (that is, the end of the
partition minus two times the environment size). That is of course
outside the found partition and leads to random corruption of the
partition preceding U-Boot-env-1.
Add a sanity check that the partition found is at least as large as
needed for the "one or two copies from the end of the partition" logic
to at least produce something within that partition. That will also
catch a bug where the partition is too small for even one copy of the
environment.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
In preparation for fixing the handling of a the case of redundant
environment defined in two separate partitions with the U-Boot env
GUID, refactor the
for ()
if (str)
...
#ifdef CONFIG_FOO
if (!str)
..
#endif
to
if (str)
for ()
else if (CONFIG_FOO && !str)
for ()
and put those for loops in separate functions.
No functional change intended, but I did change the direct access of
info.type_guid into using the disk_partition_type_guid() helper, so
that I could avoid the #ifdef and use IS_ENABLED() in the if() statement.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
I'm trying to use dfu-util for bootstrapping an stm32mp board. It
mostly works fine, but something goes horribly wrong as soon as I make
use of the ability to run arbitrary u-boot shell commands. The shell
commands themselves work fine, but the heuristic "dfu_alt_info may
have changed, we have to reinit" seems to cause the board and/or my
host machine to go into some bad state, and further dfu-util commands
fail.
U-Boot already has a mechanism whereby C code can be told about
changes to specific environment variables. So instead of always doing
re-init, add a hook to the dfu_alt_info variable so that we only do
set dfu_reinit_needed if the commands actually did modify that
variable.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240911133900.1444083-1-rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Both regulators_enable_boot_on/off() are unused and superseded by
regulator uclass regulator_post_probe(). Remove both functions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Turn regulators_enable_boot_on() and regulators_enable_boot_off() into
empty functions. Implement matching functionality in regulator_post_probe()
instead. The regulator_post_probe() is called for all regulators after they
probe, and regulators that have regulator-always-on or regulator-boot-on DT
properties now always probe due to DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND being set on
such regulators in regulator_post_bind().
Finally, fold regulator_unset() functionality into regulator_autoset().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
In case a regulator DT node contains regulator-always-on or regulator-boot-on
property, make sure the regulator gets correctly configured by U-Boot on start
up. Unconditionally probe such regulator drivers. This is a preparatory patch
for introduction of .regulator_post_probe() which would trigger the regulator
configuration.
Parsing of regulator-always-on and regulator-boot-on DT property has been
moved to regulator_post_bind() as the information is required early, the
rest of the DT parsing has been kept in regulator_pre_probe() to avoid
slowing down the boot process.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Transfer initiation and completion for the non-zero Endpoints are
handled by cdns3_ep_run_transfer() and cdns3_transfer_completed()
respectively.
Failing to flush the cache associated with the TRB Pool within
cdns3_ep_run_transfer() results in the transfers never being initiated.
Similarly, failing to invalidate the cache associated with the TRB pool
within cdns3_transfer_completed() results in the transfers never being
completed.
Fix this.
Fixes: 7e91f6ccdc ("usb: Add Cadence USB3 host and gadget driver")
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The buck variable is zero based, i.e. buck=0 match BUCK1 in datasheet.
Remove any buck + 1 calculation to be more consistent in usage of the
buck variable across the different RK8xx variants in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Wrong POWER_EN reg is used to get and set enabled state for the RK806
buck 4 and 8 regulators, also wrong POWER_SLP_EN0 bit is used for
suspend state for the RK806 buck 1-8 regulators.
Fix this by not adding one to the zero based buck variable.
Fixes: f172575d92 ("power: rk8xx: add support for RK806")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
This patch is for Marek, to provide a starting point.
To try it, use 'binman test -T' and see the missing coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some images do not have an image_pos value, for example an image which
is part of a compressed section and therefore cannot be accessed
directly.
Handle this case, returning None as the value.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the check for this further out, so that base_addr is computed in
Entry.WriteSymbols() rather than at lower levels.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The base address of the ELF containing symbols is normally added to
any symbols written, so that the value points to the correct address in
memory when everything is loaded. When the binary resides on disk, a
different offset may be needed, typically 0. Provide a way to specify
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a clarification to the documentation and add a missing comment. Also
update the test so that when it fails it is easier to see what is going
on, rather than having to decode hex strings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions get the value of a symbol. The reference to ELF files
is confusing since they are reading the position/size of entries, not
ELF symbols. Rename the functions and adjust the comments also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With OF_UPSTREAM the dts files are in an SoC-specific subdirectory,
meaning that the resulting dtb files all end up in a similar
subdirectory.
We don't want the subdirectory name to appear as a node name in the FIT,
so handle this as a special case.
Also the default devicetree may have a directory-name prefix, so handle
that when searching through the available devicetree files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The section etype has its own implementation of SetImagePos(), most of
which is not useful since the code is included here. So call
Entry.SetImagePos() which has the only piece of this which we actually
want.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the files are known to be in the provided directory, use that
instead of requiring it to be added to the list of input directories.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this entry type to resolve some pylint warnings and make sure
that functions and members are fully commented.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For most boards, the device-tree compiler is built in-tree, ignoring the
system version. Add a special option to skip this build. This can be
useful when the system dtc is up-to-date, as it speeds up the build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Buildman retries a failed build when processing a branch, but does not
do this when building current source. It is useful to do this retry in
both cases, so add the logic for it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot is currently unable to automatically enable regulators which
contain DT property regulator-always-on or regulator-boot-on. There
is an ongoing work to add this functionality to regulator core code,
but until the proper solution lands, add this awful workaround code
to force these regulators on. This is specifically needed to assure
the VIO regulator used to supply ethernet magnetics is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Do not apply bitwise AND to register value and expected value, only
apply bitwise AND to register value and mask, and only then compare
the result with expected value that the function polls for.
Fixes: b49105320a ("stm32mp: psci: Implement PSCI system suspend and DRAM SSR")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Update the TAMP_SMCR BKP..PROT fields to put first 10 registers
into protection zone 1 and next 5 into zone 2. This fixes use of
boot counter which is often in zone 3 and has to be updated from
Linux, which runs in NS.
Fixes: 73f7fc944c ("ARM: stm32: Initialize TAMP_SMCR BKP..PROT fields on STM32MP15xx")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
dev_get_driver_ops() may return NULL when the udevice is invalid.
Move the ops check to top of functions to consistently return -ENOSYS
when ops is unimplemented and prevent trying to access uclass plat data,
also add missing NULL checks to suspend ops.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
On some boards a PMIC regulator is flagged with regulator-on-in-suspend
and does not define any suspend or max microvolt, e.g. on Radxa ROCK 3A:
vcc_ddr: DCDC_REG3 {
regulator-name = "vcc_ddr";
regulator-always-on;
regulator-boot-on;
regulator-initial-mode = <0x2>;
regulator-state-mem {
regulator-on-in-suspend;
};
};
This result in suspend_uV having the value -ENODATA after probe.
This negative voltage, -ENODATA, gets missinterpreted and result in an
unexpected voltage being set by autoset.
E.g. on Radxa ROCK 3A the vcc_ddr regulator by default have a normal and
suspend voltage value of 0.5v. However, due to this missinterpretation
the suspend voltage end up beind set to 0.5625v instead.
Fix this by skip calling regulator_set_suspend_value() in autoset and
also protect calling set value ops when input value is -ENODATA.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
After FEC is halted by calling fec_halt callback, we should not continue
receiving packet. Otherwise it will process previous pending interrupts
on EIR register and uses wrong rbd index as this has been reset to 0.
The GRA interrupt which is triggered by issuing graceful stop command to
FEC transmitter in fec_halt is processed in this case. It causes wrong
receive buffer descriptors be used by FEC in next time.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX93 FEC ENET port supports two mode: RGMII and RMII. For RGMII,
there is an internal /2 divider, so the freq needs to set with (*2),
otherwise the speed will not reach 1G and cause communication error
in some network environments. For RMII, the clk path is
ccm -> enet tx_clk pin -> pad loop back to enet, no /2 divider.
So fix for RGMII mode with freq multiplied by 2.
Fixes: 09de565f76 ("net: fec_mxc: support i.MX93")
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Maintain backward compatibility with pre-binman u-boot file naming,
the U-Boot fitImage used to be named u-boot.itb before, restore the
file name after binman conversion.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
common/update.c (UPDATE_COMMON) depends on tftp_timeout_ms which is
defined in cmd/tftp.c (CMD_TFTPBOOT). Therefore add the appropriate
imply statement to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
The fec_mxc_init() function currently always returns 0. This does not
allow the callers to detect when for instance the PHY initialization
failed due to the port being unconnected. Fix that by returning the
status of fec_open().
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
wget followed by bootefi currently fails as follows:
U-Boot> wget 200000 192.168.0.30:helloworld.efi
Waiting for Ethernet connection... done.
HTTP/1.0 200 OK
Packets received 13, Transfer Successful
Bytes transferred = 12720 (31b0 hex)
U-Boot> bootefi 200000
No UEFI binary known at 200000
U-Boot>
Fix the problem by adding the missing efi_set_bootdev() call.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FTGMAC100 enables drivers/net/ftgmac100.c which uses
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NCSI, which is defined only when PHY_NCSI is enabled.
Therefore FTGMAC100 depends on PHY_NCSI. However adding such a
dependency causes a "recursive dependency detected!" message, so
add a dependency on NET instead (PHY_NCSI depends on NET).
All in all, either the stack is NET and FTGMAC100 can be enabled,
or it is NET_LWIP (or NO_NET) and it cannot.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PHY_NCSI enables drivers/net/phy/ncsi.c which calls net_loop() and
net_set_timeout_handler(). That's the legacy NET stack (as opposed to
NET_LWIP). Therefore add the dependency to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
dtsec_init_phy() is defined only with MII so add the proper conditional
in the caller code.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The AT91-based platforms have a mem_init() function declared in
arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91_common.h and implemented in various
places. In preparation of the introduction of the lwIP networking library
which also has a global mem_init() function, rename the AT91 one to
at91_mem_init().
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Hari Prasath Gujulan Elango <hari.prasathge@microchip.com>
Prefix the flash status codes (ERR_*) with FL_ in order to avoid clashes
with third-party libraries. Case in point: including the lwIP library
header file <lwip/err.h> which defines err_enum_t as an enum with values
being ERR_*.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
When building for sandbox, self.cross is empty.
In MakeEnvironment(), CROSS_COMPILE is defined to be self.cross (with
or without a full path), optionally prefixed by the toolchain wrapper
defined in ~/.buildman. This is fine when self.cross is not empty, but
it doesn't make sense when it is:
- Either there is no wrapper and we end up with an empty CROSS_COMPILE
which is the same as not defining it (the host compiler will be used),
- Or there is a wrapper and CROSS_COMPILE will contain only the wrapper
which obviously is not a valid compiler, hence an error.
Test case:
$ sudo apt install ccache
$ grep -q toolchain-wrapper ~/.buildman || \
printf "[toolchain-wrapper]\nwrapper = ccache\n" >>~/.buildman
$ make mrproper
$ ./tools/buildman/buildman sandbox_noinst
$ ./tools/buildman/buildman sandbox_noinst
Building current source for 1 boards (1 thread, 24 jobs per thread)
sandbox: + sandbox_noinst
+arch/sandbox/lib/reloc_sandbox_efi.c:10:15: error: operator '==' has no left operand
+ 10 | #if HOST_ARCH == HOST_ARCH_X86_64
+ | ^~
[...]
The GetEnvArgs function is modified too, since the VAR_CROSS_COMPILE
case has the same issue.
In tools/buildman/test.py, testGetEnvArgs is extended and
testMakeEnvironment is added. They check the 'arm' and 'sandbox'
toolchains, with and without a wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running the bootstage tests currently we get a warning like:
tests/test_bootstage.py::test_bootstage_stash
...PytestReturnNotNoneWarning: Expected None, but tests/test_bootstage.py::test_bootstage_stash returned (37748736, 4096), which will be an error in a future version of pytest. Did you mean to use `assert` in stead of `return`?
This is because the unstash test will run the stash test and fetch the
addr / size from that. Rework the test to be stash and unstash and then
run the unstash command at the end of the current stash test.
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Make SPL_RAM_SUPPORT a hidden Kconfig symbol, automatically selected
by SPL_RAM_DEVICE or SPL_DFU. Avoids the situation where SPL_RAM_SUPPORT
may be enabled without the other two being enabled, which results in the
following build warning:
common/spl/spl_ram.c:19:14: warning: ‘spl_ram_load_read’ defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
19 | static ulong spl_ram_load_read(struct spl_load_info *load, ulong sector,
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
In case the cyclic framework is enabled, poll the card detect of already
initialized cards and deinitialize them in case they are removed. Since
the card initialization is a longer process and card initialization is
done on first access to an uninitialized card anyway, avoid initializing
newly detected uninitialized cards in the cyclic callback.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Added LMB API to prevent SF command from overwriting reserved
memory areas. The current SPI code does not use LMB APIs for
loading data into memory addresses. To resolve this, LMB APIs
were added to check the load address of an SF command and ensure it
does not overwrite reserved memory addresses. Similar checks are
used in TFTP, serial load, and boot code to prevent overwriting
reserved memory.
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Suggested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Use the lmb_read_check() function to verify if it is safe to use a
region of memory to load data from the wget command. The current logic
checks the amount of free memory available, starting from the 'load
address'. This call fails if the same region of memory has been used
earlier. This used to work earlier as the LMB memory map had a local
scope and was not persistent. Fix this issue by using the
lmb_read_check() call instead which only returns an error in case the
memory region has been marked for not allowing re-use.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Use the lmb_read_check() function to verify if it is safe to use a
region of memory to load data from a tftp command. The current logic
checks the amount of free memory available, starting from the 'load
address'. This call fails if the same region of memory has been used
earlier. This used to work earlier as the LMB memory map had a local
scope and was not persistent. Fix this issue by using the
lmb_read_check() call instead which only returns an error in case the
memory region has been marked for not allowing re-use.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Popup the bootmenu for 5 sec with default boot options to CC on AMD CCs and
default to SOM on others.
Users can anytime disable the bootmenu by setting the variable
enable_bootmenu=0 in zynqmp_kria.env or setup it up at run time and save
variables to NV memory.
The patch is also fixing issue created by commit 4c73630686 ("cmd:
setexpr: fix no matching string in gsub return empty value") which has
changed return value from setexpr command (Before this commit when
matching string wasn't found command return 1 that's why was possible to
use with if).
Signed-off-by: John Vicky Vykuntapu <johnvicky.vykuntapu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6193d95a9c0f3ae319a900b46d6212f7ab16aba4.1726041851.git.michal.simek@amd.com
U-Boot is not picking boot.scr script address from device tree
rather it's using default address for Microblaze platform,
and it's picking for other platforms. Remove conditional check
for Microblaze platform, so that u-boot pick up boot.scr script
address for all platforms from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240913093231.2343528-1-padmarao.begari@amd.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Generic understanding/consideration is that phy-mode as sgmi means that the
internal PCS(Physical Coding Sublayer) should be enabled by default.
Xilinx GEM implementation allows configuration GEM (gmii mode) + PL PCS PMA
(sgmii mode, Physical Medum Attachment) but in this case phy-mode should be
setup as gmii.
The reason for this assumption is that phy-mode should be described based
on GEM configuration not based on mode coming out of PHY.
Also Linux kernel automatically setting up PCSSEL bit when phy mode is
sgmii without a need to specified additional DT propety.
All our DTSes with sgmii phy mode have this flag enabled that's why there
is no need/reason to just duplicate information.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2ecdbcc4ce692e2f8b3e7054a2abab35f6c03a69.1726213052.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Linux commits:
15d16d6dadf6 kbuild: Add generic rule to apply fdtoverlay
44f87191d105 kbuild: parameterize the .o part of suffix-search
The Linux commit 15d16d6dadf6 adds a generic rule in Makefile.lib
to automatically apply fdtoverlay, so that each platform doesn't
need to include a complex rule. This also automatically appends
DTC_FLAGS_foo_base += -@ to all base files
The platform's Makefile only needs to have this now:
foo-dtbs := foo_base.dtb foo_overlay1.dtbo foo_overlay2.dtbo
dtb-y := foo.dtb
Signed-off-by: Prasad Kummari <prasad.kummari@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240906070808.1045991-2-prasad.kummari@amd.com
This patch fixes timeout issues seen on large NOR flash.
For full-chip erase, where we use the SPINOR_OP_CHIP_ERASE (0xc7)
opcode. Use a different timeout for full-chip erase than for other
commands.
[Ported from Linux kernel commit
09b6a377687b ("mtd: spi-nor: scale up timeout for
full-chip erase") ]
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22363
- Several updates to i.MX9 SOC and i.MX93 EVK.
- Power domain fixes.
- TRDC cleanup and update.
- MAC address layout update.
- Add support for the i.MX9301/9302 variants.
- Add runtime detection of voltage mode.
- Generalize some code for i.MX8M and i.MX9.
- Add support for Comvetia imx6q-lxr board.
This PR contains various improvements in the A/B update logic for EFI
- Read both copies of metadata, in case one of the is corrupted
- Check the metadata version against the running firmware to make sure it's
allowed
- Limit the use of a revert capsule if the board is on a trial state and
make sure it's not applied if the max counter has expired
When dealing with processing of the empty capsule, the capsule gets
applied only when the checks for the empty capsule pass. Print a
message to highlight if empty capsule checks fail, and return an error
value, similar to the normal capsules.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When in Trial State, the platform keeps a count of the number of times
it has booted in the Trial State. Once the threshold of the maximum
allowed count exceeds, the platform reverts to boot from a different
bank on subsequent boot, thus coming out of the Trial State. It is
expected that all the updated images would be accepted or rejected
while the platform is in Trial State. Put in checks so that it is not
possible to apply an empty capsule once the max Trial Count exceeds.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU code supports both versions of the FWU metadata, i.e. v1 and
v2. A platform can then select one of the two versions through a
config symbol. Put a dependency in the FWU metadata version selection
config symbol to ensure that both versions of the metadata cannot be
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The platform transitions out of Trial State into the Regular State
only when all the images in the update bank have been accepted. Check
for this condition before transitioning out of Trial State.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Do a sanity check that the version of the FWU metadata that has been
read aligns with the version enabled in the image. This allows to
indicate an early failure as part of the FWU module initialisation.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In the version 2 of the FWU metadata, the metadata is broken into two
parts, a top-level structure, which provides information on the total
size of the structure among other things. Try reading the primary
partition first, and if that fails, try reading the secondary
partition. This will help in the scenario where the primary metadata
partition has been corrupted, but the secondary partition is intact.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for the Comvetia i.MX6Q LXR2 board, which is
uses the Phytec PFLA02 SoM.
Based on the original work from Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>.
The Phytec PFLA02 devicetrees are taken from kernel 6.11-rc7.
The imx6q-lxr.dts has been submitted upstream:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-devicetree/20240913200906.1753458-3-festevam@gmail.com/
After it gets accepted in mainline (most likely in kernel 6.13),
the lxr2 board can then be switched to OF_UPSTREAM and these device trees
can be removed from U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add back low drive mode 1866mts ddr timing file, no need
CONFIG_IMX9_LOW_DRIVE_MODE anymore, using runtime selection.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove unused CONFIG_IMX9_LOW_DRIVE_MODE kconfig and
imx93_11x11_evk_ld_defconfig.
Remove the ld timing file.
The LD mode support will be added back with runtime detection later.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
1. Use runtime voltage selection for LD/OD/ND mode.
2. According to latest PE/TE report, the voltages of VDD_SOC for
LD and ND mode need add 50mv margin, so LD voltage is 0.75v->0.8v,
ND voltage is 0.8v->0.85v.
3. Use TOFF_DEB to differentiate new trimmed pmic and old pmic
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add trdc_mbc_blk_num to get num blks in a MBC mem slot, then drop
the hardcoded value '40' for NIC OCRAM configuration.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8M and i.MX9 have duplicated fixup_thermal_trips, so move it
to arch/arm/mach-imx/fdt.c to avoid duplicated code.
The critial temperature point for i.MX9 set to "maxc - 5" back to give
some margin.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add support for iMX93 low performance parts 9302 and 9301 which
restrict to low drive voltage only.
The parts run A55 max speed at 900Mhz and M33 at 133Mhz, have NPU
and A55 core1 (9301) disabled.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
disable_cpu_nodes could be reused by i.MX9, so move disable_cpu_nodes
out from mach-imx/imx8m/soc.c to mach-imx/fdt.c and update
disable_cpu_nodes to make it easy to support different socs.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8M use PPI for PMU interrupts, there is no reason to update
interrupt-affinity for PMU even interrupt-affinity was wrongly added
to device tree before.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support 1.866GTS LPDDR4x timing script, need to add 233Mhz freq
to DDR PLL for second mission point at 933MTS. Otherwise DDR training
will fail.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Normally, the wdog will be used for trigger external PMIC reset
through the WDOG_ANY pin. If the PMIC chip has debounce logic for
the reset signal, in some corner case the wdog can NOT trigger
external PMIC reset if the SoC has been reset internal before the
PMIC captures the WDOG_ANY pin reset, so need to keep the WDOG3-5
reset masked in the SRC to let the PMIC to do the reset safely.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since we use SPEED GRADE fuse to set A55 frequency, remove the
set_arm_core_low_drive_clk function which has hard coded frequency.
And adjust clock_init called sequence and split it to early and late
functions.
Set the authen register in early function, because CCF driver checks
NS bit.
Set bus and core clock in late function, because the fuse read and
SoC type/rev depend on ELE.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Replace the static CONFIG_IMX9_LOW_DRIVE_MODE with runtime target
voltage mode by checking the part's SPEED GRADE fuse.
SPL will configure to highest A55 speed which is indicated by the SPEED
fuse and select corresponding voltage mode.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The boot image includes Edgelock Enclave(ELE) Firmware. Print the
information out to let user know which version firmware is being used.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The second Ethernet MAC (eQOS) fuse layout is changed since i.MX93 A1
following other i.MX platforms, for example i.MX8MP.
Order for A0:
MAC1_ADDR[15:0]
MAC1_ADDR[31:16]
MAC1_ADDR[47:32]
MAC2_ADDR[47:32]
MAC2_ADDR[15:0]
MAC2_ADDR[31:16]
Order since A1:
MAC1_ADDR[15:0]
MAC1_ADDR[31:16]
MAC1_ADDR[47:32]
MAC2_ADDR[15:0]
MAC2_ADDR[31:16]
MAC2_ADDR[47:32]
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To support OSCCA enabled part which has disabled FSB access from SOC,
change directly read from FSB to use fuse_read API.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Print UID in big endian format and as one buffer of bytes, so customer
can directly use it for EdgeLock 2GO.
Before:
UID: 0xf6c8ae93 0x0f46b326 0x10d61eb3 0x0583c2d2
Become:
UID: 93aec8f626b3460fb31ed610d2c28305
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
ROM use UID[0] and UID[1] as serial number with big endian when usb serial
download.
After update this, uuu(>1.6) can use below command to filter out devices
when multi boards connected.
uuu -ms <serial#> ...
[sudo] uuu -lsusb can list known devices with serial# informaiton.
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On OSCCA part, M33 TCM is used for ROM PATCH and protected by ELE ROM.
So after release TRDC, we need to configure TRDC for M33 TCM,
otherwise A55 can't access the TCM.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
SSAR handshake done means power on finished, not ISO done. so correct
the waiting mask.
Fixes: 0256577a83 ("imx: imx9: Add MIX power init")
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series includes the patches needed to make make the EFI 'boot' test
work. That test has now been split off into a separate series along with
the EFI patches.
This series fixes these problems:
- sandbox memory-mapping conflict with PCI
- the fix for that causes the mbr test to crash as it sets up pointers
instead of addresses for its 'mmc' commands
- the mmc and read commands which cast addresses to pointers
- a tricky bug to do with USB keyboard and stdio
- a few other minor things
The normal approach with sandbox is to use a fixed memory address in the
RAM, to avoid needing to create a map for transient local variables.
Update this test to use this approach.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It isn't that important to factor out constants in tests, but in this
case we have 0x200 and 512 used. The commands don't use the constant
as they use a block count ('1'). It doesn't create more code to use a
constant, so create one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tests maps some local variables into sandbox's address space. Make
sure to unmap them afterwards.
Note that the normal approach with sandbox is to use a fixed memory
address in the RAM, to avoid needing to create a map for transient local
variables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 04291ee0ab ("cmd: mbr: Allow 4 MBR partitions without need...")
The current implementation casts an address to a pointer. Make it more
sandbox-friendly by using map_sysmem().
Rename the variable to 'ptr' since it is a pointer, not an address.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
An address may be mapped twice and unmapped twice. Delete the mapping
only when the last user unmaps it.
Fix a missing comment while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
So far unmapping has not been implemented. This means that if one test
maps a pointer to an address with map_sysmem(), then a second test can
use that same pointer, by mapping the address back to a pointer with
map_to_sysmem(). This is not really desirable, even if it doesn't
cause any problems at the moment.
Implement unmapping, to clean this up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox keeps a table of addresses which map to pointers which are
outside its emulated DRAM. The current range from 10000000 conflicts
with the PCI range, meaning that if PCI mapping is on, that particular
address can be decoded by PCI instead of the table.
Fix this by moving the range up to the top of memory. Update the docs
while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot commands typically don't need 0x to specify hex, since they use
hex by default. Adding 0x in this test is confusing since it suggests
that it is necessary. Drop it from the file.
Also use the %#x construct to get the 0x when needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Clear any USB-keyboard devices before running a unit test, to avoid
using a stale udevice pointer in stdio. Add a long comment to explain
this situation and why this solution seems best, at least for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The driver model deadline for USB was in 2019, so drop the old USB
keyboard code, to avoid needing to deal with the extra code path.
Drop the unnecessary #ifdef around USB_KBD_BOOT_REPORT_SIZE while we
are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set up a function for this, since it needs to be used from multiple test
files.
This test file is only used on sandbox, where USB is enabled, so drop
the local declaration of usb_started
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There have been quite a few changes in the Python scripts, so update the
pylint baseline.
This was created using:
make pylint
cp pylint.cur scripts/pylint.base
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tidy up most of these warnings. Remaining are four of these:
R0914: Too many local variables
which can only by fixed by splitting things into functions, so that is
left for another time.
Part of this change was done by the flynt tool.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The OSD command calls functions from video_osd-uclass.o ,
which is built only when CONFIG_OSD is enabled. Add the
missing dependency into Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The mmc erase command currently requires blk# and cnt parameters
which can be obtained using the part start and part size commands
if the entire partition needs to be erased.
Simplify the use of the mmc erase command by allowing the partition
name to be specified directly.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Paukrt <tomaspaukrt@email.cz>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The mmc speed command configuration option keeps showing up in
Kconfig directly in 'Command line interface'. Move MMC_SPEED_MODE_SET
under CMD_MMC to make it show up alongside the MMC command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined, gd->ram_size is reduced by
CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE. Need to correct the actual ram size in
dram_init_banksize.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Aspeed AST27xx SoCs integrate the CPTRA 1.0 secure IP, which
export a SHA accelerator interface for SoC to use.
Note that CPTRA 1.0 supports only SHA384 and SHA512 and this
patch is verified by the 'hash test sha384/sha512' commands.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Francis Laniel <francis.laniel@amarulasolutions.com> says:
Hi!
With this series, I bumped the new hush to get the latest commits from upstream.
Also, I added back a reverted commit which goal was to fix a bad behavior in
old hush test.
I had to tweak a bit this commit, but everything worked both locally and in the
CI.
This commit adds the following hush busybox upstream commits:
23da5c4b716b ("hush: do not exit interactive shell on some redirection errors")
14e28c18ca1a ("hush: fix "exec 3>FILE" aborting if 3 is exactly the next free fd")
6c38d0e9da2d ("hush: avoid duplicate fcntl(F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) during init")
758b21402abc ("hush: detect when terminating "done"/"fi" is missing")
2639f3bc72ac ("hush: set G.ifs sooner (prevents segfault)")
Adding specific ifdef and endif guard was needed for 2639f3bc72ac.
Signed-off-by: Francis Laniel <francis.laniel@amarulasolutions.com>
The dollar test was merged with bugous console behavior, and
instead of fixing it, this behavior was just workarounded.
This was done to keep compatibility with the existing behavior.
It seems like without the fix the ut_assert_skipline(); didn't clear
console and running ut_assert_skipline(); many times would give always
OK. With e58bafc35f ("lib: membuff: fix readline not returning line in case of overflow")
the line is cleared correctly and next assert fails because now there
is nothing to clean which is correct if we look the this a bit above
the failing assert:
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_HUSH_MODERN_PARSER) {
/*
* For some strange reasons, the console is not empty after
* running above command.
* So, we reset it to not have side effects for other tests.
*/
console_record_reset_enable();
} else if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_HUSH_OLD_PARSER) {
ut_assert_console_end();
}
Which further confirms that tests workaround the old problem and now
that problem is fixed we can remove the whole if blocks and simply
place ut_assert_console_end() right after ut_assert_skipline() without
any conditional and will pass green.
So this part of code goes from:
ut_assert_skipline();
ut_assert_skipline();
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_HUSH_MODERN_PARSER) {
/* See above comments. */
console_record_reset_enable();
} else if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_HUSH_OLD_PARSER) {
ut_assert_console_end();
}
to become:
ut_assert_skipline();
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_HUSH_OLD_PARSER) {
ut_assert_skipline();
}
ut_assert_console_end();
The if block mentioned above that calls console_record_reset_enable() is
completely removed as fixed by e58bafc35f.
[flaniel: adapt second if]
Signed-off-by: Ion Agorria <ion@agorria.com>
Signed-off-by: Svyatoslav Ryhel <clamor95@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240105072212.6615-8-clamor95@gmail.com
[mkorpershoek: reworded commit title]
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
[flaniel: remove console_record_reset_enable() if]
Signed-off-by: Francis Laniel <francis.laniel@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix link errors caused by missing Kconfig dependencies:
1. DFU_OVER_USB compiles common/dfu.c which calls g_dnl_clear_detach()
which is implemented in drivers/usb/gadget/g_dnl.c which needs
USB_GADGET_DOWNLOAD. Test case:
$ printf "CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DOWNLOAD=n\nCONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT=n" \
>>configs/am62px_evm_a53_defconfig
$ make am62px_evm_a53_defconfig
$ make CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu-
[...]
common/dfu.c:34:(.text.run_usb_dnl_gadget+0x68): undefined reference to `g_dnl_clear_detach
[...]
2. With the above fixed, the same build causes:
common/spl/spl_dfu.c:29:(.text.spl_dfu_cmd+0xb0): undefined reference to `run_usb_dnl_gadget'
This is because SPL_DFU compiles common/spl/spl_dfu.c which calls
run_usb_dnl_gadget() which is implemented in common/dfu.c which needs
DFU_OVER_USB.
Therefore add these dependencies to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Jerome Forissier <jerome.forissier@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240910102751.3182982-1-jerome.forissier@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Pull request efi-next-20241024
UEFI:
* Use generated UUIDs in UEFI capsules:
- efi: define struct efi_guid
- lib: uuid: add UUID v5 support
- efi: add a helper to generate dynamic UUIDs
- doc: uefi: document dynamic UUID generation
- sandbox: switch to dynamic UUIDs
- lib: uuid: supporting building as part of host tools
- include: export uuid.h
- tools: mkeficapsule: use u-boot UUID library
- tools: mkeficapsule: support generating dynamic GUIDs
- test: lib/uuid: add unit tests for dynamic UUIDs
- test: lib/uuid: add tests for UUID version/variant bits
* Minor code clean-up
- shorten efi_bootmgr_release_uridp_resource()
- rename efi_bootmgr_image_return_notify
- return the correct error in efi_bootmgr_release_uridp()
- Kconfig: clean up the efi configuration status
- Use puts() in cout so that console recording works
- Put back copyright message in helloworld.c
At present EFI output to the console uses fputs() which bypasses the
console-recording feature. This makes it impossible for tests to check
the output of an EFI app.
There doesn't seem to be any need to do this bypass, so adjust it to
simply use the puts() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add some basic unit tests to validate that the UUID generation behaves
as expected. This matches the implementation in efi_loader for sandbox
and a Qualcomm board and should catch any regressions.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add support for generating GUIDs that match those generated internally
by U-Boot for capsule update fw_images when using dynamic UUIDs.
Dynamic UUIDs in U-Boot work by taking a namespace UUID and hashing it
with the board compatible and fw_image name. This feature just provides
a way to determine the UUIDs for a particular board without having to
actually boot U-Boot on it.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Replace the use of libuuid with U-Boot's own UUID library. This prepares
us to add support for generating v5 GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Adjust the UUID library code so that it can be compiled as part of a
host tool.
This removes the one redundant log_debug() call, as well as the
incorrectly defined LOG_CATEGORY.
In general this is a fairly trivial change, just adjusting includes and
disabling list_guid.
This will be used by a new genguid tool to generate v5 GUIDs that match
those generated by U-Boot at runtime.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Migrate sandbox over to generating it's capsule update image GUIDs
dynamically from the namespace and board/image info. Update the
reference and tests to use the new GUIDs.
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Document how platforms can generate GUIDs at runtime rather than
maintaining a list of UUIDs per-board.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Introduce a new helper efi_capsule_update_info_gen_ids() which populates
the capsule update fw images image_type_id field. This allows for
determinstic UUIDs to be used that can scale to a large number of
different boards and board variants without the need to maintain a big
list.
We call this from efi_fill_image_desc_array() to populate the UUIDs
lazily on-demand.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add support for generating version 5 UUIDs, these are determistic and work
by hashing a "namespace" UUID together with some unique data. One intended
usecase is to allow for dynamically generate payload UUIDs for UEFI
capsule updates, so that supported boards can have their own UUIDs
without needing to hardcode them.
In addition, move the common bit twiddling code from gen_ran_uuid into a
separate function and rewrite it not to use clrsetbits (which is not
available when building as part of host tools).
Tests for this are added in an upcoming patch.
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The EFI_LOADER and EFI config options are randomly scattered under lib/
making it cumbersome to navigate and enable options, unless you really
know what you are doing. On top of that the existing options are in
random order instead of a logical one.
So let's move things around a bit and move them under boot/. Present a
generic UEFI entry where people can select Capsules, Protocols,
Services, and an option to compile U-Boot as an EFI for X86
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There's currently a chance for this function to overwrite an error if
one occurred and the subsequent call to
efi_uninstall_multiple_protocol_interfaces() succedded. Although this
is an EFI event and we can't do much let's at least set and return
the correct error
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use this event when returning from an EFI HTTP booted image.
The name is a bit confusing since it suggests we always run it,
rename it to make it clearer
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We use this function to clean up leftover resources when booting an
EFI HTTP boot image, but the name is unnecessary long.
Shorten it to efi_bootmgr_release_uridp()
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI result shows no issue:
https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-riscv/-/pipelines/22315
----------------------------------------------------------------
- Aspeed: Add AST2700 board (Ibex RISC-V core) support
- Add timer, dram controller, network support
- Sophgo: Add clock controller support for Milk-V Duo
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22320
- Improve i.MX8M boot time by enabling MMU and D-cache very early.
- Don't drop the enable bit once set on the i.MX PWM driver.
- Enable DM_RNG so that the kaslr-seed property is set in the dt
allowing Linux KASLR.
Changing the duty-cycle should not blindly override (and clear) the
enable (EN) bit if it has already been set. For instance, a PWM
backlight can be enabled and set to a specific intensity using two
operations. The order of these operations should not matter.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable DM_RNG so that the kaslr-seed property is set in the dt allowing
Linux KASLR.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable MMU and caches very early on in the boot process on i.MX8M
in U-Boot proper. This allows board_init_f to run with icache and
dcache enabled, which saves some 700 milliseconds of boot time on
i.MX8M Plus based device.
The 'bootstage report' output is below:
Before:
```
Timer summary in microseconds (8 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
961,363 961,363 board_init_f
1,818,874 857,511 board_init_r
1,921,474 102,600 eth_common_init
2,013,702 92,228 eth_initialize
2,015,238 1,536 main_loop
Accumulated time:
32,775 dm_r
289,165 dm_f
```
After:
```
Timer summary in microseconds (8 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
989,466 989,466 board_init_f
1,179,100 189,634 board_init_r
1,281,456 102,356 eth_common_init
1,373,857 92,401 eth_initialize
1,375,396 1,539 main_loop
Accumulated time:
12,630 dm_f
32,635 dm_r
```
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add driver for AST2700 to initialize DRAM in SPL.
This patch also refactors the Kconfig dependency of
Aspeed DRAM drivers as some of them are shared among
the file structures of RV and ARM ISAs.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Define and parse the header of the First Mutable Code (FMC)
of AST2700 SoCs at runtime phase.
The FMC header contains the information to load prebuilt binaries
required for device initialization such as DRAM and VGA.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add the driver for the AST2700 Ibex timer, which uses CPU
cycles as the timer count running at 200MHz.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
AST2700 SoCs integrates a Ibex 32-bits RISC-V core as the boot MCU
for the first stage bootloader execution, namely SPL.
This patch implements the preliminary base to successfully run SPL
on this RV32-based MCU to the console banner message.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The _image_binary_end symbol was aligned to the 8-bytes boundary.
However, the SPL device tree (u-boot-spl.dtb) is concatenated right
after the binary (u-boot-spl-nodtb.bin) wihtout the consideration of
the 8-bytes alignment restriction.
After then, for the SPL_SEPARATE_BSS case, fdtdec_setup() searching
for the DTB by _image_binary_end will return the "Missing DTB" error.
As the real DTB starting point does not align to a 8-bytes address
like _image_binary_end does.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add prompt for STACK_SIZE_SHIFT to make it configurable.
The default value remains 14 as usual.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Make the Atomic (A) ISA extension selectable. Thus CPUs such as
Ibex without the A extension can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The AST2700 is the 7th generation SoC from Aspeed.
And use the driver to support clause 22 access.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Chou <jacky_chou@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add support of Aspeed AST2700 SoC. AST2700 is based on ARM64 so modify
the DMA address related code to fit both ARM and ARM64. Besides, the
RMII/RGMII mode control register is moved from SCU500 to MAC50 so
initialize the register in ftgmac100_start correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Chou <jacky_chou@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The TX/RX descriptor size is 16 byte.
When the cache line size is larger than 16 bytes, descriptors
flushed to RAM will flush more than one descriptor.
It is possible that it may mistakenly flush to other descriptor
that has been updated by MAC in RAM.
To avoid this issue, align the descriptors to cache line size.
Only one desc will be flushed or invalidated at a time.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Chou <jacky_chou@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The NC-SI interface does not need the MDIO bus and the
NC-SI PHY device cannot get from dm_eth_phy_connect.
Therefore, use phy_connect directly here.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Chou <jacky_chou@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
When executing TFTP, the ARP will be replied to after receiving
the ARP. U-boot's ARP routine modifies the data in the receive
packet in response to the ARP packet and then copies it
into the transmit packet.
At this point, the received packet cache is inconsistent.
It is possible that the cache will perform a writeback action to
affect the MAC receiving packets.
Avoid the same problem that occurs in other networking protocols.
In the free_pkt function, ensure cache and memory consistency.
Signed-off-by: Jacky Chou <jacky_chou@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Replace device clocks with real clocks from the clock controller, and
remove dummy clocks.
Signed-off-by: Kongyang Liu <seashell11234455@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de> says:
This patch stack extends the phyCORE-AM62x/AM64x U-Boot by following boot
sources:
- Load U-Boot with USB DFU
- Load a Linux and initramfs from OSPI/QSPI NOR flash
- Load a Linux and rootfs from Network
Moreover, it adds required changes to the environment to boot an A/B
system with RAUC and includes some minor fixes.
Commit 371b379edb ("configs: Make USB_GADGET_MANUFACTURER
consistent over all PHYTEC boards") made the USB_GADGET_MANUFACTURER
value consistent over all PHYTEC boards.
Update the phyCORE-AM62x defconfigs to make this config consistent
as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
The environment should have a size of 0x20000 instead 0x2000.
Update to have the same environment size for all PHYTEC K3 products.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
This config includes the phycore_am62x_r5_defconfig file as well as
the am62x_r5_usbdfu.config fragment. We need another defconfig
because the AM62x has not enough internal SRAM to support all boot
sources. The normal phycore_am62x_r5_defconfig should allow to boot
from MMC and OSPI while this new defconfig allows to boot from USB.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Merge the am62x_a53_usbdfu.config into the phyCORE-AM62x A53 defconfig to
properly support USB DFU boot.
This config was made with the following command:
make ARCH=arm CROSS_COMPILE=aarch64-linux-gnu- \
phycore_am62x_a53_defconfig am62x_a53_usbdfu.config
However, CONFIG_USB_GADGET_MANUFACTURER was not merged to keep Phytec
as manufacturer.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
The phyCORE-AM64x board code sets an environment variable 'boot'
with the device U-Boot booted from. Use this variable in
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to boot Linux from the same boot device by
default.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
The phyCORE-AM62x board code sets an environment variable 'boot'
with the device U-Boot booted from. Use this variable in
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to boot Linux from the same boot device by
default.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Include the boot logic to boot via Network or from a OSPI/QSPI
NOR flash. Moreover, set all required variables to both boot
methods to the environment.
Note: The phyBOARD-Electra AM64x is not able to load the U-Boot
via Network. However, it's still possible to load the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Include the boot logic to boot via Network or from a OSPI/QSPI
NOR flash. Moreover, set all required variables to both boot
methods to the environment.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
This boot logic allows to boot a Kernel image, Device-Tree blob
and a initramfs from an external OSPI/QSPI NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
This boot logic allows to boot a Kernel image, Device-Tree blob
and overlays via tftp/dhcp (configurable with 'net_fetch_cmd').
Additionally, it loads a rootfs via NFS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Add a mmc prefix to 'loadimage' and 'loadfdt' because we need
similar variables for other boot sources. This will prevent
name clashes and allows to implement similar boot logic.
Also switch from loadaddr to kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
Enable CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP to fixup kernel device tree with mtd
partitions.
Signed-off-by: Wadim Egorov <w.egorov@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schultz <d.schultz@phytec.de>
read could be a negative error value but size in spl_image is unsigned
so when they are compared read is used as if it's a unsigned value
and if it's negative it'll most likely be bigger than size and the
result will be true and _spl_load() will return 0 to the caller.
This results in the caller to _spl_load() not seeing that an error happened
as it should and continuing as if the load was completed when it might
not have been.
Check if read is negative and return it's value if it is before comparing
against size in spl_image.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Palmer <daniel@0x0f.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If erase/write/read size is 0 then it throws the mentioned error message
when debug message ie enabled as per 899fb5aa8b ("cmd: sf/nand: Print
and return failure when 0 length is passed"), setting it to None as
debug message is not enabled by default for testing.
Signed-off-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
The Kconfig symbols SYS_ARCH, SYS_CPU, SYS_SOC, SYS_VENDOR and
SYS_BOARD are defined in arch/Kconfig as having type string, and most
board files simply amend those definition with suitable
default "foo"
or
default "foo" if BAR
stanzas. But some also include a redundant repetition of the type.
Homogenize the code base by removing those lines.
Generated by
find arch/*/ board -name Kconfig | xargs perl -i -g -pe 's/(config SYS_(ARCH|CPU|SOC|VENDOR|BOARD)\n)\s*string\n/\1/gs'
with the trailing slash in arch/*/ ensuring that arch/Kconfig itself
is not found.
This does not change boards which add a prompt string, e.g.
string "Board name"
because I think those change the semantics of the symbol into being
user-settable.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As per the maintainers at egnite GmbH, they are no longer interested in
supporting this board. Go and remove the platform here. Furthermore,
this is the only AT91SAM9XE platform in-tree so remove supporting code
for that as well.
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Various improvements to Snapdragon support:
* Bumped up the pagetable size to handle newer SoCs with much more RAM
* Made memory map parsing more robust, fixing chainloading on
SM8550/SM8650
* Populate fdt_addr_r with U-Boot's FDT by default, and set $loadaddr to
prevent
crashes with some commands which expect it
* Added initial support for SC7280/QCM6490 and the new RB3 Gen 2 board
* Add debug config fragments to enable debug UART on some SoCs.
* Enable RPMh regulators on SM8550/SM8650
* Map the cmd-db memory explicitly since it may not be in the memory map
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-snapdragon/-/pipelines/22255
Implement trivial extension to the sandbox PHY, which makes it pretend
to support selecting USB Host mode and nothing else. Any other mode is
rejected with -EINVAL. Any submode except for default submode 0 is
rejected with -EOPNOTSUPP . The implementation behaves in this trivial
way to permit easy unit testing using test which is also added in this
commit.
To run the test, use e.g. sandbox64_defconfig and run U-Boot as follows:
$ ./u-boot -Tc 'ut dm phy_setup'
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The current init operation also sets the PHY into USB host mode.
Split the mode configuration into set_mode callback instead and
implement support for device and OTG modes as well.
The OTG mode performs auto-detection and selects either host or
device mode. In case the OTG mode is configured, submode field
can be used to select full PHY (re)initialization or only mode
auto-detection. The full (re)initialization is only necessary
once, on start up.
Since the OTG mode may enable IRQ generation in the PHY, disable
that IRQ generation in the exit callback again.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Extend generic_setup_phy() parameter list with PHY mode and submode and
call generic_phy_set_mode() in generic_setup_phy(), so the generic PHY
setup function can configure the PHY into correct mode before powering
the PHY up.
Update all call sites of generic_setup_phy() as well, all of which are
USB host related, except for DM test which now behaves as a USB host
test.
Note that if the PHY driver does not implement the .set_mode callback,
generic_phy_set_mode() call returns 0 and does not error out, so this
should not break any existing systems.
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
The Python virtualenv tool sets up a few things in the environment,
putting its path first in the PATH environment variable and setting up
a sys.prefix different from the sys.base_prefix value.
At present buildman puts the toolchain path first in PATH so that it can
be found easily during the build. For sandbox this causes problems since
/usr/bin/gcc (for example) results in '/usr/bin' being prepended to the
PATH variable. As a result, the venv is partially disabled.
The result is that sandbox builds within a venv ignore the venv, e.g.
when looking for packages.
Correct this by detecting the venv and adding the toolchain path after
the venv path.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We already have some documentation describing how to enable debug UART
for Qualcomm SoCs. However the UART address varies per-soc... Add some
config fragments to enable debug UART for few well supported SoCs.
These can be used like:
$ make qcom_defconfig debug-sdm845.config
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The process here is almost identical to the Dragonboard 410c, we've come
full circle!
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Introduce a defconfig for the RB3 Gen 2 and other QCM6490 boards with a
dedicated uefi partition. These can replace EDK2 entirely with U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Adjust DTS so USB runs in host mode. The type-c port is the only
supported port (since the others need PCIe). Booting from USB is
possible with a powered type-c dock.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Add the PM8550 & related regulators found on the SM8550 and SM8650 platforms.
The tables are imported from the Linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The TCS writes has no effect after the removal of the __tcs_set_trigger()
call, obviously it seems the RSC version 3 requires it to complete the transactions.
Fixes: 80c5be164a ("soc: qcom: rpmh-rsc: drop unused multi-threading and non-active TCS support")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org> # sm8250 rb5
Reviewed-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Some newer boards end up with a bunch of holes in the memory map due to
how Qualcomm's hypervisor and ABL work. The end result is 14+ memory
regions.
Bump CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS to 24 so we can handle these and any future
expansion easily.
Yes, this is ridiculous, but there is no other way.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
On at least SM8650 this region might not be included in the memory map.
Use the new mmu_map_region() helper to map it during bind().
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
memcmp() can cause aborts on some platforms and generally seems to be
the wrong approach here. Use strncmp() instead which is more correct.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
In some cases we might want to map some memory region after enabling
caches. Introduce a new helper for this.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
This variable is used by default in some commands, set it to the same as
kernel_addr_r.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Set the fdt_addr_r environment variable to a region of LMB allocated
memory, and populate it by default with a copy of U-Boots FDT. This will
be used for Linux if no other DT is provided.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
We don't know at build time where a sensible place for this is, allocate
it at runtime like the other variables.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
In the typical case where we chainload from ABL, the serial number is
available in the DT bootargs. Read it out and set the serial#
environment variable so that it can be used by fastboot.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
With 14+ entries in the memory map, we need quite a bit more space for
the page tables.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
The generic memory parsing code in U-Boot lacks a few things that we
need on Qualcomm:
1. It sets gd->ram_size and gd->ram_base to represent a single memory
block.
2. setup_dest_addr() later relocates U-Boot to ram_base + ram_size, the
end of that first memory block.
This results in all memory beyond U-Boot being unusable in Linux when
booting with EFI.
Since the ranges in the memory node may be out of order, the only way
for us to correctly determine the relocation address for U-Boot is to
parse all memory regions and find the highest valid address.
We can't use fdtdec_setup_memory_banksize() since it stores the result
in gd->bd which is not yet allocated.
Hence, this commit, which implements an optimised parser to read the
memory blocks and store them in the .data section where they will
survive relocation.
We set ram_base and ram_size to describe the entire address space of
memory, with the assumption that the last memory region is big enough
for U-Boot, its DTB, and heap. On all boards tested so far this seems
to be a reasonable assumption.
As a nice side effect, our fdt parsing also winds up being faster since
we avoid the overhead of checking address/size-cells or populating
struct resource. We can safely make these optimisations since we only
support ARM64, and trust the reg property to be populated correctly.
After relocation, we then populate gd->bd->bi_dram with the data we
parsed earlier.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
If U-Boot has a DTB built in (appended to the image directly) then this
was likely intentional, we should prioritise it over one provided by ABL
(if there was one).
Make this behaviour explicit, and panic if no valid DTB could be found
anywhere. Returning an error is not useful in this case as U-Boot would
just crash later in a more confusing way.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
For regulator-fixed-clock, the device's private data is never set so in
fixed_clock_regulator_set_enable() is null and the function cannot
complete successfully.
Rename the _plat structure to _priv to better represent its role and set
this as the private data. As shown by the set_enable() function and by
using the same .of_to_plat hook as regulator-fixed, the platform data is
regulator_common_plat so also set .plat_auto correctly.
Finally, set up the private data by adding a .probe function to look up
the clock and set the member variable.
Fixes: f3b5100aff ("regulator: fixed: add possibility to enable by clock")
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <jkeeping@inmusicbrands.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The JH7110 SoC uses a GPIO for card detect.
* In the of_to_plat function check if a cd-gpios definition exists and
request the GPIO.
* In the getcd function return the GPIO value in this case.
Reported-by: Conor Dooley <conor.dooley@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
After resetting the host controller, program in the POR val for this
register just like the Linux driver does.
This seems to help with initialization when running U-Boot as the primary
bootloader on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Caleb Connolly <caleb.connolly@linaro.org>
Per JESD84-B51 P47, host need to change frequency to <=52MHz
after setting HS_TIMING to 0x1, and host need to set the
8-bit DDR buswidth. Currently setting the frequency to 26MHz
and trying to switch 8-bit DDR buswidth resulting timeouts.
mmc dev 1 0
Select HS400 failed -110
switch to partitions #0, OK
mmc1(part 0) is current device
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Yadav Abbarapu <venkatesh.abbarapu@amd.com>
Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> says:
Modern eMMC v4+ devices have multiple hardware partitions per the JEDEC
specification described as:
Boot Area Partition 1
Boot Area Partition 2
RPMB Partition
General Purpose Partition 1
General Purpose Partition 2
General Purpose Partition 3
General Purpose Partition 4
User Data Area
These are referenced by fields in the PARTITION_CONFIG register
(Extended CSD Register 179) which is defined as:
bit 7: reserved
bit 6: BOOT_ACK
0x0: No boot acknowledge sent (default
0x1: Boot acknowledge sent during boot operation Bit
bit 5:3: BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE
0x0: Device not boot enabled (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1 enabled for boot
0x2: Boot Area partition 2 enabled for boot
0x3-0x6: Reserved
0x7: User area enabled for boot
bit 2:0 PARTITION_ACCESS
0x0: No access to boot partition (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1
0x2: Boot Area partition 2
0x3: Replay Protected Memory Block (RPMB)
0x4: Access to General Purpose partition 1
0x5: Access to General Purpose partition 2
0x6: Access to General Purpose partition 3
0x7: Access to General Purpose partition 4
Note that setting PARTITION_ACCESS to 0x0 results in selecting the User
Data Area partition.
You can see above that the two fields BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE and
PARTITION_ACCESS do not use the same enumerated values.
U-Boot uses a set of macros to access fields of the PARTITION_CONFIG
register:
EXT_CSD_BOOT_ACK_ENABLE (1 << 6)
EXT_CSD_BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE (1 << 3)
EXT_CSD_PARTITION_ACCESS_ENABLE (1 << 0)
EXT_CSD_PARTITION_ACCESS_DISABLE (0 << 0)
EXT_CSD_BOOT_ACK(x) (x << 6)
EXT_CSD_BOOT_PART_NUM(x) (x << 3)
EXT_CSD_PARTITION_ACCESS(x) (x << 0)
EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_BOOT_ACK(x) (((x) >> 6) & 0x1)
EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_BOOT_PART(x) (((x) >> 3) & 0x7)
EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_PARTITION_ACCESS(x) ((x) & 0x7)
There are various places in U-Boot where the BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE field
is accessed via EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_PARTITION_ACCESS and converted to a
hardware partition consistent with the definition of the
PARTITION_ACCESS field used by the various mmc_switch incarnations.
To add some sanity to the distinction between BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE
(used to specify the active device on power-cycle) and PARTITION_ACCESS
(used to switch between hardware partitions) create two enumerated types
and use them wherever struct mmc * part_config is used or the above
macros are used.
Additionally provide arrays of the field names and allow those to be
used in the 'mmc partconf' command and in board support files.
The first patch adds enumerated types and makes use of them which
represents no compiled code change.
The 2nd patch adds the array of names and uses them in the 'mmc
partconf' command.
The 3rd patch uses the array of hardware partition names in a board
support file to show what emmc hardware partition U-Boot is being loaded
from.
To aid in understanding what emmc hardware partition is being
used to boot on power-up, display the hardware partition name in the
SPL.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
eMMC v4+ devices have hardware partitions that are accessed via the
PARTITION_CONFIG (Extended CSD Register 179) PARTITION_ACCESS
and BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE fields defined as:
bit 5:3: BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE
0x0: Device not boot enabled (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1 enabled for boot
0x2: Boot Area partition 2 enabled for boot
0x3-0x6: Reserved
0x7: User area enabled for boot
bit 2:0 PARTITION_ACCESS
0x0: No access to boot partition (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1
0x2: Boot Area partition 2
0x3: Replay Protected Memory Block (RPMB)
0x4: Access to General Purpose partition 1
0x5: Access to General Purpose partition 2
0x6: Access to General Purpose partition 3
0x7: Access to General Purpose partition 4
Add char arrays to provide names for these values.
Use these names which displaying or setting the PARTITION_CONFIG
register via the 'mmc partconf' command.
Before:
u-boot=> mmc partconf 2 1 1 0 && mmc partconf 2
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x1
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x2
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0
After:
u-boot=> mmc partconf 2 1 1 0 && mmc partconf 2
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x1
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x1 (boot0)
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0 (user)
u-boot=> mmc partconf 2 1 boot1 0 && mmc partconf 2
EXT_CSD[179], PARTITION_CONFIG:
BOOT_ACK: 0x1
BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE: 0x2 (boot1)
PARTITION_ACCESS: 0x0 (user)
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Modern eMMC v4+ devices have multiple hardware partitions per the JEDEC
specification described as:
Boot Area Partition 1
Boot Area Partition 2
RPMB Partition
General Purpose Partition 1
General Purpose Partition 2
General Purpose Partition 3
General Purpose Partition 4
User Data Area
These are referenced by fields in the PARTITION_CONFIG register
(Extended CSD Register 179) which is defined as:
bit 7: reserved
bit 6: BOOT_ACK
0x0: No boot acknowledge sent (default
0x1: Boot acknowledge sent during boot operation Bit
bit 5:3: BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE
0x0: Device not boot enabled (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1 enabled for boot
0x2: Boot Area partition 2 enabled for boot
0x3-0x6: Reserved
0x7: User area enabled for boot
bit 2:0 PARTITION_ACCESS
0x0: No access to boot partition (default)
0x1: Boot Area partition 1
0x2: Boot Area partition 2
0x3: Replay Protected Memory Block (RPMB)
0x4: Access to General Purpose partition 1
0x5: Access to General Purpose partition 2
0x6: Access to General Purpose partition 3
0x7: Access to General Purpose partition 4
Note that setting PARTITION_ACCESS to 0x0 results in selecting the User
Data Area partition.
You can see above that the two fields BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE and
PARTITION_ACCESS do not use the same enumerated values.
U-Boot uses a set of macros to access fields of the PARTITION_CONFIG
register:
There are various places in U-Boot where the BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE field
is accessed via EXT_CSD_EXTRACT_PARTITION_ACCESS and converted to a
hardware partition consistent with the definition of the
PARTITION_ACCESS field which is also the value used to specify the
hardware partition of the various mmc_switch incarnations.
To add some sanity to the distinction between BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE
(used to specify the active device on power-cycle) and PARTITION_ACCESS
(used to switch between hardware partitions) create two enumerated types
and use them wherever struct mmc * part_config is used or the above
macros are used.
This represents no code changes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org> says:
This is a follow-up from an earlier RFC series [1] for making the LMB
and EFI memory allocations work together. This is a non-rfc version
with only the LMB part of the patches, for making the LMB memory map
global and persistent.
This is part one of a set of patches which aim to have the LMB and EFI
memory allocations work together. This requires making the LMB memory
map global and persistent, instead of having local, caller specific
maps. This is being done keeping in mind the usage of LMB memory by
platforms where the same memory region can be used to load multiple
different images. What is not allowed is to overwrite memory that has
been allocated by the other module, currently the EFI memory
module. This is being achieved by introducing a new flag,
LMB_NOOVERWRITE, which represents memory which cannot be re-requested
once allocated.
The data structures (alloced lists) required for maintaining the LMB
map are initialised during board init. The LMB module is enabled by
default for the main U-Boot image, while it needs to be enabled for
SPL. This version also uses a stack implementation, as suggested by
Simon Glass to temporarily store the lmb structure instance which is
used during normal operation when running lmb tests. This does away
with the need to run the lmb tests separately.
The tests have been tweaked where needed because of these changes.
The second part of the patches, to be sent subsequently, would work on
having the EFI allocations work with the LMB API's.
[1] - https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20240704073544.670249-1-sughosh.ganu@linaro.org/T/#t
Notes:
1) These patches are on next, as the alist patches have been
applied to that branch.
2) I have tested the boot on the ST DK2 board, but it would be good to
get a T-b/R-b from the ST maintainers.
3) It will be good to test these changes on a PowerPC platform
(ideally an 85xx, as I do not have one).
Instead of printing the LMB flags as numerical values, print them as
strings. This makes it easier to understand what flags are associated
with the lmb region. Also make corresponding changes to the bdinfo
command's test code.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The value of ram_top address currently gets computed in an indirect
manner. The boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions() function gets called first
to reserve the memory region occupied by OP-TEE in the LMB memory
map. This is followed by a call to the lmb_alloc() API, which returns
an address which is below the OP-TEE base address. This address is the
value of ram_top returned by the board_get_usable_ram_top() function.
This has now changed, as the LMB memory map, which is no longer local,
gets set up after relocation. Get the OP-TEE base address by reading
the device tree, and set the ram_top from this value.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The optee_get_reserved_memory() function returns the OP-TEE base
address and size. The function gets these values from the
FDT. Currently, this function is defined only to be called in the SPL
phase. Move this function to a place where it can be invoked from the
main U-Boot phase, where it will be used to compute the ram_top
address.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The LMB memory is typically not needed very early in the platform's
boot. Do not add memory to the LMB map before relocation. Reservation
of common areas and adding of memory is done after relocation.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The sandbox iommu driver uses the LMB module to allocate a particular
range of memory for the device virtual address(DVA). This used to work
earlier since the LMB memory map was caller specific and not
global. But with the change to make the LMB allocations global and
persistent, adding this memory range has other side effects. On the
other hand, the sandbox iommu test expects to see this particular
value of the DVA. Use the DVA address directly, instead of mapping it
in the LMB memory map, and then have it allocated.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable the LMB config in SPL. This helps in testing the LMB code in
SPL on sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Initialise the ram bank information for sandbox in SPL. The ram bank
information gets initialised as part of the SPL initialisation
sequence in board_init_r(), which is then used for adding available
memory to the LMB memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The spl_board_init() function on sandbox invokes the unit
tests. Invoking the tests should be done once the rest of the system
has been initialised. Call the spl_board_init() function at the very
end, once the rest of the initilisation functions have been called,
including the setting up of the LMB memory map.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The TCG event log buffer is being set at the end of ram memory. This
region of memory is to be reserved as LMB_NOMAP memory in the LMB
memory map. The current location of this buffer overlaps with the
memory region reserved for the U-Boot image, which is at the top of
the usable memory. This worked earlier as the LMB memory map was not
global but caller specific, but fails now because of the overlap.
Move the TCG event log buffer to the start of the ram memory region
instead. Move the location of the early trace buffer and the load
buffer for U-Boot(spl boot) accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The board_lmb_reserve() function is not being used, and currently
there is only an empty weak function defined. Remove this unused
function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
All of the current definitions of arch_lmb_reserve() are doing the
same thing -- reserve the region of memory occupied by U-Boot,
starting from the current stack address to the ram_top. Introduce a
function lmb_reserve_uboot_region() which does this, and do away with
the arch_lmb_reserve() function.
Instead of using the current value of stack pointer for starting the
reserved region, have a fixed value, considering the stack size config
value.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
All the current function definitions of arch_lmb_reserve() are doing
the same thing -- reserve the U-Boot memory region. The powerpc(ppc)
architecture, in addition, is making some LMB reservations for the
bootm related image loading. Move these ppc specific reservations to
the arch_misc_init() function. This allows to move the U-Boot memory
region reservation to a different function, and remove
arch_lmb_reserve() in a subsequent commit.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The memory map maintained by the LMB module is now persistent and
global. This memory map is being maintained through the alloced list
structure which can be extended at runtime -- there is one list for
the available memory, and one for the used memory. Allocate and
initialise these lists during the board init.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Remove a couple of superfluous LMB stub functions, and instead put a
check for calling the lmb_reserve() function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With the move to make the LMB allocations persistent and the common
memory regions being reserved during board init, there is no need for
an explicit reservation of a memory range. Remove the
lmb_init_and_reserve_range() function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the changes to make the LMB reservations persistent, the common
memory regions are being added during board init. Remove the
now superfluous lmb_init_and_reserve() function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The LMB module provides API's for allocating and reserving chunks of
memory which is then typically used for things like loading images for
booting. Reserve the portion of memory that is occupied by the U-Boot
image itself, and other parts of memory that might have been marked as
reserved in the board's DTB. When executing in SPL, reserve the
sections that get relocated to the ram memory, the stack and
the global data structure and also the bss.
Mark these regions of memory with the LMB_NOOVERWRITE flag to indicate
that these regions cannot be re-requested or overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce a function lmb_add_memory() to add available memory to the
LMB memory map. Call this function during board init once the LMB data
structures have been initialised.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the introduction of separate config symbols for the SPL phase of
U-Boot, the condition checks need to be tweaked so that platforms that
enable the LMB module in SPL are also able to call the LMB API's. Use
the appropriate condition checks to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add separate config symbols for enabling the LMB module for the SPL
phase. The LMB module implementation now relies on alloced list data
structure which requires heap area to be present. Add specific config
symbol for the SPL phase of U-Boot so that this can be enabled on
platforms which support a heap in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The LMB memory maps are now being maintained through a couple of
alloced lists, one for the available(added) memory, and one for the
used memory. These lists are not static arrays but can be extended at
runtime. Remove the config symbols which were being used to define the
size of these lists with the earlier implementation of static arrays.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Allow for resizing of LMB regions if the region attributes match. The
current code returns a failure status on detecting an overlapping
address. This worked up until now since the LMB calls were not
persistent and global -- the LMB memory map was specific and private
to a given caller of the LMB API's.
With the change in the LMB code to make the LMB reservations
persistent, there needs to be a check on whether the memory region can
be resized, and then do it if so. To distinguish between memory that
cannot be resized, add a new flag, LMB_NOOVERWRITE. Reserving a region
of memory with this attribute would indicate that the region cannot be
resized.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
The current LMB API's for allocating and reserving memory use a
per-caller based memory view. Memory allocated by a caller can then be
overwritten by another caller. Make these allocations and reservations
persistent using the alloced list data structure.
Two alloced lists are declared -- one for the available(free) memory,
and one for the used memory. Once full, the list can then be extended
at runtime.
[sjg: Use a stack to store pointer of lmb struct when running lmb tests]
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[sjg: Optimise the logic to add a region in lmb_add_region_flags()]
The __lmb_alloc_base() function is only called from within the lmb
module. Moreover, the lmb_alloc() and lmb_alloc_base() API's are good
enough for the allocation API calls. Make the __lmb_alloc_base()
function static.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The lmb_is_reserved() API is not used. There is another API,
lmb_is_reserved_flags() which can be used to check if a particular
memory region is reserved. Remove the unused API.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a helper function to check if the alist is full. This can then be
used to extend the alist.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de> says:
This patch series implements the dwc_eth_qos glue driver for Intel SOCs.
Before doing that, a few general adaptions to the dwc_eth_qos.c main
driver are required. Most notably, the preparation for PCI based driver
instances, which do not necessarily use a device tree.
PCI devices do not necessarily use a device tree. Implement a bind()
function to assign unique device names in that case.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
PCI devices do not necessarily use a device tree. In that case, the
driver currently fails to find eqos->config and eqos->regs.
This commit factors out the respective functionality. Device tree usage
remains default, but board specific implementations will be possible as
well.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Before this commit, usage of this header relied on a specific include
order. Fix it by including all dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Implement a x86 memory barrier mb(). Furthermore, remove the previously
used mfence() function, which does the same thing.
The mb() macro is now equivalent to Linux (v6.9):
linux/arch/x86/include/asm/barrier.h
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22211
- Enable SPI NOR flash support and MTD partitions for phycore_imx8mp.
- Convert mx6slevk to OF_UPSTREAM and watchdog DM.
- Cleanup some mx5/mx6 USB options.
- Make PLL settings configurable at board level.
- Set CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS for verdin-imx8m/p.
- Make the mxc-gpio reading state of GPIO pins in output mode to be
consistent with the Linux kernel.
- Add HUK derivation support for ELE AHAB.
Wrap all the i.MX specific options in MACH_IMX, otherwise they keep
showing up in other SoC vendor configurations. No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Staticize intpll_configure(). Add weak board_imx_intpll_override()
function which can be defined at board level to override specific
PLL frequency settings early during boot. This can be used to for
example force faster CPU core clock frequency if the hardware can
handle it.
Example of increasing CPU core clock to 1600 MHz on i.MX8M Plus:
```
int board_imx_intpll_override(enum pll_clocks pll, ulong *freq)
{
if (pll == ANATOP_ARM_PLL)
*freq = MHZ(1600);
return 0;
}
```
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The definition of CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC as (PORT_PTS_UTMI | PORT_PTS_PTW)
can be removed from mx5/mx6/mx7/mx8m board config files as it is the
default in drivers/usb/host/ehci-mx5.c and drivers/usb/host/ehci-mx6.c.
Suggested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Just like drivers/usb/host/ehci-mx6.c, add a default for
drivers/usb/host/ehci-mx5.c.
The motivation for doing this is to remove CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC
from board config files.
All the mx5 boards, with the exeption of mx51evk, define
CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC as:
#define CFG_MXC_USB_PORTSC (PORT_PTS_UTMI | PORT_PTS_PTW)
So move this definition as a default into ehci-mx5.c.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
CFG_MXC_USB_FLAGS is only used for drivers/usb/host/ehci-mx5.c, so it
can be removed from all the imx6/imx7/imx8m board config files.
mx51evk.h is the only place CFG_MXC_USB_FLAGS is not set to 0.
Suggested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Set the CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS for both verdin-imx8mm and
verdin-imx8mp configurations to specify the load address for FIT images
loaded by the SPL.
As per lastest instructions from NXP, the generation of a HABv4 CSF
(Command Sequence File) requires the U-Boot FIT image (u-boot.itb) load
address to be set to a fixed value when binman is used. The address is
defined by CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS.
Here we set CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_ADDRESS to an address 64MB past the
start of the DDR memory leaving plenty of room for the various DDR-
residing artifacts to be moved to their usual load addresses which are
close to the start of the DDR.
Signed-off-by: Rogerio Guerra Borin <rogerio.borin@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Hiago De Franco <hiago.franco@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
Enable config options needed to support Ethernet boot on AM62x SK.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Add configs for enabling ETHBOOT in R5SPL.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dannenberg <dannenberg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
In order to support Ethernet boot on AM62x, probe AM65 CPSW NUSS
driver in board_init_f().
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
In absence of Device Manager (DM) services such as at R5 SPL stage,
driver will have to natively setup TCHAN/RCHAN/RFLOW cfg registers.
Existing UDMA driver performed the above mentioned configuration
for UDMA. Add similar configuration for PKTDMA here.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Function "k3_ringacc_ring_reconfig_qmode_raw()" should reset qmode to
requested value and should not update other fields in ring configuration
register.
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Expectation of k3_ringacc_ring_reset_raw() is to reset the ring to
requested size and not to 0. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Initialize base address of ring config registers required to natively
setup ring cfg registers in the absence of Device Manager (DM) services
at R5 SPL stage. Since register property is defined as "ring" for PKTDMA
and "cfg" for UDMA, configure base address of ring configuration register
accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
RX_FL_CFG message should not be forwarded to TIFS and should be
handled within R5 SPL (when DM services are not available). Add
a no-op function to not handle RX_FL_CFG messages.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Siddharth Vadapalli <s-vadapalli@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Initialize DRAM size in SPL stage since networking requires DDR
to be initialized.
Reviewed-by: Dhruva Gole <d-gole@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Chintan Vankar <c-vankar@ti.com>
Fix the dependency to avoid a warning if RSA_VERIFY_WITH_PKEY is enabled.
Fixes: b7463f198d ("Make ASYMMETRIC_KEY_TYPE depend on FIT_SIGNATURE")
Signed-off-by: Tomas Paukrt <tomaspaukrt@email.cz>
Use the API function list_count_nodes() to count the number of list
entries.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of using the local imx6sl-evk, imx6sl-pinfunc.h and
imx6sl.dtsi devicetree copies from U-Boot, convert the imx6sl-evk board
to OF_UPSTREAM so that the upstream kernel devicetree can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Remove mx6slevk_spinor_defconfig and mx6slevk_spl_defconfig in
favor of having a single mx6slevk_defconfig to help reducing
the maintenance effort.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The SD card is registered as mmc device 0.
Fix it accordingly so that the board can boot to Linux
from the SD card.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Commit 68dcbdd594 ("ARM: imx: Add weak default reset_cpu()") caused
the 'reset' command in U-Boot to not cause a board reset.
Fix it by switching to the watchdog driver model via sysreset, which
is the preferred method for implementing the watchdog reset.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Depending on if a SPI-NOR flash is populated add the mtd partition
table to the device tree. For this we have to also probe the
flash before booting.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Hahn <B.Hahn@phytec.de>
Add a new ahab_derive command that derives the hardware unique key (HUK)
into a 16 or 32 bytes key and stores it at the given address.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Othacehe <othacehe@gnu.org>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The commit b81e31a1e6 ("bootstash: Do not provide a default address
for all") changed a bootstage unstash call to bootstage stash, this
has resulted in bootstage records stashed in SPL no longer get unstaged
in U-Boot proper. Fix this by changing back to a unstage call.
Fixes: b81e31a1e6 ("bootstash: Do not provide a default address for all")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Boot ROM on Meson needs some pages to be read/written in a special mode:
384 byte ECC mode (so called "short" by Amlogic) and with scrambling
enabled. Such pages are located on the chip in the following way (for
example):
[ p0 ][ p1 ][ p2 ][ p3 ][ p4 ][ p5 ][ p6 ][ p7 ] ... [ pN ]
^ ^ ^ ^
pX is page number "X". "^" means "special" page used by boot ROM - e.g.
every 2nd page in the range of [0, 7]. Step (2 here) and last page in
range is read from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Arseniy Krasnov <avkrasnov@salutedevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240826131710.29746-4-avkrasnov@salutedevices.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <neil.armstrong@linaro.org>
Fix signed vs unsigned compare in read check in _spl_load()
Issue: when info->read() returns a negative value because of an error,
the comparison of 'read' (signed) with 'sizeof(*header)'
(unsigned silently converts the negative value into a very
large unsigned value and the check on the error condition
always return false, i.e. the error is not detected
Symptoms: if spl_load_image_fat() is unable to find the file 'uImage',
the SPL phase of the boot process just hangs after displaying
the following line:
Trying to boot from MMC1
Fix: cast 'sizeof(*header)' to int so the compare is now between
signed types
Reference: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/17293749/sizeof-operator-in-if-statement
Signed-off-by: Franco Venturi <fventuri@comcast.net>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
In the 7th generation of the SoC from Aspeed, the control logic of the
GPIO controller has been updated to support per-pin control. Each pin now
has its own 32-bit register, allowing for individual control of the pin’s
value, direction, interrupt type, and other settings.
Signed-off-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
The Linux kernel documentation has transitioned from using
kconfig-language.txt to kconfig-language.rst. Therefore update all
occurrences of kconfig-language.txt.
Signed-off-by: Hiago De Franco <hiago.franco@toradex.com>
Enabling CONFIG_DM_SEQ_ALIAS enables code which relies on
`trailing_strtol()` - which is only linked in SPL when CONFIG_SPL_STRTO
is enabled.
CONFIG_SPL_STRTO is not enabled by default - to ensure this function is
available in SPL, CONFIG_SPL_DM_SEQ_ALIAS should select
CONFIG_SPL_STRTO.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Gaskell <Oliver.Gaskell@analog.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Shifting this pointer in the loop will be more logical when working
with the code later, because you can see at a glance what exactly
changes at each iteration. Moreover, the code remains equivalent
because this variable is not used after the loop.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Moskalets <maximmosk4@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se> says:
Use of fdt_parent_offset() is very expensive as detailed by the function
documentation:
NOTE: This function is expensive, as it must scan the device tree
structure from the start to nodeoffset, *twice*.
This series remove multiple calls to fdt_parent_offset() or
ofnode_get_parent() when instead a single call can be made and the
returned value can be reused.
This series help reduce boot time by around:
- ~137ms on a Radxa ROCK Pi 4 (RK3399)
- ~33ms on a Radxa ZERO 3W (RK3566)
The counter value read from TDR register may not be correct.
Read SECCNT and CNTR25M instead to get the correct timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Until a live tree is used in U-Boot proper after relocation, use of
ofnode_get_parent() will trigger a call to the very expensive
fdt_parent_offset(), as detailed by the function documentation:
NOTE: This function is expensive, as it must scan the device tree
structure from the start to nodeoffset, *twice*.
Re-use the returned value from a single call instead of having to make
multiple calls for same node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Until a live tree is used in U-Boot proper after relocation, use of
ofnode_get_parent() will trigger a call to the very expensive
fdt_parent_offset() as detailed by the function documentation:
NOTE: This function is expensive, as it must scan the device tree
structure from the start to nodeoffset, *twice*.
Re-use the returned value from a single call instead of having to make
multiple calls for same node.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use of fdt_parent_offset() is very expensive as detailed by the function
documentation:
NOTE: This function is expensive, as it must scan the device tree
structure from the start to nodeoffset, *twice*.
Re-use the returned value from a single call instead of having to make
multiple calls for same nodeoffset.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Karlman <jonas@kwiboo.se>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add Nuvoton BMC NPCM7xx/NPCM8xx sgpio driver.
BMC can use this driver to increase 64 GPI pins and 64 GPO pins to use.
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Add test cases for sf commands to verify various SPI flash operations
such as erase, write and read. It also adds qspi lock unlock cases.
This test relies on boardenv_* configurations to run it for different
SPI flash family such as single SPI, QSPI, and OSPI.
Signed-off-by: Love Kumar <love.kumar@amd.com>
Currently uclass index is used for bind/unbind which ignores alias
sequence numbering. Use device sequence number instead as it's
the number explicitly set in the DT.
Also update documentation to use sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently uclass index is shown in DM tree dump which ignores alias
sequence numbering. The result could be confusing since these 2 numbers
could be different. Show device sequence number instead as it's more
meaningful.
Also update documentation to use sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the function is called with no NAND device attached, then this
function can return error value, proceeding further ignoring the same
can cause system crash. This is seen when "mtd list" is run with no NAND
addon cards connected.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
The sandbox pinmux driver is used in the non-test devicetree as well as
the test one. I didn't realize this when I modified the driver for
tests, and so broke the regular use case (which only resulted in
warnings). First, making the pinmux and the UART group available
pre-relocation to avoid ENODEV errors. Then, convert the pin groups and
functions to the new style, adding onewire group as well.
Fixes: 7f0f1806e3 ("test: pinmux: Add test for pin muxing")
Closes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/u-boot/-/issues/2
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A system may have multiple SATA controller. Removing the controller with
the lowest sequence number before probing all SATA controllers makes no
sense.
In sata_rescan we remove all block devices which are children of SATA
controllers. We also have to remove the bootdev devices as they will be
created when scanning for block devices.
After probing all SATA controllers we must scan for block devices otherwise
we end up without any SATA block device.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for upstream linux split PCIe node.
Upstream linux have an alternative way to declare PCIe nodes that splits
them in dedicated nodes for each line instead of putting them all in one
node.
Detect this by checking if the mediatek,generic-pciecfg node is passed
as it's used to reference the common address for all the PCIe lines.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
uc_pdata->name is populated from device tree property "remoteproc-name".
For those devcices that don't set "remoteproc-name", uc_pdata->name
falls back to dev->name.
If two devices have same name, this will result into uc_pdata->name not
being unique and rproc_init() will fail.
Fix this by using combination of dev->name and dev->parent->name instead
of using just the dev->name to populate uc_pdata->name.
Signed-off-by: MD Danish Anwar <danishanwar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com> says:
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include
the 32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the
upstream DTS sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, these patches can be removed.
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
When a device fails to probe, the next device should be tried, until
either we find a suitable device or run out of devices. A device
should never be tried twice.
When we run out of devices of a particular priority, the hunter should
be used to generate devices of the next priority. Only if all attempts
fail should this function return an error.
Update the function to use the latent 'found' boolean to determine
whether another loop iteration is warranted, rather than setting 'dev'
to NULL, which creates confusion, suggesting that no devices have been
scanned and the whole process is starting from the beginning.
Note that the upcoming bootflow_efi() test is used to test this
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/issues/17
This turns out to be insufficient to fix the problem, since when
bootdev_next_prio() exits, the caller has no idea that this really
is the end. Nor is it, since there may be other devices which should
be checked.
The caller iterates which calls iter_incr() which calls
bootdev_next_prio() again, which finds the same device and the loop
continues.
We never did create a test for this[1], which makes it hard to be
sure which problem was fixed.
The original code had the virtue of staying in the loop looking for a
bootdev, so let's go back to that and try to fix this another way.
A future patch will make bootdev_next_prio() continue after failure
which should provide same effect.
This reverts commit 9d92c418ac.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include the
32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the upstream DTS
sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, this patch can be removed. See
0c0e03ec22 (arm64: dts: ti: k3-j721e: Use exact ranges for FSS node)
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include the
32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the upstream DTS
sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, this patch can be removed. See
0c0e03ec22 (arm64: dts: ti: k3-j721e: Use exact ranges for FSS node)
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include the
32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the upstream DTS
sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, this patch can be removed. See
f00e626085 (arm64: dts: ti: k3-j7200: Use exact ranges for FSS node)
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aniket Limaye <a-limaye@ti.com>
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include the
32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the upstream DTS
sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, this patch can be removed. See
f062a015f4 (arm64: dts: ti: k3-j784s4: Use exact ranges for FSS node)
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Upstream DTS added explicit ranges to the fss node. It did not include the
32 bit memory space needed by the R5 to access OSPI. With the upstream DTS
sync, OSPI boot no longer works.
Adding the missing range here. It is also being added in the upstream DTS,
so after the next upstream DTS sync, this patch can be removed. See
f062a015f4 (arm64: dts: ti: k3-j784s4: Use exact ranges for FSS node)
Fixes: 5024a96db8 ("Subtree merge tag 'v6.10-dts' of devicetree-rebasing repo [1] into dts/upstream")
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Humphreys <j-humphreys@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This series started as a small fix for checking for an empty line,
but in the process several other problems were found and fixed:
- fix tests which use console recording but don't set the flag
- drop unnecessary resetting of the console in tests
- drop unnecessary blank line before MMC output
- update the docs a little
- fix buildman test failure on newer Pythons
- a few other minor things
This series also renames the confusing flag names, so that they are
easier to remember - just a UTF_ (unit-test flags) prefix.
It is seldom necessary to call this function. Drop its use in the
command tests.
Add a few extra checks to the wget test so that resetting is not
needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set this flag rather than doing things manually in the test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Quite a lot of tests have the same two lines of code at the start. Move
this into the two setup functions to reduce redundancy.
Add a line to check the output from set_working_fdt_addr() since this is
always emitted.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some functions are using asserts but the result of the functions
themselves is not checked. This means that if a test fails, the result
is not noticed until later, which can be confusing to debug.
Add the missing asserts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set this flag rather than doing things manually in the test.
Drop unnecessary calls to console_record_reset_enable()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Write out the tests in full to allow the test to be found more easily
when there is a failure. We could use a single test function with a
for() loop but this would stop at the first failure, and some variations
might while other pass.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Several mmc subcommand print a blank line before starting and after
finishing. It isn't necessary to do both, so drop the first one.
It is questionable whether these command should produce any output at
all, but leave it for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _REC suffix doesn't add much. Really what we want to know is whether
the test uses the console, so rename this flag.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Most tests don't have this. It helps to keep the test declaration
clearly associated with the function it relates to, rather than the next
one in the file. Remove the extra blank line and mention this in the
docs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The UT_TESTF_ macros read as 'unit test test flags' which is not right.
Rename to UTF ('unit test flags').
This has the benefit of being shorter, which helps keep UNIT_TEST()
declarations on a single line.
Give the enum a name and reference it from the UNIT_TEST() macros while
we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing implementation of ut_assert_nextline_empty() cannot
distinguish between an empty line and no line at all. It can in fact be
called at the end of the recorded output and will happily return
success.
Adjust the logic so that this condition is detected. Show a failure
message in this case.
Fix the one test which falls foul of this fix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 400175b0a7 ("test: Add a way to check each line of console...")
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Newer versions of filelock use time.monotonic() instead of time.time().
Update the test the handle this.
It would be better if filelock had support for writing unit tests which
use locking.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
The global data structure has grown quite a lot over the years, being
the best place to put an important pointer or something that must be
accessed before and after relocation.
This series attempts to reduce the size a little, by moving some things
out and shrinking and aligning some fields.
Some fields are needed during init but not afterwards. To deal with this
a new 'boardf' structure is created, which sits on the stack and is only
present during board_init_f(). It is possible that more fields could
move to this struct, but for now only 4 are moved.
An assumption is made that an int is 32-bits wide on all architectures,
which seems to be true, but maintainers should be able to confirm.
Mostly the code-size impact is neutral, but the patch
'Use less space for environment fields' does increase U-Boot's size by
about 30 bytes on aarch64.
For firefly-rk3399 (64-bit) the size of global reduces from 456 to 368
bytes. For SPL it reduces from 416 to 272 bytes.
There are other things which could be attempted, for example:
- Using hlist instead of list for some lists
- Checking that only necessary fields are present in SPL
This information is useful for people looking at how U-Boot has changed
over the years and the design decisions which led to it. Move it into
doc/ in an 'historical' section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the environment is not enabled we don't need these fields in
global_data. Make them conditional.
Make these fields conditional. Move env_buf up one so it can share
an #ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The early malloc region is normally quite small and is certainly less
than 4GB, so use a 32-bit value for the limit and pointer. Update the
comments for clarity while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value mirrors information recorded by driver model video drivers,
so can be removed to save space. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some of the logging fields are larger than they need to be. Shrink them
and adjust the ordering to improve alignment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the length of the U-Boot binary, which is typically 200-800KB
and certainly not larger than 4GB. Use a 32-bit value to save space in
global_data and move it up to be with fields of the same alignment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The bus clock and memory clock are unlikely to go above 4GHz for now, so
reduce the field size to 32 bits.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is handled by driver model so this driver should not be setting the
framebuffer address. Drop the assignment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move all the fields which are always present to the top of the struct,
so we can potentially save some space by taking note of alignment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a function to locate this information, rather than doing it
automatically on startup, to save space in global_data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This value is only really used before relocation. There is not much use
to showing its value in bdinfo, so drop it. Move it to the new boardf
struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few of the members of struct global_data are only used before
reloction, or have little meaning afterwards, yet they hang around in
struct global_data for the lifetime of U-Boot. This uses up precious
pre-relocation SRAM on many boards.
To help with this, start a new struct which exists only before
relocation. Move new_fdt into this new struct. Drop the display of it
in the 'bdinfo' command as it is probably not very useful.
Note that the field does not exist in SPL builds.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use shorter types for some of these fields to save space. Reorder to put
fields with like alignment together.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We don't need a full word for this boolean value. Convert it into a flag
to save space in global_data.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Sverdlin <alexander.sverdlin@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new function which returns the framebuffer address of the first
video device. This will allow the global_data field top be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Only m68k and powerpc use this field, so move it to the arch-specific
info, to reduce the size for other archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While we have a symbol for controlling if we will be testing BOOTSTD or
not, and it depends on SANDBOX, we do not control the building of
test/boot/ content correctly. Guard the current bootstd tests with
a check for UT_BOOTSTD and leave the measurement test available.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the overlays are sandbox specific, mark the whole test as depending
on sandbox.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the comment to match the function. Fix the indentation while we
are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Rather than having every caller set this up individually, create a
common init function. This allows new fields to be added without the
risk of them being left uninited.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
At present spl_mmc_load() is the only caller of this function, passing
it a boot_device, an index into the available MMC devices. Pass the
device number instead, since it is known by the caller and simplifies
the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Define spl_set_header_raw_uboot() always so we can drop the last #ifdef
in this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Rather than declaring completely separate functions, put the code for
each case into the same function. This makes it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Use 'ret' as the return code, since it may not be an error and this is
the common name in U-Boot. Make sure to return the error code when
given, rather than transforming it into -1 (-EPERM).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make the raw-mode options depend on SPL_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE in a more
direct way. This makes it easier to understand the options with
'make menuconfig'.
There are three different ways of specifying the offset:
- sector offset
- partition number
- partition type
So make these a choice, so it is more obvious what is going on.
Update existing boards to enable SPL_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE where needed.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This check is not needed now, since printf() resolved to nothing if not
available. Drop the #ifdefs
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Unless function names are requested, the logging system should not
compile these into the code. Adjust the macros to handle this.
This means that turning on function names at runtime won't work unless
CONFIG_LOGF_FUNC is enabled. We could perhaps split this into a
separate option if that is a problem.
Enable CONFIG_LOGF_FUNC logging for sandbox since the tests expect the
function names to be included. Fix up the pinmux test which checks a
logging statement.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Rather than repeating the same code in two files (SPL and TPL), move it
to a shared filed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Dragan Simic <dsimic@manjaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Use the log subsystem instead of dev, to avoid including function names
in the code.
The CONFIG_LOGF_FUNC option can be used to enable the function name.
Update 'enhanced size' to use hex since this is the U-Boot default and
more natural for the large numbers involved.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
The code makes quite a few uses of __func__ which puts the function
name into the resulting SPL image. Use the log subsystem instead, to
reduce size.
The CONFIG_LOGF_FUNC option can be used to enable the function name.
Use lower-case hex for the status output in sdhci_transfer_data(), to
match sdhci_send_command()
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
CI: https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-imx/-/pipelines/22098
- Add BOOTAUX support for apalis and colibri imx8 boards.
- Cleanup tqma6 board by removing unneeded board code.
- Add support for booting from ecspi3 via bmode command on imx6.
- Add a script to ease updating flash.bin on imx8mm phytec board.
- Enable cat and xxd commands on Data Modul i.MX8M Mini/Plus eDM SBC and
use USB SDPS as fallback option.
- Fix critical temperature on imx9.
- Add Cortex M and bootaux support for phycore-imx8mp.
Enable 'cat' command to print file from filesystem to stdout.
Enable 'xxd' command to hexdump file from filesystem to stdout.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The Data Modul i.MX8M Plus eDM SBC does have USB gadget capable port
accessible via USB A-A cable plugged into the bottom USB 3.0 port.
Use USB SDPS as the fallback boot device, so USB SDPS loading can
be performed using e.g. uuu tool.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Added m7 core support in uboot for imx8mp by adding
the boot variable prepare_mcore.
Based on commit 0ed32cc8568a ("LF-6555 imx8m[m/n/p/q]_evk: add
bootargs to support mcore")
Signed-off-by: Yashwanth Varakala <y.varakala@phytec.de>
Currently, the bmode command only supports booting from ecspi1.
Expand it to also support booting from ecspi3.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove several comments that do not apply anymore to
the current file content.
While at it, write 'PMIC' into a single line for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
With DM_SERIAL in place, there is no need to setup the UART pins
in the board code.
The UART pins are setup via devicetree, thanks to DM.
Remove the unneeded code.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
CONFIG_DM_MMC and CONFIG_DM_SPI are alway selected so the mmc
and spi board code can be safely removed.
Remove it to make the code cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This command allows easy update on SD card or eMMC of the flash.bin
generated (with binman) during u-boot build.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Hahn <B.Hahn@phytec.de>
Tested-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
u-boot-dfu-next-20240820
- Migrate Atmel usb gadget to DM_USB_GADGET
- More small cleanups/improvements on the atmel UDC driver
- Change udc uclass name from "usb" -> "usb_gadget"
Currently both USB host uclass and USB gadget uclass are using the same
name "usb" which break uclass functions like uclass_get_by_name().
Rename the uclass to "usb_gadget" to fix, also makes bind/unbind by class
index (or sequence) working.
This breaks the capacity of using "usb" as DT alias sequence numbering
which needs a fix afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/20240802092820.917450-1-admin@hifiphile.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
These are all the required patches to migrate clk and correctly support
OF_UPSTREAM. This will align the clk index to upstream to support the same
clk implementation with downstream and upstream DTS.
Add missing A1/2SYS clock ID just as a reference for OF_UPSTREAM
support. These clocks are not defined and are not usable as current
clock topckgen OPs doesn't support gates.
These special node won't ever be used by uboot hence just add them for
reference.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Add missing PERIBUS_SEL clock to match upstream linux clk ID order. Also
convert pericfg to mux + gate implementation as now we have also mux on
top of gates.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing clock PERI_UART4_PD for peri clock gates. This is needed to
match upstream linux clk ID in preparation for OF_UPSTREAM.
Also convert infracfg to mux + gate implementation as now we have mux on
top of gates.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing infra clock MUX1_SEL needed for CPU clock. This is needed to
match the upstream clk ID order in preparation for OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing clock for MAIN_CORE_EN. This is a special clock as it's a
gate for the APMIXED clocks required as a parent for CPU clocks.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Move INFRA_TRNG clock to the bottom of the clk ID to match upstream
linux order. This is in preparation of OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rename AUDIO_AWB3 to AUDIO_AWB2 to match upstream linux naming in
preparation for OF_UPSTREAM support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix broken peri_cgs clock with XTAL parents as they have wrong
definition of the parent type.
Correctly fix them and use CLK_PARENT_XTAL for them.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
These are all the required patches to migrate clk and correctly support
OF_UPSTREAM. This will align the clk index to upstream to support the same
clk implementation with downstream and upstream DTS.
Rename each entry from CK to CLK to match the include in upstream kernel
linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Convert to infracfg gates + muxes implementation now that it's
supported.
Drop infracfg-ao nodes and rename all infracfg-ao clocks to infracfg.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Replace infracfg clk ID with upstream linux version.
The same format is used here with the factor first, then mux and then
gates.
To correctly reference the gates in clk_gate function, define the
gates_offs value in clk_tree now that they are at an offset from mux and
factor.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Comment out CK_TOP_A_TUNER as not used and not defined in upstream
kernel linux. This is to permit support of OF_UPSTREAM and have a 1:1
match with upstream linux clock ID.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Now that we can have advanced parent handling for mux, we can drop
spurious topckgen 1/1 factor. This is in preparation to make the clk
ID match the ID in upstream include for mt7986.
Drop the factor entry from mt7986-clk.h and reference to them in
mt7981.dtsi. Muxes and gates are updated to reference the apmixed clk
following how it's done in upstream kernel linux. Add relevant clk type
flag in clk_tree for apmixed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reorder TOPCKGEN factor ID to put TOP_FACTOR first and then PLL. This is
to match how it's done in upstream kernel linux and in preparation for
OF_UPSTREAM support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rename TOPCKGEN factor clock to upstream neaming.
Upstream kernel linux reference the factor clock for apmixedpll with the
"pll" suffix. Align the naming to the upstream naming format in
preparation for OF_UPSTREAM support.
Also rename rtc clock to drop the CB_ as upstream doesn't have that.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing entry for IPCIE_PIPE_CK infra gate clock. Renumber the clock
order to match the expected offset in the gate array.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Now that we can have advanced parent handling for mux, we can drop
spurious infracfg 1/1 factor. This is in preparation to make the clk
ID match the ID in upstream include for mt7986.
Drop the factor entry from mt7986-clk.h and reference to them in
mt7981.dtsi. Muxes and gates are updated to reference the topckgen clk
following how it's done in upstream kernel linux. Add relevant clk type
flag in clk_tree for infracfg and topckgen.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong parent for INFRA_ADC_26M_CK as should be INFRA_ADC_FRC_CK
instead of INFRA_CK_F26M. This is to match implementation on upstream
kernel linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel linux clock include use SYSAXI_D2 instead of 66M_MCK.
Rename this clock to the upstream kernel in preparation for support of
OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel linux clock include use TOP_XTAL instead of CB_CKSQ_40M.
Rename this clock to the upstream kernel in preparation for support of
OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong shift for PCIe clocks. This cause the PCIe port to malfunction
as the gate clocks weren't correctly enabled.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
These are all the required patches to migrate clk and correctly support
OF_UPSTREAM. This will align the clk index to upstream to support the same
clk implementation with downstream and upstream DTS.
Rename each entry from CK to CLK to match the include in upstream kernel
linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Convert to infracfg gates + muxes implementation now that it's
supported.
Drop infracfg-ao nodes and rename all infracfg-ao clocks to infracfg.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Replace infracfg clk ID with upstream linux version.
The same format is used here with the factor first, then mux and then
gates.
To correctly reference the gates in clk_gate function, define the
gates_offs value in clk_tree now that they are at an offset from mux and
factor.
Drop any comment that reference the clock ID as we now have a 1:1 match
with upstream kernel linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Comment out infracfg clk not defined in upstream kernel linux clock ID
include. These clock are not used and can be safely commented. Keep them
just to have a reference of their existence.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Now that we can have advanced parent handling for mux, we can drop
spurious topckgen 1/1 factor. This is in preparation to make the clk
ID match the ID in upstream include for mt7988.
Drop the factor entry from mt7988-clk.h and reference to them in
mt7988.dtsi. Muxes and gates are updated to reference the apmixed clk
following how it's done in upstream kernel linux. Add relevant clk type
flag in clk_tree for apmixed and topckgen.
Also move TOP_XTAL to the fixed clock table following how it's done in
upstream linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reorder TOPCKGEN factor ID to put TOP_FACTOR first and then PLL. This is
to match how it's done in upstream kernel linux and in preparation for
OF_UPSTREAM support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Rename TOPCKGEN factor clock to upstream neaming.
Upstream kernel linux reference the factor clock for apmixedpll with the
"pll" suffix. Align the naming to the upstream naming format in
preparation for OF_UPSTREAM support.
Also rename rtc clock to drop the CB_ as upstream doesn't have that.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Now that we can have advanced parent handling for mux, we can drop
spurious infracfg 1/1 factor. This is in preparation to make the clk
ID match the ID in upstream include for mt7988.
Drop the factor entry from mt7988-clk.h and reference to them in
mt7988.dtsi. Muxes and gates are updated to reference the topckgen clk
following how it's done in upstream kernel linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong parent for INFRA_PCIE_PERI_26M_CK_P2 as should be
INFRA_PCIE_PERI_26M_CK_P3 instead of INFRA_F26M_O0. This is to match
implementation on upstream kernel linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Move INFRA_PCIE_PERI_26M_CK_Px clock at top of the infracfg gates
in preparation for support of OF_UPSTREAM to have a 1:1 match with
upstream clock ID.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel linux clock include use TOP_NPU_SEL instead of
TOP_CK_NPU_SEL_CM_TOPS_SEL.
Rename this clock to the upstream kernel in preparation for support of
OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel linux clock include use TOP_DA_SEL instead of
TOP_DA_SELM_XTAL_SEL.
Rename this clock to the upstream kernel in preparation for support of
OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Upstream kernel linux clock include use TOP_XTAL instead of CB_CKSQ_40M.
Rename this clock to the upstream kernel in preparation for support of
OF_UPSTREAM.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
These are all the required patches to migrate clk and correctly support
OF_UPSTREAM. This will align the clk index to upstream to support the same
clk implementation with downstream and upstream DTS.
Convert to infracfg gates + muxes implementation now that it's
supported.
Drop infracfg-ao nodes and rename all infracfg-ao clocks to infracfg.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add and fix support for pwm3 clock. In the pwm DTSI node we were
actually using PWM2 clock for PWM3. Now that we have correct ID also add
the missing entry of gate and mux to support PWM3 clock.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Replace infracfg clk ID with upstream linux version.
Add some missing clk for PWM3 and for PCIe. The same format is used here
with the factor first, then mux and then gates.
To correctly reference the gates in clk_gate function, define the
gates_offs value in clk_tree now that they are at an offset from mux and
factor.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Now that we can have advanced parent handling for mux, we can drop
spurious infracfg 1/1 factor. This is in preparation to make the clk
ID match the ID in upstream include for mt7981.
Drop the factor entry from mt7981-clk.h and reference to them in
mt7981.dtsi. Muxes and gates are updated to reference the topckgen clk
following how it's done in upstream kernel linux. Add relevant clk type
flag in clk_tree for infracfg and topckgen.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Implement missing sgmii0/1 clock and update the compatible the DTS to
match upstream kernel linux and in preparation for OF_UPSTREAM support
since the ethernet node define these additional clocks.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong parent list for INFRA_PWM1_SEL mux. The list is incorrect and
the parents are just 2. This also match the upstream linux
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong parent for TOP_FAUD clock. Upstream linux sets the parent for
TOP_FAUD to TOP_AUD_SEL instead of CB_CKSQ_40M.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Swap wrong clock-names for spi nodes as they were wrong and the spi-clk
was referencing the sel-clk and the sel-clk was referencing the spi-clk.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix wrong mux width for pwm2 and pwm1. Upstream have width 1 but U-Boot
have width set to 2. Change the value to follow upstream implementation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Add missing clock for infra_ipcie_pipe to make PCIe correctly work. This
clock is a parent of the fixed clock from topckgen cb_cksq_40m.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> says:
These are all the required patches to migrate clk and correctly support
OF_UPSTREAM. This will align the clk index to upstream to support the same
clk implementation with downstream and upstream DTS.
Upstream kernel linux makes use of peri clock MUX to setup UART.
Add definition for these and add remap table as in the upstream clock ID
order gates are before MUX but we require MUX first and then clocks in
our downstream driver.
Convert the peri clk tree to MUX + GATE implementation.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de>
Define remap table also for apmixedsys clock ID. The clock ID starts
from 1 instead of 0 in upstream kernel linux.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Define id_offs_map and use clk ID form upstream linux kernel to have a
1:1 match for the TOPCKGEN clock and permit usage of OF_UPSTREAM with
upstream dtsi.
For all the gate clock, the clk ID starts from 1 instead of zero. Define
an additional clock tree for them and set the .gates_offs to 1 to
account for this.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Fix broken peri_cgs and infra_cgs clock with XTAL parents as they have
wrong definition of the parent type.
Correctly fix them and use CLK_PARENT_XTAL for them.
Signed-off-by: Christian Marangi <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
eMMC is enabled on E850-96 board now. Mention that in the board
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Enable MMC subsystem and DW MMC driver support to make eMMC functional.
Also enable a couple of related commands so the user can make use of
eMMC from U-Boot shell.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Upstream properties were added to device trees to follow current Linux
kernel. DW MMC driver was updated accordingly. Safely remove outdated
MMC properties. Details on removed properties are as follows:
* samsung,removable: replaced by non-removable
* samsung,bus-width: replaced by bus-width
* samsung,timing:
- replaced by samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div and samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing
in dw_mmc nodes
- removed from sdhci nodes (it's neither described in bindings, nor
it's used in s5p_sdhci.c driver)
* fifoth_val: replaced by fifo-depth
* bus_hz: replaced by clock-frequency
* div: the fixed CIU clock divider value was moved to the chip data in
exynos_dw_mmc.c driver
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Fix most of checkpatch warnings and other obvious style issues.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Reduce U-Boot footprint by reusing dev->name as a driver's displayed
name. This changes boot device name (and "mmc info" output) from "EXYNOS
DWMMC" to something like "mmc@12100000".
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
add_dwmci() is already calling dwmci_setup_cfg() internally, there is no
needed to call dwmci_setup_cfg() again in case when add_dwmci() is used
(for non-DM cases). Fix it by calling dwmci_setup_cfg() only in DM
cases, when add_dwmci() wasn't called. Also, this assignment:
host->mmc = &plat->mmc;
is wrong in non-DM case when add_dwmci() was called, as it's creating
mmc object internally. Fix that by pulling that assignment into DM case,
when add_dwmci() isn't called.
While at it, add also this missing assignment:
host->mmc->dev = dev;
Fixes: 3537ee879e ("mmc: exynos_dw_mmc: support the Driver mode for Exynos")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
There is no logical sense to split the initialization code between
multiple functions. Pull both do_dwmci_init() and
exynos_dwmci_core_init() into exynos_dwmmc_probe() to make the code more
simple and obvious.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add the compatible entry and corresponding chip data for Exynos7
compatible chips, which covers modern ARM64 based Exynos chips. They
have some differences w.r.t. old ARM32 Exynos chips:
- CLKSEL register offset is different
- 64-bit IDMAC descriptor and 64-bit IDMAC registers are used
(implemented in dw_mmc core driver)
In terms of the driver implementation, the CIU clock is obtained via CCF
framework (as opposed to ad-hoc clock driver implementation for ARM32
chips).
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
By now exynos_dw_mmc driver was relying on the correct CIU clock
frequency being set on driver init. But dw_mmc core is actually trying
to change CIU clock rate dynamically, on init and in set_ios() callback,
which it's requesting via host->get_mmc_clk() callback (the name is
misleading: although it's called "get_mmc_clk()", it can actually
request both get and set operations). Implement setting the requested
rate for CIU clock in Exynos driver to achieve the correct dw_mmc core
driver operation at all times. DDR mode requires the clock to be twice
as fast (when 8 bit bus is used), so handle this too, to make DDR
function properly.
This change makes the eMMC throughput on E850-96 board twice as fast.
That's because "clock-frequency" is set to 800 MHz in E850-96 device
tree, but for DDR52 mode it should be 416 MHz (and TRM states it should
be 400 MHz for DDR50/8bit mode). The dw_mmc core is requesting 52 MHz
bus_hz for DDR52 mode, and DDR+8bit mode means it should be x2 fast, so:
f_ciu = 2 * ciu_div * f_bus = 2 * 4 * 52e6 = 416 MHz,
where f_ciu - freq of clock fed to DW MMC block from CMU (SDCLKIN), Hz
f_bus - freq of clock fed to the card (CCLKIN), Hz
ciu_div - value of internal divider (in DW MMC block).
Another way to work that around would be overriding the
"clock-frequency" property in corresponding dts. But setting the clock
frequency dynamically as it's done here looks much neater.
This implementation follows what's done in Linux kernel dw_mmc-exynos
driver in .set_ios() callback for MMC_TIMING_MMC_DDR52 case.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
DDR timing values should be defined in "samsung,dw-mshc-ddr-timing" dts
property, and used when DDR MMC mode is selected. Read that value from
dts and use it. If it's not available, use SDR timing values instead.
This change is following upstream Linux kernel implementation.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
host->quirks field is only used internally in exynos_dw_mmc.c driver.
To avoid cluttering the scope of struct dwmci_host, move quirks field
into Exynos driver's chip data, where it can be statically defined.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Instead of using non-standard "bus_hz" dts property, read common
"clock-frequency" property used in upstream Linux kernel. It's safe to
do so, as "clock-frequency" property was already added to corresponding
nodes in all affected Exynos device tree files.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Instead of using non-standard "samsung,bus-width" dts property, read
common "bus-width" property used in upstream Linux kernel. It's safe to
do so, as "bus-width" property was already added to corresponding nodes
in all affected Exynos device tree files.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some chips like Exynos4412 have fixed internal CIU clock divider.
Instead of reading it from non-standard "div" dts property, store its
value in the driver internally, in static chip data associated with
corresponding compatible. This makes it possible to avoid using
host->div for storing it, so the latter can be removed safely. Also
create a helper function called exynos_dwmmc_get_ciu_div() for getting
the current div value: in case the fixed div is provided in the chip
data it will be used, otherwise the current div value is being read from
CLKSEL register.
The insights for this change were taken from dw_mmc-exynos.c driver in
Linux kernel.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
CLKSEL register offset may vary between different Exynos chips, e.g. on
ARM64 vs ARM32 chips. Provide a way to specify its offset value for each
compatible instead of hard-coding its value in read/write calls.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The obsolete "samsung,timing" dts property is now split into
"samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div" (for holding the internal DW MMC divider
value) and "samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing" (for actual timing values) in
upstream Linux kernel. Rework the driver to make use of new properties
instead of the old one. All affected dts files were already updated
accordingly.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Update the driver to use livetree API instead of FDT one.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
exynos_dwmci_get_config() is called from the probe function and used to
read data from device tree. Make use of .of_to_plat driver callback
instead, and convert exynos_dwmci_get_config() to match its signature.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
New Exynos chips should implement clock drivers using CCF framework. In
that case corresponding CCF functions can be used to get/set the clock
rates. Moreover, already existing get_mmc_clk() and set_mmc_clk() calls
are only implemented for CONFIG_CPU_V7A (i.e. ARM32 chips). In case of
ARM64 chips that config option is not defined, so build will crash on
linking stage, with errors like these:
ld: drivers/mmc/exynos_dw_mmc.o:
in function `exynos_dwmci_get_sclk':
undefined reference to `get_mmc_clk'
ld: drivers/mmc/exynos_dw_mmc.o:
in function `exynos_dwmci_set_sclk':
undefined reference to `set_mmc_clk'
Fix that issue by using CCF clocks API on ARM64 platforms for getting
and setting the source clock (sclk = SDCLKIN = CIU) rate. To implement
this, first extract the existing ARM32 clock control code into helper
functions with more generic signatures to abstract getting/setting the
sclk rate. Then add CCF clock support to those functions for ARM64
platforms.
Fixes: a082a2dde0 ("EXYNOS5: DWMMC: Added FDT support for DWMMC")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Pinmux configuration on ARM64 platforms must be performed during startup
in pinctrl driver using info from device tree. exynos_pinmux_config()
and pinmux_decode_periph_id() are only available on ARM32 platforms, so
don't call those functions on ARM64 platforms. Instead of the latter
function, use "non-removable" property from device tree to derive the
dev_index value.
This fixes next linking errors on ARM64 platforms:
ld: drivers/mmc/exynos_dw_mmc.o:
in function `exynos_dwmci_get_config':
undefined reference to `pinmux_decode_periph_id'
ld: drivers/mmc/exynos_dw_mmc.o:
in function `do_dwmci_init':
undefined reference to `exynos_pinmux_config'
Fixes: a082a2dde0 ("EXYNOS5: DWMMC: Added FDT support for DWMMC")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
In case of CONFIG_DM_MMC, host->priv actually holds (struct udevice *),
and not (struct dwmci_exynos_priv_data *). This makes *priv pointer
invalid and may lead to Synchronous Abort during its dereference later
in exynos_dwmci_board_init(). Fix it by extracting
exynos_dwmmc_get_priv() helper from exynos_dwmci_clksel() and using it
for getting the private data in exynos_dwmci_board_init()
Fixes: 3537ee879e ("mmc: exynos_dw_mmc: support the Driver mode for Exynos")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Getting the base address with outdated fdtdec_get_addr() API and further
casting it to (void *) leads to next build warning on ARM64 platforms:
In function 'exynos_dwmci_get_config':
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
[-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
host->ioaddr = (void *)base;
Use livetree API instead (dev_read_addr_ptr()), which handles this
correctly.
Fixes: a082a2dde0 ("EXYNOS5: DWMMC: Added FDT support for DWMMC")
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Update the bindings doc for Exynos DW MMC block to follow the upstream
example and reflect the latest changes made in corresponding Linux
kernel bindings.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some device tree properties for DW MMC block were updated in Linux
kernel. Let's follow its example and rework corresponding properties in
all Exynos device trees. Don't remove outdated properties yet, it'll be
done later once DW MMC driver is updated accordingly to read the updated
properties instead of outdated ones.
Next properties are added:
* samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div and samsung,dw-mshc-sdr-timing:
They were derived from outdated samsung,timing property.
* fifo-depth (generic replacement for fifoth_val):
FIFO depth was calculated from fifoth_val (using expressions from
FIFOTH register description in TRM):
fifo-depth = ((fifoth_val >> 16) + 1) * 2
* bus-width: generic replacement for samsung,bus-width
* clock-frequency: generic replacement for bus_hz
* non-removable: generic replacement for samsung,removable = <0>
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Rework kernel-doc comments in dwmmc.h header so it's actually possible
to generate a proper documentation from it usin scripts/kernel-doc
script, with no errors.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Replace fifoth_val property with its fifo-depth counterpart in all DW
MMC drivers. fifo-depth is a common property used in upstream Linux
kernel. The FIFOTH register value will be calculated using fifo-depth
value in DW MMC core (dw_mmc.c). This change reduces code duplication in
platform drivers, and pulls common FIFOTH register value calculation
into core dw_mmc driver where it belongs.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some DW MMC blocks (e.g. those on modern Exynos chips) support 64-bit
DMA addressing mode. 64-bit DW MMC variants differ from their 32-bit
counterparts:
- the register layout is a bit different (because there are additional
IDMAC registers present for storing upper part of 64-bit addresses)
- DMA descriptor structure is bigger and different from 32-bit one
Introduce all necessary changes to enable support for 64-bit DMA capable
DW MMC blocks. Next changes were made:
1. Check which DMA address mode is supported in current IP-core
version. HCON register (bit 27) indicates whether it's 32-bit or
64-bit addressing. Add boolean .dma_64bit_address field to struct
dwmci_host and store the result there. dwmci_init_dma() function is
introduced for doing so, which is called on driver's init.
2. Add 64-bit DMA descriptor (struct dwmci_idmac64) and use it in
dwmci_prepare_desc() in case if .dma_64bit_address field is true.
A new dwmci_set_idma_desc64() function was added for populating that
descriptor.
3. Add registers for 64-bit DMA capable blocks. To make the access to
IDMAC registers universal between 32-bit / 64-bit cases, a new
struct dwmci_idmac_regs (and corresponding host->regs field) was
introduced, which abstracts the hardware by being set to
appropriate offset constants on init. All direct calls to IDMAC
registers were correspondingly replaced by accessing host->regs.
4. Allocate and use 64-bit DMA descriptors buffer in case when IDMAC
is 64-bit capable. Extract all the code (except for the IDMAC
descriptors buffer allocation) from dwmci_send_cmd() to
dwmci_send_cmd_common(), so that it's possible to keep IDMAC
buffer (either 32-bit or 64-bit) on stack during send_cmd routine.
The insights for this implementation were taken from Linux kernel DW MMC
driver.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Prepare for adding 64-bit IDMAC descriptors by renaming current 32-bit
descriptor and its fields accordingly. While at it, make use of
virt_to_phys() to make it more obvious in which places the physical
addresses have to be used.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Make dwmci_prepare_data() function easier to read by extracting the
preparation of IDMAC descriptor into a dedicated function.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Make dwmci_send_cmd() easier to read by moving the DMA transfer handling
code into a dedicated function.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
FIFO data transfer is implemented as quite a massive chunk of code.
Extract it into a dedicated function to make dwmci_data_transfer()
easier to read and reduce the indentation level of the code.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Extract the clock divider update into dwmci_update_div() function. It's
a procedure recommended in TRM, so it's better to keep it in a dedicated
function to make the code clearer.
While at it also extract the clock control code into a separate routine
to avoid code duplication in dwmci_setup_bus().
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Move FIFO threshold initialization into a separate function to make
dwmci_init() more readable.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Waiting for data busy is a logically separate operation and should be
implemented as a separate routine. Follow Linux kernel example and
extract it from dwmci_send_cmd(). This way it doesn't clutter
dwmci_send_cmd() function, and can be reused later in other cases.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
struct idmac is only used in dw_mmc.c, so move it there from dwmmc.h to
avoid cluttering the interface in the header.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@cherry.de>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Currently, zalloc() calls uncondtionally memset(),
if the allocation failes, memset() will write to a null pointer.
Fix by using kzalloc().
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
While zalloc() takes a size_t type, adding 1 to the le32 variable
will overflow.
A carefully crafted ext4 filesystem can exhibit an inode size of 0xffffffff
and as consequence zalloc() will do a zero allocation.
Later in the function the inode size is again used for copying data.
So an attacker can overwrite memory.
Avoid the overflow by using the __builtin_add_overflow() helper.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
res needs to be large enough to store both strings rem and target,
plus the path separator and the terminator.
Currently the space for the path separator is not accounted, so
the heap is corrupted by one byte.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The squashfs driver blindly follows symlinks, and calls sqfs_size()
recursively. So an attacker can create a crafted filesystem and with
a deep enough nesting level a stack overflow can be achieved.
Fix by limiting the nesting level to 8.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
A carefully crafted squashfs filesystem can exhibit an extremly large
inode size and overflow the calculation in sqfs_inode_size().
As a consequence, the squashfs driver will read from wrong locations.
Fix by using __builtin_add_overflow() to detect the overflow.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
A carefully crafted squashfs filesystem can exhibit an inode size of 0xffffffff,
as a consequence malloc() will do a zero allocation.
Later in the function the inode size is again used for copying data.
So an attacker can overwrite memory.
Avoid the overflow by using the __builtin_add_overflow() helper.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Since U-Boot does not support memory overcommit we can
enforce that the allocation size is within the malloc area.
This is a simple and efficient hardening measure to mitigate
further integer overflows in dlmalloc.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Make sure that the new break is within mem_malloc_start
and mem_malloc_end before making progress.
ulong new = old + increment; can overflow for extremely large
increment values and memset() can get wrongly called.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
req is of type size_t, casting it to long opens the door
for an integer overflow.
Values between LONG_MAX - (SIZE_SZ + MALLOC_ALIGN_MASK) - 1 and LONG_MAX
cause and overflow such that request2size() returns MINSIZE.
Fix by removing the cast.
The origin of the cast is unclear, it's in u-boot and ppcboot since ever
and predates the CVS history.
Doug Lea's original dlmalloc implementation also doesn't have it.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
sbrk() assumes ptrdiff_t is large enough to enlarge/shrink the heap
by LONG_MIN/LONG_MAX.
So, use the long type, also to match the rest of the Linux ecosystem.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootstage_get_size() returns the total size of the data structure
including associated records.
When copying from gd->bootstage, only the allocation size of gd->bootstage
must be used. Otherwise too much memory is copied.
This bug caused no harm so far because gd->new_bootstage is always
large enough and reading beyond the allocation length of gd->bootstage
caused no problem due to the U-Boot memory layout.
Fix by using the correct size and perform the initial copy directly
in bootstage_relocate() to have the whole relocation process in the
same function.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Evaluate the filesystem incompat and ro_compat bit fields to judge
whether the filesystem can be read or written.
For the read side only a scary warning is shown so far.
I'd love to abort mounting too, but I fear this will break some setups
where the driver works by chance.
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Enable OF_UPSTREAM for Keystone boards. Remove DT files that
are now available in dts/upstream.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Acked-by: Neha Malcom Francis <n-francis@ti.com>
ENOSYS should only be used when a subsystem is completely absent.
Convert its use in pinctrl-generic to ENOENT, which better reflects the
error condition (that a function/group/pin is missing).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
current env_set_default_vars() doesn't delete
var that are not in the imported env. hashtable
removes vars that are not in the imported
env but present in the current env only if H_NOCLEAR
flag is not set.
This change is to avoid passing H_NOCLEAR flag if
specific vars are passed to env_set_default_vars()
Without this change:
Marvell>> env default boot_mode
Marvell>>
With the change:
Marvell>> env default boot_mode
WARNING: 'boot_mode' not in imported env, deleting it!
Signed-off-by: Ravi Minnikanti <rminnikanti@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After applying the following patch, wget test on sandbox failed[1].
Commit: cab7867cff ("net: wget: Support retransmission a dropped packet")
Here are two reasons why the test is failed and how to fix it:
1. tcp_ack is calculated by the wrong value.
tcp_ack needs to be calculated by the received TCP payload size.
2. wget command may have a problem that HTTP response from server
must be divided into more than two packets.
In this commit, HTTP response is divided into two packets.
In addition, I fixed the HTTP response returned at the correct timing.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/CAFLszThEbk2Jr8OZ6Hj21wPSnJjgJhaDe037RqwHvwt1KjB3_A@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Yasuharu Shibata <yasuharu.shibata@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable this so that the tests run.
Fix a few warnings in the code so that CI passes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yasuharu Shibata <yasuharu.shibata@gmail.com>
CONFIG_LED_BLINK and CONFIG_LED_SW_BLINK can be defined independently.
Led blinking works if any (or both) of them is enabled. Unfortunately
the led command help does not display blinking option if only
CONFIG_LED_SW_BLINK is enabled. This is definitely wrong.
This patch fix an issue.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Some boards don't have chipselect lines for leds so cs-gpios is not
specified in the dts leading to probing error. Fix it by making
behavior similar to the one in Linux, parse num-chipselects and
if it is zero, ignore cs-gpios.
Signed-off-by: Michael Polyntsov <michael.polyntsov@iopsys.eu>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
The patch fix a missprint introduced in commit 2e9fe73a88 ("spi: soft_spi:
Support the recommended soft spi properties").
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
i2c DM updates for v2024.10 next
- Add series from Simon, which removes old content in i2c.h
so that we can move towards having just the dm API.
It does not remove any boards, but instead removes functionality.
Now that this is always 1, remove it and the associated dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Now that this is always 0, remove it and the associated dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
These functions are 11 years old and are only used by one board. Drop
them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Only one board uses this option and it is very old. Let's drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This is very old, predating even the legacy I2C support, so drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This is very old, predating even the legacy I2C support, so drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Drop some old code from the mxc_i2c and ddr/fsl drivers. This will allow
removal of very old common I2C code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Drop two generations of old code in this command. All boards should use
driver model for I2C from 2021.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This option is very old and the migration deadline was years ago. Drop
it so that the I2C system can be simplified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
These use pre-driver model code and it is several years since the
migration deadline. Disable the 'date' command so that this old code can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
These use pre-driver model code and it is several years since the
migration deadline. Disable the 'date' command so that this old code can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
These boards use pre-driver model code and it is several years since the
migration deadline. Disable the 'date' command so that this old code can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
These boards use pre-driver model code and it is several years since the
migration deadline. Disable the 'date' command so that this old code can
be removed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This is used by a few boards but we are years past the migration date,
so let's drop it now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This is only used by devkit3250 which is being removed. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
Universal Payload (UPL) is an Industry Standard for firmware
components[1]. UPL is designed to improve interoperability within the
firmware industry, allowing mixing and matching of projects with less
friction and fewer project-specific implementations. UPL is
cross-platform, supporting ARM, x86 and RISC-V initially.
This series provides some initial support for this, targeting 0.9.1 and
sandbox only.
Features still to come include:
- Support for architectures
- FIT validation
- Handoff validation
- Interoperability tests
Now that sandbox_vpl supports UPL, add a test that checks that the
payload can be loaded by SPL and the handoff information passed through
to U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for loading a UPL image from SPL. This uses the simple FIT
implementation, but also loads the full FIT just to permit more testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UPL significantly alters the boot flow for sandbox. Add a flag to enable
this so that it can be enabled only on tests which need it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the sandbox_vpl build to test UPL since it supports a real devicetree
in SPL. The sandbox_spl build uses OF_PLATDATA.
Enable writing the UPL handoff in SPL and reading it in U-Boot proper.
Provide a test to check that this handoff works.
Note that the test uses the standard devicetree rather than the test one,
since it is a lot smaller and fits in the existing bloblist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Specify the FIT and include information about each loaded image, as
required by the UPL handoff.
Write the UPL handoff into the bloblist before jumping to the next phase.
Control this using a runtime flag to avoid conflicting with other
handoff mechanisms.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic code to create a handoff structure in SPL, so it can be
passed to the next phase. For now this is not plumbed in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a 'upl' command to work with Universal Payload features. For now it
only supports reading and writing a handoff structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Universal Payload provides a standard way of handing off control between
two firmware phases. Add support for writing the handoff information from
a structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Universal Payload provides a standard way of handing off control between
two firmware phases. Add support for reading the handoff information into
a structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible for U-Boot functions such as printf() to be called
within state_init(). This can end up checking gd->flags (e.g. in putc())
before global_data is set up.
Move the setup earlier to avoid this. This fixes the suppression of some
debug output in memory allocation (when enabled).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox builds package up u-boot.bin in the .img file. This
cannot actually be executed, since it is not an ELF file.
For sandbox_vpl we want to be able to run the full boot flow.
Adjust the build rule for sandbox_vpl to package the ELF file and
thereby allow full testing of the sandbox transition from SPL to U-Boot
proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing API for these functions is different from the rest of
U-Boot, in that any error code must be obtained from the errno variable
on failure. This variable is part of the C library, so accessing it
outside of the special 'sandbox' shim-functions is not ideal.
Adjust the API to return an error code, to avoid this. Update existing
uses to check for any negative value, rather than just -1.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the removal of OF_HOSTFILE logic in board_fdt_blob_setup(), the
logic for obtaining the DT is handled in the OF_BOARD option. If a
devicetree comes from a bloblist it is immediately overwritten by this
function.
Fix this by skipping the function if a devicetree is already present.
This is sort-of a fix for e7fb7896 ("sandbox: Remove OF_HOSTFILE") but
it has only come to light since bloblist was added, so I have not added
a Fixes tag.
Unfortunately it is not possible to report the correct FDT source with
the current code. It might be best to use an error-return code for
board_fdt_blob_setup() so that an error can be reported if the board
does not provide the DT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the devicetree comes from a bloblist, it is currently overwritten
by the appended one, if present. It should be preserved.
Adjust the logic to support this.
Fixes: 70fe238594 ("fdt: Allow the devicetree to come from a bloblist")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This code is useful for loading an image in sandbox_spl so move it into
a place where it can be called as needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The argument array is not changed by the callee, so mark it const.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Conversion to DM_I2C is mandatory, enable DM_I2C
to disable board removal warning. Convert EEPROM
and IT6251 access to use DM_I2C API.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Conversion to DM_I2C is mandatory, rework to remove
use of legacy I2C API.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> says:
This data structure provides a list of pointers / array of structures.
I was planning to use it for the lmb restructure, to allow it to
support any number of entries, but then I gave up on it.
There are quite a few places in U-Boot where such a list would be
useful, since it supports growing the array.
[...]
Example:
struct my_struct obj;
struct my_struct *ptr = alist_add(&lst, &obj, struct my_struct);
// now ptr is in the list
[trini: Reword the cover letter slightly, do not merge the RFC portion]
In various places it is useful to have an array of structures, but allow
it to grow. In some cases we work around it by setting maximum number of
entries, using a Kconfig option. In other places we use a linked list,
which does not provide for random access and can complicate the code.
Introduce a new data structure, which is a variable-sized list of structs
each of the same, pre-set size. It provides O(1) access and is reasonably
efficient at expanding linearly, since it doubles in size when it runs out
of space.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation can return an extra result at the end when
the string ends with a space. Fix this by adding a special case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present in tests it is possible to cause an out-of-memory condition
with malloc() but not realloc(). Add support to realloc() too, so code
which uses that function can be tested.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the sniper board (LG P970) to device-tree control
and DM I2C, both for SPL and U-Boot.
Note that we lose the call to board_mmc_power_init to enable power
for MMC2. This is now expected to take place through proper
regulators, which are not yet available with the twl4030 driver.
The call to twl4030_power_mmc_init is moved to spl_board_init for now.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
The am33xx_spl_board_init function was introduced as a way to add
board-specific SPL init for AM33xx devices since the spl_board_init
function was already used for SoC-specific init.
Now that the SoC-specific SPL init was moved to spl_soc_init, we can
use spl_board_init for this purpose and get rid of
am33xx_spl_board_init.
Rename the function in board files and enable the related config
option for concerned boards.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Both spl_board_init and spl_soc_init are available as ways to run
specific code in the SPL's board_init_r. Use the former for init
code that is specific to the SoC and leave spl_board_init available
for boards to use.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Paul Kocialkowski <paulk@sys-base.io> says:
Here is a bunch of configuration cleanups for OMAP boards, mostly
unifying and moving common configuration from board-specific defconfigs
to Kconfig definitions.
There's also a cleanup of the sniper (LG Optimus Black) defconfig,
prior to migrating it to DM/DT in a future follow-up series.
Remove custom config options that are not particularly necessary.
Align them with OMAP3 defaults used on other boards (especially for
memory locations).
Also enable Thumb build to reduce the SPL size and remove the custom
prompt text.
This makes the config a lot more minimalistic, maintainable and easier
to read.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The common EMIF init code used for DRA7xx does not explicitly fill
the gd->bd->bi_dram entries (like OMAP3 does), so there is no reason
to set an explicit number of DRAM banks which doesn't correspond to
anything in particular.
Remove the CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS option from the concerned defconfigs.
The dram_init_banksize default implementation will be fine with the
default value for the config option.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The number of DRAM banks was defined to the same value in each OMAP3
board defconfig, which is expected and hardcoded in the code. Move the
common definition to the Kconfig option declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The maximum SPL size was defined to the same value in each OMAP3
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The maximum U-Boot size was defined to the same value in each OMAP3
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The init stack pointer was defined to the same value in each DRA7xx
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The DRA7xx EVM board use a slightly different init stack pointer
address compared to the AM57xx EVM board, for no particular reason.
Align the address with the AM57xx EVM board (which matches the usual
offset to the end of SRAM used by other OMAP devices) prior to removing
it as a per-board option in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The init stack pointer was defined to the same value in each AM43xx
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The init stack pointer was defined to the same value in each AM33xx
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The AM33xx chiliboard and guardian boards use a slightly different
init stack pointer address compared to other AM33xx boards, for no
particular reason.
Align the address with other AM33xx boards prior to removing it as a
per-board option in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The init stack pointer was defined to the same value in each OMAP3
board defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The SPL text base was defined to the same value in each OMAP3 board
defconfig. Move the common definition to the Kconfig option
declaration instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #am3517-evm
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Add driver model support by using the uclass UCLASS_USB_GADGET_GENERIC.
Disable local usb_gadget_register_driver()/usb_gadget_unregister_driver()
implementation which is implemented in udc-core.c when DM_USB_GADGET
is enabled.
Replace dm_usb_gadget_handle_interrupts() with handle_interrupts ops
when DM_USB_GADGET is enabled.
Disable legacy struct usba_udc controller as controller point is extracted
from udevice private data with DM.
Disable legacy usba_udc_probe() to avoid conflict with DM when it's
enabled.
Compared to Linux driver only supported devices' DT bindings are included
(sorted as Linux driver)
Signed-off-by: Zixun LI <admin@hifiphile.com>
Reviewed-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20240725153204.358925-8-admin@hifiphile.com
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
